1980/1981
Graduate
Catalog
University of Maryland
at College Park
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from
Lyrasis Members and Sloan Foundation
http://www.archive.org/details/graduatecatalog1980univ
1980/1981
Graduate Catalog
University of Maryland
at College Park
Cover Design by Graphica. Inc.
Rej.rir.ted September 1980
Academic Resources
Near the University of
Maryland
College Park
Johns Hopkins
University
UM Professional
Schools
Johns Hopkins
Applied Physics Laboratory
D Atomic Energy
Commission
National Bureau u
of Standards
National Institutes
of Health D
National C
Medical Library
Naval Ordnance
Laboratory
Bethesda National
Naval Medical
C Center
Washington, DC
'National
Agriculture^
Library
D
'Baltimore
Washington
Parkway
□ Goddard Space
Flight Center
Baltimore
Washington
International
Airport
Smithsonian
Ecological
.Center
College!
k Park
.Beltway 495
Annapolis
U.S. Naval
Academy
Dulles International
Airport
D
National '
Airport C
Resources Located In
Washington
American University
Catholic University
Corcoran Gallery
Folger Shakespeare Library
Freer Gallery
Georgetown University
George Washington University
Howard University
Library of Congress
National Archives
National Gallery of Art
Naval Observatory
Naval Research Laboratory
Phillips Collection
Smithsonian Institution
Chesapeake Bay
Contents
ACADEMIC RESOURCES MAP
THE UNIVERSITY
Academic Calendar
Plan of Academic Organization
University Officers
Graduate School Officers and Staff
Graduate Council Committees
University Policy Statement
Policies on Non-discrimination
GENERAL INFORMATION
History, National Organizations. Major Role 9
Governance 9
Location 10
Special Research Resources, Special Opportunities for the Artist 10
Libraries 10
Institutes, Centers, and Bureaus 11
Consortia 13
FEES AND EXPENSES
Graduate Fees 13
Determination of in-State Status for Admission, Tuition, and
Charge-differential Purposes 14
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Fellowships 14
Assistantships 14
Loans and Part-time Employment 14
Golden ID Program 15
Veteran Benefits 15
STUDENT SERVICES
Housing 15
Food Services 15
Career Development Center 15
Counseling Center 16
Health Care 16
Health Insurance 16
Publications of Interest to Graduate Students 16
Student Data/Information Policy 16
ADMISSION TO GRADUATE SCHOOL
Graduate Programs 18
Administrative Offices 19
General 19
Criteria for Admission 19
Categories of Admission to Degree Programs 20
Non-degree Admission Categories 20
Offer of Admission 20
Admission Time Limits 21
Change of Obiective, Status, Termination of Admission 21
Admission of Faculty 21
Application Instructions 21
Foreign Student Applications 21
Records Maintenance and Disposition 21
REGISTRATION AND CREDITS
Schedule of Classes 22
Developing a Program 22
Course Numbering System 22
Designation of Full and Part-time Students 22
Grades for Graduate Students 22
Minimum Registration Requirements/Dissertation
Research/Continuous Registration 22,23
Partial Credit Course Registration for Handicapped Students 23
Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates 23
Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level Courses 23
Credit by Examination 23
Transfer of Credit 23
Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be Accepted for Graduate
Credit 23
The Inter-campus Student 23
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Master's
Degrees 24
Graduate School Requirements for the MA. M.S.. Thesis Option,
Non-thesis Option 24
Requirements for the M Ed. Degree 24
Requirements Applicable to Other Master's Degrees 24
Graduate School Requirements Applicable to All Doctoral
Degrees 24
Graduate School Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of
Philosophy 24
Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Education 25
Requirements for Other Doctoral Degrees 25
Commencement 25
THE GRADUATE FACULTY 26
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Administration, Supervision and Curriculum Program
Aerospace Engineering Program
Agricultural and Extension Education Program
Agricultural and Resource Economics Program ...
Agricultural Engineering Program
Agronomy Program
American Studies Program
Animal Sciences Program
Applied Mathematics Program
Architecture Program
Art Program
Astronomy Program
Biochemistry Program
Botany Program
Business and Management Program
Chemical Engineering Program
Chemical Physics Program
Chemistry Program
Civil Engineering Program
Communication Arts and Theatre Program
Comparative Literature Program
Computer Science Program
Counseling and Personnel Services Program
Criminal Justice and Criminology Program
Early Childhood-Elementary Education Program
Economics Program
Electrical Engineering Program
Engineering Materials Program
English Language and Literature Program
Entomology Program
Family and Community Development Program
Food, Nutrition, and Institution Administration Program
Food Science Program
French Language and Literature Program
Geography Program
German Language and Literature Program
Government and Politics Program
Health Education Program
Hearing and Speech Sciences Program
History Program
Concentration in the History and Philosophy of Science
Course of Directed Study Leading to the MA m History and
the M.L.S
Horticulture Program
Human Development Education Program (Institute for Child
Study)
Industrial Education Program
Journalism Program
Library and Information Services Program
Marine-Estuanne-Environmental Science Program
Mathematical Statistics Program
Mathematics Program
Measurement and Statistics Program
Mechanical Engineering Program
Meteorology Program
Microbiology Program
Music Program
Nuclear Engineering Program
Nutritional Sciences Program
Philosophy Program
Physical Education Program
Physics Program
Poultry Science Program
Psychology
Public Communication Program
Recreation Program
Secondary Education Program
Social Foundations of Education Program
Sociology Program
Spanish Language and Literature Program
Special Education Program
Textiles and Consumer Economics Program
Urban Studies Program
Zoology Program
42
43
45
45
47
47
49
49
51
53
55
57
56
58
60
64
66
66
68
70
74
74
76
78
79
81
83
86
87
88
89
90
92
93
94
96
98
100
101
102
105
105
106
107
108
110
111
113
113
115
118
119
121
123
124
126
127
128
129
131
134
134
137
138
139
141
142
144
145
146
148
149
ADDITIONAL GRADUATE LEVEL COURSE
OFFERINGS
Afro-American Studies Courses 152
Agriculture Courses 152
Anthropology Courses 152
Applied Design Courses 153
Biometrics Courses 153
Chinese Courses 153
Classics Courses 153
Crafts Courses 153
Dance Courses 1 53
Engineering Cooperative Education Courses 154
Engineering Science Courses 154
Engineering Technology Fire Service Courses 154
Fire Protection Engineering Courses 154
Foreign Language Courses 154
Geology Courses 154
Greek courses «| other University of Maryland Campuses 157
Hebrew Courses !||
Housing and Applied Design Courses ■« Inrlov 158
Human and Community Resources Courses l« imuca
Information Systems Management Courses ijjs
Japanese Courses.
Latin Courses
Women's Studies Courses..
156
156
156
University of Maryland. College Park
Academic Calendar
Fall Semester,
1980
August 25, 26
Monday, Tuesday
Registration
August 27
Wednesday
Classes Begin
September 1
Monday
Labor Day
November 26, 27,
Wednesday-Friday
Thanksgiving
28
Recess
December 12
Friday
Classes end
December 13, 14
Saturday, Sunday
Exam Study Days
December 15-22
Monday-Monday
Finals
December 22
Monday
Commencement
Spring Semester, 1981
January 12, 13
Monday, Tuesday
Registration
January 14
Wednesday
Classes Begin
January 15
Thursday
Martin Luther King
Day
March 15-22
Sunday-Sunday
Spring Break
May 6
Wednesday
Classes End
May 7
Thursday
Exam Study Day
May 8- 15
Friday-Friday
Finals
May 15
Friday
Commencement
Summer Session, 1981 (tentative schedule)
Session 1
May 18
Monday
Registration
May 19
Tuesday
Classes Begin
May 25
Monday
Memorial Day
June 26
Friday
Classes End
Session II
June 29
Monday
Registration
June 30
Tuesday
Classes Begin
August 7
Tuesday
Classes End
Fall Semester,
1981 (tentative schedule)
August 24, 25
Monday, Tuesday
Registration
August 26
Wednesday
Classes Begin
September 7
Monday
Labor Day
November 25-27
Wednesday-Friday
Thanksgiving
Recess
December 1 1
Friday
Classes End
December 12, 13
Saturday-Sunday
Exam Study Days
December 14-21
Monday-Monday
Finals
December 21
Monday
Commencement
Plan of Academic Organization
Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences:
College of Agriculture:
Agricultural and Extension Education
Agricultural and Resource Economics
Agricultural Engineering
Agronomy
Animal Science
Dairy Science
Horticulture
Institute of Applied Agriculture
Poultry Science
Veterinary Science
Other Units within the Division:
Biochemistry
Botany
Chemistry
Entomology
Geology
Microbiology
Zoology
Division of Arts and Humanities:
School of Architecture
College of Journalism
Other Units within the Division:
American Studies Program
Art
Classics
Communication Arts and Theatre
Dance
English
French and Italian
Germanic and Slavic
History
Music
Oriental and Hebrew
Philosophy
Spanish and Portuguese
Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences:
College of Business and Management
Other Units within the Division:
Afro-American Studies
Anthropology
Bureau of Business and Economic
Research
Bureau of Governmental Research
Center for Industrial Relations and Labor Studies
Center for Philosophy and Public Policy
Economics
Geography
Government and Politics
Hearing and Speech Sciences
Institute for Urban Studies
Institute of Criminal Justice and
Criminology
Maryland Technical Advisory Service
Psychology
Sociology
Women's Studies
Division of Human and Community Resources
College of Education:
Administration Supervision and Curriculum
Counseling and Personnel Services
Early Childhood-Elementary Education
Industrial Education
Institute for Child Study
Measurement & Statistics
Secondary Education
Special Education
College of Human Ecology:
Family and Community Development
Foods, Nutrition and Institution
Administration
Housing and Applied Design
Textiles and Consumer Economics
College of Library and Information Services
College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health:
Health Education
Physical Education
Recreation
Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences and
Engineering
College of Engineering:
Aerospace Engineering
Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Other Units within the Division:
Computer Science
Institute for Physical Sciences and
Technology
Mathematical Statistics
Mathematics
Meteorology
Physics and Astronomy
University Officers
Board of Regents
Mrs. Mary H. Broadwater
The Hon. Wayne A. Cawley, Jr., ex officio
Mr. Percy M. Chaimson
Mr. Ralph W. Frey
Dr. Samuel H. Hoover
The Hon. Blair Lee, III
Mr. Peter F. O'Malley
Mr. A. Paul Moss
Mr. Allen L. Schwait
Mrs. Constance C. Stuart
The Hon. Joseph D. Tydings
Mr. Wilbur G. Valentine
Mrs. Jennifer A. Walker
Mr. John W. T. Webb
Mr. George W. Wilson, Jr.
Central Administration of the University
President
John S. Toll
Executive Vice President
Albin O. Kuhn
Vice President for General Administration
Warren W. Brandt
Vice President for Academic Affairs
David Adamany
Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research
David S. Sparks
Vice President for Agricultural Affairs and Legislative Relations
Frank L. Bentz, Jr.
Vice President for Development
Robert Smith
College Park Campus Administration
Chancellor
Robert L. Gluckstern
Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs
Nancie L. Gonzalez
Vice Chancellor for Administrative Affairs
Darryl W. Bierly
Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs
William L. Thomas, Jr.
Provosts at College Park
Division of Agricultural and Life Sciences
Larry N. Vanderhoef
Division of Arts and Humanities
Shirley S. Kenny
Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences
Murray Polakoff
Division of Human and Community Resources
George J. Funaro
Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences and Engineering
Frank Kerr
Deans at College Park
School of Architecture
John W. Hill
College of Agriculture
Earl Brown
College of Business Management
Rudolph P. Lamone
College of Education
Vacant
College of Engineering
George E. Dieter, Jr.
College of Human Ecology
John R. Beaton
College of Journalism
Benjamin F. Holman (Acting)
College of Library and Information Services
Kieth C. Wright
College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health
Marvin H. Eyler
Administrative Dean for Graduate Studies and Research
Rose-Marie G. Oster
Administrative Dean for Summer Programs
Melvin N. Bernstein
Administrative Dean for Undergraduate Studies
Robert E. Shoenberg
Graduate School Officers and Staff
Dean for Graduate Studies and Research
Rose-Marie G. Oster, M.A., Stockholm University, 1956; Ph.D., Universi-
ty of Kiel, West Germany, 1958.
Associate Dean for Graduate Studies
Marie S. Davidson (Acting Associate Dean), B.S., Dillard University,
1959; M.S., University of Maryland, 1967; Ph.D., 1971.
Associate Dean for Research
Dalmas A. Taylor, B.A., Western Reserve University, 1959; M.S.,
Howard University, 1961; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 1965.
Assistants to the Dean
Alice M. Piper, B.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1941.
Joanna F. Schmeissner, B.A., Agnes Scott College, 1960; M.A., Yale
University, 1962.
Director of Graduate Admissions and Records
Jud Samon, B.A., University of Nevada, 1960; M.A., University of
Maryland, 1964; Ph.D., 1979.
Assistant Director
Lois M. Lyon, B.A., University of Michigan, 1952.
Graduate Council, 1979-1980
Ex-officio Councillors
Chancellor Robert L. Gluckstern
Vice Chancellor Nancie L. Gonzalez
Acting Dean Robert E. Menzer
Acting Associate Dean Marie S. Davidson
Associate Dean for Research Dalmas A. Taylor
Committees of the Graduate Council, 1979-1980 7
Appointed Councillors
Prof. Madeleine B. Therrien
Prof. Frank M. Hetrick
Prof. Dudley Dillard
Prof. David Clarke
Prof. William F. Hornyak
Elected Councillors
Mr. Robert Bray
Prof. Gilbert Castellan
Prof. Dean Tuthill
Prof. Bernard A. Twigg
Prof. Roger Meersman
Prof. Herman Belz
Ms. Sylvia Wagonheim
Prof. Milne Holton
Mr. Vincent Adams
Prof. Don C. Piper
Prof. David Horton
Prof. David Segal
Prof. Charlotte Leedy
Prof. Robert W. Ridky
Ms. Beverly Ann Hogg
Prof. Robert Huebner
Mr. David Kramer
Prof. Patrick F. Cunniff
Prof. Bruce Reinhart
Prof. Robert Glasser
Committees of the Graduate Council,
1979-1980
COMMITTEE ON ACADEMIC STANDARDS
Prof. Bruce Reinhart, Chairman, Mathematics, 1981
Prof. Richard T. Farrell, History, 1982
Prof. Martin Gannon, Business & Management, 1980
Prof. Robert G. Glasser, Physics, 1982
Prof. Robert A. Harper, Geography, 1982
Prof. Sidney R. Pierce, Zoology, 1981
Prof. Robert W. Ridky, Secondary Education, 1980
Prof. Victor Viola, Chemistry, 1982
Prof. Robert M. Wilson, Early Childhood/Elementary Education, 1980
Mr. David Kramer, Graduate Student, Mathematics, 1980
Ms. Edna Medford, Graduate Student, History, 1981
Dean Marie S. Davidson, ex officio
COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS
Prof. Mark Keeney, Chairman, Chemistry, 1980
Prof. Robert L. Bennett, Economics, 1981
Prof. Edward Buchler, Zoology, 1981
Prof. Randall Craig, Secondary Education, 1982
Prof. J. Dan Knifong, Early Childhood/Elementary Education, 1980
Prof. Richard McCuen, Civil Engineering, 1982
Prof. Allan Nash, Business & Management, 1981
Prof. Anne W. Nunamaker, Journalism, 1982
Prof. Ronald O'Leary, Communication Arts & Theatre, 1981
Prof. Peter Wolfe, Mathematics, 1980
Mr. Vincent Adams, Graduate Student, 1981
Mr. Michael Dolin, Graduate Student, 1980
Dr. Jud Samon, ex officio
COMMITTEE ON ELECTIONS
Prof. David Mills, Chairman, Psychology, 1982
Prof. Otto Best, Germanic & Slavic Languages, 1980
Prof. John Eliot, Human Development, 1980
Prof. Kenneth Felton, Agricultural Engineering, 1982
Prof. Robert Rivello, Aerospace Engineering, 1981
Mrs. Alice M. Piper, ex officio
COMMITTEE ON FELLOWSHIPS
Prof. Robert F. Carbone, Chairman, Administration, Supervision &
Curriculum, 1980
Prof. Genette Ashby, French & Italian, 1982
Prof. Roger A. Bell, Astronomy, 1980
Prof. Richard Davis, Dairy Science, 1982
Prof. Parris N. Glendening, Government & Politics, 1980
Prof. E. Joan Hunt, Human Development, 1981
Prof. Everett Jones, Aerospace Engineering, 1982
Prof. Robert Munn, Chemistry, 1982
Prof. Craig Schneier, Business & Management, 1981
Prof. Raymond Thorberg, English, 1981
Mr. Walter J. Hayden, Graduate Student, Botany, 1980
Mr. Jerry Larson, Graduate Student, Criminology, 1981
Mrs. Joanna F. Schmeissner, ex officio
COMMITTEE ON GRADUATE FACULTY
Prof. Madeleine Therrien, French & Italian, 1980
Prof. Nancy Anderson, Psychology, 1982
Prof. Dewey Caron, Entomology, 1982
Prof. Saul Gass, Business & Management, 1982
Prof. Milne Holton, English, 1982
Prof. William Hornyak, Physics & Astronomy, 1981
Prof. Kenneth Kammeyer, Sociology, 1982
Prof. Billy V. Lessley, Agricultural & Resource Economics. 1980
Prof. Glenn W. Patterson, Botany, 1980
Prof. Walter Rundell, History, 1981
Prof. V. Phillips Weaver, Elementary Education, 1982
Dean Robert E. Menzer, ex officio
COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS AND COURSES
Prof. Bernard A. Twigg, Chairman, Horticulture, 1980
Prof. Stephen Carroll, Jr., Business & Management, 1980
Prof. Gilbert Castellan, Chemistry, 1982
Prof. Kenneth N. Derucher, Civil Engineering, 1981
Prof. Dudley Dillard, Economics, 1981
Prof. Phillips Foster, Agricultural & Resource Economics, 1981
Prof. Roger Meersman, Communication Arts & Theatre, 1981
Prof. Mary R. Miller, English, 1982
Prof. Tonu Parming, Sociology, 1981
Prof. Betty F. Smith, Textiles & Consumer Economics, 1982
Prof. Cyril P. Svoboda, Human Development, 1980
Prof. Mostafa E. Talaat, Mechanical Engineering, 1982
Ms. Sylvia Wagonheim, Graduate Student, English, 1980
Ms. Loretta Wertheimer, Graduate Student, Counseling & Personnel
Services, 1980
Dean Robert E. Menzer, ex officio
Dr. Richard Jaquith, ex officio
COMMITTEE ON PROGRAM REVIEW
Prof. Don C. Piper, Chairman, Government & Politics, 1981
Prof. Herman J. Belz, History, 1980
Prof. Everett C. Carter, Civil Engineering, 1980
Prof. Albert Gomezplata, Chemical Engineering, 1980
Prof. Robert Huebner, Human Development, 1981
Prof. David Horton, Psychology, 1982
Prof. Charlotte Leedy, Recreation, 1982
Prof. John Lembach, Art, 1981
Prof. Joseph Mattick, Dairy Science, 1982
Prof. Gerald R. Miller, Chemistry, 1980
Mr. Johnny Fairfax, Graduate Student, Recreation, 1981
Mr. Ronald Reis, Graduate Student, Secondary Education. 1980
Mr. Richard R. Zuccarelli, Graduate Student, Psychology, 1980
Dean Marie S. Davidson, ex officio
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS
Prof. Hans Wellisch, Chairman, Library & Information Services, 1980
Prof. James E. Alleman, Civil Engineering, 1982
Prof. Norman Heim, Music, 1982
Prof. Barry D. Smith, Psychology, 1981
Mr. Robert Bray, Graduate Student, Animal Sciences, 1981
Ms. Ellen Sirkis. Graduate Student, Communication Arts & Theatre,
1981
Mrs. Joanna F. Schmeissner, ex officio
COMMITTEE ON RESEARCH
Prof. J. Robert Anderson, Chairman, Physics, 1981
Prof. Marvin K. Aycock, Agronomy, 1981
8
Prof. Ferdinand Baer, Meteorology, 1982
Prof. Howard J. Brinkley, Zoology, 1982
Prof. Harold Brodsky, Geography, 1981
Prof. David Clarke, Physical Education, 1981
Prof. Jean R. Harber, Special Education, 1982
Prof. Frank M. Hetrick, Microbiology, 1981
Prof. Stuart B. Kaufman, History, 1982
Prof. George B. Macready, Measurement & Statistics, 1980
Prof. Graciela P. Nemes, Spanish & Portuguese, 1982
Prof. Merrill J. Roberts, Business & Management, 1980
Prof. David R. Schelling, Civil Engineering, 1982
Prof. William B. Walters, Chemistry, 1981
Mr. Charles Costa, Graduate Student, Zoology, 1981
Ms. J. Paoletti, Graduate Student, Textiles & Consumer Economics,
1980
Dean Robert E. Menzer, ex officio
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE
Prof. Jesse Roderick, Chairman, Early Childhood/Elem. Education,
1981
Prof. R. A. Brown, Psychology, 1982
Prof. Harvey Clearwater, Health Education, 1981
Prof. Walter W. Deshler, Geography, 1980
Prof. J. Kirkpatrick Flack, History, 1981
Prof. William V. Patterson, Communication Arts & Theatre, 1981
Prof. Thomas Regan, Chemical Engineering, 1982
Prof. William K. Rose, Astronomy, 1981
Prof. Dean Tuthill, Agricultural & Resource Economics, 1980
Prof. Franklin D. Westbrook, Counseling & Personnel Services, 1980
Prof. E. P. Young, Animal Science, 1982
Ms. Janet Headley, Graduate Student, Art History, 1981
Ms. Anne Suzuki, Graduate Student, Business & Management, 1980
Dean Marie S. Davidson, ex officio
University Policy Statement
The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as an
irrevocable contract between the student and the University of Mary-
land. Changes are effected from time to time in the general regulations
and in the academic requirements. There are established procedures
for making changes, procedures which protect the institution's integrity
and the individual student's interest and welfare. A curriculum or
graduation requirement, when altered, is not made retroactive unless
the alteration is to the student's advantage and can be accommodated
within the span of years normally required for graduation. When the
actions of a student are judged by competent authority, using estab-
lished procedure, to be detrimental to the interests of the university
community, that person may be required to withdraw from the university.
It is university policy that smoking in classrooms is prohibited
unless all participants agree to the contrary. Any student has the right to
remind the instructor of this policy throughout the duration of the class.
Policies on Nondiscrimination
The University of Maryland is an equal opportunity institution with
respect to both education and employment. The University's policies,
programs, and activities are in conformance with pertinent federal and
state laws and regulations on non-discrimination regarding race, color,
religion, age, national origin, sex and handicap. Inquiries regarding
compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended,
Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments, Section 504 of the
Rehabilition Act of 1973, or related legal requirements should be
directed to the appropriate individual designated below.
Director, Human Relations Program
Main Administration Building
UMCP
Gender Reference
The masculine gender whenever used in this document is intended to
include the feminine gender as well.
General Information
History
The history of the Graduate School at the University of Maryland,
College Park has been one of rapid, at times almost explosive, growth.
Established in 1919 with an enrollment of 13, the Graduate School has
developed into one of the nation's largest. In the fall of 1979, there were
approximately 7,500 graduate students enrolled in the more than 65
graduate programs and departments. In the academic year 1978-1979,
367 doctoral degrees and 1,255 master's degrees were awarded.
The Graduate School has matched its tremendous growth in size
by an even more significant growth in its role as a center for the
advancement of knowledge. The Graduate School has increasingly
sought scholars of the highest quality, and today it numbers among its
faculty men and women who have achieved national recognition and
eminence in their fields. Active in scholarship in every area, students
and faculty members of the Graduate School have designed equipment
for the lunar space flights, excavated the gardens in Pompeii, performed
important research in the unique ecological systems of the Chesapeake
Bay, and won national awards for their creative work in fiction, poetry,
and the arts.
The history of the Graduate School has been a history of growth in
service as well as scholarship. Graduate programs at the University
have always reflected the mission of the School as a servant to the
State of Maryland. That mission is continued today more vigorously than
ever in the numerous programs, centers, and special research projects
through which graduate faculty and students address directly the needs
of the residents of Maryland.
In the last two decades, the national impact of the Graduate School
has become of major importance as well, with the ever increasing
involvement of talented faculty and graduate students in the work of the
many federal agencies, institutions, libraries, and programs in the
nation's Capital.
Finally, the University of Maryland Graduate School is especially
aware today of its mission to the wider community of man. The
Graduate School not only has a large number of students and faculty
from other countries, but it also is well represented in international
conferences and symposia by faculty members who participate on a
regular basis. In several divisions, there are specific projects and
programs undertaken jointly with foreign universities, and the results of
faculty research are published in international journals.
The Graduate School today is active and vital, conscious of its past
growth and achievements and eager to develop more fully its potential
as a leading educational and research institution. Its goal is to sustain
and strengthen in every area the intellectual quality and commitment to
service and significant scholarship that characterize the foremost
graduate institutions.
National Organizations
In order to shape and participate in national policies and developments
in graduate education, the Graduate School maintains close contact
with other graduate schools and is a member of the following national
organizations: the Association of American Universities, the Association
of Graduate Schools, and the Council of Graduate Schools in the United
States.
Major Role
The University of Maryland is keenly aware of the challenges facing
graduate education today. The Graduate School has sought innovative
and productive ways to adjust to the problems created by restricting
financial realities and fluctuating opportunities for professionals in every
field. In addition, the Graduate School has channelled many of its
resources into a variety of academic services that meet the increasing
demands of our society on universities.
In all of its activities, however, the Graduate School is guided by the
belief that it can best serve society and respond to current challenges
by a consistent and firm commitment to its traditional principles.
Accordingly, the major role of the Graduate School is to provide for the
education of students in the scholarly methods of intellectual inquiry
and critical analysis; to train them in the discipline and skills necessary
for beneficial research; and to foster in them a dedication to creative
thought and the search for knowledge.
Not simply an extension of the colleges, schools, or divisions, the
Graduate School is specifically designed to prepare those who will
dedicate themselves to individual inquiry and service. To achieve this
goal, it promotes the freedom and intellectual environment necessary to
stimulate research and scholarship of the highest quality for both
students and faculty.
Governance
The Graduate Faculty
In 1956 the Graduate Faculty adopted a formal constitution to "provide
a means for the Graduate Faculty to discharge its functions with respect
to educational policies and procedures of the Graduate School on this
campus." That Constitution, as amended in 1968 and 1974, continues
to govern the policies and procedures of the Graduate School on the
College Park Campus.
The Graduate Faculty, working through the Assembly and the
Graduate Council, establishes policies governing admission to graduate
study and minimum requirements to be met by all students seeking
advanced degrees in more than sixty-five graduate departments and
programs leading to degrees awarded by the Graduate Faculty on the
College Park Campus. The faculties of the individual academic depart-
ments and interdisciplinary graduate programs may establish additional
requirements for admission or for degrees above the minima estab-
lished by the Graduate Council.
The Assembly of the Graduate Faculty consists of all full and
associate members of the Graduate Faculty who, through their par-
ticipation in research and graduate instruction, have displayed a capaci-
ty for individual research or creative and scholarly work at the highest
levels.
The Graduate Council consists of members of the Graduate
Faculty elected by the Assembly, as well as appointed and ex officio
members. It is charged with the formulation of the policies and proce-
dures for the Graduate School of College Park including admission
standards, the review of individual student programs, the review of all
new programs and courses submitted by members of the Graduate
Faculty, graduate student theses and dissertations, and the periodic
review of all graduate degree programs. It meets approximately eight
times a year to conduct its regular business and may be called into
special session as the need arises.
In its work the Graduate Council is aided and advised by ten
standing committees. Included are committees on: Academic Stan-
dards, Admissions, Elections, Fellowships. Program Review, Graduate
Faculty, Programs and Courses, Publications, Research, and Student
Life. Membership on these committees is limited to members of the
Graduate Faculty and graduate students. Members are appointed by
the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research for terms of three years.
Graduate Students
The value of student opinion and participation in determining matters of
policy, procedure, and administration is appreciated and encouraged. In
10 Location
addition to their appointment to the Committees of the Graduate
Council, graduate students serve on many divisional and departmental
committees.
Established in 1970, the Chancellor's Graduate Student Advisory
Council (CGSAC) meets periodically with the Chancellor of the College
Park campus and regularly on its own to discuss a wide range of issues
affecting the graduate community (e.g. the role and mission of higher
education; stipends for fellows, assistants, and researchers; parttime
graduate student problems; redress of grievances; social activities;
etc.). The Council also meets with administrative leaders from all fields
and divisions as pertinent to problem solving and alternatives. In
addition, the Council serves as a source of information to State
Legislators and members of the Board of Regents. Membership is open
to all interested students. For additional information, contact the Office
of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research.
Location
In location, faculty and students at the University of Maryland enjoy the
best of all possible worlds. Situated on 1 ,300 acres in Prince Georges
County, the College Park Campus is a part of the larger metropolitan
area of Washington, D.C., which is rapidly becoming the nation's capital
in cultural and intellectual activity as well as political power. The
Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, the Filene Center, and the
many fine area theaters regularly present performances by the world's
most exciting and renowned artists. The Smithsonian Museums and the
National Gallery of Art, among others, sponsor standing collections and
special exhibits that attract national attention. In addition to cultural
activities, the nation's Capital provides interested students the opportu-
nity to observe at first hand the work of federal institutions; to sit in the
galleries of Congress; to watch the Supreme Court in session; and to
attend public Congressional hearings. The possibilities for personal
enrichment offered in this exciting cosmopolitan area are indeed
enormous.
Outside the metropolitan area, and just minutes from the campus,
the scene in the Maryland countryside is pleasantly rural. Maryland
offers a great variety of recreational and leisure activities in its many fine
national and state parks, from the Catoctin Mountains in Western
Maryland to the Assateague Island National Seashore on the Atlantic
bound Eastern Shore, all within a pleasant drive from the campus.
Historic Annapolis, the state capital, is only a short drive away, and the
city of Baltimore, with its rich variety of ethnic heritages, its cultural and
educational institutions, and its impressive urban transformation, is only
thirty miles from College Park.
Special Research Resources
The College Park Campus is in the midst of one of the greatest
concentrations of research facilities and intellectual talent in the nation,
if not in the world. Libraries and laboratories serving virtually every
academic discipline are within easy commuting distance. There is a
steady and growing interchange of ideas, information, technical skills,
and scholars between the university and these centers. The libraries
and facilities of many of these centers are open to qualified graduate
students at the university. The resources of many more are available by
special arrangement.
In the humanities, the Library of Congress and the Folger Shake-
speare Library, with its extensive collection of rare manuscripts, are
among the world's most outstanding research libraries. In addition,
Dumbarton Oaks; the National Archives; the Smithsonian Institution; the
World Bank; the National Library of Medicine; the National Agricultural
Library; the Enoch Pratt Free Library of Baltimore; the libraries of the
Federal Departments of Labor; Commerce; Interior; Health, Education,
and Welfare; Housing and Urban Development; and Transportation, and
approximately 500 other specialized libraries are all within a few minutes
drive of the College Park Campus. These resources make the University
of Maryland one of the most attractive in the nation for scholars of all
disciplines.
The proximity of the Beltsville Agricultural Research Center of the
United States Department of Agriculture has stimulated the develop-
ment of both laboratories and opportunities for field research in the
agricultural and life-sciences. The National Institutes of Health offer
unparalleled opportunities for collaboration in biomedical and behavior
research. Opportunities are also available for collaborative graduate
study programs with other major government laboratories, such as the
National Bureau of Standards and the Naval Research Laboratory.
The long-standing involvement o. the State of Maryland in the
development of the commercial and recreational resources of the
Chesapeake Bay has resulted in the establishment of outstanding
research facilities for the study of marine science at the University of
Maryland Center for Environmental and Estuarine Studies, with re-
search facilities at Horn Point near Cambridge, at Crisfield, and at
Solomons Island, Maryland.
Campus facilities are also excellent for research in every discipline.
Work in the behavioral sciences, particularly in learning, is centered in
laboratories equipped for fully automated research on rats, pigeons,
and monkeys.
Exceptional research facilities in the physical sciences include a
160 MeV cyclotron; two small Van de Graaff accelerators; an assort-
ment of computers, including a PDP 11/45, a UNI VAC 1108 and a
UNIVAC 1100/41; a 10 KW training nuclear reactor; a full scale low
velocity wind tunnel; several small hypersonic helium wind tunnels;
specialized facilities in the Institute for Physical Science and Technolo-
gy; a psychopharmacology laboratory; shock tubes; a quiescent plasma
device (Q machine) for plasma research; and rotating tanks for labora-
tory studies of meteorological phenomena.
Students also have access to research farms, greenhouses, and
even laboratory-equipped vessels for research in the Chesapeake Bay.
The University also owns and operates one of the world's largest and
most sophisticated long-wavelength radio telescopes located in Clark
Lake, California and a cosmic ray laboratory located in New Mexico.
Special Opportunities for Artists
Advanced work in the creative and performing arts at College Park is
concentrated in the Tawes Fine Arts Building and the recently complet-
ed Art-Sociology Building. Creative work is greatly stimulated by the
close interaction that has developed between the students and faculty
of the University and the artists and scholars at the National Gallery, the
Corcoran Gallery, the Hirshhorn Museum, the Phillips Gallery, the
Museum of Modern Art, the Smithsonian Institution, as well as the
musicians of the National Symphony Orchestra and small musical
groups. The Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts and the Filene
Center (Wolf Trap Farm Park) have further enhanced the climate for
creative artists attending the University.
Outstanding work on campus in theater, dance, radio, and televi-
sion is aided by the proximity of the campus to the National Theater, the
Arena Stage, the Morris Mechanic Theater, and numerous little theater
groups in the Washington and Baltimore area. There is a frequent and
steady interchange of ideas and talent between students and faculty at
the University and both educational and commercial radio and television
media as a consequence of the large professional staffs which are
maintained in the Washington area.
Libraries
The University library system includes major research libraries on both
the College Park and Baltimore Campuses.
The Libraries on the College Park Campus contain nearly
2,000,000 volumes, and they subscribe to more than 15,000 periodicals
and newspapers. Additional collections of research materials are avail-
able on microfilm, microfiche, phonorecords, tapes, and films.
The Theodore R. McKeldin Library is the largest library on campus
and the principal library for graduate use. Special collections include
those of Richard Von Mises in mathematics and applied mechanics;
Max Born in the physicai sciences; Thomas I. Cook in political science;
Romeo Mansueti in the biological sciences; Katherine Anne Porter;
Maryland; U.S. government publications (for which the University is a
regional depository); documents of the United Nations, the League of
Nations and other international organizations, agricultural experiment
station and extension service publications; maps from the U.S. Army
Map Service; the files of the Industrial Union of Marine and Shipbuilding
Workers of America; the Wallenstein collection of musical scores; and
research collections of the American Bandmasters Association, the
National Association of Wind and Percussion Instructors, and the Music
Educators National Conference. In addition, the collections include
microfilm productions of government documents, rare books, early
journals, and newspapers.
Within the East Asia Collection is the world's largest repository of
published and unpublished Japanese-language materials from the
Allied Occupation period.
Graduate students at UMCP are not served by McKeldin alone.
Several departments and colleges maintain specialized libraries for
Institutes, Centers, and Bureaus 11
student use, with collections of importance to advanced students.
These include the Library of the College of Library and Information
Services, which contains materials for library science and a Juvenile
Teaching Materials Collection, and the Engineering and Physical Sci-
ences Library, which houses the Technical Report Center with over
400,000 items from NASA, USDE, and other U.S. and foreign govern-
mental agencies.
Our libraries have several exciting recent acquisitions which will be
of special interest to graduate students. One new collection, to be
known as the International Piano Archives at Maryland, contains more
than 1 7,000 tapes, records and piano rolls, several thousand pieces of
sheet music and scores, and important documents, letters and other
materials relating to pianists Joseph Hofmann, Anton Rubinstein and
others.
The University has also recently acquired an exceptional collection
in astronomy: the entire library of the Georgetown University Observato-
ry, which contains numerous catalogs, journals, and observatory bul-
letins dating back to the 1800's. Much of this material has never been
published commercially, and when cataloguing is completed, Maryland
will have one of the most interesting and extensive astronomy collec-
tions in the country.
Institutes, Centers, and Bureaus
Acknowledging the importance of an interdisciplinary approach to
knowledge, the University maintains organized research units outside
the usual department structures. These institutes, centers, and bureaus
offer valuable opportunities for faculty and students to engage in
research and study in specialized areas and in public service activities.
Institute for Child Study: Director: H. Gerthon Morgan. In its program
the institute collects, interprets, and synthesizes the scientific findings in
various fields that are concerned with human growth, development,
learning and behavior. The Institute offers graduate programs leading to
the Master of Education, Master of Arts, Doctor of Philosophy and
Doctor of Education degrees, and the Advanced Graduate Specialist
Certificate in the area of human development.
Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology: Acting Director: Bar-
ton L. Ingraham. The Institute coordinates the University's interests and
activities in the areas of law enforcement, criminology, and corrections.
The Institute has a very extensive and carefully integrated undergradu-
ate program. Special emphasis, however, is placed on graduate pro-
grams and on research. Recently, the University, through the Institute,
was part of a seven-university National Criminal Justice Educational
Development Consortium funded by the Law Enforcement Assistance
Administration. The Consortium was established for a period of three
years for the purpose of developing and strengthening doctoral pro-
grams in the field of criminal justice. The expansion of the Institute's
graduate program under the impact of this grant has had a lasting effect
on the scope and depth of graduate studies available to its students.
Other major research grants, such as the International Seminars
and Training Programs in Criminal Justice awarded by the Law Enforce-
ment Assistance Administration, and the Minority Prison Community
Project funded by the Department of Health, Education and Welfare, as
well as a number of smaller grants and contracts, add to the research
and educational strength of the Institute. In combination, the research
capabilities and the academic programs of the Institute make possible
the achievement of its primary goal — the education of social and
behavioral scientists who have chosen the problem of crime and its
prevention and controls as their specialization. The Institute offers the
M.A. degree with options in criminology or criminal justice and the Ph.D.
degree in criminal justice and criminology.
Institute for Physical Science and Technology: Director: Joseph
Silverman. The Institute for Physical Science and Technology is a
center for interdisciplinary research in pure and applied science prob-
lems that lie between those areas served by the academic departments.
These interdisciplinary problems afford challenging opportunities for
thesis research and classroom instruction. Current topics of interest
are: atomic physics, a wide variety of problems in plasma physics,
statistical mechanics of physical and living systems, physics of the
upper atmosphere and magnetosphere, fluid dynamics, physical ocea-
nography, various aspects of space and planetary science, theoretical
and applied numerical analysis, control theory, epidemiology and
biomathematics, chemical processes induced by ionizing radiation, and
the history of science. They also include analysis of a number of current
problems of interest to society such as mathematical models applied to
public health and many diverse efforts in basic mathematics.
Courses and thesis research guidance by the faculty of the Institute
are provided through the graduate programs in the academic depart-
ments of the Division of Mathematical and Physical Sciences and
Engineering. The Institute sponsors a wide variety of seminars. Of
principal interest are general seminars in plasma physics, applied
mathematics, fluid dynamics, and in atomic and molecular physics.
Information about these can be obtained by writing the Director or by
calling (301) 454-2636.
Institute for Urban Studies: Acting Director: Charles H. Levme The
Institute aims at developing students knowledgeable both in the techni-
cal competencies which constitute the skills of "urban manpower" and
in the professional understanding of the urban community as an object
of interdisciplinary analysis.
The Institute for Urban Studies is a multi-campus interdisciplinary
B A and M.A degree granting program. It was created to offer a
teaching program to educate urban administrators and specialists to
plan, manage and develop existing communities as well as to plan the
development of new ones. The Washington-Baltimore urban corridor
provides an excellent teaching and research setting for faculty and
students. Since contemporary urban problems must be solved by a
multi-disciplinary approach, the master's program supplements the
Institute's core courses with the specialized problem solving methods of
the diverse departments and professional schools of the University.
Center on Aging: Acting Director: Dan Fritz. Through research and
teaching, the Center on Aging focuses its efforts on stimulating interest
in aging within existing departments, colleges, and schools throughout
the University. In addition, it has developed and maintains contact with
students in the general field of gerontology and helps them to devise
educational programs to meet their goals. The Center sponsors an
ongoing colloquium series on aging and community training programs
based primarily on psychosocial needs of the elderly. The Center and
the College of Library and Information Services also maintain the
Robert N. Butler Library, which contains an extensive collection of
materials on aging and developmental psychology. In conjunction with
participating departments and schools, the Center offers a certificate of
concentration at the master's and doctoral degree levels, which require,
in addition to formal coursework, a practicum experience in aging.
Arithmetic Center: Director: Robert Ashlock The Arithmetic Center
facilitates a graduate program in elementary school mathematics edu-
cation — a program with an integrated focus relating mathematics,
psychology, and learning. The faculty of the Center believe that crucial
to the kind of research effort envisioned is a milieu conducive to such an
effort — a physical-psychological locale in which students, faculty, par-
ticipating children, parents, and appropriate visitors can become in-
volved in the formal and informal interactions so essential to integrative
research.
Center for Educational Research and Development: Co-directors:
Gilbert R. Austin (UMBC), James Dudley (UMCP). The Center is
committed to providing service to the State in the form of policy studies
and analysis and to special educational training providing and sponsor-
ing programs and workshops for legislators, board members, executive
and legislative staff and agency personnel. The entire range of Universi-
ty programs and personnel are committed to these two tasks in an effort
to provide an interdisciplinary approach to the Center's research and
development activities. The Center acts as a facilitator and liaison
between the external public agencies and bodies and the internal
University resources. In so doing, it provides research and project
opportunities for faculty and graduate students in education, the social
sciences, business and a variety of other fields, to engage in issues of
educational policy.
Computer Science Center: Director: John P. Menard. The Computer
Science Center provides the academic community of the University with
ready access to large-scale computer facilities. The Center's primary
function is the effective operation, maintenance, and management of
these facilities so as to provide, as nearly as possible, uninterrupted
computer services to the University community. The Center also carries
on an active program of basic and applied research in computer
science.
Graduate students and faculty with programming problems can
bring them to a group of programmer consultants who work on an
individualized basis to assist in applying appropriate computer tech-
niques. The Center also has a staff of systems analysts to assist in
debugging programs, to adapt software developed elsewhere to use the
Center's equipment, and to devise original software to meet user needs.
There is a well-stocked program library, keypunch and digitek services
are available, and the Center offers several non-credit short courses for
new users or those with specialized needs.
The Center's basic hardware consists of a UNIVAC 1108 Shared
Processor System and a UNIVAC 1100/42 system, along with other
associated hardware. Two terminal rooms and two keypunch areas with
12 Institutes, Centers, and Bureaus
reproducer, interpreter and lister are maintained in the Computer
Science Center. Terminals owned or leased by other departments can
also access the Center's large-scale equipment
Center of Industrial Relations and Labor Studies: Acting Director:
Paul A. Weinstein. The Program of Industrial Relations and Labor
Studies was recently organized at UMCP and is concerned with two
kinds of activity. The first is interdisciplinary research directed primarily
toward the study of labor-management relations, wages and related
problems, the labor market, comparative studies and manpower prob-
lems. The Program draws on the expertise and interests of faculty from
the College of Business and Management, the School of Law and the
Department of Economics, History, Psychology and Sociology. The
second main activity consists of community and labor relations educa-
tion projects serving management, unions, the public and other groups
interested in industrial relations and labor-related activities. These
projects consist of public lectures, conferences, and symposia as well
as non-credit courses. Discussions concerning the development of a
Master's degree in Industrial Relations and Labor Studies are currently
underway.
Center for Language and Cognition: Director: David L. Horton The
purpose of the Center for Language and Cognition is to provide a
central focus for instruction and research training on all aspects of
language and cognition represented by the training staff. The Center's
specific goals are to (1 ) encourage and support research and (2) to train
students capable of making substantial contributions to the understand-
ing of man's cognitive systems and of relating this understanding to
behavior in natural settings. The training program is supported, in part,
by a training grant from the National Institute of Mental Health.
Center for Philosophy and Public Policy: Director: Peter G. Brown.
The Center for Philosophy and Public Policy conducts an interdisciplin-
ary program which engages in research and curriculum development
with the purpose of investigating conceptual and ethical aspects of
public policy formulation and debate. Most research efforts— chosen
from topics expected to be a focus of public policy debate during the
next decade — are coordinated by Center research staff and conducted
cooperatively by working groups composed of philosophers, policy-
makers, analysts, practitioners, and Center staff. In its research efforts
the Center seeks to create an improved understanding of the normative
principles which are basic to an assessment of public policies. Re-
search products are made available through commercial publication,
distribution of course models, workshops and the distribution of working
papers.
The Center's curriculum development seeks to bring philosophical
issues before future policy-makers and citizens. To this end courses
dealing with contemporary normative issues in the national and interna-
tional arena are offered through the Departments of Philosophy and of
Government and Politics and other departments whose disciplines are
relevant to the specific course being taught. Courses which have been
offered include: Hunger and Affluence, Human Rights and Foreign
Policy, Philosophical Issues in Public Policy, Ethics and Welfare, Profes-
sional Responsibility, and Business Ethics and Social Responsibility.
The Center is sponsored jointly by the Divisions of Arts and Humanities
and of Behavioral and Social Sciences.
The Maryland Center for Productivity and Quality of Working Life:
Director: Tom Tuttle. The Maryland Center for Productivity and Quality
of Working Life operates within the College of Business and Manage-
ment. The Center has four major functions: 1) to foster increased
productivity and quality of working life through work with various public
and private sector organizations in Maryland; 2) to act as a clearing
house for information about productivity and quality of working life; 3) to
increase knowledge levels about productivity and quality of working life
in Maryland through the regular curriculum of the University, as well as
through training programs sponsored by the Center; and 4) to conduct
research which adds to the body of knowledge about productivity and
the quality of working life.
Science Teaching Center: Director: Emmett L. Wright. The Science
Teaching Center has been designed to serve as a model facility to fulfill
its functions of undergraduate and graduate science teacher education,
science supervisor preparation, basic research in science education,
inservice aid to teachers and supervisors, and consultative services at
all levels, kindergarten through university. Its reference library features
relevant periodicals, science and mathematics textbooks, and new
curriculum materials. Its faculty members are actively involved with
professional societies and science education activities locally, na-
tionally, and internationally.
Since 1962 the Science Teaching Center has served as the
headquarters for the activities of the Science Teaching Materials
Review Committee of the National Science Teachers Association. The
Information Clearinghouse on Science and Mathematics Curricular
Developments, the International Clearinghouse for A.A.A.S., N.S.F. and
UNESCO, started here that year also. The "software" and "hardware"
of science education are gathered within the center in what is consid-
ered to be one of the world's most comprehensive collections of such
materials.
Transportation Studies Center: Director: Everett C. Carter. Spon-
sored by the College of Engineering and the College of Business and
Management the Center acts as a catalyst to foster research and
development and interdisciplinary studies in transportation and to
provide the means for investigators from different disciplines to work
together on a wide range of transportation related problems. Objectives
of the Center are to identify potential research projects by establishing a
dialogue and rapport with sponsoring agencies and offices; to provide
coordination between the various disciplines engaged in or having
potential to engage in transportation research and between potential
research sponsors and University researchers; to facilitate cooperation
between the University of Maryland and other universities and industry,
for joint undertakings; to promote and, where appropriate, to supervise
specific educational programs of an interdisciplinary nature.
Among the areas identified as having interest and research poten-
tial are transportation systems management, transportation planning,
public policy, public utilities, systems economics, multiple uses of rights-
of-way, mass transit systems, conservation of energy, terminal siting,
bridge and pavement design, traffic flow coordination, traffic safety and
efficiency, transportation economics, aerospace transportation, meteor-
ological factors, noise control, highway landscaping, environmental
considerations, and air, rail, water and highway alternatives.
Water Resources Research Center: Acting Coordinator: Fred
Wheaton The Water Resources Research Center sponsors and coor-
dinates research on all aspects of water supply, demand, distribution,
utilization, quality enhancement or degradation, and allocation or man-
agement. A committee of water resource research information users,
including representatives from management, planning and regulatory
federal, state and local governments and citizens groups, has been
formed to advise on research needs of Maryland. Basic funding is from
the annual allotment of the Water Resources Research Act of 1964 as
amended. The Center also assists faculty members in developing
matching fund proposals and in seeking other research funds. Cur-
rently, there are nine research projects in progress in six different
departments, including a project at UMBC and one at the Johns
Hopkins University.
Bureau of Business and Economic Research: Director: Dr. John H.
Cumberland. The Bureau of Business and Economic Research con-
ducts research in the areas of regional, urban and environmental
economics. Projects are funded by the University, and by State and
Federal Government agencies. Research is conducted by Bureau
faculty members, who hold joint appointments with the Department of
Economics, and by advanced graduate students working on degree
programs.
Bureau of Educational Research and Field Services: Director:
Gerald V. Teague. The Bureau of Educational Research and Field
Services was established to serve in a consultative capacity in imple-
menting research designs of faculty members, graduate students and
public school systems. It acts as a coordinating agency between the
University and public school systems for both research and field
services. The Bureau also serves as a source of information and
assistance regarding federal and non-federal research support that is
available.
Bureau of Governmental Research: Acting Director: Charles Levine.
Activities of the Bureau of Governmental Research relate primarily to
the problems of state and local government in Maryland. The Bureau
engages in research and publishes findings with reference to local,
state and national governments and their interrelationships. It un-
dertakes surveys, sponsored programs and grants, and offers its
assistance and service to units of government in Maryland. The bureau
furnishes opportunities for qualified students interested in research and
career development in state and local administration. The Bureau also
acts as coordinator for the Annual School for Maryland Assessing
Officers.
Maryland Technical Advisory Service: Acting Director: Patricia S.
Florestano. The Maryland Technical Advisory Service provides consult-
ing services to county and municipal governments of the state. Techni-
cal consultation and assistance are provided on specific problems in
such areas as preparation of charters and codes of ordinances, fiscal
management, personnel zoning, and related local or intergovernmental
activities. The staff analyzes and shares with governmental officials
Fees and Expenses 13
information concerning professional developments and opportunities
for new or improved programs and facilities.
Consortia
The University of Maryland is a member of a number of national and
local consortia concerned with advanced education and research. They
offer a variety of opportunities for senior scholar and graduate student
OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED UNIVERSITIES, INC. (ORAU), is a non-
profit educational and research corporation formed in order to broaden
the opportunities for member institutions collectively to participate in
many fields of education and research in the natural sciences related to
nuclear energy. Educational programs range from short term courses or
institutes, conducted with ORAU facilities and staff, to fellowship
programs administered by ORAU for the U.S. Department of Energy.
The National Center for Atmospheric Research (NCAR), in Boulder,
Colorado, was created in 1960 to serve as a focal point of a vigorous
and expanding national research effort in the atmospheric sciences.
NCAR is operated under the sponsorship of the National Science
Foundation by the UNIVERSITY CORPORATION FOR ATMOSPHERIC
RESEARCH (UCAR), made up of 44 U.S. and Canadian universities with
graduate programs in the atmospheric sciences or related fields. The
scientific staff includes meteorologists, astronomers, chemists, physi-
cists, mathematicians, and representatives of other disciplines.
UNIVERSITIES RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (URA), a group of 52
universities engaged in high energy research, is the sponsoring organi-
zation for the Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory, funded by the U.S.
Department of Energy. The accelerator, located near Batavia, Illinois, is
the world's highest-energy proton accelerator.
The INTER-UNIVERSITY COMMUNICATIONS COUNCIL (EDU-
COM) provides a forum for the appraisal of the current state of the art in
communications science and technology and their relation to the
planning and programs of colleges and universities. The council particu-
larly fosters inter-university cooperation in the area of communications
science.
The UNIVERSITIES SPACE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (USRA)
was designed to promote cooperation between universities, research
organizations, and the government in the development of space sci-
ence and technology, and in the operation of laboratories and facilities
for research, development, and education in these fields.
The University of Maryland is a member of the INTER-UNIVERSITY
CONSORTIUM FOR POLITICAL SCIENCE RESEARCH. One purpose
of the Consortium is to facilitate collection and distribution of useful data
for social science research. The data include survey data from the
University of Michigan Survey Research Center and from studies
conducted by other organizations or by individuals, census data for the
United States, election data, legislative roll calls, judicial decision
results, and biographical data.
The University of Maryland jointly participates in the CHESAPEAKE
RESEARCH CONSORTIUM, INC., a wide scale environmental research
program, with the Johns Hopkins University, the Virginia Institute of
Marine Science, and the Smithsonia Institution. The Consortium coor-
dinates and integrates research on the Chesapeake Bay region at the
Chesapeake Bay Center for Environmental Studies and is compiling a
vast amount of scientific data to assist in the management and control
of the area. Each participating institution calls on faculty expertise in a
diversity of disciplines including biology, chemistry, physics, engineer-
ing, geology, and the social and behavioral sciences. Through this
interdisciplinary research program a computerized Management Re-
source Bank is being developed containing a biological inventory of the
Chesapeake Bay region, a legal survey, and socioeconomic data of the
surrounding communities. The Consortium provides research opportu-
nities for faculty members, graduate students, and undergraduate
students at the University.
Officially chartered in 1969, the ASSOCIATION OF SEA GRANT
PROGRAM INSTITUTIONS is a growing organization concerned with
the development and wise use of ocean and Great Lakes resources.
Composed of the nation's major colleges, universities and institutions
with ocean programs, the Association works for the betterment of the
management and utilization of marine resources.
The University of Maryland was awarded its first institutional Sea
Grant funding by the Department of Commerce for the calendar year
1977 Although forty-six universities, colleges and non-profit organiza-
tions hold either regular or associate memberships in SGA, Maryland is
one of only about a dozen who have comprehensive institutional
programs and who are or are eligible to become Sea Grant Colleges.
The goal of the CONSORTIUM ON HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS IN
EDUCATION is to involve all interested agencies in the State of
Maryland in the identification, development, and utilization of the human
resources of the State for the purpose of improving human relationships
in education. Fourteen agencies, including local school systems and
institutions of higher education, are currently active in the project.
Established in 1965, the UNIVERSITIES COUNCIL ON WATER
RESOURCES (UCOWR), is a national consortium with approximately
80 members. UCOWR was created to provide a forum for interchange
of information pertaining to water resources research in academic
communities. Member institutions also exchange information on special
conferences, seminars, symposia and graduate study opportunities
The University of Maryland is an associate member of the UNIVER-
SITY-NATIONAL OCEANOGRAPHIC LABORATORY SYSTEM
(UNOLS) established to improve coordinated use of federally supported
oceanographic facilities, bringing together the Community of Academic
Oceanographic Institutions which operate those facilities, and creating
a mechanism for such coordinated utilization of and planning for
oceanographic facilities. As an associate member, the University of
Maryland has a very active graduate level research program in the
marine sciences and operates facilities through the Chesapeake Bay
Center for Environmental Studies
The purpose of the SOUTH-EAST CONSORTIUM FOR INTERNA-
TIONAL DEVELOPMENT is to respond to the economic and social
needs of limited resource peoples and less developed countries.
Membership in the organization is open to universities, research institu-
tions and other organizations with capabilities related to rural and urban
development and technology transfer.
Fees and Expenses
Payment of Fees
Registration is not completed or official until all financial obligations are
satisfied Although the University regularly mails bills to students, it
cannot assume responsibility for their receipt. If a student does not
receive a bill on or before the beginning of each semester, it is the
student's responsibility to obtain a copy of the bill at Room 1 103, South
Administration Building, 8:30-4:30, Monday through Friday.
The University of Maryland does not have a deferred payment plan.
Payment for past due balances and current semester fees are due on or
before the first day of classes.
It is the policy of the University not to defer payment on the basis of
a pending application for financial assistance to an outside agency,
including Veterans Administration benefits, bank loans, guaranteed
student loan programs, etc.
Students will be severed from University services for delinquent
indebtedness to the University. In the event that severance occurs, the
individual may make payment during the semester in which services
were severed and all services except housing will be restored. A $25.00
Restoration of Services fee will be assessed in addition to payment for
the total past due amount.
State of Maryland legislation has established a State Central
Collections Unit, and in accordance with State law the University is
required to turn over all delinquent accounts to that office for collection
and subsequent legal action.
Refund of Fees
A Cancellation of Registration submitted to the Withdrawal and Reen-
rollment Office before the official first day of classes entitles the student
to a full credit or refund of semester tuition.
After classes begin, students who wish to terminate their registra-
tion must follow the withdrawal procedures stated in the "Schedule of
Classes." Students will find the necessary forms for withdrawal in the
Withdrawal and Reenrollment Office. The effective date used in com-
puting refunds is the date the withdrawal form is filed in the Withdrawal
and Reenrollment Office. "Stop Payment" on a check, failure to pay the
semester bill, failure to attend classes, do not constitute withdrawal.
A request for a refund must be processed by the student with the
Division of Business Services; otherwise any credit on the student
account will automatically be carried over to the next semester
Students withdrawing from the University will be credited for tuition
in accordance with the following schedule:
Period from date Refundable tuition
instruction begins only (Additional
fees non-refundable)
Two weeks or less 80%
Between two and three weeks 60°o
Between three and four weeks 40%
Between four and five weeks 20%
Over five weeks No Refund
14 Financial Assistance
University Refund Statement
Tuition, refundable fees and refundable deposits are authorized for
refund only if the student completes the prescribed withdrawal proce-
dures or is dismissed from the University. Residence Hall and Dining
Services charges are authorized for refund only if the student completes
the prescribed residence hall and dining services contract release
procedures. Please refer to current "Schedule of Classes" for complete
refund informat and procedures.
Graduate Fees*
Application fee
This fee is not refundable $15.00'
Tuition Per Credit Hour:'
Resident Student $55.00
Non-Resident Student $100.00
Students admitted to the Graduate School must pay
graduate tuition fees whether or not the credit will be
used to satisfy program requirements. A graduate
student who wishes to audit a course must pay the
usual graduate tuition.
Continuous Registration Fee $1 0.00
Registration Fee' $5.00
Recreation Fee
(Summer School Only)? $4.00
Vehicle Registration Fee 2 $12.00
Graduation Fee,
Master's Degree 2 $15.00
Graduation Fee,
Doctor's Degree 2 $60.00
Health Fee' (Per Semester) $6.00
(Part-time Student)
Health Fee' (Per Semester) $11.00
(Full-time Student)
Athletic Fee' (Per Semester) $5.00
(Students taking 4 or more credits)
"The feer listed here are those charged at the time this Catalog went to press and are offered
as a general guide They are sub|ect to change Fees charged in a particular semester are
published in the Schedule of Classes for that semester
i non-refundable
' refundable
Determination of In-State Status for Admission,
Tuition and Charge-Differential Purposes
An initial determination of in-state status for admission, tuition and
charge-differential purposes will be made by the University at the time a
student's application for admission is under consideration. The determi-
nation made at that time, and any determination made thereafter shall
prevail in each semester until the determination is successfully chal-
lenged. The deadline for meeting all requirements for an in-state status
and for submitting all documents for reclassification is the last day of
registration for the semester the student wishes to be classified as an
in-state student.
The volume of requests for reclassification may necessitate a delay
in completing the review process. It is hoped that a decision in each
case will be made within ninety (90) days of a request for determination.
During this period of time, or any further period of time required by the
University, fees and charges based on the previous determination must
be paid. If the determination is changed, any excess fees and charges
will be refunded.
Persons who are interested in obtaining a copy of the regulations or
who wish assistance with their classification should contact: The
Graduate School Office of Graduate Records, Room 2117, South
Administration Building, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland
20742— phone (301)454^1004.
Financial Assistance
The University of Maryland recognizes the high cost of education today
and makes every effort to offer financial assistance to qualified students
through a variety of programs. Approximately one-half of all full-time
graduate students receive financial support, which includes remission of
tuition fees, through teaching and research assistantships and Universi-
ty and state fellowships. In addition, education loans are available
through the University at very reasonable terms, and short-term, inter-
est-free emergency loans may be obtained if needed. Referrals for on-
campus or area employment opportunities for students and students'
spouses are also available in various departments and in specific
student service centers on campus.
Fellowships
A fellowship is an award bestowed on a student who displays academic
merit and promise to assist him in devoting full time to scholarly pursuits.
All applicants for fellowships must be admitted to the Graduate School
on a full-time basis to be eligible. Inquiries and requests for appropriate
forms should be directed to the Fellowships and Finance Office, Room
2126, South Administration Building, University of Maryland, College
Park, Maryland 20742.
The Maryland Fellowship Program, established by the State Legisla-
ture and administered by the Graduate School, provides a limited
number of fellowships to qualified applicants who are enrolled in
doctoral programs and who agree to teach in a public institution of
higher learning in the State of Maryland for a period of three years
following receipt of their doctoral degree, if a suitable position is offered.
The stipend is $3,500 for the academic year, with remission of tuition.
Although renewable annually, these fellowships normally carry a three
year non-renewable tenure. Deadline for the application, which is
available from the Fellowship Office of the Graduate School is February
1.
The Graduate School Fellowships are awarded annually on a com-
petitive basis. The stipend is $1,000 for the academic year, with
remission of tuition. The standard application for financial aid will serve
as an application for this fellowship program and must be submitted by
February 1 directly to the department in which you seek admission.
Awards are based upon the nomination and recommendation of the
department chairman.
Other Race Grants have been established to provide financial assist-
ance to qualified graduate students who meet the following criteria: 1.
The applicant must be a member of a minority race as defined by the
racial composition of the College Park Campus graduate student body.
2. The applicant must be a legal resident of Maryland. 3. The applicant
must be admitted as a full-time graduate student in a degree program. 4.
The applicant must be a first-time graduate student. 5. The applicant
must be able to demonstrate financial need as determined by the
College Park Graduate School. The individual fellowship shall not
exceed $1,000. Tuition is also waived in most cases. Students may
apply for reappointment on a yearly basis. Additional details and
application materials are available from the Fellowships and Finance
Office of the Graduate School. The deadline for applications is February
Assistantships
Offers of assistantships are made contingent upon the applicant's
acceptance as a graduate student by the Graduate School.
Graduate Teaching Assistantships are available to qualified graduate
students in many departments and programs. In addition to remission of
tuition, these carry ten-month or twelve month stipends ranging from
$4,800 to $7,080. Applications for assistantships should be made
directly to the department in which the applicant will study.
Graduate Research Assistantships, with comparable stipends, are
available in some departments on a ten or twelve month basis. For
information inquire in the individual department or program.
Resident Graduate Assistantships, in limited number, are also avail-
able. The stipend begins at $4,800 per year, plus remission of tuition, in
-.^change for part-time work in undergraduate residence halls as
Residence Halls staff members. These Resident Assistantships are
open to both men and women. Applications for a Resident Graduate
Assistantship should be made to the Office of Human Resources,
Department of Resident Life, Cumberland Hall, University of Maryland,
College Park, Maryland 20742.
Loans and Part-Time Employment
National Direct Student Loan Funds are available to graduate stu-
dents of the University of Maryland. Applicants must be United States
nationals (citizens and permanent resident status). Loans are approved
based upon financial need; the average loan is $1,500 per year.
Repayment begins nine months after the borrower leaves school, and
no interest is charged until the beginning of the repayment schedule.
Interest after that date is charged at the rate of three percent per
annum. Repayment of the loan, including interest, is deferred during the
time the borrower may be in military service, the Peace Corps, VISTA,
and ACTION, up to a period of three years as well as during time of
continued study on at least a half-time basis. Applications should be
directed to the Director, Office of Student Financial Aid, North Adminis-
trative Building, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742,
by February 15 for the fall semester.
Student Services 15
Guaranteed Student Loan programs which have been established for
State of Maryland residents through the Maryland Higher Education
Loan Corporation, permit students to borrow money from their
hometown banks or other local financial institutions Graduate students
in good standing may borrow up to $5,000 per year, but state agencies
and individual banks may set their own limits up to this amount. Notes
may not bear more than seven percent simple interest. Monthly
repayments begin ten months after graduation or withdrawal from
school. The federal government will pay the interest for eligible students
while the student is in school. Further details regarding this program for
Maryland residents may be secured from the Office of Student Financial
Aid. For prospective non-Maryland borrowers unable to obtain informa-
tion concerning the particular loan programs of their states, the Office of
Student Financial Aid can provide necessary information.
Student Emergency Loans are available, in case a student has a
financial emergency, from the Office of Student Financial Aid. If the
funds have not been depleted, students may borrow with no interest up
to $75.00 ($300.00 if the student specifies that the loan is to help pay
registration debts). Emergency loans must be repaid within one semes-
ter.
AAUW Loan: The College Park Maryland Branch of American Associa-
tion of University Women has established a small AAUW loan fund for
graduate women students at the University of Maryland. The amount
loaned will be based on need and on the amount of funds available.
Repayment of the loan shall begin within one year of leaving the
University, and the note will carry 4 per cent per annum simple interest
to be charged on the unpaid balance, beginning when the borrower
leaves the University. For information and application forms, please
contact the Fellowship and Finance Office in the Graduate School.
The Office of Student Financial Aid, located in the North Administra-
tion Building, serves without charge as a clearinghouse for students
seeking part-time work and employers seeking help. Many jobs are
available in the residence halls, libraries, laboratories, and elsewhere on
and off campus. All full-time students seeking work are welcome to visit
the office and consult referral lists.
Work-Study Program. The University has in operation a College Work-
Study Program provided under Title 1-C of the Economic Opportunity
Act of 1964 and subsequent amendments.
The purpose of the College Work-Study Program is to expand part-
time employment opportunities for students who are in need of the
earnings from part-time employment in order to continue their educa-
tion. Preference is given to students with the greatest financial need.
Employment under the College Work-Study Program is available to
a student who meets the following qualifications: (1) is in need of
employment in order to pursue a course of study at this University; (2) is
capable of maintaining good standing in the course of study while
employed; (3) is a citizen of the United States or a permanent resident;
(4) is enrolled or has been accepted for enrollment as either an
undergraduate, graduate, or professional student on a full-time basis.
Students employed through the College Work-Study Program are
assigned to most of the departments on campus and a few departments
off-campus. Students may be employed up to 40 hours per week during
the summer, semester break, and Spring holidays. During the school
year, to include examination week, students may work up to 20 hours
per week. Minimum pay for graduate students is currently $4.45 per
hour during this school year.
Additional information may be obtained from the Office of Student
Financial Aid, Student Employment Section, located in Room 2114,
North Administration Building Telephone: 454-4592.
Golden Identification Card for Senior Citizens of
Maryland
The purpose of this status is to make available without charge courses
and services of the University's campuses to citizens who are 60 years
of age or older, who are residents of the State of Maryland and who are
retired (a retired person will be considered one who affirms that he is not
engaged in gainful employment for more than 20 hours per week).
People meeting these requirements may apply for graduate admission,
either as degree or nondegree students, and must meet the same
admissions criteria pertaining to either category as do all applicants.
Once admitted and having been issued the Golden Identification Card,
such persons may register for courses in any session, subject to the
same restrictions as any other student, and use the library and other
campus facilities during the time they are enrolled in courses. Tuition
fees will be waived for holders of the Golden Identification Card.
Veterans Benefits
Recent federal legislation has had significant impact on the veteran-
graduate student. People who originally were entitled to 36 months of
V.A. Educational Benefits now have a total of 45 months of educational
benefits. The new complement of benefits can be used for graduate
work.
See the Veterans Section of the current Schedule of Classes for
other current information.
Veterans Administration counselors work on campus full-time to
assist veterans, their dependents, and servicemen with all V.A. related
questions and problems. These representatives can offer you help in
getting your monthly educational assistance checks, as well as other
less known but available benefits. Some of these are compensation for
service connected disabilities, guaranteed home loans, and vocational
rehabilitation services for disabled veterans.
Related information, such as facts on individual state bonuses,
removal of derogatory SPN codes from your military discharge (DD214),
and University of Maryland Veterans Club activities, is also available.
The counselors are available on a walk-m-basis during normal
office hours in Room 1130 North Administration Building. Telephone
454-5276.
Student Services
Housing
There is no on-campus housing provided for unmarried graduate
students. The Off-Campus Housing Office (Room 1295, Student Union,
454-3645), in cooperation with many of the local landlords and apart-
ment managers, maintains an extensive and up-to-date list of vacancies
under several headings (Rooms, Unfurnished Apartments, Houses to
Share, etc.). This office can also provide students with convenient maps
of the College Park area and with lists of local motels, trailer and mobile
home parks, real estate agents, and furniture rental companies.
Current rates for housing in the area are about $125-$ 175 per
month for a room in a private home, $250-$350 per month for an
efficiency or one bedroom apartment; $100-$175/month for a shared
apartment, and $450-$550/month for a two-bedroom house.
The University itself maintains two apartment complexes for mar-
ried graduate students and for a limited number of single graduate
students. Both Lord Calvert Apartments and University Hills Apartments
are within walking distance of campus, which means that there is
usually a waiting list, especially during the period immediately preceding
the fall semester. Priority for housing in these complexes is currently
given to married full-time graduate assistants, then married full-time
graduate non-assistants.
Rent for a one-bedroom apartment is $189-$199/month, with two-
bedroom apartments costing about twenty-five dollars more; a limited
number of efficiencies are available to single students for a slightly
lower monthly rent. Students must sign a one year lease and pay a
security deposit of $100 (payable when the applicant's name is added
to the waiting list). There is a nonrefundable application fee of $10 for
adding a name to the waiting list. After the initial lease expires,
residence in the apartments is on a monthly basis. Graduate students
who maintain full-time status are permitted to live in the apartments for a
maximum of five years.
Information and applications for University-owned housing can be
obtained from the Rental Office, 3424 Tulane Drive, Hyattsville, Mary-
land 20783 (422-7445).
University Food Services
The University Food Service offers four dining contract options which
are available to graduate students. The options and their costs on a
semester basis for 1 979-1 980 were any 1 9 meals per week for $469.00;
any 1 5 meals per week for $436.50; any 1 meals per week for $41 5.50;
and any 5 meals per week for $258.50. Increases in these prices are
anticipated for 1 980-81 . University people can obtain guest meal tickets
for individual meals in contract dining halls for fairly reasonable prices
(unlimited quantities for $2.35 at breakfast, $3.00 at lunch, and $3.50 at
dinner). More information about contract dining can be obtained from
Mr. John Goecker (454-2901).
In addition to the services offered by the contract dining halls,
graduate students may wish to take advantage of the cash line services
available at the Hill Dining Hall or the various restaurants and snack
bars at the Student Union.
Hillel Kosher Dining Club, housed in Hillel House, 7505 Yale
Avenue, College Park (779-7370), provides Kosher meals on either a
regular or occasional basis.
Career Development Center
The Career Development Center, located in Hornbake Library offers a
wide variety of services to graduate students. The goal of the Center is
16 Code of Student Conduct
to assist students in exploring career opportunities and planning their
careers. Services include career advising, the Career Library, the
credentials service, and the on-campus interview program.
The career advising program includes both individual and group
advising sessions and workshops on jobseeking skills, resume prepara-
tion, and interviewing skills. The Career Library contains occupational
information, full-time job listings, employer directories, and other refer-
ence sources.
Graduate students are eligible to participate in the on-campus
interview program, which involves campus visits by representatives
from business, government, and education. Students interested in
employment in the fields of education and library science will find the
credentials service especially valuable.
Certain services of the Center are also available to students'
spouses.
Counseling Center
The Counseling Center offers consultation on education/psychological
concerns; an open educational-vocational information library; recorded
interviews with department heads on the characteristics of graduate
majors offered on the campus; and a weekly Research and Data series
of presentations on current educational/psychological topics.
Available services include the following: the Counseling Service,
which offers initial consultation on any problems and provides further
counseling services or referral services to appropriate individuals or
agencies in the area; the Reading and Study Skills Laboratory, for those
interested in improving any of their educational skills including special
assistance for students for whom English is a second language; the
Parent Consultation and Child Evaluation Service, providing a variety of
services to the parents of young children with learning or behavior
problems; and the Testing, Research and Data Processing Division,
which serves as the testing and census taking arm of the campus.
The Center provides consultation to a variety of groups and
individuals concerning organizational development and group produc-
tivity. Other programs include a series of self-understanding and devel-
opment groups for interested students and staff.
The Center provides a wide variety of research reports on charac-
teristics of students and campus environment.
National testing programs (GRE, Miller Analogies, etc.) are ad-
ministered by the Counseling Center as well as testing for counseling
purposes. Office location; Shoemaker Building. Telephone: Counseling
Services 454-2931; Reading and Study Skills Lab 454-2935.
Publications of Interest to Graduate Students
In addition to the Catalog, the Graduate School prepares the following
publications:
Graduate Application Booklet: This booklet, which contains the
application forms and information you need to complete the forms, is
available on request from the Graduate School Mailing Office or from
the individual departments.
Graduate Bulletin: The Bulletin is for prospective students and pro-
vides information on campus and area libraries, research facilities, and
cultural opportunities; descriptions of individual programs; and a list of
titles of courses offered at UMCP. It also contains the application forms
and instructions for completing them.
Guide to Graduate Life. This handbook, designed to provide the new
graduate student with an introduction to the campus and the College
Park area, is available from the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies
and Research.
Graduate Assistant Handbook. This handbook sets forth policies,
procedures, and services of interest to graduate assistants and is
available from the departmental graduate offices and the office of the
Dean for Graduate Studies and Research.
Graduate Student Academic Handbook. This manual contains the
instructions for preparation of theses and dissertations and is available
at a nominal cost from the University book store.
Important Dates for Advisors and Students. This calendar card of
dates for submission of final documents is available from the various
departmental graduate offices, as well as from the office of the Dean for
Graduate Studies and Research.
Code of Student Conduct
A Code of Student Conduct was adopted by the Board of Regents on
January 25, 1 980, and is applicable to both graduate and undergraduate
students. The Code is reproduced in the Undergraduate Catalog and is
available in the Office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research
and in the Office of Judicial Programs.
Health Care
The University Health Center is located on Campus Drive directly across
from the Student Union. Both graduate and undergraduate students are
eligible for health care at the Health Center. Services provided include
both emergency and routine medical care, mental health evaluation and
treatment, health education, laboratory, x-ray, gynecological services,
and upon referral from a Health Center physician, dermatological
services and orthopedic services.
Students requiring service should call the Health Center for an
appointment. Students who are injured or are too ill to wait for an
appointment will be seen on a walk-in basis. Emergencies always
receive highest priority.
The Health Center is open 8:00 a.m.-8:00 p.m. weekdays and
11:00 a.m.-3:00 p.m. on weekends with acute illnesses taking priority
on evenings and weekends. People with emergencies are seen 24
hours a day.
Upon payment of the health fee registration, a student becomes
eligible for routine medical care and professional services at the Health
Center. Charges however, are made for certain laboratory tests, all x-
rays, casts and allergy injections. It should be noted that the mandatory
health fee is not a form of health insurance. For information and
emergencies, call 454-3444; Appointments, 454-4923; Mental Health,
454-4925; Women's Health, 454-4923; Health Education, 454-4922.
Health Insurance
Because the mandatory health fee is not a form of health insurance and
many students do not have adequate coverage, a voluntary group
insurance policy is available to students. This policy provides benefits,
at very reasonable rates, for hospital, surgery, emergency, laboratory,
and x-ray purposes; some coverage for mental and nervous problems;
and contains a major hospital provision. Students may enroll at mid-year
for a half-yearly rate, and they may elect to have family coverage.
Enrollment periods for the policy are August 15-October 1 and January
1 -March 1. For additional information and application forms, see the
brochure available in the Health Center or in the Office of Student
Affairs.
University Policy on Disclosure of
Student Records
(Buckley Amendment)
The University of Maryland adheres to a policy of compliance with the
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (Buckely Amendment). As
such, it is the policy of the University (1) to permit students to inspect
their education records, (2) to limit disclosure to others of personally
identifiable information from education records without students' prior
written consent, and (3) to provide students the opportunity to seek
correction of their education records where appropriate.
I. Definitions
A. "Student" means an individual who is or who has been in
attendance at the University of Maryland. It does not include
any applicant for admission to the University who does not
matriculate, even if he or she previously attended the University.
(Please note, however, that such an applicant would be consid-
ered a "student" with respect to his or her records relating to
that previous attendance.)
B. "Education records" include those records which contain infor-
mation directly related to a student and which are maintained as
official working files by the University. The following are not
educational records:
(1) records about students made by professors and administra-
tors for their own use and not shown to others;
(2) campus police records maintained solely for law enforce-
ment purposes and kept separate from the education re-
cords described above;
(3) employment records, except where a currently enrolled
student is employed as a result of his or her status as a
student;
(4) records of a physician, psychologist, or other recognized
professional or paraprofessional made or used only for
treatment purposes and available only to persons providing
University Policy on Disclosure of Student Records 17
treatment. However, these records may be reviewed by an
appropriate professional of the student's choice;
(5) records which contain only information relating to a person's
activities after that person is no longer a student at the
University.
II. It is the policy of the University of Maryland to permit students to
inspect their education records.
A. Right of Access
Each student has a right of access to his or her education
records, except confidential letters of recommendation re-
ceived prior to January 1, 1975, and financial records of the
student's parents.
B. Waiver
A student may, by a signed writing, waive his or her rights of
access to confidential recommendations in three areas: admis-
sion to an educational institution, job placement, and receipt of
honors and awards. The University will not require such waivers
as a condition for admission or receipt of any service or benefit
normally provided to students. If the student chooses to waive
his or her right of access, he or she will be notified, upon written
request, of the names of all persons making confidential recom-
mendations. Such recommendations will be used only for the
purpose for which they were specifically intended. A waiver may
be revoked in writing at any time, and the revocation will apply to
all subsequent recommendations, but not to recommendations
received while the waiver was in effect.
C. Types and Locations of Education Records, Titles of Re-
cords Custodians
Please note that all requests for access to records should be
routed through the Registrations Office (see II. D. below).
(1) Admissions
Applications and transcripts from institutions previously at-
tended.
a. Undergraduate — Director of Undergraduate Admissions,
North Administration.
b. Graduate— Director of Graduate Records, South Admin-
istration
(2) Registrations
All on-going academic and biographical records. Graduate
and Undergraduate — Director of Registrations, North Ad-
ministration.
(3) Departments
Departmental offices; Chairman (Check first with the Direc-
tor of Registrations.) (Miscellaneous records kept vary with
the department.)
(4) Deans and Provosts
Deans and Provosts offices of each school. Miscellaneous
records.
(5) Resident Life
North Administration, Director of Resident Life Student's
housing records.
(6) Advisors
Pre-law Advisor: Undergraduate Library Pre-Dental Advisor:
Turner Laboratory Pre-Medical Advisor: Turner Laboratory
Letters of evaluation, personal information sheet, transcript,
test scores (if student permits).
(7) Judicial Affairs
North Administration Building, Director of Judicial Affairs.
Students' judicial and disciplinary records.
(8) Counseling Center
Shoemaker Hall, Director.
Biographical data, summaries of conversations with student,
test results. (Where records are made and used only for
treatment purposes, they are not education records and are
not subject to this policy.)
(9) Financial Aid
a. Undergraduate — North Administration, Director of Finan-
cial Aid.
b. Graduate and Professional Schools — Located in Dean's
Offices.
Financial aid applications, need analysis statements, awards
made (no student access to parents' confidential state-
ments).
(10) Career Development Center
Terrapin Hall. Director. Recommendations, copies of aca-
demic records, (unofficial) (note WAIVER section).
(11) Business Services
South Administration Building, Director. All student accounts
receivable, records of students' financial charges, and cred-
its with the University
D Procedure to be Followed
Requests for access should be made in writing to the Office of
Registrations. The University will comply with a request for
access within a reasonable time, at least within 45 days. In the
usual case, arrangements will be made for the student to read
his or her records in the presence of a staff member. If facilities
permit, a student may ordinarily obtain copies of his or her
records by paying reproduction costs. The fee for copies is S.25
per page. No campus will provide copies of any transcripts in
the student's records other than the student's current University
transcript from that campus. Official University transcripts (with
University seal) will be provided at a higher charge.
III. It is the policy of the University of Maryland to limit disclosure of
personally identifiable information from education records unless it
has the student's prior written consent, subject to the following
limitations and exclusions.
A Directory Information
(1) The following categories of information have been designa-
ted directory information:
Name
Address
Telephone listing
Date and place of birth
Photograph
Major field of study
Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
Weight and height of members of athletic teams
Dates of attendance
Degrees and awards received
Most recent previous educational institution attended
(2) This information will be disclosed even in the absence of
consent unless the student files written notice informing the
University not to disclose any or all of the categories within
three weeks of the first day of the semester in which the
student begins each school year. This notice must be filed
annually within the above alloted time to avoid automatic
disclosure of directory information. The notice should be
filed with the campus registrations office. See II. C.
(2) The University will give annual public notice to students of
the categories of information designated as directory infor-
mation.
(4) Directory information may appear in public documents and
otherwise be disclosed without student consent unless the
student objects as provided above.
B. Prior Consent not Required
Prior consent will not be required for disclosure of education
records to the following parties:
(1 ) School officials of the University of Maryland who have been
determined to have legitimate educational interests;
a. "School officials" include instructional or administrative
personnel who are or may be in a position to use the
information in furtherance of a legitimate objective;
b. "legitimate educational interests" include those interests
directly related to the academic environment;
(2) Officials of other schools in which a student seeks or intends
to enroll or is enrolled. Upon request, and at his or her
expense, the student will be provided with a copy of the
records which have been transferred;
(3) Authorized representatives of the Comptroller General of
the U.S., the Secretary of HEW, the Commissioner of the
Office of Education, the Director of the National Institute of
Education, the Administrator of the Veterans' Administra-
tion, the Assistant Secretary of HEW for Education, and
State educational authorities, but only in connection with the
audit or evaluation of federally supported education pro-
grams, or in connection with the enforcement of or com-
pliance with federal legal requirements relating to these
programs. Subject to controlling Federal law or prior con-
sent, these officials will protect information received so as
not to permit personal identification of students to outsiders;
(4) Authorized persons and organizations which are given work
in connection with a student's application for, or receipt of,
financial aid. but only to the extent necessary for such
purposes as determining eligibility, amount, conditions and
enforcement of terms and conditions;
(5) State and local officials to which such information is specifi-
cally required to be reported by effective state law adopted
prior to November 19. 1974;
(6) Organizations conducting educational studies for the pur-
poses of developing, validating, or administering predictive
tests, administering student aid programs, and improving
instruction. The studies shall be conducted so as not to
18 Admission to Graduate School
permit personal identification of students to outsiders, and
the information will be destroyed when no longer needed for
these purposes;
(7) Accrediting organizations for purposes necessary to carry
out their functions;
(8) Parents of a student who is a dependent for income tax
purposes. (Note: The University may require documentation
of dependent status such as copies of income tax forms.)
(9) Appropriate parties in connection with an emergency, where
knowledge of the information is necessary to protect the
health or safety of the student or other individuals;
(10) In response to a court order or subpoena. The University will
make reasonable efforts to notify the student before comply-
ing with the court order.
C. Prior Consent Required
In all other cases, the University will not release personally
identifiable information in education records or allow access to
those records without prior consent of the student. Unless
disclosure is to the student himself or herself, the consent must
be written, signed, and dated, and must specify the records to
be disclosed, the identity of the recipient, and the purpose of
disclosure. A copy of the records disclosed will be provided to
the student upon request and at his or her expense.
D. Record of Disclosures
The University will maintain with the student's education re-
cords a record for each request and each disclosure, except for
the following:
(1) disclosures to the student himself or herself ;l
(2) disclosures pursuant to the written consent of the student
(the written consent itself will suffice as a record);
(3) disclosures to instructional or administrative officials of the
University;
(4) disclosures of directory information.
This record of disclosures may be inspected by the student,
the official custodian of the records, and other University
and governmental officials.
IV. It is the policy of the University of Maryland to provide students the
opportunity to seek correction of their education records.
A. Request to Correct Records
A student who believes that information contained in his or her
education records is inaccurate, misleading, or violative of
privacy or other rights may submit a written request to the Office
of Registrations specifying the document(s) being challenged
and the basis for the complaint. The request will be sent to the
person responsible for any amendments to the record in
question. Within a reasonable period of time of receipt of the
request, the University will decide whether to amend the re-
cords in accordance with the request. If the decision is to refuse
to amend, the student will be so notified and will be advised of
the right to a hearing. He or she may then exercise that right by
written request to the Office of the Chancellor.
B. Right to a Hearing
Upon request by a student, the University will provide an
opportunity for a hearing to challenge the content of the
student's records. A request for a hearing should be in writing
and submitted to the Office of Registrations. Within a reasona-
ble time of receipt of the request, the student will be notified in
writing of the date, place, and time reasonably in advance of the
hearing.
(1) Conduct of the hearing
The hearing will be conducted by a University official who
does not have a direct interest in the outcome. The student
will have a full and fair opportunity to present evidence
relevant to the issues raised and may be assisted or
represented by individuals of his or her choice at his or her
expense, including an attorney.
(2) Decision
Within a reasonable period of time after the conclusion of
the hearing, the University will notify the student in writing of
its decision. The decision will be based solely upon evidence
presented at the hearing and will include a summary of the
evidence and the reasons for the decision. If the University
decides that the information is inaccurate, misleading, or
otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of
students, the University will amend the records accordingly.
C. Right to Place an Explanation in the Records
If, as a result of the hearing, the University decides that the
information is not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in viola-
tion of the student's rights, the University will inform the student
of the right to place in his or her record a statement commenting
on the information and/or explaining any reasons for disagree-
ing with the University's decision. Any such explanation will be
kept as part of the student's record as long as the contested
portion of the record is kept and will be disclosed whenever the
contested portion of the record is disclosed.
V. Right to File Complaint
A student alleging University noncompliance with the Family Edu-
cational Rights and Privacy Act may file a written complaint with the
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office (FERPA), Depart-
ment of HEW, 330 Independence Avenue, S.W., Washington, D.C.
20201.
Admission to Graduate School
Graduate Programs
Programs Degrees Offered
Administration, Supervision and Curriculum 6 M.Ed., M.A., A.G.S.,
Ed.D., Ph.D.
Aerospace Engineering M.S.*. Ph.D.
Agricultural and Extension Education 2 M.S.", A.G.S., Ph.D.
Agricultural and Resource Economics 3 M.S.*, Ph.D.
Agricultual Engineering M.S.*, Ph.D.
Agronomy M.S.*, Ph.D.
American Studies 3 M.A.*, Ph.D.
Animal Sciences 3 M.S.*, Ph.D.
Applied Mathematics M.A.*, Ph.D.
Architecture 5 M.Arch.
Art M.A.', M.F.A., Ph.D.
Astronomy 4 M.S.*, Ph.D.
Biochemistry M.S.*, Ph.D.
Botany 3 M.S., Ph.D.
Business and Management' M.S., M.B.A. 9 , D.B.A.
Chemical Engineering M.S.* Ph.D.
Chemical Physics M.S.,* Ph.D.
Chemistry M.S.*, Ph.D.
Civil Engineering M.S.,* Ph.D.
Communication Arts and Theatre 3 M.A.*
Comparative Literature M.A.*, Ph.D.
Computer Science 5 M.S.', Ph.D.
Counseling and Personnel Services 2 M.Ed., M.A., A.G.S., Ph.D.
Criminal Justice and Criminology 3 M.A.*, Ph.D.
Early Childhood-Elementary Education 2 M.Ed., M.A. A.G.S., Ed.D.,
Ph.D.
Economics 3 M.A.*, Ph.D.
Electrical Engineering M.S.", Ph.D.
Engineering Materials M.S.*, Ph.D.
English Language and Literature M.A.*, Ph.D.
Entomology 3 M.S.*, Ph.D.
Family and Community Development 3 M.S.*
Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration 3 M.S.*
Food Science 3 M.S.*. Ph.D.
French Language and Literature 5 M.A.*, Ph.D.
Geography 3 M.A.*, Ph.D.
Germanic Language and Literature M.A.", Ph.D.
Government and Politics 3 M.A.*, Ph.D.
Health Education 3 M.A.*, Ph.D.
Hearing and Speech Sciences 3 M.A.*, Ph.D.
History 3 M.A. 7 , 'Ph.D.
Horticulture 3 M.S.*, Ph.D.
Human Development Education 2 M.Ed., M.A., A.G.S., Ed.D., Ph.D.
Industrial Education 2 M.Ed., M.A.*, A.G.S., Ed.D., Ph.D.
Journalism 3 M.A.*
Library and Information Services 3 M.L.S. 7 , Ph.D.
Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Science 3 M.S., Ph.D.
Mathematical Statistics M.A.*, Ph.D.
Mathematics M.A.*, Ph.D.
Measurement and Statistics 3 M.Ed., M.A.*, A.G.S., Ed.D., Ph.D.
Mechanical Engineering M.S.*, Ph.D.
Meteorology M.S.*. Ph.D.
Microbiology 5 M.S., Ph.D.
Music 5 M.M., D.M.A., Ph.D.
Nuclear Engineering M.S.*, Ph.D.
Nutritional Sciences M.S.*. Ph.D.
Philosophy 3 M.A*. Ph.D.
Physical Education 3 M.A.*. Ph.D.
Physics" M.S.*. Ph.D.
Poultry Science M.S.. Ph.D.
Psychology 5 M.A., M.S., Ph.D.
Public Communication 3 Ph.D.
Admission to Graduate School 19
Recreation 3 M.A., Ed.D., Ph.D
Secondary Education? M.Ed., MA", A.G.S. Ed.D.. Ph.D.
Social Foundations of Education 2 M.A.', Ph.D.
Sociology 3 M.A., PhD
Spanish Language and Literature M.A.*, Ph.D.
Special Education 2 M.Ed., M.A., AGS., Ed.D., PhD
Textiles and Consumer Economics 3 M.S.", Ph.D.
Urban Studies 5 M.A *
Zoology M.S.*, Ph.D.
'GMAT (Graduate Management & Admissions Test).
■"Miller Analogies Test required for admission
'Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test required
"Graduate Record Examination Advanced Test required
■■Both Aptitude and Advanced Graduate Record Examinations required
6 Either the GRE Aptitude or the Miller Analogies Test is required
'History and Library and Information Services offer a directed course of study leading to both
the MA and M.L S degrees
8 The College of Business and Management offers a joint program with the Law School of the
University of Maryland at Baltimore leading to both the MBA and JD degrees
'Non-thesis option available tor M A or MS
For further details on entrance examinations see Admission to
Graduate School below.
Administrative Offices
The administrative offices of the Graduate School are located on the
second floor of the South Administration Building, and the Dean,
Associate Deans, and Assistant Dean for Graduate Studies and Re-
search and their staff may be found in Suite 21 33. Other offices to which
students may go for administrative assistance are listed below:
Office of the Director of Graduate Records: Room 2125, South
Administration Building. The Director of Records of the Graduate
School is the person in charge of graduate admissions and records of
degree progress for all prospective and admitted students.
Office of Graduate Admissions: Room 2107, South Administration
Building. This office receives and maintains all files of students applying
for admission and answers all inquiries regarding the admission pro-
cess.
Office of Graduate Records: Room 2117, South Administration Build-
ing. This office maintains all files for graduate students after they have
been admitted and provides information on registration procedures.
Students may obtain the "Continuous Registration Form" and the
"Intercampus Enrollment Form" here, and petitions and information on
in-state classification for tuition and charge-differential purposes are
handled by this office.
Fellowships and Finance Office: Room 2126, South Administration
Building. The Fellowships and Finance Office serves as a clearinghouse
for information on available fellowships which are sponsored by the
Graduate School.
Office of the Assistant to the Dean: Room 21 14, South Administra-
tion Building. The Assistant to the Dean is generally responsible for
assuring that the academic programs and accomplishments of graduate
students fulfill the requirements for degrees established by the Gradu-
ate Council. The following forms are received and processed by this
office: 1 . "Doctoral Candidacy Forms"; 2. "Request for Appointment of
Doctoral Examining Committee"; 3. "Master's Approved Program
Form"; 4. "Certification of Completion of Non-thesis Master's Option";
5. "Certification of Completion of the Master's Thesis." It is to this office
that copies of the thesis and dissertation must be submitted, and it is the
Assistant to the Dean who prepares official commencement lists. In
addition, students submit to this office registration forms for foreign
language examinations and requests for approval of transfer of credit
for the Masters' programs.
General
Responsibility for admitting applicants to graduate programs rests with
the Dean and his staff, who regularly seek the advice of the chairmen
and graduate admission committees of the academic programs in
making their decisions. In the case of foreign student applicants, the
University's Director of International Education Services is also con-
sulted. Standards applied by the Graduate School and individual
programs are to insure that students admitted have high qualifications
and a reasonable expectation of successfully completing a graduate
program. Standards for admission to doctoral programs are frequently
higher than those for admission to master's programs. In many degree
programs applications by qualified students for admission to graduate
study regularly exceed the number of students who can be accom-
modated. In order to maintain programs of outstanding quality, the
number of spaces in each program is limited according to the availability
of faculty, special resources, and funds for students requiring financial
assistance. The Graduate School admits the most highly qualified
applicants up to the limit of the number of spaces in each program.
Criteria for Admission
The decision to admit an applicant to a program is based primarily on
results from a combination of the following criteria according to require-
ments of the specific program or department.
Quality of previous undergraduate and graduate work. The
Graduate School requires as a minimum standard a B average or
3.0 on a 4.0 scale, in a program of study resulting in the award of a
baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited college or
university. In addition, the student's undergraduate program should
include completion of the prerequisites for graduate study in his
chosen field. In individual programs, where resources are available,
a few applicants who do not meet this minimum standard for
undergraduate work may be provisionally admitted if there is
compelling evidence on the basis of other criteria of a reasonable
likelihood of success in the program the person desires to enter. If
an applicant has studied at the graduate level elsewhere less
weight may be, but is not necessarily, placed on the quality of the
undergraduate academic record Some programs may require a
higher minimum grade average for admission.
2. Strength of letters of recommendation from persons com-
petent to judge the applicant's probable success in graduate
school. Usually these letters are from the applicant's former
professors who are able to give an in-depth evaluation of the
applicant's strengths and weaknesses with respect to academic
work. Additional recommendations may come from employers or
supervisors who are familiar with the applicant's work experience.
Applicants should instruct their references to send all letters of
recommendation directly to the program in which they desire
entrance. Some departments do not require letters of recommen-
dation. (See application form.)
3. Scores on a nationally standardized examination. Because the
predictive utility of these scores may vary from one group of
applicants to another, a discriminating use of all relevant materials
will be made in each applicant's case. The three most widely used
standardized examinations are the Graduate Record Examinations,
Graduate Management Admissions Test, and the Miller Analogies
Test.
Although many graduate programs do not require the GRE.
almost all will use such test scores as an additional measure of
an applicant's qualifications. The GRE may be taken in either or
both of two forms: The Aptitude Test and The Advanced Test.
Applicants can take this test in their senior year or when filing
for admission. For details, applicants should write directly to
Graduate Record Examinations, Educational Testing Service.
Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
GRADUATE MANAGEMENT ADMISSIONS TEST (GMAT): De-
tails about this test, required when applying to a program in
Business and Management, can be obtained by writing to the
Educational Testing Service, Box 966, Princeton. N.J., 08540
THE MILLER ANALOGIES TEST (MAT): Details about the
graduate form of this test can be obtained by writing to the
Director, Counseling Center, University of Maryland, College
Park, Md. 20742.
For information on the programs requiring one of these tests,
please see the List of Graduate Programs in this catalog and the
instructions accompanying application forms.
4. Statement by the applicant of his academic career objectives
and their relation to the program of study he wishes to pursue.
These statements help the department or program identify stu-
dents whose objectives are consonant with the objectives of the
program.
5. Other evidence of graduate potential. Some programs require
other evidence of graduate potential, such as samples from port-
folios of creative work, completion of specialized examinations, or
personal interviews.
In addition to the above criteria, special consideration will be given to:
1. Residence of the applicant. While the University desires to
maintain a geographically diverse graduate student population, it
also recognizes its responsibility to legal residents of the state.
Every effort will be made to accommodate qualified Maryland
residents.
2. Sex and minority group membership. The University of Mary-
land, its Graduate School and each of its academic components
have strong affirmative action programs for increasing the par-
ticipation of minority groups and women among its students, staff
and faculty.
20 Admission to Graduate School
Categories of Admission to Degree Programs
Full Graduate Status
For admission in this category an applicant must have received a
baccalauraate degree from a regionally accredited institution and be
otherwise fully qualified in every respect.
Provisional Graduate Status
This designation may be used when 1) the quality of the previous
academic record at a regionally accredited institution is lower than
established standards or when there is a lack of adequate prerequisite
course work in the chosen field; 2) when the applicant has majored in
another area with a creditable record but there is some doubt about his
ability to pursue the program of study in question; 3) when the applicant
is engaged in graduate study at another institution but is not able to
furnish a transcript indicating completion of course work or degree
requirements; or 4) when the applicant is a senior in his final semester of
work for a bachelor's degree and is not able to furnish a final transcript
indicating the completion of all requirements and the award of the
degree.
Students admitted provisionally because of incomplete official
supporting documents must have a complete official record of all
previous work sent to the Graduate School within three months
following the completion of such study and the award of the degree, or
they face cancellation of admission.
A program to correct any deficiencies in preparation will be outlined
by the faculty, and the student is expected to become fully qualified
within a specified time limit. When all conditions have been met, the
department may recommend admission of the student to full status.
Students who are unable to qualify for full admission under the
conditions specified may have their admission terminated.
Non-degree Admission Categories
Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate Status
The Advanced Graduate Specialist program is designed to promote a
high level of professional competence in an area of specialization in the
field of education. The candidate must be able to show that he or she
can operate as an effective counselor, administrator, teacher or skilled
person in a major field of professional endeavor. The Advanced
Graduate Specialist Certificate is offered through most of the programs
in the College of Education and the Agricultural and Extension Educa-
tion program in the College of Agriculture. The Certificate is awarded by
the College of Education or by the College of Agriculture. Requirements
are as follows:
1. Applicants must meet the same general criteria for admission as
are prescribed for degree seekers. Additionally, the applicant must
have completed a master's degree or the equivalent in credits
earned either at the University of Maryland or at another regionally
accredited institution. The Miller Analogies Test scores are re-
quired at the time of application.
2. Coursework totaling not more than 30 credits with grades of at least
a "B" from an accredited institution may be transferred to the
program at the University of Maryland.
3. The program must be developed in cooperation with an advisor and
filed with the Graduate Studies office in the College of Education.
4. The Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate program requires a
minimum of 60 semester hours of credit with not less than 30
semester hours of credit completed with the University of Maryland.
At least one half of the credits earned either at other institutions or
at the University of Maryland must be in courses comparable to
those in the 600-800 series. The student may be required to take a
substantial portion of the program in departments other than those
in the College of Education or the College of Agriculture. Registra-
tion in certain kinds of field study, field experience, apprenticeship
or internship may also be required.
5. There will be a written examination of not less than six hours. A "B"
average with no "D" or "F" grades will be required before the
certificate can be awarded.
For additional details see "Statement of Policies and Procedures;
Advanced Graduate Specialist Program in Education," issued by the
College of Education.
Advanced Special Student Status
The Advanced Special Student Status is designed to provide an
opportunity to individuals who do not have an immediate degree
objective in mind to take graduate level courses. Although the primary
mission of the Graduate School is to conduct programs of graduate
instruction leading to advanced degrees, the Graduate Faculty wel-
comes, to the extent that available resources allow, qualified students
who have no degree objectives.
Applicants for admission to Advanced Special Student Status must
satisfy at least one of the following criteria:
1. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institu-
tion with an overall "B" (3.0) average. Applicants must submit
official transcripts covering all credits used in satisfying the bacca-
laureate degree requirements.
2. Hold a master's or doctoral degree from a regionally accredited
institution. Applicants must submit an official transcript showing the
award of a master's or doctoral degree.
3. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institu-
tion and have at least four years of successful post-baccalaureate
work or professional experience. Applicants must submit an official
transcript showing the award of the baccalaureate degree and a
signed statement summarizing successful post-baccalaureate work
or professional experience. Letters from employers or professional
organizations to support the statement of successful professional
experiences are also required.
4. Achieve a score that places the applicant in the upper 50 percentile
of appropriate national standardized aptitude examinations such as
the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test, the Miller's Analo-
gies Test, the Graduate Management Admissions Test. Where
different percentiles are possible, the Graduate School will deter-
mine which score is acceptable.
Admission to Advanced Special Student status will continue for five
years. If there is no registration in three consecutive academic year
semesters, the admitted status will lapse, after which a new application
will be required.
Advanced Special Students must maintain a 2.75 grade point
average.
Advanced Special Students must pay all standard graduate fees.
Students in this status are not eligible to hold appointments as Graduate
Teaching or Research Assistants or Fellows. All other services, e.g.,
parking, library privileges, etc., are the same as those accorded to other
graduate students.
Admission to Advanced Special Student status is not intended to
be used as a preparatory program for later admission to a doctoral or
master's program nor to the Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate
program. Credits earned while in this status may be applicable to a
degree or certificate program at a later time only with the approval of the
faculty in the desired program, if the student is subsequently accepted
for degree or certificate study. For consideration of admission to a
degree program at a later time, the student must submit an application
in the standard format, with a new application fee, to the Graduate
School.
Visiting Graduate Student Status Graduate Student, Visiting
A graduate student matriculated in another graduate school, who
wishes to enroll in the Graduate School of the University of Maryland at
College Park and who intends thereafter to return to the graduate
school in which he is matriculated, may be admitted as a Visiting
Graduate Student.
Criteria for enrollment as a visitor are admission to and good
standing in another recognized graduate school. The applicant need not
submit full transcripts of credits, but he must apply for admission to the
UMCP Graduate School and pay the application fee. In lieu of trans-
cripts, a student may have his own graduate dean certify, in writing, to
the Graduate School that he is in good standing and that the credits will
be accepted toward his graduate degree. Unless otherwise specified,
admission will be offered for one year only.
Non-degree Student Status-Undergraduate
This is an undergraduate classification and may be assigned by the
Director of Admissions (undergraduate division) to those applicants who
have received the baccalaureate or an advanced degree from a
regionally accredited institution but who do not desire or who do not
qualify for graduate admission. Non-degree seeking students who do
not have a baccalaureate degree or an R.N. must submit transcripts and
meet regular admission standards. Transcripts are not required from
students with baccalaureate degrees or an R.N.
Application for Non-degree Student Status — Undergraduate must
be made directly to the Office of Admissions, not to the Graduate
School.
Students often need permission from the deans of the various
schools and colleges of the university to enroll as a Non-degree
Student. Non-degree Students may enroll for courses through the 500
numbered series for which they possess the necessary prerequisites.
Courses numbered 600 or above are intended for admitted graduate
students only.
The student is warned that no credit earned while in a Non-degree
Student Status— Undergraduate may be applied at a later date to a
degree program.
Offer of Admission
A written offer of admission is made to all accepted applicants and
specifies the date of entrance, which will normally coincide with the date
Admission to Graduate School 21
requested in the application. The student must accept or decline the
offer of admission by the date indicated in the offer, or it lapses and the
space is reassigned to another applicant. An individual whose offer of
admission has lapsed must submit a new application and fee, if he
wants to be reconsidered for admission at a later date.
The offer of admission is also a permit-to-register for courses and
must be presented by the student at the time of his first registration.
Identification as a graduate student, to be used thereafter, will be issued
at the time of first registration.
Admission Time Limits
For master's degree candidates, Advanced Graduate Specialist Certifi-
cate seekers, and Advanced Special Students, admission terminates
five years from the entrance date. Visiting Graduate Students and NSF
Institute students are admitted for specified periods.
A doctoral student must be admitted to candidacy within five years
after entrance and must complete all remaining requirements within four
years after admission to candidacy. Admission to the doctoral program
terminates if these conditions are not met.
Change of Objective, Status Termination of
Admission
Students are admitted only to a specified program and within that
program only for the specified objective: e.g., master's degree, doctoral
degree, or Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate. If the student
wishes to change either the program or his status (for example, from
Advanced Special Student to degree status), he must submit a new
application and fee for admission. Admission in the new status is not
granted automatically.
The student's admission also terminates when the original objec-
tive has been attained; for example, the admission terminates when a
student who is admitted for the master's degree completes the require-
ments for that degree. If the student wishes to continue for the
doctorate, a new application for admission to the doctoral program must
be submitted; requests for admission to the doctoral program are
subject to the same review process applied to others seeking admission
to that program.
A student can be admitted to only one graduate program at any one
time. Application for and acceptance of an offer of admission in a
second graduate program automatically terminates the student's admis-
sion to the first program.
Students must maintain an average grade of B or better in all
graduate courses taken and must otherwise satisfy all additional
departmental and Graduate School program requirements. The admis-
sion of all students, both degree and non-degree, is continued at the
discretion of the major professor, the department or program director,
and the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research.
Admission of Faculty
No member of the faculty employed by the University of Maryland
having the rank of Assistant Professor or above is permitted to take
work leading to an advanced degree at this institution.
Application Instructions
To apply you must send both the completed application and complete,
official transcripts covering all credits earned at any institution, in
duplicate, to the Office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research,
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742.
Decisions on admission and financial aid for either summer terms
and for fall semester will first be made for those whose completed
applications and supporting material have been received by the Gradu-
ate School on or before March 1 . Qualified applicants whose completed
applications and supporting material are received after March 1, but on
or before May 1, will be granted admission and financial aid on a first-
come, first-served basis, up to the limits of available space in the
program.
Applications for entry for the Spring semesters must be received by
November 1.
Application deadlines for non-U. S. citizens — please see "Foreign
Student Applications" below.
It is in general to the student's advantage to apply before the
deadline, since in many programs, no space will be available to those
who apply after March 1 due to heavy demand for admission. Applicants
for Maryland or Graduate School Fellowships must submit their applica-
tions by February 1.
The application should arrive before the arrival of transcripts and
other supporting evidence of preparation, if these materials cannot be
attached to the application.
Applicants are solely responsible for making certain that their
transcripts have, in fact, been received by the Graduate School and not
by the Registrar's Office or the graduate program desired, since no
follow-up action can be taken by the Graduate School.
Students who apply in their senior year in college must have a
transcript sent to the Graduate School of all coursework completed up
to the time of application. In addition, senior year first semester grade
reports should be forwarded, if they are not on the current transcript,
since no final decision will be possible without such grades. Seniors
should also submit with the application a list of the courses in which they
are currently enrolled.
An official transcript is defined as a record which bears the
signature of the registrar and the seal of the institution.
A complete and separate application and fee must be submitted for
each program in which entrance is sought. A new application is also
required if there is a change in the objective or program.
A fee of $15.00 must accompany the application for admission.
This fee is not refundable under any circumstances. Payment must be
made by check or money order payable to the University of Maryland
Do not send stamps or cash.
Students applying for entrance in either of the two summer
sessions are urged to check the Summer Sessions Bulletin to determine
if the courses they wish to take will be offered in a particular session. To
obtain this publication, write to Summer Sessions Office, University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742.
Foreign Student Application
No foreign student seeking admission to the University of Maryland
should plan to leave his country before receiving an official offer of
admission from the Director of Graduate Records of the Graduate
School.
Academic Credentials
The complete application and official academic credentials — beginning
with secondary school records — should be received by the Graduate
Admissions Office by February 1 for the Fall Semester and by June 1 for
the Spring Semester. Space available for foreign students may have
been filled prior to this deadline, and all qualified students may not be
accepted.
English Proficiency English Proficiency Test
In addition to meeting academic requirements, the foreign student
applicant must demonstrate proficiency in English by taking the Test of
English as a Foreign language (TOEFL). Because TOEFL is given only
six times a year throughout various parts of the world, as soon as a
student contemplates study at the University of Maryland, he should
make arrangements to take the test. For test information, write to
TOEFL Director, Educational Testing Service, Box 899, Princeton, New
Jersey 08540. When the applicant is ready to begin his studies, he will
be expected to read, speak, and write English fluently, to understand
lectures and to take pertinent notes.
Financial Resources
A statement regarding the applicant's financial support is required by
the Office of International Education Services. The Office must be
assured that an applicant has sufficient financial resources to meet
educational and living expenses of approximately $7,400 per year for
the entire period of study at the University of Maryland.
Immigration Documents
It is necessary for students eligible for admission to secure from the
university's Director of International Education Services the immigration
form required for obtaining the appropriate visa. Students already
studying in the United States who wish to transfer to the University of
Maryland must also secure proper immigration documents to request
the Immigration and Naturalization Service to grant permission for
transfer.
Reporting Upon Arrival
Every foreign student is expected to report to the Office of International
Education Services, North Administration Building, as soon as possible
after he arrives at the University. This Office will be able to assist not
only with various problems regarding immigration, housing, and fees,
but also with problems relating generally to orientation to university and
community life.
Questions concerning criteria and requirements for foreign appli-
cants should be addressed to the Director, International Education
Services, University of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742.
Records Maintenance and Disposition
All records, including academic records from other institutions, become
part of the official file and can neither be returned nor duplicated for any
22 Registration and Credits Registration
purpose. A student should obtain an additional copy of his official
credentials to keep in his possession for advisory purposes and for
other personal requirements.
The admission credentials and the application data of applicants
who do not register for courses at the time for which they have been
admitted or whose applications have been disapproved or who do not
respond to the departmental requests for additional information or
whose applications are not complete with respect to the receipt of all
transcripts or test results are retained for 18 months only and then
destroyed.
Registration and Credits Registration
Schedule of Classes
Graduate students are expected to be thoroughly familiar with the
"Schedule of Classes," a publication issued prior to the beginning of
each semester, available in the libraries, the North Administration
Building, and the Student Union. The summer session publication, with
information on both summer sessions, is available in the Turner
Laboratory Summer School Offices. The "Schedule of Classes" lists
rules and regulations governing all aspects of registration including
deadlines; procedures for dropping or adding a course or making other
changes in registration; procedures for the payment of tuition and fees;
information about the times and places classes will be offered; and the
names of the professors or instructors who will be teaching a particular
course or section. It also contains the names, telephone numbers, and
office locations of persons who can supply additional information.
Developing a Program
The student is responsible for ascertaining and complying with the rules
and procedures of the Graduate School and all applicable department
or graduate program requirements which govern the individual program
of study.
Registration for the newly admitted graduate student seeking a
degree or certificate begins with a visit to the student's academic
advisor in the graduate program or department to which the student has
been admitted. There the student will obtain information about specific
degree or certificate requirements, which supplement those of the
Graduate School.
The student will consult the "Schedule of Classes" and will
develop, in consultation with
dean, the provost of his division, the department or program offering the
course, and the Graduate School, register for graduate courses. These
may later be counted for graduate credit toward an advanced degree at
the University, if the student has been approved for admission to the
Graduate School. The total of undergraduate and graduate courses
must not exceed 15 credits for the semester. Excess credits in the
senior year cannot be used for graduate credit unless proper prear-
rangement is made. Seniors who wish to register for graduate credit
should inquire at the Graduate School, Office of the Director of
Records, for information about the procedure.
Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level Courses
Subject to requirements determined by the graduate faculty members of
the department or program offering the course, undergraduate students
may register for graduate level courses, i.e., those numbered from 600
to 898, with the exception of 799 and 899, for undergraduate credit.
A student seeking to utilize this option will normally be in the senior
year, have earned an accumulated grade point average of 3.0, have
successfully completed, with a grade of B or better, the prerequisite and
correlative courses, and be a mapr in the appropriate or a closely
related department. The student will be required to obtain prior approval
of the department offering the course.
Enrollment in a graduate level course does not in any way imply
subsequent departmental or Graduate School approval for admission
into a graduate program, nor may the course be used as credit for a
graduate degree at the University of Maryland
Credit by Examination
A graduate student may obtain graduate credit by examination in
courses at the 400 level previously identified by the appropriate
department or program. As a general rule, credit by examination is not
available for courses at the 600, 700, or 800 levels for, in the judgment
of the Graduate Council, courses at these levels require a continuing
interaction between faculty and students to achieve the educational
goals of advanced study.
A student may receive credit by examination only for a course for
which he is otherwise eligible to receive graduate credit. The depart-
ment or program in which he is enrolled may establish a limit on the
number of credits which may be earned in this manner. Graduate
students seeking credit by examination must obtain the consent of their
advisor and of the instructor currently responsible for the course. Once
the student begins the examination, th'e grade earned will be recorded.
The Graduate School maintains a list of courses for which examina-
tions are available or will be prepared. The fee for credit by examination
is $30.00 per course regardless of the number of credits or units to be
earned.
Transfer of Credit
A maximum of six semester hours of graduate level course credits
earned at regionally accredited institutions prior to, or after, matricula-
tion in the Graduate School may be applied toward master's degrees at
the University of Maryland. Proportionately larger amounts of credit may
be applied toward doctoral degrees.
All graduate study credits offered as transfer credit must meet the
following criteria:
1 . They must have received graduate credit at the institution where
earned.
2. They must not have been used to meet the requirements for any
degree previously earned.
3. They must have been taken within the time limits applicable to
degrees awarded by the Graduate School.
4. the department or program to which the student has been admitted
at Maryland must certify the courses are appropriate to the degree
program the student is pursuing at Maryland.
5. The student must have earned a B or better in the courses offered
for transfer credit.
6. Transfer work normally satisfies only the 400 level requirements for
the master's degree and does not apply to the upper level
requirement.
A student seeking acceptance of transfer credit is advised to
submit the necessary transcripts and certification of department or
program approval to the Graduate School as promptly as possible for its
review and decision.
Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be Accepted for
Graduate Credit
Any courses, workshops, or seminars planned to take place in a span of
time less than a normal academic semester or summer session and
ottering graduate credit to the participants must meet the following
criteria:
1. There must be 15 "contact hours" per graduate credit.
a. Lectures: 1 contact hour per 50 minutes lecture.
b. Non-lecture contact (laboratory, workshops, discussion and
problem working sessions, etc.): 1 contact hour per 2 or 3 hour
session.
2. No more than three "contact hours" per day will be permitted.
(Three "contact hours" are equivalent to 0.2 credits)
3. Credit may be accumulated at the rate of no more than one credit
per week.
The Inter-Campus Student
A student admitted to the Graduate School on any campus of the
University is eligible to take courses on any other campus of the
24 Degree Requirements
University with the approval of his academic advisor and the graduate
deans on the home and host campuses. Credits earned on a host
campus are resident credit at the home campus and meet all degree
requirements. Transcripts of work taken at another campus will be
maintained on the home campus, and fees will be paid to the home
campus. Forms for registration as an inter-campus student may be
obtained from the Graduate School offices on any campus of the
University.
Degree Requirements
Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all
Master's Degrees.
Programs
The entire course of study undertaken for any master's degree must
constitute a unified, coherent program which is approved by the
student's advisor and by the Graduate School.
A minimum of thirty semester hours in courses acceptable for credit
towards a graduate degree is required; in certain cases six of the thirty
semester hours must be thesis research credits. The graduate program
must include at least 12 hours of course work at the 600 level or higher.
If the student is inadequately prepared for the required graduate
courses, additional courses may be required, which may not be consid-
ered as part of the student's graduate program. Credits to be applied to
a student's program for a master's degree cannot have been used to
satisfy any other degree requirements.
Grade-point Average
The student seeking any master's degree must maintain an average
grade of B over all courses taken for graduate credit.
Time Limitation
All requirements for the master's degree must be completed within a
five year period. This time limit applies to any transfer work from other
institutions to be included in a student's program.
Residence Requirements
A minimum residence of one year of full-time study, or its equivalent, at
this university is required.
Additional Requirements
In addition to the above requirements, special departmental or collegi-
ate requirements may be imposed, especially for degrees which are
offered only in one department, college, or division. For these special
requirements consult the descriptions which appear under the depart-
mental or collegiate listing in this catalog or the special publications
which can be obtained from the department or college.
Graduate School Requirements for the Degrees of
Master of Arts and Master of Science
THESIS OPTION
Course Requirements
A minimum of 30 semester hours including six hours of thesis research
credit (799) is required for the degrees of Master of Arts and Master of
Science. Of the 24 hours required in graduate courses, no less than 12
must be earned in the major subject. No less than one-half of the total
required course credits for the degree, or a minimum of twelve, must be
selected from courses numbered 600 or above.
Thesis Requirement
A thesis is required for the Master of Arts and Master of Science
degrees except for those programs in which a non-thesis option has
been approved by the Dean in conformity with the policy of the
Graduate Council. Approval of the thesis is the responsibility of an
examining committee appointed by the Dean. The student's advisor is
the chairman of the committee, and the remaining members of the
committee are members of the graduate faculty who are familiar with
the student's program of study. The chairman and the candidate are
informed of the membership of the examining committee by the Dean.
Directions for the preparation and submission of theses will be
found in the Graduate Student Academic Handbook, which may be
purchased at the university book store.
Oral Examination
A final oral examination on the thesis shall be held when the student has
completed his thesis to the satisfaction of his advisor, providing he has
completed all other requirements for the degree and has earned a 3.0
grade average, computed in accordance with the regulations described
under "Grades for Graduate Students."
The examining committee, with a minimum of three members, \
conducts the oral examination (an additional comprehensive written
examination may be required at the option of the department or
program). The chairman of the examining committee selects the time
and place for the examination and notifies other members of the
committee and the candidate. Members of the committee must be given
a minimum of seven school days in which to read the thesis. The
duration of the examination is normally about an hour, but it may be
longer if necessary to insure an adequate examination.
The decision to accept the examination as satisfactory must be
unanimous. Students may present themselves for examination only
twice. The report of the committee, signed by each member, must be
submitted to the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research no later than
the appropriate date listed in the "Important Dates for Advisors and
Students," if the student is to receive a diploma at the Commencement
in the semester in which the examination is held.
NON-THESIS OPTION
The requirements for Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees
without thesis vary slightly among departments and programs in which
this option is available. Standards for admission are, however, identical
with those for admission to any other master's program. The quality of
the work expected of the student is also identical to that expected in the
thesis programs.
The general requirements for those on the non-thesis program are
a minimum of 30 semester credit hours in courses approved for
graduate credit with a minimum average grade of B in all course work
taken; a minimum of 18 semester credit hours in courses numbered 600
or above; the submission of one or more scholarly papers; and
successful completion of a comprehensive final examination, a portion
of which must be written.
A student following a non-thesis master's program will be expected
to meet the same deadlines for application for a diploma and for final
examination reports established for all other degree programs.
For information on programs which offer the non-thesis option, see
the list of Graduate Programs in this Catalog.
Requirements for the Degree of Master of
Education
Nearly all departments in Education offer the Master of Education
(M.Ed.) degree with the following requirements:
1. A minimum of 30 semester hours in coursework with a grade
average of B. Grades for courses not a part of the program but
taken in graduate status will be computed in the average.
2. A minimum of 15 hours in courses numbered 600-800 with the
remainder at least in the 400 series. Some departments require
courses in departments outside of those in Education.
3. A comprehensive written examination taken at the end of cour-
sework. A part of the examination may be oral.
4. EDMS 646 or MUED 690 and one seminar paper; or two seminar
papers.
5. EDMS 446 or EDMS 451.
6. Test battery.
For further details, see "Statement of Policies and Procedures:
Master's Degrees in Education," issued by the College of Education,
and descriptions of departmental programs.
Requirements Applicable to Other Master's Degrees
The particular requirements for the degrees of Master of Architecture,
Master of Business Administration, Master of Library Science, Master of
Music, and Master of Fine Arts are given under the individual Graduate
Program entries in those fields.
Graduate School Requirements Applicable to All
Doctoral Degrees
Credit Requirements
The Graduate School requires that every student seeking the doctoral
degree register for a minimum of 12 research credits, but the number of
research and other credit hours required in the program varies with the
degree and program in question.
Residence
The equivalent of three years of full-time graduate study and research is
the minimum required. Of the three years, the equivalent of at least one
year must be spent at the University of Maryland. On a part-time basis
the time needed will be increased correspondingly. All work at other
institutions offered in partial fulfillment of the requirements for any
doctoral degree must be submitted, with the recommendation of the
Degree Requirements 25
department or program concerned, to the Graduate School tor approval
at the time of application for admission to candidacy. Official transcripts
of the work must be filed in the Graduate School.
Admission to Candidacy
Preliminary examinations, or such other substantial tests as the depart-
ments may elect, are frequently prerequisite for admission to candidacy.
A student must be admitted to candidacy for the doctorate within
five years after admission to the doctoral program and at least one
academic year before the date on which the degree will be conferred.
It is the responsibility of the student to submit his application for
admission to candidacy when all the requirements for candidacy have
been fulfilled. Applications for admission to candidacy are made in
duplicate by the student and submitted to the major department for
further action and transmission to the Graduate School. Application
forms may be obtained at the office of the Assistant to the Dean.
Time Limitation
The student must complete the entire program for the degree, including
the dissertation and final examination, during a four year period after
admission to candidacy. Extensions of time are granted only under the
most unusual circumstances. If a student fails to complete all require-
ments within the time allotted, he must submit another application for
admission to the Graduate School and, if readmitted, another applica-
tion for Advancement to Candidacy, after satisfying the usual program
prerequisites prior to Advancement to Candidacy.
Dissertation
A dissertation or its equivalent is required of all candidates for a doctoral
degree. The topic of the dissertation must be approved by the depart-
ment or program committee.
During the preparation of the dissertation, all candidates for any
doctoral degree must register for the prescribed number of semester
hours of Doctoral Dissertation Research (899) at the University of
Maryland.
Directions for the preparation and submission of dissertations will
be found in the Graduate Student Academic Handbook, which may be
purchased at the university book store.
Publication of the Dissertation
If a student wishes to publish all or a portion of his thesis or dissertation
prior to its defense and approval by the Graduate Faculty examining
committee, he must first seek the approval of the Dean for Graduate
Studies and Research. This approval is sought through a letter to the
Dean, endorsed by the dissertation advisor, containing an explanation
of the need for early publication.
Final Examination
The final oral defense of the dissertation is conducted by a committee of
the Graduate Faculty appointed by the Dean for Graduate Studies and
Research. Nominations for membership on the committee are sub-
mitted by the student's major professor by the third week of the
semester in which the student expects to complete all requirements, but
no later than two months prior to the examination, on the designated
form.
The major professor serves as chairman of the committee, which
will consist of a minimum of five voting members, all of whom hold the
doctoral degree. At least one of the five must be a faculty member in a
department or Graduate Program at UMCP external to the one in which
the student is seeking the degree. A minimum of three members of the
committee must be regular members of the Graduate Faculty of the
University of Maryland.
One or more members of the committee may be persons from
other institutions who hold the doctorate and who are distinguished
scholars in the field of the dissertation.
The Dean designates one member of the committee as his
representative. In addition to having the normal responsibility of a
faculty examiner, the Dean's representative has the responsibility of
assuring that the examination is conducted according to established
procedures. Any disagreement over the examination procedures is
referred to the Dean's representative for decision.
The time and place of the examination are established by the
chairman of the committee. The student is responsible for distributing a
complete copy of the dissertation to each member of the committee at
least ten days before the examination.
All final oral examinations are open to all members of the Graduate
Faculty. After the examination, the committee deliberates and votes in
private. Two or more negative votes constitute a failure. The student
may be examined no more than twice.
Additional Requirements
In addition to the above requirements, special departmental or collegi-
ate requirements may be imposed, especially for those degrees which
are offered in only one department, college, or division. For these
special requirements, consult the descriptions which appear under the
departmental or collegiate listing in this catalog or the special publica-
tions which can be obtained from the department, college, or division.
Graduate School Requirements for the Degree of
Doctor of Philosophy
The Doctor of Philosophy Degree is granted only upon sufficient
evidence of high attainment in scholarship and the ability to engage in
independent research. It is not awarded for the completion of course
and seminar requirements no matter how successfully completed.
Residence
See requirements for all doctoral degrees.
Foreign Language Requirement
A number of departments have a foreign language requirement for the
Doctor of Philosophy degree The student should inquire in the depart-
ment regarding this requirement. The student must satisfy the depart-
mental or program requirement before he can be admitted to candidacy
for the doctorate.
Program
There is no Graduate School requirement for a specific number of
course credits in either a major or a minor subject. It is the policy of the
Graduate School to encourage the development of individual programs
for each student who seeks the PhD. To that end, the academic
departments and interdisciplinary programs have been directed to
determine major and minor requirements, levels or sequences of
required courses, and similar requirements for submission to the
Graduate Council for approval.
Admission to Candidacy
See requirements for all doctoral degrees.
Dissertation
The ability to do independent research must be demonstrated by an
original dissertation on a topic approved by the department or program.
During the preparation of the dissertation, all candidates for the
Doctor of Philosophy degree must register for a minimum of 12
semester hours of doctoral research (899) at the University of Maryland.
Final Examination
See requirements for all doctoral degrees.
Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of
Education
The requirements for the Doctor of Education (Ed.d). degree are for the
most part the same as those for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in
education departments in the Graduate School. The only difference lies
in the amount of credit for the Ed.D. proiect (6-9 hours) as compared to
that required for the Ph.D. disseration (12-16 hours). For details see
"Statement of Policy and Procedures: Doctoral Degrees in Education,"
issued by the College of Education, as well as requirements for the
Ph.D., see above, and departmental regulations.
Requirements for Other Doctoral Degrees
The particular requirements for the degrees of Doctor of Business
Administration and Doctor of Musical Arts are given under the corre-
sponding program descriptions.
Commencement
Applications for the diploma must be filed with the Office of Admissions
and Registrations within the first three weeks of the semester in which
the candidate expects to obtain a degree, except during summer
session. During the summer session, the application must be filed
during the first week of the second summer session. Exact dates are
noted for each semester and the summer sessions in "Important Dates
for Advisors and Students "
If, for any reason, a student does not graduate at the end of the
semester in which he applies for the diploma, he must re-apply for it in
the semester in which he expects to graduate.
Academic costume is required of all candidates at commencement
exercises. Those who so desire may purchase or rent caps and gowns
at the University of Maryland student supply store. Orders must be filed
eight weeks before the date of commencement but may be cancelled
later if the student finds himself unable to complete the requirements for
the degree.
26
The Graduate Faculty
Abdulhadi, Rami S. Assistant Prolessor of Mechanical Engi-
neering B.S . University ot Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1965;
MS. 1969; Ph.D., 1975.
Adams. John 0. Ill Associate Professor ot Economics A.B.,
Oberlin College. 1960. Ph.D.. University of Texas. 1965
Adams William W. Professor of Mathematics B.A . Universi-
ty of California. Los Angeles. 1959; Ph.D.. Columbia University,
1964.
Adklns Arthur J. Associate Professor of Secondary Educa-
tion B.S., Saint Cloud State College. 1942; M.A.. University of
Minnesota. 1947, PhD, 1958.
Adler, Isidore Professor of Chemistry B.A . Brooklyn Col-
lege, 1942; B S . New York University. 1943. MS. Polytechnic
Institute of Brooklyn. 1947; Ph.D.. 1952
Aggour. Mohamed S. Associate Professor. Civil Engineering
BS, Cairo University (Egypt), 1964; MS , 1966; Ph.D.. Universi-
ty of Washington. 1972.
Agrawala, A.K. Associate Professor of Computer Science
Ph.D. Harvard University. 1970
Agre Gene P. Associate Professor of Social Foundations of
Education B.A., Macalester College. 1951; B.S. University of
Minnesota, 1953. M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1964
A'Hearn, Michael F. Associate Professor of Astronomy B.S..
Boston College. 1961; Ph.D., University ot Wisconsin. 1966.
Ahern, Dennis M. Assistant Professor of Philosophy BA,
Cornell University. 1968. Ph.D., University of California, 1973
Ahrens, Richard A. Professor of Food and Nutrition and
Institutional Administration B.S , University of Wisconsin. 1958;
Ph.D., University of California, Davis. 1963
Albert Thomas F. Associate Professor of Veterinary Sci-
ence B S.. Pennsylvania State University. 1958. VMD. Universi-
ty ot Pennsylvania. 1962; Ph.D.. Georgetown University. 1972
Alexander, James C. Professor of Mathematics and Statis-
tics B.A. The Johns Hopkins University. 1964; PhD. 1968
Alexander, Millard H. Professor of Chemistry B.A.. Harvard
College. 1964; Ph.D., Faculte des Sciences, Orsay, 1967
Allan. J. David Associate Professor of Zoology B.Sc. Uni-
versity of British Columbia, 1966; M.S., University of Michigan,
1968. PhD. 1971
Allan. Thomas Associate Professor of Counseling and Per-
sonnel Services BS. Northwestern University, 1950. MA..
University of Maryland. 1964; Ph.D., 1966.
Alleman. James E. Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
BS. University of Notre Dame. 1971. MS.. 1973; Ph.D.. 1978.
Allen Redfield W. Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S.. University of Maryland. 1943; M.S.. 1949. Ph.D.. University
of Minnesota. 1959.
Allen. Roger J. Assistant Professor of Health Education.
B.S.E.. University of Kansas, 1976; MS., University of Kansas.
1977; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1979.
Alley, Carroll O., Jr. Professor of Physics B S„ University of
Richmond. 1948, MA, Princeton University 1951; Ph.D.. 1962.
Almenas, Kazys K. Associate Professor ot Nuclear Engi-
neering BS. University of Nebraska, 1957; Ph.D., University
and Polytechnic of Warsaw. 1968.
Almon, Clopper. Jr. Professor of Economics A.B. . Vanderbilt
University, 1956; MA. Harvard University. 1961, Ph.D.. 1962.
Alt. Frank B. Assistant Professor ot Business and Manage-
ment B.E.S.. Johns Hopkins University, 1967, MS, Georgia
Institute of Technology, 1974; Ph.D. 1977
Amershek, Kathleen G. Associate Professor of Early Child-
hood and Elementary Education B.S . Penn State Teachers
College. 1951; M Ed., Pennsylvania State University, 1957;
PhD, University of Minnesota, 1965
Ames, Carole A. Assistant Professor of Human Develop-
ment Education B.A., Indiana University, 1967; M.S., 1968;
Ph D.. Purdue University, 1976.
Amnion, Herman L. Professor ot Chemistry Sc.B.. Brown
University, 1958; Ph.D., University of Washington. 1962.
Anand, Davinder K. Professor of Mechanical Engineering
BS. George Washington University. 1959; MS., 1961; D.Sc.
1965.
Anastos, George Professor of Zoology B.S., University of
Akron. 1942. MA. Harvard University. 1947. PhD, 1949.
Anderson. Charles R. Associate Professor of Secondary
Education and Assistant Dean of the College of Education B.S..
University of Maryland. 1957, M.Ed., 1959; Ed.D.. 1969.
Anderson, Frank G. Associate Professor of Anthropology
A.B.. Cornell University. 1941; Ph.D., University of New Mexico.
1951.
Anderson, J. Paul Professor of Administration, Supervision
and Curriculum B.S.. University of Minnesota, 1942; M.A., 1948;
PhD, 1960
Anderson, J. Robert Professor of Physics 8.S, State Uni-
versity of Iowa, 1955. Ph.D. 1963
Anderson, John D., Jr. Professor of Aerospace Engineering
BS, University of Florida. 1959; Ph.D.. Ohio State University.
1966.
Anderson, Nancy S. Professor of Psychology B.A . Universi-
ty of Colorado. 1952; MA. Ohio State University. 1953; Ph.D..
1956.
Anderson, Thornton H. Professor of Government and Poli-
tics A.B. University Of Kentucky, 1937; M.A., 1938; Ph.D..
University of Wisconsin. 1948.
Antman, Stuart S. Professor of Mathematics B S..
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1961; M.S.. University of Min-
nesota. 1963; Ph.D. 1965.
Armstrong. Earlene Assistant Professor, Entomology B.S ,
North Carolina Central University. 1969; M.S., 1970; Ph.D.,
Cornell University. 1975.
Armstrong, Ronald W. Professor of Mechanical Engineer-
ing B.E.S., The Johns Hopkins University. 1955; M.Sc, Carne-
gie-Mellon University. 1957; Ph.D., 1958.
Arnold, Douglas N. Assistant Professor of Mathematics
A B. Brown University. 1975. MA. University of Chicago. 1976,
Ph.D.. 1979.
Arrighi, Margarlte A. Assistant Professor ot Physical Educa-
tion BS. Westhampton College, 1958. M.S.. University of
Maryland, 1962. ED., University of North Carolina at Green-
sboro, 1974.
Arsenault, Richard J. Professor of Chemical Engineering
and Engineering Materials B.S., Michigan Technological Univer-
sity. 1957. Ph.D. Northwestern University. 1962.
Ashby, Genette D. Assistant Professor of French and Italian
B.A.. Oberlin College. 1 969; MA. Middlebury College. 1 971 ; M.
Phil.. Columbia University. 1973; Ph.D.. 1976.
Ashlock, Robert B. Professor of Early Childhood and Ele-
mentary Education BS Butler University, 1957; M.S., 1959;
Ed.D., Indiana University, 1965.
Assad, Ar)ang A. Assistant Professor of Business and Man-
agement B.S. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1971;
M.S.. 1976; Ph.D.. 1978
Atchison, William F. Professor of Computer Science A.B.,
Georgetown College (Ky). 1936; M.A.. University of Kentucky.
1940, Ph.D. University of Illinois. 1943
Auslander. Joseph Professor of Mathematics BS. Mas-
sachusetts Institute of Technology, 1952. MS., University of
Pennsylvania, 1953. PhD, 1957
Austlng. Richard H. Associate Professor of Computer Sci-
ence B.S., Xavier University. 1953. M.S., Saint Louis University.
1955; Ph D„ Catholic University of America, 1963.
Avery, William T. Professor and Chairman of Classical Lan-
guages and Literatures B A . Western Reserve University. 1934;
M.A., 1935; PhD.. 1937
Axelson, Maria L Assistant Professor. Food, Nutrition and
Institution Administration BS, Florida State University. 1975;
Ph.D., University of Tennessee, 1979.
Axley, John H. Professor of Agronomy B.A., University of
Wisconsin. 1937; Ph.D.. 1945
Ayars. James E. Assistant Professor. Agricultural Engineer-
ing B.A.E., Cornell University. 1965, M S , Colorado State Uni-
versity, 1973; PhD.. 1976.
Aycock, Marvin K., Jr. Professor of Agronomy B.S., North
Carolina State University. 1959; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., Iowa State
University. 1966.
Aylward, Thomas J. Professor and Chairman of Communi-
cation Arts and Theatre B.S.. University of Wisconsin. 1947;
M S .. 1949. PhD.. 1960.
Babuska, Ivo Research Professor, Institute for Physical Sci-
ence and Technology and Mathematics Dipl. Ing., Technical
University of Prague. 1949. PhD. 1951, Ph.D. Czechoslovak
Academy of Sciences, 1955. Ph.D.. 1960
Baenziger, Peter Stephen Ad|unct Assistant Professor of
Agronomy B A.. Harvard College. 1972; M.S.. Purdue University.
1975; Ph.D., 1975.
Baer Ferdinand Professor and Director of Meteorology
B.A.. University Of Chicago. 1950; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 1961
Bagchi, Amltabha Assistant Professor of Physics B.Sc, ",
Calcutta University, 1964; M.S., University ot California. San
Diego. 1967; Ph.D.. 1970
Bagnato, Stephen J. Assistant Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services B.S, Clarion State College. 1969; M.S.,
Pennsylvania State University. 1975. D.Ed., 1977.
Bailey, Martin J. Professor of Economics B.A., University of
California. Los Angeles, 1 951 ; M A , The Johns Hopkins Univer-
sity. 1953; Ph.D., 1956.
Bailey, William J. Research Professor of Chemistry
BChem. University of Minnesota, 1943; Ph.D., University of
Illinois, 1946.
Baker, David W. Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering B.S..
University of Maryland. 1943, MS., 1951; Ph.D.. 1967.
Baker, Donald J. Associate Professor of Hearing and
Speech Sciences B.S. Ed., Ohio State University, 1954; M.A..
1956. Ph.D., 1962.
Ball, Michael Assistant Professor of Business and Manage-
ment B.ES., Johns Hopkins University, 1972; M.S.E., 1972;
Ph.D., Cornell University. 1977
Bandel, Vernon A. Professor of Agronomy B.S, University of
Maryland, 1959; M.S., 1962. Ph.D. 1965.
Baner|ee. Mano| K. Professor of Physics BS, Patna Univer-
sity, 1949; MS., Calcutta University. 1952. PhD., 1956.
Baras, John S. Associate Professor ot Electrical Engineering
Diploma. National Technical University of Athens. 1970; S.M.,
Harvard University. 1971; PhD., 1973.
Barbosa, Pedro Associate Professor ot Entomology B.S..
University of Massachusetts. 1966. M.S.. 1969; Ph.D.. 1971
Bardasls, Angelo Associate Professor of Physics A.B.. Cor-
nell University. 1957; M.S. University of Illinois, 1959; Ph.D..
1962.
Barker, Donald B. Assistant Professor ol Mechanical Engi-
neering B.S.M.E., University of Washington. 1969; MS.. 1971;
Ph D.. University of California at Los Angeles. 1976.
Barkln, Steve M. Assistant Professor of Journalism A.B.,
Washington University. 1967; MS, Columbia University, 1968;
PhD., Ohio State University, 1979
Barlow, Jewel B. Associate Professor of Aerospace Engi-
neering BS. Auburn University. 1963, M.S. 1964; Ph.D.. Uni-
versity of Toronto. 1970.
Barnes, Jack C. Associate Professor of English BA., Duke
University, 1939; M.A., 1947; Ph.D., University of Maryland.
1954.
Barnett, Audrey J. Associate Professor of Zoology B.A.,
Wilson College. 1955; MA. Indiana University. 1957; Ph.D.,
1962
Barnett, Neal M. Associate Prolessor of Botany B.S., Purdue
University, 1959, Ph.D.. Duke University, 1966.
Barrett Paul E. Assistant Professor of Botany B.S., Universi-
ty of New Hampshire, 1964, MS., 1966, PhD, University of
British Columbia, 1972.
Barry, Jackson G. Associate Professor ot English B.A . Yale
College. 1950; MA. Columbia University, 1951; M.F A.. West-
ern Reserve University, 1962; Ph.D.. 1963.
Bartlett, Claude J. Professor ot Psychology B.S.. Denison
University. 1954; M.A., Ohio Slate University, 1956. Ph.D., 1958
Bartol, Kathryn M. Associate Professor ol Business and
Management B.A., Marygrove College. 1963; M.A., University of
Michigan. 1966; Ph.D.. Michigan State University. 1972.
Brown, Richard H. 27
Basham, Ray S. Associate Professor ol Electrical Engineer-
ing B.S.. US Military Academy. 1945; M S . University of Illinois.
1952, PhD, 1962.
Baslll, Victor R. Associate Professor of Computer Science
B.S., Fordham College. 1961; MS. Syracuse University, 1963,
Ph.D. University of Texas. 1970.
Bean, George A. Professor of Botany B.S, Cornell Universi
ty, 1958, M.S., University of Minnesota, 1960; Ph.D.. 1963
Beasley. Maurlne H. Associate Professor, College of Jour
nahsm B.A. University of Missouri, 1958; B.J., 1958. MS
Columbia University. 1963. Ph.D.. George Washington Universi
ty, 1974.
Beaton, John R. Dean. College of Human Ecology and
Professor. Food. Nutrition and Institutional Administration B.A,
University of Toronto. 1949. MA., 1950, Ph.D.. 1952.
Beatty, Charles J. Associate Professor of Industrial Educa-
tion BS, Northern Michigan University, 1959, MA, Michigan
State University. 1963. PhD. Ohio State University. 1966
Bechhoefer, William B. Associate Professor of Architecture
A.B, Harvard College, 1963; M Arch , 1967
Beck, Kenneth H. Assistant Professor of Health Education,
BS., Pennsylvania State University, 1972; MA . Syracuse Uni-
versity. 1975, Ph.D., Syracuse University. 1977
Seckjord, Peter R. Assistant Professor of Forestry {Horticul-
ture) BS.F , West Virginia University. 1 972. M S F ., 1 973, Ph.D..
Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. 1978
Beckmann, Robert B. Dean of the College of Engineering
and Professor of Chemical Engineering BS , University of
Illinois, 1940; Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin, 1944
Bedlngfleld, James P. Associate Professor of Business and
Management BS . University of Maryland, 1966; MBA, 1968.
DBA, 1971
Belcken, Peter U. Associate Professor, Germanic and Slavic
Languages Mag Art, University of Munich {Germany). 1968,
PhD, Stanford University. 1971
Belcher, Ralph L. Lecturer and Reactor Director. Nuclear
Engineering B S , Marshall University, 1941; M S, University of
Kentucky, 1947; Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1966
Bell, Roger A. Professor of Astronomy B S . University of
Melbourne, 1957. Ph.D.. Australian National University. 1961
Bellama, Jon M. Professor of Chemistry A.B., Allegheny
College. 1960. Ph.D.. University of Pennsylvania, 1966
Belz, Herman J. Professor of History B.A., Princeton Univer-
sity, 1959; MA, University of Washington, 1963. Ph D . 1966
Bender, Fllmore E. Professor of Agricultural and Resource
Economics B.S.. University of California, Berkeley. 1961. MS,
North Carolina State University at Raleigh. 1965. Ph D . 1966
Benedetto, John J. Professor of Mathematics B.A.. Boston
College, 1960. MA. Harvard University. 1962. Ph.D . University
of Toronto, 1964
Benesch, William Adjunct Professor. Institute for Physical
Science and Technology B.A, Lehigh University, 1942; M.A,
The Johns Hopkins University. 1950, Ph.D. 1952.
Bennett, Lawrence H. Adjunct Professor of Physics B.A,
Brooklyn College, 1951, M.S. University of Maryland, 1955.
Ph.D.. Rutgers University. 1958.
Bennett, Robert L. Associate Professor of Economics B.A,
University of Texas, 1951. MA. 1955; Ph.D., 1963.
Bennett, Stanley W. Associate Professor. Institute for Child
Study BS . Iowa State University, 1959. M A , State University
of Iowa, 1961. PhD. University of Michigan, 1970.
Bennett, Suzanne Assistant Professor of Hearing and
Speech Sciences B.A, Southern Illinois University. 1965. MA.
Western Michigan University, 1969, Ph.D., Purdue University.
1977
Perensteln, Carlos A. Associate Professor of Mathematics
Licendiado en Mathematicas. University of Buenos Aires. 1966.
M.S., New York University, 1969; PhD. 1970
Berg, Kenneth R. Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S .
University of Minnesota. 1960; PhD, 1967
Berger, Bruce S. Professor of Mechanical Engineering B.S,
University of Pennsylvania. 1954. MS, 1958, PhD. 1962
Bergeron, Raymond Assistant Professor, Chemistry A.B,
Clark University. 1967, PhD, Brandeis University. 1973
Bergmann, Barbara R. Professor of Economics B.A, Cornell
University. 1948, MA. Harvard University. 1955, PhD, 1959
Berlin, Adele Assistant Professor of Oriental and Hebrew
Languages B.H.L , Gratz College. 1963; B.A.. University of
Pennsylvania, 1964, Ph.D., 1976.
Berman, Joel H. Professor ol Music B S ., Juilliard School of
Music. 1951; MA , Columbia University, 1953, DM A, Universi-
ty of Michigan. 1961
Berman, Louise M. Professor of Administration, Supervision
and Curriculum and Director of Nursery-Kindergarten School
A.B . Wheaton College, 1950; MA, Columbia University. 1953;
Ed D, Columbia University, 1960.
Bernard, Peter S. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering 8 E , City College of CUNY. 1972, MS , University of
California, Berkeley. 1973. PhD. 1977,
Bernstein, Allen R. Professor of Mathematics B.A, Califor-
nia Institute of Technology. 1962. MA, University of California
at Los Angeles, 1964, PhD. 1965
Bernstein, Melvln Administrative Dean for Summer Pro-
grams and Professor of Music A.B, Southwestern at Memphis,
1947; B.Music. 1948, M Music, University of Michigan, 1949.
M A . University of North Carolina, 1954; Ph D, 1964
Best, Otto F. Professor of Germanic and Slavic Languages
Abitur. Realgymnasium. 1948, Certificate, University de Tou-
louse. 1951. PhD. University of Munich, 1963
Beste, Charles Edward Associate Professor of Horticulture
BS. Purdue University, 1961. MS. 1969; PhD, 1971
Betancourt, Roger R. Associate Professor of Economics
B.A, Georgetown University, 1965, Ph.D, University of Wiscon-
sin, 1969
Bhagat, Satlndar M. Professor of Physics B.A . Jammu and
Kashmir University of India. 1950, MA, University of Delhi.
1953; PhD, 1956
Blckley, William E. Professor Emeritus of Entomology B.S .
University of Tennessee. 1934; M.S., 1936. Ph.D.. University of
Maryland. 1940
Blllk. Dorothy Assistant Professor of German B.A. 1951.
Brooklyn College. MA. University of Cincinnati, 1969; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1977
Blllig, Frederick S. Lecturer in Aerospace Engineering BE .
The Johns Hopkins University, 1955, M.S., University of Mary-
land. 1958. PhD, 1964
Blrdsall, Esther K. Associate Professor of English B A .
Central Michigan College, 1947; MA, University of Arizona,
1950. PhD. University of Maryland, 1959.
Blrk, Janice M. Associate Professor of Counseling and Per-
sonnel Services and Counselor, Counseling Center B.A, Sa-
cred Heart College, 1963; MA, Loyola College. 1966; PhD,
University of Missouri. 1970
Birkner, Francis B. Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
B.S, Newark College of Engineering, 1961; M.SE, University of
Florida, 1962. PhD, 1965
Blsh, Robert L. Associate Professor of Urban Studies B.A .
University of Southern California. 1964; MA. Indiana University.
1966. Phd, 1968.
Black, Cordell W. Assistant Professor of French and Italian
B.A, St. Augustine's College. 1965; MA, Wayne State Univer-
sity, 1967; Ph.D. University of Michigan, 1976.
Blair, John D. Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A..
Gustavus Adolphus College. 1 966, MA, University of Michigan,
1972; PhD, 1975
Blair, Nancy Assistant Professor of Special Education B.S ,
Ohio State University. 1964; M.Ed, Kent State University. 1973,
PhD, 1975
Blankenship. Gilmer L. Associate Professor of Electrical
Engineering B.S, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1967.
M.S. 1969; PhD, 1971.
Block, Ira Associate Professor of Textile and Consumer
Economics B.S, University of Maryland, 1963; PhD, 1971
Bloom, Paul N. Associate Professor of Business and Man-
agement B.S. Lehigh University, 1968; MBA, University of
Pennsylvania, 1970; PhD, Northwestern University, 1974
Bobko, Philip Assistant Professor, Psychology B.S, Mas-
sachusetts Institute of Technology, 1970. M.S. Bucknell Univer-
sity, 1972; PhD. Cornell University, 1976
Bobrow, Davis B. Professor of Government and Politics
B.A, University of Chicago, 1955, B.A, 1956, B.A, Oxford
University, 1958, Ph.D, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
1961
Bode, Carl Professor of English Ph.B . University of Chicago.
1933. M.A, Northwestern University. 1938, PhD. 1941
Bodln, Lawrence Professor of Business and Management
A.B, Northwestern University, 1962; MS, University of Califor-
nia. Berkeley. 1966, PhD, 1967.
Bodwell, C.E. Adjunct Professor of Food. Nutrition, and
Institutional Administration B.S, Oklahoma State University.
1957; M.Sc . University of Cambridge, 1959; Ph.D., Michigan
State University. 1964
Boisjoly, Russell P. Assistant Professor of Business and
Management BS . Lowell Technological Institute. 1972. MBA .
Boston University. 1973. DBA, Indiana University, 1978
Bolsaitls, Peter P. Professor of Chemical Engineering B S ,
California Institute of Technology. 1960. M.S., 1961, PhD,
Delaware State College. 1964
Bonar, Dale B. Associate Professor. Zoology B.A, Whitman
College. 1967. MS, University of the Pacific. 1970; PhD.
University of Hawaii, 1973.
Bottino. Paul J. Associate Professor of Botany B.S, Utah
State University. 1964. MS. 1965. PhD, Washington State
University. 1969.
Boughner. Robert F. Assistant Professor of Classical Lan-
guages and Literature B A . Duke University. 1968; MA. Johns
Hopkins University. 1969 PhD, 1975
Bourque, Mary Lyn Assistant Professor of Measurement
and Statistics AB, Emmanuel College, 1958; M.Ed, Boston
College University. 1964, Ed D , University of Massachusetts.
1978
Bouwkamp, John C. Associate Professor of Horticulture
B S , Michigan State University, 1964. MS. 1966; Ph.D , 1969
Boyd, Alfred C, Jr. Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S,
Camsius College. 1951. M.S. Purdue University, 1953, PhD
1957
Boyd, Derek A. Associate Professor. Physics and Astrono-
my B S . University of Cape Town (S Africa). 1964; B.S,
(Hons). 1965. M.Sc. 1967; Ph.D. Stevens Institute of Technol-
ogy. 1973
Boyd, Vivian S. Assistant Professor. Counseling and Per-
sonnel Services B A . Antioch College. 1961. M.A, University of
Colorado, 1968, MA University of Maryland, 1972; PhD.
1975
Boyle, Regis L. Visiting Professor of Journalism A B , Trinity
College, 1933; MA, Catholic University. 1934. Ph.D. 1939
Brabble, Elizabeth W. Associate Professor, Family and
Community Development BS, Virginia State College, i960.
MS. Pennsylvania State University. 1966; Ed D , 1969
Brace, John W. Professor of Mathematics B.A . Swarthmore
College. 1949, AM, Cornell University. 1951, PhD, 1953
Bradbury, Miles L. Assistant Professor of History A.B, Har-
vard University. 1960; A.M., 1961. Ph.D, 1967.
Bradley, John Professor of English B.A , Yale University,
1940; M.A. Harvard University, 1946; Ph.D, Yale University,
1950
Brady, Pamela L. Assistant Professor of Food, Nutrition, and
Institutional Administration B S A, University of Arkansas. 1974,
M.S. 1976; PhD, University of Tennessee. 1978.
Brand, Charles F. Assistant Professor of Administration
Supervision, and Curriculum, and Director, Cumculum Laborato-
ry BS, West Liberty State College, 1964. M.Ed, Kent State
University. 1972; Ph.D. 1977
Brandt, John C. Adjunct Professor of Astronomy A.B,
Washington University, 1956; PhD. University of Chicago,
1960
Brannlgan, Vincent Assistant Professor of Textiles and Con-
sumer Economics B A, University of Maryland, 1973, Juris
Doctor, Georgetown University Law Center, 1975.
Brauth, Steven E. Assistant Professor of Psychology BS,
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1967; Ph.D, New York Univer-
sity, 1973.
Brechling, Frank P. Professor of Economics B.A, Trinity
College. Dublin, 1955.
Breslow. Marvin A. Associate Professor of History B.A,
University of Nebraska. 1957; M.A , Harvard University. 1958.
PhD, 1963
Breuer, Herbert Assistant Professor of Physics Ph.D, Uni-
versity of Heidelberg, 1976.
Brlgham, Bruce W. Associate Professor of Secondary Edu-
cation B.S, State University of New York. Brockport. 1949;
MS, Temple University, 1967, PhD, 1967
Brill, Oleter R. Professor of Physics B.A, Pnnceton Universi-
ty. 1954. M.A, 1956; PhD, 1959
Brlnberg, David Assistant Professor of Textiles and Con-
sumer Economics B.S . Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1974.
M.A, University of Illinois, 1976; PhD. 1979
Brinkley, Howard J. Professor of Zoology B.S . West Virgin-
ia University. 1958. MS. University of Illinois. 1960; PhD.
1963
Brodle, Michael Assistant Professor of information Systems
Management B.Sc, University of Toronto. 1971, M.Sc , 1973,
Ph.D. 1978.
Brodsky, Harold Associate Professor of Geography BS ,
Brooklyn College, 1954; MS, University of Colorado, i960.
Ph.D, University of Washington, 1966
Brooks, Robert Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A,
Harvard University. 1974. MA. 1974. PhD. 1977
Brown, Charles C. Assistant Professor of Economics B.A ,
Boston College. 1970; MA. 1970. Ph.D. Harvard University.
1974
Brown, Elizabeth D. Assistant Professor of Psychology B A .
University of Connecticut. 1974. MS. Florida State University,
1976. Ph.D, 1979
Brown, John H. Associate Professor of Philosophy A.B,
Princeton University, 1952. MA. 1957. PhD, 1959
Brown. Joshua R.C. Professor of Zoology A B , Duke Uni-
versity. 1948. MA, 1949. PhD, 1953
Brown, Richard H. Associate Professor of Sociology B.A ,
University of California. Berkeley. 1961. M.A, Columbia Univer-
sity, 1965, PhD. University of California at San Diego. 1973
28 Brown, Robert A.
Brown, Robert A. Associate Professor ol Psychology B.A..
University of Richmond. 1958. MA, University ol Iowa. 1961.
PhD. 1962.
Brown Samuel E. Associate Professor of English AS.,
Indiana University, 1934. MA., 1946; PhD. Yale University.
1955.
Bruner. Carol Germain Assistant Professor of Human De-
velopment Education B.A, University of Southern California.
1966; Ph.D.. University of New Mexico, 1978.
Brush, Stephen G. Professor of History and Research Pro-
fessor B A . Harvard University, 1955; D.Phil, Oxford University,
1958.
Bryer JacKson R. Professor of English B A . Amherst Col-
lege, 1959; MA . Columbia University, 1960; Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin. 1965.
Buchler, Edward R. Assistant Professor of Zoology B.S,
California State Polytechnic College, 1964, M.S. University of
California, 1966. Ph.D., University of Montana. Missoula. 1972.
Buchner, Michael A. Assistant Professor of Mathematics
A.B.. Princeton University, 1969. M.A, Harvard University, 1970;
PhD. 1974
Buck, Allen C. Associate Professor of Textile and Consumer
Economics B.S., Michigan State University. 1939; MS., West-
ern Reserve University, 1942; Ph.D.. 1947
Buckley, Frank T, Jr. Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S, University of Maryland. 1959. Ph.D., 1968
Bundy, Mary Lee Professor, College of Library and Informa-
tion Services BE. State University of New York at Potsdam.
1948; MA. University of Denver, 1951, Ph.D. University of
Illinois. 1960
Burger Mary M.W. Assistant Professor of English B.A,
University of Arkansas, Pine Bluff 1959, MA, Colorado State
University. 1961. Ph.D. Washington University. 1973.
Burlc, John Associate Professor of Animal Science B.S,
West Virginia University. 1948. M.S.. University of Maryland.
1952; Ph.D.. University of Illinois, 1960.
Burka. Maria K. Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineer-
ing B S . Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1969. M.S..
1970; PhD, Pnnceton University, 1978.
Burke. Philip Professor and Chairman of Special Education
B S . University of Scranton. 1963; MS.. 1965; Ph.D.. Syracuse
University. 1970.
Burlc, John Associate Professor of Animal Science B.S.,
West Virginia University, 1948; MS, University of Maryland,
1952; PhD, University of Illinois. 1960
Burt, John J. Professor and Chairman, Department of Health
Education B.A.. Duke University, 1955; M.Ed.. University of
North Carolina, 1956, MS.. Oregon State University, 1960,
Ed.D.. 1963
Buttervvorth. Charles E. Associate Professor of Govern-
ment and Politics B.A, Michigan State University. 1959; Doc-
torat. University of Nancy. France. 1961; MA.. University of
Chicago. 1962; PhD. 1966
Byrne. Richard H. Professor of Counseling and Personnel
Services A.B.. Franklin & Marshall College. 1938. MA, Colum-
bia University, 1947, EdD, 1952.
Cadman, Theodore W. Professor and Director of Chemical
Engineering BS. Carnegie-Mellon University. 1962, MS., 1964;
Ph.D., 1966
Cain, Jarvis l_ Professor of Agncultural and Resource Eco-
nomics B.S.. Purdue University, 1955; MS , Ohio State Universi-
ty, 1956; PhD. 1961
Callendo, Mary Alice Assistant Professor of Food. Nutrition.
and Institutional Administration B.S. University of Mas-
sachusetts. 1971. M.S. University of Maine, 1972; Ph.D.. Cor-
nell University. 1975
Callcott, George H. Professor of History A.B, University of
South Carolina. 1950, MA, Columbia University, 1951; Ph.D.
University of North Carolina. 1956.
Cambridge, Milton H. Assistant Professor, Counseling and
Personnel Services B A , Queens College, 1969. MS. Universi-
ty of Southern Mississippi. 1973; PhD, 1976.
Campagna, Andrew F. Assistant Professor. French and
Italian A.B.. Dartmouth College. 1966. MA . University of Roch-
ester, 1967; Ph.D.. Washington University. 1975
Campagnonl, Anthony T. Associate Professor of Biochem-
istry A B , Northeastern University, 1964; Ph.D., Indiana Univer-
sity. 1968
Campbell, Donald L. Assistant Professor. Vetennary Sci-
ence D.V M . University ol Georgia. 1968; M S . Texas Agncul-
tural and Mechanical University. 1972.
Campbell, Elwood G. Professor of Secondary Education
B.S., Northeast Missouri State College, 1949. M A . Northwest-
ern University. 1952, PhD. 1963.
Campbell, Kenneth Professor ol Art Massachusetts College
of Art. National Academy of Design; Art Students League;
Lowell Institute
Carbone, Robert F. Professor of Administration. Supervision
and Curriculum BS, East Montana College, 1953; M Ed
Emory University. 1958. Ph.D. University of Chicago. 1961
Carlson, Severin C. Assistant Professor of Business and
Management BS, Northeastern University. 1974, MB A . Indi-
ana University. 1977; DBA . 1979
Caron, Dewey M. Associate Professor of Entomology B A ,
University of Vermont. 1964. M.S., University of Tennessee.
1966, Ph.D.. Cornell University. 1970
Carroll, Stephen J., Jr. Professor of Business and Manage-
ment BS.. University of California at Los Angeles. 1957; M.A..
University of Minnesota. 1959; Ph.D.. 1964.
Carter, Everett C. Professor and Chairman of Civil Engineer-
mg B.S.C.E., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1958; M.S.C.E..
University of California. Berkeley, 1959, Ph.D.. Northwestern
University. 1969
Cassidy, Edward W. Visiting Assistant Professor of Counsel-
ing and Personnel Services A B, Catholic University. 1963.
M.Ed, University of Maryland, 1968; Ph.D., 1973
Castellan, Gilbert W. Professor of Chemistry B.S . Regis
College, 1945; Ph D, The Catholic University of Amenca. 1949;
Sc.D, Regis College, 1967
Caswell, William E. Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A..
University of Maryland. 1968. M.A, Princeton University, 1972;
Ph.D., 1975.
Cate, G. Allen Assistant Professor of English B.A., Rutgers
University. 1960. MA.. Duke University. 1962, Ph.D.. 1968
Caughey, John L. Assistant Professor of American Studies
A B, Harvard College. 1963. A M , University of Pennsylvania,
1967. Ph.D., 1970.
Celarler, James l_ Associate Professor of Philosophy A.B,
University of Illinois, 1956, M.A.. 1958; Ph.D.. University of
Pennsylvania. 1960
Celotta. Beverly Kay Assistant Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services A.B, Queens College. 1965. M A., Brooklyn
College, 1967; Ph.D. University of Colorado. 1971
Certo. Nicholas J. Assistant Professor of Special Education
B.A., Marquette University. 1970; M.A., 1972; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin. 1976
Chambers, Robert G. Assistant Professor of Agncultural
and Resource Economics. B.S.F.S., Georgetown University,
1972; M.S., University of Maryland, 1975, Ph.D.. University ot
California. Berkeley, 1978.
Chang, Chia-Cheh Assistant Professor. Physics and Astron-
omy B S„ Tughai University (Taiwan). 1961; M.A, University of
Southern California. 1966; Ph.D., 1968.
Chang, Chung-Yun Associate Professor of Physics B.S.Na-
tional Taiwan University. 1954; PhD, Columbia University.
1965.
Chang, Sunyung Alice Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., National Taiwan University. 1970; Ph.D., University of
California, Berkeley. 1974.
Chant, Nicholas Associate Professor of Physics B.A.. Uni-
versity ot Cambndge. 1962; M.A.. 1966; Ph.D.. Lincoln College.
Oxford. 1966
Chapin, John L. Professor. Institute for Child Study A.B..
Denison University, 1939, PhD, University of Rochester. 1950.
Chaves. Antonio F. Associate Professor of Geography Doc-
tor. Law. University of Havana. 1941. Doctor of Filosofia &
Letras, 1946. MA. Northwestern University. 1948.
Chen, Hsing-Hen Assistant Professor of Physics and Astron-
omy B.S. National Taiwan University, 1968; MA, Columbia
University, 1970. Ph.D.. 1973.
Chow, Garland Assistant Professor of Business and Man-
agement B.S, University of Maryland. 1970; MBA, 1972;
D.B.A, Indiana University. 1977
Chrlstensen. Abel Cheryl J. Assistant Professor. Govern-
ment and Politics B.A, University of Minnesota, 1968; Ph.D.,
Massachusetts Institute ot Technology, 1975.
Chrlstlan, Charles M. Assistant Professor of Geography and
Urban Studies B.A, Northeastern State College. 1966. MA,
University of Illinois. 1968; PhD, 1975.
Chu, Hsin Professor of Mathematics B.S, Hupeh Teachers
College. 1948; MS, Tulane University. 1957. Ph.D.. University
ot Pennsylvania. 1959
Chu, Yaohan Professor of Computer Science and Electrical
Engineering BS. Chiao-tung University, 1942. MS, Mas-
sachusetts Institute of Technology. 1945, Sc.D, 1953
Churaman. Charlotte V. Assistant Professor of Family and
Community Development BS. Berea College, 1942; M.Ed.
Penn State University. 1964; EdD. 1969.
Church, Kenneth R. Associate Professor of Physical Educa-
tion B.S . University of Northern Iowa. 1946; MS , University of
Iowa, 1955. PhD. Indiana University. 1963.
Church, Marilyn G. Associate Professor. Early Childhood
and Elementary Education B.S, Indiana University, 1962. M.S.
1963; Ed.D, 1969
Churchill. John W. Associate Professor ot Recreation B S .
State University of New York at Cortland 1958. M S , University
of Illinois, 1959. Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin. 1968.
Cirrlnclone, Joseph M. Associate Professor ot Secondary f
Education and Geography B.S, State University of New York at
Oswego. 1962; MA , Ohio State University. 1967; PhD, 1970
Clabaugh. Susan Raye Assistant Professor of Administra-
tion. Supervision, and Curriculum, and Director. Educational
Technology Center B.S, Oklahoma State University, 1970. . _
M.S. 1975. Ed.D, 1977
Clague, Christopher K. Professor of Economics B.A,
Swarthmore College. 1960; PhD. Harvard University, 1966.
Clague. Monique W. Associate Professor of Administration.
Supervision and Curnculum BA, Swarthmore College, 1959;
Ph.D. Harvard University. 1969
Clapsaddle, Jerry Assistant Professor of Art B FA, Drake
University, 1964, M.F.A . Indiana University, 1966.
Clark, Eugenie Professor ol Zoology B.A, Hunter College,
1942; MA, New York University. 1946. PhD, 1951.
Clark, Thomas Associate Professor of Physics and Astrono-
my BS. University of Colorado, 1961, PhD, 1967
Clarke, David H. Professor of Physical Education B.S.
Springfield College. 1952; M.S. 1953; PhD, University of
Oregon, 1959.
Claude, Richard P. Professor of Government and Politics
B A , College of St Thomas, 1956; MS . Florida State Universi-
ty. 1960; PhD, University of Virginia. 1964.
Clearwater, Harvey E. Associate Professor, Health Educa-
tion A.B, State University of New York at Albany, 1955; M.A,
Michigan State University, 1967; Ed.D, 1970.
Cllgnet, Remi Professor of Family & Community Develop-
ment Baccalaureat. University of Pans. 1948; Licence es Let-
tres. 1 95 1 ; Licence es Law, 1 953; Licence es Psychology. 1 958.
Doctorate. 1963.
Cline, Rebecca J. Assistant Professor, Department of Com-
munication Arts and Theatre B S. Pennsylvania State Universi-
ty, 1971; M.A, 1973; PhD, 1975.
Cockburn, James S. Professor ol History L.L.B.. Leeds
University. 1959; L L.M.. 1961; PhD, 1970.
Coffindafter, Billie L Affiliate Associate Professor of Agri-
cultural and Extension Education B.S. West Virginia University,
1950; MS, 1955, PhD. University of Wisconsin. 1961
Cohen, Joel Professor, Mathematics Sc.B, Brown Universi-
ty. 1963; PhD , Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1966
Cole, Wayne S. Professor of History B A , Iowa State Teach-
ers College, 1946; M.S., University of Wisconsin. 1948; Ph D
1951.
Colettl. Theresa M. Assistant Professor of English B.A,
University of Pittsburgh. 1971; M.A, University of Rochester.
1973; Ph.D. 1975.
Colletta, Nancy Donohue Assistant Professor. Institute for
Child Study B.A. Michigan State University, 1972; MS, State
University of New York at Buffalo, 1974, Ph D , Cornell Universi-
ty. 1977
Colombinl, Marco Assistant Professor of Zoology B.S, Mc-
Gill University, 1970; PhD, 1974
Colton, Craig W. Assistant Professor, Recreation B.S, Brig-
ham Young University. 1963, MS. 1970; PhD, 1976
Colvllle. James Professor of Civil Engineering BS , Purdue
University. 1959; M S , 1960; PhD . University of Texas. 1970.
Colwell. Rita Rossi Professor of Microbiology B.S, Purdue
University, 1956; MS, 1958; PhD, University of Washington,
1961.
Conger, III. Joseph H. Assistant Prolessor of Communica-
tion Arts and Theatre A B . University of North Carolina at
Chapel Hill. 1970; M F.A.. University of North Carolina at
Greensboro, 1976.
Conway, Mary M. Associate Professor ot Government and
Politics B.S, Purdue University, 1957, MA, University of Cali-
fornia. Berkeley, 1960; PhD. Indiana University, 1965.
Coogan. Robert Associate Professor ot English B.A, lona
College, 1954, M.A, DePaul University. 1958. PhD, Loyola
University. 1967.
Cook, Clarence H. Professor of Mathematics B.A, State
University of Iowa. 1948; MS, 1950, Ph.D., University of
Colorado. 1962.
Cook, Craig M. Assistant Professor of Information Systems
Management B.S . University ot Pittsbugh, 1968, M.S., Universi-
ty of Maryland. 1970. Ph.D. 1974
Cook, Thomas M. Prolessor and Chairman of Microbiology
B S , University of Maryland, 1955; MS , 1957; Ph.D.. Rutgers
University, 1963.
Cooke, Todd J„ Assistant Professor of Botany B.S, Antioch
College, 1974; PhD, Cornell University. 1979.
Cooney, Joseph J. Professor of Microbiology B.S . LeMoyne
College. 1956; MS, Syracuse University. 1958 Ph.D., 1961
Duffy, John 29
Cooney. Stephanie Heatwole Assistant Professor ot Sec-
ondary Education B S . Radtord College. 1967; MS, University
ol Maryland. 1972, Ph D , 1975.
Cooper. Elmer Lewis Assistant Professor of Agricultural and
Extension Education B S , University of Maryland. 1956. M S ,
1965. Ed D . Virginia Polytechnic institute and State University,
1974
Cooper, Jeffrey M. Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A . Haverford College. 1962; M.S.. University of Illinois, 1964,
Ph.D.. 1967
Cooper. Sherod M.. Jr. Associate Professor of English B S ,
Temple University. 1951. M A.. 1953; Ph.D.. University of Penn-
sylvania. 1963.
Coplan. Michael Research Associate Professor, Institute for
Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics B A . Williams Col-
lege. I960. M.S. Yale University. 1961; PhD. 1963
Corbett, M. Kenneth Professor ot Botany B S . McGill Uni-
versity. 1950; Ph.D. Cornell University. 1954,
Corey, Kenneth E. Professor and Chairman of Geography
A B . University ot Cincinnati. 1961, MA , 1962; M.C.P., 1964;
PhD, 1969
Corliss, John O. Professor and Chairman of Zoology B S ,
University of Chicago, 1944; B A . University of Vermont. 1947,
PhD. New York University. 1951
Corning, Gerald D. Professor of Aerospace Engineering
BS. New York University. 1937; M.S.. Catholic University.
1954
Correl. Ellen Professor of Mathematics BS, Douglass Col-
lege. 1951. M.S. Purdue University. 1953; Ph.D., 1958
Corsi, Thomas M. Assistant Professor of Business and Man-
agement B A , Case Western Reserve University, 1971, M.A..
Kent State University. 1974; PhD, University of Wisconsin at
Milwaukee. 1976
Coulson, Douglas B. Assistant Professor of Measurements
and Statistics B.A.. Dartmouth College. 1968, M.S., University ol
Massachusetts, 1974. PhD. 1978
Coursey, Robert D. Associate Professor of Psychology B.S,
Spring Hill College. 1966, Ph D . University of Rochester, 1970
Courtwright, Benjamin I. Associate Professor of Informa-
tion Systems Management B A . The Johns Hopkins University.
1939. PhD. 1968
Cox, Evelyn M. Associate Professor of Food, Nutrition and
Institution Administration MS, Syracuse University. 1948.
Ph.D., Iowa State University. 1960
Craft, Ann Harrell Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.S., East Carolina University. 1962. MA, 1966; Ed D„ Univer-
sity of North Carolina at Greensboro. 1977
Craig, Patrick M. Assistant Professor of Art B.F.A.. Western
Michigan University. 1974. M.F.A.. University of Cincinnati.
1976
Craig, Randall J. Associate Professor of Secondary Educa-
tion BS, Morgan State University, 1955; MFA. Temple Uni-
versity. 1963. PhD. University of Maryland, 1974
Crites, John 0. Professor of Psychology AB , Pnnceton
University, 1950; Ph.D. Columbia University, 1957
Cumberland, John H. Professor, Bureau of Business and
Economic Research B A , University of Maryland, 1947, MA,
Harvard University, 1949; Ph.D.. 1951.
Cunnlff, Patrick F. Professor and Chairman of Mechanical
Engineering BS. Manhattan College. 1955 MS. Virginia
Polytechnic Institute. 1956; Ph.D. 1962
Currie. Douglas G. Professor of Physics BE P.. Cornell
University, 1958. PhD, University of Rochester, 1962
Currier, Albert W. Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A,
State University of Iowa. 1954; MA, The Johns Hopkins
University. 1959. PhD.. 1968
Cussler, Margaret T. Associate Professor of Sociology B.A..
State University of New York at Albany. 1931, MA, . 1933, M A .
Harvard University. 1941; Ph.D.. 1943
Dagalakis. Nicholas G. Assistant Professor. Mechanical En-
gineering Dipt ot Mech Engr , National Technical University
(Greece). 1969. MS. Massachusetts Institute ot Technology.
1971. Eng.D, 1973. PhD. 1975.
Dager. Edward Z. Professor of Sociology B.A.. Kent State
University, 1950. M A , Ohio State University. 1951. Ph D . 1956
Dalnls, Andrew Associate Professor of Physical Education
B S, University of Adelaide, South Australia, 1962. Ph.D.. 1967,
MA. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1972
Dancls, Jerome Associate Professor of Mathematics BS .
Polytechnic Institute ot Brooklyn, 1961; M.S.. University of
Wisconsin. 1963. Ph.D.. 1966
Darden, Llndley Associate Professor of Philosophy and His-
tory B.A.. Southwestern at Memphis. 1968, M A , University ot
Chicago, 1969. SM. 1973, PhD., 1974
Dardls, Rachel Professor of Textiles and Consumer Eco-
nomics and Lecturer in Economics B S , St Mary's College,
Dublin. 1949. MS, University ol Minnesota. 1963. Ph.D.. 1965
Davey. H. Beth Associate Prolessor of Secondary Education
B.S , Miami University of Ohio. 1965, MA, University ol Roch-
ester, 1969. PhD. Case Western Reserve University. 1971
Davidson, James P. Assistant Professor ot Veterinary Sci-
ence B S , Michigan State University, 1964; D.V.M.. 1966; M.S.,
1974; PhD . 1977
Davidson. John A. Professor of Entomology B.A, Columbia
Union College, 1955, M.S.. University of Maryland. 1957; Ph D ,
1960
Davidson, Marie S. Acting Associate Dean tor Graduate
Studies B S . Dillard University, 1959; M.S., University of Mary-
land. 1967. PhD. 1971
Davidson, Neil Associate Professor of Secondary Education
BS . Case Institute ot Technology. 1961; MS. University of
Wisconsin. 1963. Ph.D. 1970
Davis. Christopher C. Associate Prolessor, Electrical Engi-
neering BA. Cambridge University, 1965, MA, 1970. Ph.D..
Manchester University (England). 1970
Davis, Richard F. Prolessor and Chairman of Dairy Science
and Animal Science BS, University of New Hampshire. 1950;
M.S.. Cornell University. 1952; Ph.D.. 1953.
Davis. Shelley Associate Prolessor ot Music B.A, Washing-
ton Square College ol New York University, 1957, MA. Gradu-
ate School of Arts and Sciences of New York University. 1 960.
PhD.. 1971.
Davisson, Lee D. Prolessor of Electncal Engineering BSE
Pnnceton University, 1958; MSE . University of California at
Los Angeles, 1961. Ph.D.. 1964.
Dawklns. Marvin P. Assistant Professor of Alro-Amen-
can/Urban Studies B.S.. Edward Waters College. 1970, M.S.,
Florida State University. 1972; Ph.D.. 1975.
Dawson. Townes l_ Professor ot Business and Manage-
ment BBA. University of Texas. 1943; B.S, United States
Merchant Marine Academy. 1946; MB. A.. University of Texas.
1947; PhD.. 1950; J.D., 1954.
Dawson, Victor CD. Lecturer m Mechanical Engineering
B.S, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1948; M.S. Har-
vard University, 1951. ME., California Institute of Technology,
1959; Ph.D.. University ol Maryland. 1963.
Dayton, Chauncy M. Professor ot Measurement and Statis-
tics A.B . University ot Chicago. 1955. MA, University of
Maryland. 1963. Ph.D. 1964
Dean, Shirley Ann Rush Assistant Professor of Housing and
Applied Design B.A, University of Maryland. 1958. MFA.
American University. 1966.
DeBarthe, Jerry V. Associate Prolessor of Ammai Science
BS, Iowa State University. 1961; Ph.D.. 1966.
Decker, A. Morris Jr. Professor of Agronomy BS, Colorado
ASM. 1949, MS , Utah State College. 1951; Ph.D.. University of
Maryland. 1953
Decker, William A. Assistant Professor of Health Education
B A, State University of California at San Diego, 1967, M A .
Wayne State University. 1969. Ph.D.. University of Connecticut.
1975.
DeClaris, Nicholas Professor of Electncal Engineenng BS..
Texas A&M University. 1952; SM, Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1954. Sc.D, 1959.
De'.eiris. Alain Professor ot Art B F.A . Rhode Island School
Of Design. 1948, A M , Harvard University. 1952; PhD . 1957
DeLorenzo, William E. Associate Professor of Secondary
Education B.A, Montclair State College. 1959. MA. 1964,
Ph.D., Ohio State University. 1971.
Demaitre, Ann Associate Professor of French and Italian
B.A, Columbia University, 1950. MA. University ol California,
Berkeley. 1951. M.S.. Columbia University, 1952, Ph.D.. Univer-
sity ol Maryland, 1960
DeMonte, Claudia A. Assistant Prolessor. Art BA, College
ol Notre Dame of Maryland. 1969. MFA. Catholic University of
America. 1971
Denno, Robert F. Associate Professor, Entomology BS,
University ol California (Davis). 1967; Ph.D.. 1973.
Denny, Don W. Professor of An B A , University ot Flonda.
1959. MA.. New York University. 1961, PhD. 1965
Dernoeden, Peter H. Assistant Professor of Agronomy B.S,
Colorado State University. 1970; M.S., 1976. Ph D . University of
Rhode Island. 1980
Derrick. Frederick W. Assistant Professor. Textiles and
Consumer Economics B S . North Carolina State University.
1972. MS. 1974. PhD, 1976
Deshler, Walter W. Prolessor of Geography B.S.. Lafayette
College. 1943. M A . University ol Maryland. 1953, Ph D, 1957
DeSllva. Alan W. Professor of Physics BS. University ol
California at Los Angeles. 1954, Ph D . University ol California.
Berkeley. 1961
Dessalnt, Alain Assistant Prolessor of Anthropology BA
University ot Chicago. 1961. M.A.. Stanford University. 1962;
PhD, University of Hawaii. 1972.
Destler. William M. Associate Professor of Electncal Engi-
neering 8.S.. Stevens Institute ot Technology. 1968. Ph.D..
Cornell University. 1972
Devme. Donald J. Associate Prolessor of Government and
Politics BBA, Saint John's University, 1959; MA. Brooklyn
College. 1965; PhD. Syracuse University. 1967
DeVoe. Howard J. Associate Professor ol Chemistry BA,
Oberlin College, 1955, PhD. Harvard University, 1960
Dies, Robert R. Professor ot Psychology B.S.. Carroll Col-
lege. 1962. M A . Bowling Green State University, 1964, PhD „
University of Connecticut. 1968
Dieter. George E. Professor ot Mechanical Engineenng and
Acting Director, Engineering Materials Program B S . Drexel
University. 1950. D Sc . Carnegie-Mellon University 1953
DIFederlco. Frank Robert Associate Professor ot Art B A ,
University of Massachusetts 1955 MA. Boston University.
1961; PhD. New York University. 1970.
Diggs. Charles C. Assistant Professor. Heanng and Speech
Sciences AB, Loyola College, 1969. MS. Purdue University
1972; Ph.D.. 1973.
Dillard, Dudley Prolessor ot Economics and Provost, Drv of
Behavioral and Social Sciences B S . University ol California.
Berkeley. 1935. PhD. 1940
Dingwall. William On Associate Professor and Director.
Linguistics Program BS, Georgetown University. 1957; Ph D .
1964
Dittmann, Laura L. Prolessor Institute for Child Study BS.
University ol Colorado. 1938; MA. University ot Maryland.
1963; PhD. 1967
Dively, Galen P. Assistant Prolessor of Entomology 8.S,
Juniata College, 1966; MS, Rutgers University. 1968; Ph.D.
1971
Dixon, Jack R. Adjunct Associate Professor of Physics BS,
Western Reserve University. 1948; MS. 1950; Ph.D., University
ot Maryland. 1956
Doerr. John A. Assistant Professor of Poultry Science B.A.
North Carolina State University. 1968; B.S, 1972; M.S. 1975;
Phd. 1978.
Doetsch. Raymond N. Prolessor of Microbiology B.S.. Uni-
versity ol Illinois. 1942. A.M.. Indiana University. 1943. Ph D ,
University of Maryland. 1948.
Dombeck, Thomas W. Assistant Professor, Physics and
Astronomy B.A. Columbia University, 1967; Ph D , Northwest-
ern University. 1972
Donaldson, Bruce K. Professor of Aerospace Engineenng
B.S, Columbia University. 1955, MS, Wichita State University.
1962. M S. 1963. Ph D . University ol Illinois at Urbana. 1968
Dorfman. J. Robert Professor of Physics and Institute for
Physical Science and Technology B A , The Johns Hopkins
University. 1957; PhD. 1961
Dotson. Charles O. Professor of Physical Education B A .
Morehead State University. 1963; MS, Purdue University.
1964. PhD. 1968
Doudna. Mark E. Assistant Professor of Heanng and Speech
Sciences B.S, Ohio State University. 1948; MA 1956. Pt\
1962.
Douglass, Larry W. Associate Prolessor of Dairy Science
B.S, Purdue University. 1963. MA , 1966, Ph D . Oregon State
University. 1969
Douglis, Avron Professor of Mathematics A B . University of
Chicago. 1938. M A, New York University. 1949; PhD . 1949
Dowdy, Lawrence W. Assistant Prolessor of Computer Sci-
ence B.S, Flonda State University. 1974. MA, Duke University.
1976. Ph.D. 1977
Dragt. Alexander J. Prolessor of Physics AB, Calvin Col-
lege. 1958. PhD. University of California. Berkeley. 1963.
Drew, Howard Dennis Associate Professor of Physics B S ,
University ol Pittsburgh, 1962; Ph.D.. Cornell University. 1967
Driskell. David C. Professor and Chairman of Art A B .
Howard University. 1955. MFA. Catholic University of Amen-
ca. 1962. Rifksbureau voor Kunsthistonsches Documentaiie.
Den Haag (Holland). 1964
Dubrow. Heather Assistant Professor of English BA Har-
vard University. 1966. PhD. 1972
Dudley. James Professor of Administration, Supervision and
Cumculum B A , Southern Illinois University. 1951. M S . South-
em Illinois University. 1957, Ed D . University of Illinois. 1964
Duffey, Dick Professor ol Chemical Engineenng and Nuclear
Engineering B S, Purdue University. 1939. M.S. University ol
Iowa. 1940. PhD, University ol Maryland. 1956
Duffey. Robert V. Professor of Early Childhood and Elemen-
tary Education BS. Millersville State College. 1938. Ed M
Temple University. 1948; Ed.D, 1954
Duffy, John Professor of History B.A Louisana State Nor-
mal College. 1941, MA . 1943; PhD. University ol Caklorrxa.
1946
30 Dummer, Gail M.
Dummer Gail M. Assistant Professor ot Physical Education
B S University of Minnesota. 1972; M A., University of Califor-
nia. Berkeley, 1973; Ph.D.. 1978
DuMonceau, Michael Paul Assistant Professor of Communi-
cation Arts and Theatre B.A . University of Maryland. 1966;
MA. 1968. PhD. 1978
Dunaway-Marlano, Debra Assistant Professor of Chemistry
BS. Texas ASM University. 1973; Ph.D.. 1975
Dunn, Norma E. Assistant Professor. English B.A, Madison
College. 1946; M.A, University of Pennsylvania. 1953; Ph.D.,
1968.
Dunson Bruce H. Assistant Professor of Economics B.A.,
University of California at Irvine. 1969, A.M., University of
California at Berkeley. 1971. PhD, Harvard University. 1979.
Dunst Carl J. Assistant Professor ot Special Education BS,
Temple University, 1971. M A , George Washington University.
1972; M.S. George Peabody College, 1978, PhD. 1979.
Dutta. Sukanta K. Associate Professor of Veterinary Sci-
ence B.Sc, (Vet.) Bombay University. India. 1956. M.S., Univer-
sity of Minnesota. 1960. PhD. 1962.
Dvorak Wayne D. Assistant Protessor of Music B.M E .
Cornell College. 1964; MS., University of Illinois. 1971; Ed D,
1975.
Dworzecka, Maria Assistant Professor ot Physics M Sc,
Warsaw University, 1964, PhD., 1969.
Earl, James A. Protessor of Physics BS., Massachusetts
Institute ot Technology. 1953; Ph.D., 1957
Edmister Robert 0. Associate Professor of Business and
Management B S., Miami University. 1964; MB A . University of
Michigan. 1965; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1970
Edmundson, Harold P. Professor of Mathematics and Com-
puter Science B.A , University of California, Los Angeles, 1946,
MA. 1948, PhD. 1953
Egel, Andrew L. Assistant Professor of Special Education
B.A .' University of California at Santa Barbara. 1976; MA.
1977, PhD. 1979
Ehrlich Gertrude Professor of Mathematics B S . Georgia
State College tor Women. 1943; MA, University of North
Carolina, 1945. PhD.. University of Tennessee, 1953.
Einstein Theodore L. Assistant Protessor. Physics and As-
tronomy'B.A. Harvard University, 1969; MA., 1969. PhD.
Univeisity of Pennsylvania, 1973.
Eisenberg, John Adiunct Professor ot Zoology BS . Wash-
ington State University. 1957; MA., University ot California
Berkeley. 1959; PhD. 1962
Eley, George Associate Professor of Early Childhood Ele-
mentary Education BS. Ohio State University, 1952, M.Ed,
1957; Ph.D. 1966
Eliot, John Professor, Institute lor Child Study A B, Harvard
University, 1956. A.M.T , 1958, Ed D, Stanford University. 1966
Elkln Stephen L. Associate Professor ot Government and
Politics B.A., Alfred University. 1961, M.A, Ph.D. Harvard
University. 1969.
Elklns Richard L. Assistant Professor of Industrial Educa-
tion BS . University of Maryland. 1953; M A.. 1958. Ed.D.. 1972
Ellingson Robert G. Assistant Professor of Meteorology
BS.. Florida State University, 1967, M.S.. 1968. Ph.D., 1972.
Elliott. Gregory C. Assistant Professor ol Sociology A B .
Boston College. 1968. M S . University of North Carolina. 1970,
MS, University of Wisconsin, 1974; PhD, 1977
Ellis Richard F. Assistant Professor of Physics B A. Cornell
University. 1966; M A , Princeton University. 1968; Ph.D.. 1970
BA. Miami University. 1960, PhD., Duke University, 1966
Emad Fawzi P. Associate Professor ot Electrical Engineer-
ing B.S.. American University (Beirut), 1961. MS , Northwestern
University, 1963; Ph.D., 1965
Engram, Barbara E. Visiting Assistant Professor of Counsel-
ing and Personnel Services BA, College ol William and Mary.
1959; M.A, University of Maryland. 1974, PhD. 1976
Ephremides, Anthony Associate Professor of Electrical En-
gineering B S . National Technical University ol Athens. 1967;
MA, Princeton University. 1969, Ph.D.. 1971.
Erdman, Richard A. Assistant Professor of Dairy Science
BS , University of Wisconsin, 1974; M.S., University of Kentuc-
ky. 1977; PhD. 1979
Erlckson, William C. Protessor of Astronomy B A. . University
ot Minnesota. 1951. MA. 1955; Ph.D., 1956.
Evans, Emory Professor and Chairman of History B.A . Ran-
dolph-Macon College. 1950. MA. University of Virginia. 1954;
PhD., 1957
Ewert, D. Merrill Assistant Professor of Agricultural and
Extension Education BA, Tabor College, 1967, MA, University
of Wisconsin-Madison, 1971. Ph.D.. 1977
Eyler, Marvin H. Dean and Professor. College of Physical
Education, Recreation and Health A.B . Houghton College.
1942; MS . 1942, MS, University ol Illinois 1948; Ph.D.. 1956.
Falcione, Raymond L. Associate Professor of Communica-
tion Arts and Theatre B A,. Akron University, 1965; M.A., 1967;
Ph.D.. Kent State University. 1972
Falk, David S. Professor ol Physics B. Eng Phys . Cornell
University. 1954; MS. Harvard University, 1955; Ph.D.. 1959.
Faller. Alan J. Professor. Institute for Physical Science and
Technology and Meteorology SB. Massachusetts Institute for
Technology. 1951. M.S., 1953, Sc.D, 1957
Fanning Delvin S. Professor of Agronomy B.S., Cornell
University, 1954; M.S., 1959; Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin,
1964.
Farsaie, All Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering
BS, Pahlavi University. 1974, MS.. North Carolina State Uni-
versity, 1977, Ph.O . 1979
Farquhar, Douglas James Associate Professor of Art BA.
Washington and Lee University. 1 963; MA. University ot Chica-
go, 1966. PhD.. 1972.
Farrell, Richard T. Associate Professor of Secondary Edu-
cation and History A B . Wabash College, 1954. M.S., Indiana
University, 1958. PhD, 1967
Feklman, Robert H.L. Assistant Professor of Health Educa-
tion B.A. Brooklyn College, 1964, MA, Pennsylvania State
University, 1966, M.S., Syracuse University, 1972; Ph.D., Syra-
cuse University. 1974.
Felton, Kenneth E. Associate Professor of Agricultural Engi-
neering BS. University of Maryland. 1950; B.S., 1951; M.S.,
Pennsylvania State University. 1962
Ferraioli. Joseph Assistant Professor of Art BID.. Pratt
Institute. 1964; M.F.A . Columbia University, 1970.
Ferran Guadalupe T. Assistant Professor of Secondary
Education BA, Hunter College, 1973; MA, Ohio State Univer-
sity. 1974. Ph.D. 1978
Ferrell Richard A. Professor of Physics B.S.. California
Institute of Technology. 1948; MS, 1949; Ph.D., Princeton
University. 1952.
Fertzlger, Allen P. Assistant Professor of Health Education,
B.S., City College of the City University ot New York, 1963;
Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1968
Fey, James T. Associate Professor of Secondary Education
and' Mathematics BS. University of Wisconsin. 1962; M.S.,
1963; Ph.D.. Columbia University, 1968.
Fichtel, Carl Edwin Adiunct Protessor of Physics and As-
tronomy BS. Washington University. 1955; Ph.D. 1960
Fink Beatrice C. Associate Professor of French and Italian
BA. Bryn Mawr College, 1953. MA., Yale University, 1956;
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. 1966
Finkelstein, Barbara J. Associate Protessor and Coordina-
tor of Social Foundations of Education B A.. Barnard College.
1959; MA, Teachers College, Columbia University. 1960;
Ed.D., 1970.
Flnsterbusch, Kurt Associate Professor of Sociology B.A,
Princeton University. 1957; B.D.. Grace Theological Seminary,
1960; PhD. Columbia University. 1969
Fish Gertrude S. Assistant Professor of Housing and Ap-
plied Design B S . Cornell University, 1968; MA. 1970. Ph D ,
1973.
Fltzpatrick, Patrick M. Associate Professor of Mathematics
BA, Rutgers University, 1966. Ph.D.. 1971
Fivel, Daniel I. Associate Professor of Physics BA , The
Johns Hopkins University. 1953, PhD, 1959
Flack James K. Jr. Associate Professor of History B.A .
Albion College. 1959. MA, Wayne State University, 1963;
Ph D„ 1968.
Flatter, Charles H. Associate Professor, Institute tor Child
Study BA, DePauw University, 1961. E Ed, University of Tole-
do, 1965; Ed.D , University of Maryland, 1968.
Fleck, Jere Associate Professor of Germanic and Slavic
Languages PhD. University ot Munich, 1968
Fleig Albert J., Jr. Lecturer in Aerospace Engineering
B.S.E.S, Purdue University. 1958. PhD , Catholic University of
America, 1968.
Fletcher, William H. Assistant Professor of Germanic and
Slavic Languages BA, California State University, 1970. M A .
Cornell University. 1972; PhD, 1977
Florestano, Patricia S. Assistant Professor of Urban Studies
B.A, University of Maryland. 1958; MA. 1970, PhD, 1974.
Folsom, Kenneth E. Associate Professor of History B A .
Princeton University, 1943, B.A . University of California. Berke-
ley, 1955; MA, 1957, Ph.D.. 1964
Folstrom, Roger J. Professor of Music and Secondary Edu-
cation BS. College ot St Thomas. 1956, M.Ed, 1959; MM .
Northwestern University, 1963. PhD. 1967
Fonaroff, L. Schuyler Professor ot Geography B A, Univer-
sity of Arizona, 1955; PhD, The Johns Hopkins University.
1961.
Forbes, James H., Jr. Associate Professor of Art B A,
University of Maryland, 1964, MA, 1966.
Ford. Gary T. Assistant Professor of Business and Manage-
ment' B B A. Clarkson College of Technology. 1966, MBA.
State University of New York at Buffalo. 1968. PhD, 1973
Foss, John E. Protessor ot Agronomy B.S., Wisconsin State
University. 1957; M.S.. University of Minnesota, 1959; PhD.
1965
Foster Phillips W. Professor ot Agricultural and Resource
Economics BS. Cornell University. 1953. M.S., University of
Illinois. 1956, PhD, 1958.
Fourney, William L. Protessor of Mechanical Engineering
BSA.E.West Virginia University. 1962, M.S., 1963. PhD,
University ot Illinois. 1966.
Foust, Clifford M. Professor of History B.A , Syracuse Uni-
versity. 1949; MA, University ol Chicago. 1951. PhD, 1957
Francescato, Guido Professor and Chairman of Housing
and Applied Design B Arch, University of Illinois (Urbana).
1959; MArch, 1966.
Frank. Susan Assistant Professor. Psychology B.A, New
York University. 1971; PhD, Yale University. 1976.
Frederiksen, Elke P. Assistant Prolessor, Germanic and
Slavic Languages MA, University of Kiel (Germany), 1962;
M A . University ot Wisconsin, 1965. PhD , University of Colora-
do, 1973
Freedman, Morris Professor of English B.A, City University
of New York. 1941; MA, Columbia University. 1950, PhD,
1953
Freeman, David H. Protessor of Chemistry BS, University of
Rochester, 1952; M.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1954;
PhD. Massachusetts Institute of Technology 1957.
Freeman, Robert Associate Protessor of Psychology and
Counseling and Personnel Services BA, Haverford College,
1951; MA, Wesleyan University. 1954, PhD, University of
Maryland, 1964.
Frelmuth, Vlckl S. Associate Professor of Communication
Arts and Theatre BS. Eastern Illinois University. 1966; M.A,
University of Iowa, 1967; Ph D , Flonda State University, 1974.
Fretz. Bruce R. Adiunct Professor of Psychology B.A, Get-
tysburg College, 1961 ; MA. Ohio State University, 1963; Ph.D..
1965
Frey, Barry Chance Assistant Professor ot Agricultural Engi-
neering B S , Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.
1971, M.S. 1974; PhD, Oklahoma State University, 1979.
Friedman, Herbert Adiunct Protessor of Physics B.A,
Brooklyn College. 1936; PhD, The Johns Hopkins University.
1940.
Fritz, Sigmund Visiting Professor of Meteorology B S .
Brooklyn College, 1934. M S, Massachusetts Institute ot Tech-
nology. 1941; Sc.D, 1953
Fromovitz, Stan Associate Protessor of Business and Man-
agement BA, Sc, University of Toronto, 1960; M.A, 1961;
PhD, Stanford University, 1965
Fry, Gladys M. Associate Professor of English BA, Howard
University. 1952; M.A, 1954; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1967
Fuegi John B. Professor and Director. Comparative Litera-
ture Program B.A, Pomona College, 1961; PhD, University ot
Southern California. 1967
Funaro, George J. Provost Division ot Human and Commu-
nity Resources and Associate Professor of Secondary Educa-
tion B.A, American International College. 1956. M.A, University
of Connecticut, 1961, PhD, 1965.
Galletta Gene J. Adiunct Prolessor of Horticulture BS,
University of Maryland. 1951. MS. Rutgers University 1953;
PhD, University ot California. 1959
Galloway, Raymond A. Professor of Botany B.A, University
of Maryland. 1952; M.S., 1956; Ph.D. 1958.
Gambrell, Linda B. Assistant Professor of Early Childhood
Elementary Education BS, University of Maryland, 1966;
M.Ed, 1970; PhD, 1973
Gammon, Robert W. Assistant Professor of Institute of
Physical Science and Technology B.A . The Johns Hopkins
University, 1961; MS . California Institute of Technology, 1963;
Ph.D.. The Johns Hopkins University. 1967.
Gannon John D. Assistant Protessor of Computer Science
B A . Brown University. 1970. MS, 1972. University of Toronto.
1975
Gannon Martin J. Professor of Business and Management
B A, University ot Scranton. 1961; PhD, Columbia University.
1969.
Garber Daniel L. Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
BS. University of Maryland. 1952. MS, 1959; PhD, 1965.
Gardner, Albert H. Associate Professor, Institute for Child
Study B S , State University of New York, Cortland. 1958; M.A ,
Syracuse University. 1964; PhD, 1967
Gardner, Marjorle H. Professor of Chemistry BS, Utah
State University. 1946; M.A, Ohio State University. 1958; PhD,
1960
Garner Ruth A. Assistant Prolessor of Early Childhood/Ele-
mentary Education B S, University of Wisconsin at Madison.
1967; MS. 1970; Ph.D. 1977
Harber, Jean R. 31
Garvey Evelyn F. Professor o( Music B S . Temple Universi-
ty, 1943; MM. University ol Rochester 1946
Gasner, Larry L. Associate Professor ot Chemical Engineer
ing B S., University of Minnesota, 1965. MS, Massachusetts
Institute ol Technology, 1967, PhD,, 1971
Gass. Saul I. Professor of Business and Management B S .
Boston University, 1949; MA,, 1949; PhD, University Califor-
nia. 1965.
Gaylln, Ned L. Professor and Chairman, Department of Fam-
ily and Community Development B A , University of Chicago.
1956. MA, 1961; Ph.D.. 1965.
Geddes, Margaret Anne Assistant Prolessor of Housing and
Applied Design B A . University ol Alberta. 1 964. M A . Universi-
ty of Iowa. 1967; M.F.A . University ol Cincinnati, 1966
Gelman, Ellen F. Associate Professor ol Art A B . Brandeis
University. 1961. MFA. Columbia University 1964
Gelso, Charles J. Associate Professor of Psychology B S ,
Bloomsburg Slate College, 1963, M.S., Florida State University.
1964. Ph.D., Ohio Slate University. 1970.
Gemmlll, Perry R. Assistant Professor. Industrial Education
B.S . Millersville State College. 1 968. MAE.. Ball Stale College.
1970. PhD. University of Maryland, 1976.
Gentry, James W. Professor of Chemical Engineering B S ,
Oklahoma State University. 1961; MS, University of Birming-
ham. 1963. Ph.D. University of Texas, 1969.
Glffln, Donald W. Associate Professor of History and Direc-
tor of Admissions and Registrations B A . University ot Califor-
nia. Santa Barbara, 1950; MA, Vanderbilt University. 1956;
PhD. 1962
Gilbert, James B. Professor of History B.A., Carleton Col-
lege, 1961; MA.. University of Wisconsin. 1963, Ph.D.. 1966
Gill, Douglas E. Associate Professor of Zoology B S , Mariet-
ta College. 1965; MA, University of Michigan, 1967, PhD,
1971.
Gllmore, Al-Tony Associate Professor of History B A , North
Carolina Central University, 1968, MA, 1969, Ph.D.. University
of Toledo, 1972,
Glnter, Marshall L. Professor, Institute for Physical Science
and Technology BS, Chico State College. 1958. Ph.D., Van-
derbilt University 1961
Glad, John Associate Professor of Germanic and Slavic
Language and Literature B.A , Indiana University, 1962. MA.
1964, PhD, New York University, 1970
Glass, James M. Associate Prolessor of Government and
Politics B.A., University of California at Berkeley. 1961. M.A .
1964; Ph.D.. 1970.
Glasser, Robert G. Prolessor of Physics A B . University ol
Chicago. 1948. BS. 1950. MS. 1952. PhD, 1954
Glee, Ulysses S. Assistant Professor of Agricultural and
Extension Education B S , Florida A & M University. 1967. M.S..
University of Maryland. 1970; Ph.D.. 1975.
Glendenlng, Parrls N. Associate Professor of Government
and Politics B.A., Florida State University. 1964. M.A.. 1965;
Ph D. 1967
Glenn, Donald Scott Assistant Professor of Agronomy B.S .
University ol Kentucky. 1975; Ph.D. 1980
Gllck, Arnold J. Professor of Physics B.A., Brooklyn College.
1955. Ph D., University of Maryland. 1961.
Gllgor, Virgil D. Assistant Professor, Computer Science B.S..
University of California (Berkeley). 1972. M.S.. 1973; PhD,
1976
Gloeckler, George Professor of Physics BS, University of
Chicago. 1960. MS, 1961. PhD. 1965
Glover III, Rolfe E. Professor of Physics A.B.. Bowdom
College. 1948. BS. Massachusetts Institute ol Technology.
1948. Ph.D. University of Goettingen. 1953.
Gluckstern, Robert L. Chancellor and Professor of Physics
and Astronomy BEE. City College of New York, 1944. Ph.D..
Massachusetts Institute ol Technology. 1948
Goerlng, Jacob 0. Prolessor. Institute lor Child Study B.A .
Bethel College, 1941, PhD. University ol Maryland. 1959
Gokel, George William Associate Prolessor ol Chemistry
BS. Tulane University. 1968, PhD, University ot Southern
California. 1971
Goldberg, Seymour Professor of Mathematics A B , Hunter
College. 1950; MA , Ohio State University. 1952; Ph.D., Univer-
sity of Calilornia at Los Angeles. 1958
Golden, Bruce L. Associate Professor of Business and Man-
agement BA, University of Pennsylvania. 1972; SM. Mas-
sachusetts Institute of Technology. 1974; Ph D., 1976.
Goldenbaum, George C. Associate Professor of Physics
B S , Muhlenberg College. 1957; Ph.D.. University ol Maryland,
1966
Goldhaber, Jacob K. Professor and Chairman ol Mathemat-
ics B.A , Brooklyn College. 1 944, MA, Harvard University. 1 945
PhD. University of Wisconsin. 1950
Goldman, Harvey Associate Professor of Administration,
Supervision and Curriculum B A , University ol Rhode Island.
1960. MA. John Carroll University. 1962. Ed.D.. Michigan Stale
University, 1966
Goldsby, Richard Allen Professor of Biochemistry B.A.
University of Kansas. 1957; Ph.D.. University ol California, 1961
Goldstein. Irwin L. Professo- of Psychology B.A,, City Col-
lege of New York, 1959; MA, University of Maryland. 1962;
Ph.D.. 1964,
Goldstein, Larry L. Prolessor ot Mathematics B.A , Universi-
ty of Pennsylvania. 1965, MA., 1965, M.A., Princeton University.
1967; Ph D, 1967
Gollub, Lewis R. Prolessor ol Psychology A B . University ol
Pennsylvania. 1955. Ph.D.. Harvard University. 1958.
Gomezplata, Albert Professor of Chemical Engineering
B.Ch E . Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1952. M Ch E .
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1954. Ph.D., 1958.
Gonzalez, Nancle L. Professor of Anthropology and Vice-
Chancellor lor Academic Allairs B S . University of North Dako-
ta, 1951. MA.. University of Michigan. 1955, Ph.D., 1959
Good, Richard A. Professor ot Mathematics A B Ashland
College. 1939; MA . University of Wisconsin 1940; PhD, 1945
Goode, Melvyn Dennis Associate Prolessor of Zoology
B.S.. University of Kansas. 1963, Ph.D.. Iowa State University.
1967.
Goodwyn, Frank Professor of Spanish B.A , College of Arts
and Industries, 1940; MA, 1941. PhD University of Texas,
1946
Gordon, Donald C. Professor of History AB , College ol
William and Mary, 1 934, MA. Columbia University, 1 937. PhD
1947,
Gordon, Glen E. Professor of Chemistry BS, University ol
Illinois. 1956; Ph.D., University ol California, Berkeley, 1960
Gordon, Stewart L. Professor of Music B.A., University ol
Kansas. 1953; MA, 1954; DMA., University of Rochester
1965.
Gormally, James Assistant Professor, Psychology BA
Mann College. 1969; MA., Southern Illinois University 1972
Ph.D., 1974
Gorovltz, Samuel Prolessor and Chairman of the Depart
ment of Philosophy B S , Massachuetts Institute of Technology
1960. Ph.D.. Stanford University. 1963.
Gouln, Francis R. Professor of Horticulture B.S , University
of New Hampshire, 1962, MS, University Maryland, 1965.
PhD, 1969
Gould, William, Jr. Assistant Professor of Horticulture AB .
Albion College. 1940. ML A.. University of Georgia 1975
Gramberg, Edvard Professor of Spanish B A., University of
Amsterdam, 1946, M.A , University of California, Los Angeles,
1949. Ph D., University of California Berkeley, 1956.
Grant, Lee P. Associate Professor, Agricultural Engineering
B.S.. University of Connecticut. 1962; M.S., Pennsylvania Slate
University, 1971; Ph.D., 1974,
Gray, Alfred Professor of Mathematics B.A . University of
Kansas, 1960; MA, 1961, Ph D., University of California, Los
Angeles, 1964
Green, Eleanor B. Assistant Professor of Art A.B , Vassar
College. 1949; MA. George Washington University. 1971;
Ph.D., 1973.
Green, Harry B., Jr. Assistant Professor, Institute of Child
Study B.A.. University ot Virginia, 1959; M.Ed.. 1963; PhD.
1965
Green, Joseph E. Jr. Assistant Professor of Landscape
Architecture BS. Furman University. 1973; ML A.. University
ol Georgia, 1978.
Green, Paul S. Associate Prolessor of Mathematics B.A ,
Cornell University, 1959, M.A . Harvard University. 1960; Ph D ,
Cornell University. 1964,
Green, Wlllard W. Prolessor of Animal Science B.S . Univer-
sity of Minnesota. 1933. M.S., 1934; Ph.D.. 1939
Greenberg. Jerrold S. Prolessor of Health Education. B S ,
City College ol the City University ol New York. 1964; MS. City
College ot the City University of New York. 1965, Ed D .
Syracuse University, 1969
Greenberg, Kenneth R. Associate Professor of Counseling
and Personnel Services B S , Ohio State University, 1951, MA ,
1952, PhD, Western Reserve University. 1960
Greenberg, Leon Professor of Mathematics B S . City Col-
lege of New York, 1953; M.A,. Yale University 1955; PhD.
1958
Greenberg, Louis M. Associate Professor of History B.A .
Brooklyn College. 1954, MA, Harvard University, 1957 Ph.D.,
1963
Greenberg, Oscar W. Prolessor ol Physics B S . Rutgers
University. 1952. A M , Princeton University. 1954; Ph.D., 1956
Greene, James B. Assistant Professor of Business and
Management BA, Duke Unrversity, 1969. Ph D., University of
Michigan, 1975
Greenspan. Patricia Associate Prolessor of Philosophy
A.B.. Columbia University, 1966; A.M., Harvard University, 1968;
PhD, 1972
Greenwood, David C. Associate Professor of English BA,
University of London, 1949, Certificate m Education, Not-
tingham, 1953, PhD, University ol Dublin. 1968
Greer, Sandra C. Associate Professor of Chemistry B S .
Furman University. 1966, MS. University of Chicago. 1968;
PhD. 1969
Greer, Thomas V. Professor of Business and Management
B A . University of Texas. 1953; MB A., Ohio State University.
1957; PhD, University of Texas. 1964
Griem. Hans Prolessor ol Physics Arbiture. Max Planck
Schule, 1949; PhD University ol Kiel, 1954
Griffin, James J. Prolessor of Physics B.S . Villanova Col-
legia 1952, MS, Princeton University, 1955; Ph.D. 1956
Grim, Samuel O. Prolessor of Chemistry B.S . Franklin and
Marshall College. 1956; Ph.D.. Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology. 1960
Grlmsted, David A. Associate Professor of History AB .
Harvard University. 1957; MA , University ot California. Berke-
ley. 1958; Ph.D.. 1963.
Grollman, Slgmund, Professor of Zoology B S , University of
Maryland. 1947; MS. 1949. PhD. 1952
Gross, Alan E. Prolessor and Chairman ol Psychology B S .
Purdue University, 1959, M B.A . Stanford University. 1962,
PhD.. 1967.
Groves. Paul A., Associate Professor of Geography B Sc .
University of London. 1956. M.A , University of Maryland. 1961.
Ph D , University ol Calilornia, Berkeley, 1969.
Gruchy, Allan G. Professor of Economics B.A., University of
British Columbia, 1926; M.A.. McGill University. 1929. PhD
University of Virginia. 1931.
Grunig, James E. Professor of Journalism BS . Iowa State
University. 1964. MS. University ol Wisconsin, 1966, Ph.D..
1968
Guernsey. Ralph L. Research Associate Professor. Institute
for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics BA, Miami Uni-
versity, 1952; M.S., 1954. Ph.D.. University of Michigan. 1970
Gullck. Sidney L. Prolessor ol Mathematics B A . Oberlm
College. 1958; M.A. Yale University. 1960; PhD, 1963
Haber. Francis C. Professor of History B.A., University of
Connecticut, 1948, MA.. The Johns Hopkins University. 1952.
Ph.D.. 1957
Hacklander, Effle Assistant Professor of Textiles and Con-
sumer Economics BS. University of Minnesota, 1962; MA.
Michigan State University. 1968; PhD. 1973
Hage, Jerald Professor and Chairman of Sociology B.B A..
University of Wisconsin. 1955, PhD. Columbia University.
1963
Haley, A.J. Professor of Zoology B S.. University ol New
Hampshire, 1949; M S . 1950; Sc D . The Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity. 1955.
Hamilton, Donna 8. Assistant Professor of English BA , St
Olal College. 1963, PhD, University ol Wisconsin, Madison
1968
Hamilton, Gary 0. Associate Prolessor of English BA. St
Olat College, 1962; M A . University of Wisconsin. 1965. Ph D .
1968
Hamlet. Richard Graham Assistant Professor of Computer
Science BS, University ol Wisconsin. 1959; M.S. Cornell
University. 1964. Ph.D.. University of Washington. 1971.
Hamlet. Sandra L. Associate Professor ot Heanng and
Speech Sciences 8A. University of Wisconsin, 1959. MA.
University of Washington, 1967, PhD. 1970
Hammond, Allen S. Assistant Prolessor of Speech and
Dramatic Art B A . Gnnnell College. 1972; Juns Doctor, Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania. 1975. M.A.. 1977.
Hammond, Robert C. Prolessor and Chairman of Veterinary
Science B.S. Pennsylvania State University. 1943. DVM.
University of Pennsylvania. 1948
Hancock. Charles R. Associate Professor of Secondary
Education BA Louisiana Stale University. 1964. MA. 1966.
PhD. Ohio State University, 1970
Hanna, William John Professor and Chairman ot Family and
Community Development BA, University ot Calilornia at Los
Angeles. 1957. M.A. 1960. Ph.D. 1962.
Hansen, J.N. Associate Prolessor ol Biochemistry BA.
Drake University. 1964, PhD. University ot Calilornia, Los
Angeles. 1968
Harber. Jean R. Assistant Professor ot Special Education
BA. State University ol New York. 1969; M Ed Temple
University. 1971. Ed D . 1975
32 Hardgrave, Walter Terry
Hardgrave, Walter Terry Assistant Professor, Information
Systems Management BS, University of Texas. 1967; MA.
1970; Ph.D.. 1972.
Hardie, Ian W. Associate Professor of Agricultural and Re-
source Economics BS, University of California. Davis, 1960.
PhD. University of California. Berkeley. 1965.
Hardin, Russell Associate Professor, Government and Poli-
tics B.A. and BS. University of Texas, 1963. B.A , Oxford
University. Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1971.
Hardy. Robert C. Professor. Institute For Child Study B.S.Ed,
Bucknell University. 1961; M.S.Ed.. Indiana University. 1964,
Ed.D, 1969.
Harger, Robert O. Professor and Chairman of Electrical
Engineering BSE , University of Michigan. 1955; M SE , 1959;
Ph.D.. 1961. Harlan, Louis R Professor of History B.A,
Emory University. 1943; MA. Vanderbilt University. 1947;
Ph.D.. The Johns Hopkins University. 1955.
Harper, Glenn A. Assistant Professor of Sociology BS,
Purdue University. 1958; MS. 1961; PhD.. 1968.
Harper, Robert A. Professor of Geography Ph B, University
of Chicago. 1946; B.S.. 1947; M.S., 1948; Ph.D.. 1950.
Harrington, J. Patrick Associate Professor of Astronomy
BS. University of Chicago, 1961; M.S.. Ohio State University.
1964. Ph.D., 1967.
Harris, Curtis C. Professor of Economics B.S.. University of
Florida, 1956, MA, Harvard University. 1959; Ph.D.. 1960.
Harris, James F. Assistant Professor of History B.S., Loyola
University. 1962. M.S.. University of Wisconsin. 1964. Ph.D.,
1968.
Harris, Wesley, L. Professor of Agricultural Engineering
BS.A.E, University of Georgia. 1953; MS. 1958. Ph.D., Michi-
gan State University. 1960
Harrison, Floyd P. Professor of Entomology BS , Louisiana
State University. 1951; M.S.. 1953. PhD . University of Mary-
land. 1955.
Harrison, Paul E., Jr. Professor of Industrial Education
B.Ed, Northern Illinois University, 1942. MA., University of
Northern Colorado. 1947. Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 1955.
Harvey, James W. Assistant Professor of Business and
Management B.S, University of Illinois. 1966. MB A,, University
of Miami. 1968. PhD, Pennsylvania State University. 1977
Haslem, John A. Professor of Business and Management
A.B, Duke University. 1956; MBA. University of North Caro-
lina. 1961; Ph.D.. 1967
Hatch, Randolph Thomas Associate Professor of Chemical
Engineering BS . University of California. Berkeley. 1967; M.S..
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1969; PhD., 1973.
Hatfield, Agnes B. Associate Professor, Institute for Child
Study B.A, University of California, 1948; MA, University of
Denver, 1954; Ph.D.. 1959.
Hathorn, Guy B. Professor of Government and Politics A.B..
University of Mississippi, 1940; MA., 1942; Ph.D., Duke Univer-
sity. 1950
Hauptman, William Assistant Professor of Art B.A.. The
George Washington University, 1968; M.A., 1970; Ph.D., The
Pennsylvania State University, 1975
Hausman, Daniel M. Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A ,
Harvard College, 1 969, MA T , New York University, 1 971 ; B.A.,
Cambridge University. 1973; M.Phil., Columbia University. 1975;
Ph.D., 1978.
Hawk, Harold W. Adjunct Professor of Dairy Science B.S.,
Pennsylvania State University, 1952, MS.. University of
Wisconsin, 1953; Ph.D.. 1956.
Hayleck, Charles R., Jr. Associate Professor of Mechanical
Engineering B.S., University of Maryland. 1943. M.S.. 1949
Hayward, Raymond W. Ad|unct Professor of Physics B.S,
Iowa State College, 1943; Ph.D.. University of California. Berke-
ley. 1950
Head, Emerson Associate Professor of Music B Mus., Uni-
versity of Michigan, 1957, M.Mus, 1961.
Heath, James L. Professor of Poultry Science B.S., Louis-
iana State University, 1963; M.S.. 1968; Ph.D.. 1970.
Heathington, Betty Assistant Professor of Early Child-
hood/Elementary Education B.S, University of Texas at Austin,
1965; MS, Purdue University. 1972; Ed.D , University of Ten-
nessee at Knoxville. 1975,
Hebeler, Jean R. Professor of Special Education B.S, Buffa-
lo State Teachers College. 1953; MS, University of Illinois.
1956. Ed.D, Syracuse University, 1960.
Heidelbach, Ruth Associate Professor of Early Childhood
Elementary Education and Associate Director, Office of Labora-
tory Experiences B.S . University of Maryland, 1949; M.Ed.,
University of Florida. 1958; Ed.D . Columbia University. 1967.
Heikkinen, Henry Wendell Associate Professor of Chemis-
try and Secondary Education BEng , Yale University. 1956;
MA, Columbia University, 1962; Ph.D., University of Maryland,
1973
Heim, Norman Professor of Music B.M.Ed . Evansville Col-
lege, 1951, M M„ University of Rochester. 1952. DMA.. 1962.
Heins, Conrad P., Jr. Professor. Civil Engineering B S, Drex-
el Institute of Technology. 1960. M.S., Lehigh University, 1962;
Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1967.
Heins, Maurice Haskell Professor of Mathematics A.B.. Har-
vard University. 1937. A.M. 1939; Ph.D.. 1940
Heisler, Martin O. Associate Professor of Government and
Politics B A., University of California, Los Angeles. 1960; M.A.,
1962; Ph.D., 1969.
Heltman, John L. Associate Professor, Entomology B.S..
University of Maryland. 1966; M.S.. 1968.
Helm, E. Eugene Professor of Music B.M.E.. Southeastern
Louisiana College, 1960; M.M.E.. Louisiana State University,
1955. Ph.D., North Texas State University. 1958
Helz, George R. Associate Professor of Chemistry A.B.,
Princeton University. 1964. Ph.D., Pennsylvania State Universi-
ty. 1971
Helzer, G.A. Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A.. Port-
land State College. 1959; MA, Northwestern University. 1962;
Ph.D.. 1964,
Hendrie, David L. Professor of Physics BS, University of
Washington. 1960; Ph.D.. 1964.
Henery-Logan, Kenneth R. Professor of Chemistry B.Sc,
McGill University, 1942; Ph.D., 1946.
Henkel. Ramon E. Associate Professor of Sociology Ph.B.,
University of Wisconsin. 1958; MA, 1961. Ph.D. 1967
Henkelman, James Associate Professor of Secondary Edu-
cation and Mathematics BS. Miami University, 1954. M.Ed.,
1955; Ed.D., Harvard University, 1965.
Herb, Rebecca A. Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A.,
University of Oregon, 1969; MA, 1970. PhD.. University of
Washington, 1974.
Hering, Christoph A. Professor and Chairman of Germanic
and Slavic Languages Ph.D., Rhem-Fnednch-Wilhelms Univer-
sitat. 1950.
Herman, Harold J. Associate Professor. English B.A, Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1952; PhD, University of Pennsylvania.
1960.
Herman, Wayne L. Associate Professor of Early Childhood
and Elementary Education B.A, Ursinus College. 1955; M.Ed.,
Temple University. 1960. Ed.D.. 1965.
Herschbach, Dennis R. Associate Professor of Industrial
Education A.B., San Jose State College. 1960; MS. University
of Illinois, 1968; Ph.D.. 1972.
Hetrick, Frank M. Professor of Microbiology B.S, Michigan
State University, 1954; M.S. University of Maryland. 1960;
Ph.D.. 1962.
Hiebert, Ray Eldon Professor of Journalism B.A, Stanford
University, 1954. M S . Columbia University. 1957; MA. Univer-
sity of Maryland, 1961, PhD, 1962.
Higgins, William J. Associate Professor of Zoology B.S,
Boston College, 1969. Ph.D.. Florida State University. 1973.
Highton, Richard Professor of Zoology A.B, New York
University. 1950; MS . University of Florida, 1953; PhD, 1956.
Hill, Clara E. Associate Professor of Psychology B.A, South-
ern Illinois University. 1970; MA, 1972; Ph.D, 1974
Hirzel, Robert K. Associate Professor of Sociology B.A,
Pennsylvania State University, 1946; MA. 1950; Ph.D., Louis-
iana State University. 1954
Hochuli, Urs E. Professor of Electrical Engineering B.S,
Technikum Biel, Switzerland. 1952; M.S. University of Mary-
land. 1955; Ph.D. Catholic University of America. 1962.
Hodos, William Professor of Psychology B.S, Brooklyn Col-
lege, 1 955; MA . University of Pennsylvania, 1 957. Ph.D, 1 960.
Hoffman, Mary Ann Assistant Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services B.A, Macalester College, 1971, Ph.D,
University of Minnesota, 1975
Hoffman, Ronald Associate Professor of History B.A,
George Peabody College. 1964, MA, University of Wisconsin,
1965, Ph.D., 1969.
Holdaway, P.K. Assistant Professor, Dairy Science B.S,
Brigham Young University. 1966; MS , 1969. Ph.D, Ohio State
University. 1973.
Holland, Joshua Z. Adjunct Professor of Meteorology B.S,
University of Chicago. 1941; PhD, University of Washington.
1968
Hollies, Norman R. Lecturer in Textiles and Consumer Eco-
nomics B.S, University of Alberta, 1944. Ph.D . McGill Universi-
ty. 1947
Holloway, David C. Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering BS, University of Illinois, 1966; M.S. 1969; Ph.D,
1971.
Holmlund. Chester E. Professor of Biochemistry B.S,
Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1943; M.S., 1951. Ph.D, Uni-
versity of Wisconsin. 1954,
Holton, William Milne Professor of English A.B, Dartmouth
College. 1954; LLB, Harvard University, 1957; MA. Yale
University, 1959; Ph.D, 1965
Holum, Kenneth G. Associate Professor of History B.A,
Augstana College, 1961; MA, University of Chicago, 1969;
Ph.D, 1973.
Holvey, Samuel B. Assistant Professor of Housing and Ap-
plied Design B.F.A, Syracuse University. 1957. MA, American
University. 1969.
Hopkins, Richard L. Associate Professor, Social Founda-
tions of Education B.S , Stanford University. 1962; MS, 1963;
Ph.D, University of California, Los Angeles. 1969.
Hornyak, William F. Professor of Physics BEE, City Univer-
sity of New York, City College, 1944, M.S., California Institute of
Technology. 1946; Ph.D, 1949.
Horton, David L. Professor of Psychology B.A, University of
Minnesota. 1955; MA, 1957. Ph.D, 1959 ,
Horvath, John M. Professor of Mathematics Ph.D . Universi-
ty of Budapest, 1947.
Hovey, Richard B. Professor of English A.B, University of
Cincinnati, 1942; MA, Harvard University. 1943; Ph.D. 1950.
Howard, John D. Associate Professor of English B.A,
Washington College. 1956; MA, University of Maryland. 1962;
Ph.D, 1967
Howard, Lawrence V., Jr. Assistant Professor of Micro-
biology B.A, Emory University, 1963; MS. University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill. 1966; PhD, 1970.
Hsu, Shao T. Professor of Mechanical Engineering B.S .
Chiao-Tung University, 1937, MS, Massachusetts institute of
Technology. 1944, Sc.D . Swiss Federal Institute of Technolo-
gy, 1954
Hsueh, Chun-tu Professor of Government and Politics
L.L.B, Chaoyang University Law School. 1946, MA. Columbia
University, 1953; PhD, 1958.
Hubbard. Bert E. Research Professor, Institute for Physical
Science and Technology, and Mathematics B.S, Western Il-
linois University, 1949; MS. State University of Iowa. 1952;
PhD, University of Maryland. 1960.
Hubbe, Rolf O. Associate Professor of Classical Languages
and Literature A.B, Hamilton College. 1947; A.M.. Princeton
University. 1950; Ph.D, 1950.
Huden, Daniel P. Associate Professor and Chairman, Social
Foundations of Education B.S , University of Vermont. 1954;
MA, Columbia Teachers College. 1958; Ed.D, 1967
Hudson, William Professor of Music 8 Mus , Philadelphia
Conservatory of Music. 1954. B.A . University of Pennsylvania,
1957; M.Mus, Yale School of Music. 1961
Huebner, Robert W. Associate Professor. Institute for Child
Study BS, Concordia Teachers College. 1957; MA. 1960;
Ph.D, University of Maryland. 1969.
Huheey, James E. Professor of Chemistry B.S, University of
Cincinnati. 1957, MS, 1959; Ph.D, University of Illinois, 1961.
Hult, Joan A. Associate Professor of Physical Education
B.S, Indiana University, 1954; M.Ed, University of North Caro-
lina, 1957; Ph.D, University of Southern California, 1967.
Hummel, James A. Professor of Mathematics and Statistics
B.S, California Institute of Technology. 1949; MA, Rice In-
stitute. 1953; Ph.D., 1955.
Humphrey, Fred Professor and Chairman of Recreation
B.A, Tarkio College. 1946. MA, University of Iowa. 1953;
Ph.D , Pennsylvania State University, 1973.
Humphrey, James H. Professor of Physical Education B.A,
Denison University. 1933; MA, Western Reserve University.
1946; Ed.D, Boston University. 1951.
Hunt, Edith J. Assistant Professor. Institute for Child Study
A.B, University of Redlands, 1954; MA, Fresno State College.
1964. Ed.D, University of Maryland. 1967.
Hunt, Janet Gibbs Associate Professor of Sociology B.A,
University of Redlands. 1962. MA. Indiana University. 1966;
Ph.D, 1973
Hunt, Larry L. Associate Professor of Sociology B.S, Ball
State University, 1961, MA, Indiana University, 1964; Ph.D,
1968.
Husman, Burris F. Professor and Chairman of Physical Edu-
cation B.S, University of Illinois. 1941. MS, 1948; Ed.D,
University of Maryland, 1954
Hynes Cecil V. Associate Professor of Business and Man-
agement B.A, Michigan State University, 1948, MA, 1949.
Ph.D, 1965
Igel, Regina Associate Professor of Spanish and Portuguese
B.A, Umversidade de Sao Paulo, 1 964. MA, University of Iowa.
1970; PhD, University of New Mexico, 1973.
Imberski, Richard B. Associate Professor of Zoology B.S .
University of Rochester. 1959; Ph.D, 1965
Ingling, Allen L. Assistant Professor, Veterinary Science
BSE E, University of Maryland. 1963; V.M.D, University of
Pennsylvania, 1969.
Koopman, Elizabeth Janssen 33
Ingraham, Barton L. Associate Prolessor and Acting Direc
tor. Institute of of Criminal Justice and Criminology A.B.. Hai
vard University. 1952; L.L.B . Harvard Law School, 1957,
MCnm, University of California, Berkeley, 1968; D Crim , 1972
Ingram, Anne G. Professor of Physical Education A.B, Urn
versity of North Carolina, 1944, MA. University of Georgia
1948. Ed.D. Columbia University, 1962
Inman, John C. Assistant Professor of Agronomy B S, Pres
bytenan College. 1973; MS, Purdue University. 1976. Ph.D.
1979.
Inouye, David W. Assistant Professor, Zoology B A
Swarthmore College. 1971, Ph.D.. University ot North Carolina,
1976.
Intrillgator. Barbara A. Visiting Assistant Professor ot Ad
ministration, Supervision, and Curriculum A B .. Syracuse Uni-
versity. 1962. M Ed, Tufts University, 1963, Ed.D., Boston
University, 1978
Irwin, George R. Professor of Mechanical Engineering A.B,
Knox College. 1930; M.S.. University of Illinois. 1933. PhD,
1937
Isaacs, Nell D. Prolessor of English A.B.. Dartmouth College,
1953, A.M. University of California. Berkeley. 1956. PhD,
Brown University. 1959.
Ishee, Sidney Professor of Agricultural and Resource Eco-
nomics B.S., Mississippi State College. 1950; MS. Pennsylva-
nia State University, 1952; Ph.D.. 1957.
Jachowski, Leo A., Jr. Professor of Zoology B.S., University
ot Michigan, 1941. MS, 1942; Sc.D., The Johns Hopkins
University. 1953.
Jacobs, Barry E. Assistant Professor of Computer Science
B S . Brooklyn College. 1969. M.S., New York University, 1971,
PhD., 1975
James, Edward F. Assistant Professor of English and Sec-
ondary Education B.A, University of Maryland. 1954. MA.
1955. PhD. Catholic University of America. 1969
Jamleson, Kathleen Associate Professor of Communication
Arts and Theatre B.A , Marquette University. 1967. MA, Univer-
sity of Wisconsin, 1968. PhD, 1972.
Janes, Robert W. Professor of Sociology A.B, University of
Chicago. 1938. MA. 1939, PhD. University of Illinois. 1942
Jantz, Richard K. Associate Professor of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education B.S, Indiana University at Fort Wayne.
1968. MS, 1970, Ed.D., Ball State University. 1972
Jaqufth, Richard H. Professor of Chemistry and Assistant
Vice-Chancellor for Academic AHairs B.S, University of Mas-
sachusetts. 1940; M.S., 1942. PhD, Michigan State University,
1955
Jarvis, Bruce B. Professor of Chemistry B.A, Ohio Wesley-
an University. 1963, Ph.D., University of Colorado. 1966
Jellema, Roderick H. Associate Professor of English B.A ,
Calvin College, 1951. PhD, University of Edinburgh, 1962
Johns, Elizabeth B. Associate Professor of Art B.A, Bir-
mingham-Southern College, 1959. MA, University of California,
Berkeley. 1965. PhD, Emory University. 1974.
Johnson, Arthur T. Assistant Professor, Agricultural Engi-
neering BS.A.E, Cornell University. 1964. MS. 1967; PhD,
1969
Johnson, Bruce H. Assistant Professor. Institute ot Criminal
Justice and Criminology A.B, Wheaton College, 1959, B.D,
Fuller Theological Seminary, 1962, MA . University of Illinois.
1968; PhD, 1973.
Johnson, Charles E. Associate Professor of Measurement
and Statistics B.A . University of Minnesota, 1957; Ph D . 1964
Johnson, Charles R. Associate Professor of Economics
B.A . Northwestern University. 1969. PhD, California Institute
of Technology. 1972
Johnson, Conrad D. Associate Professor ot Philosophy
A.B . Stanford University. 1965; AM. University of Michigan,
1966; PhD, 1969
Johnson, Elton L Associate Professor of Poultry Science
B.S A , Oklahoma State University. 1940, MS, Purdue Universi-
ty, 1942, PhD. 1948
Johnson, Janet Assistant Professor of Psychology A.B,
George Washington University, 1951. M A., 1956. Ph D . 1962
Johnson, Kerry A. Assistant Professor of Library and Infor-
mation Services A B , Gettysburg College, 1962, MS , Queens
College. 1967, Ph.D.. Syracuse University, 1976
Johnson, Martin L. Associate Professor of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education A A. Friendship Junior College, 1960,
B.S . Morris College. 1962. M Ed , University of Georgia, 1968.
EdD. 1971
Johnson, Raymond L. Associate, Professor of Mathematics
BA, University of Texas. 1963, PhD. Rice University, 1969
Johnson, Roy H. Professor of Music B.M, Eastman School
Of Music. 1959. MM. 1951. DM A , 1961
Johnson, Warren R. Professor of Health Education B A ,
University of Denver, 1942, MA. 1946; Ed.D, Boston Universi-
ty, 1950
Jolson, M.A. Professor of Business and Management 8 E E
George Washington University, 1949; MBA, University o
Chicago. 1965. DBA, University of Maryland. 1969
Jones, Everett Associate Professor of Aerospace Engineer
mg BA.E, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1965. MAE
1960; PhD, Stanford University. 1968
Jones, George F. Professor of Germanic and Slavic Lan
guages A.B . Emory University. 1938, M.A, Oxford University,
1943; PhD, Columbia University, 1951
Jones, G. Stephen Research Professor, Institute for Physi
cal Science and Technology A.B, Duke University, 1952; Navy
Certificate, Naval Postgraduate School. 1955, MS, University
of North Carolina, 1958, Ph.D.. University of Cincinnati. 1960
Jones, Jack C. Professor of Entomology B.S. Alabama
Polytechnic Institute, 1939; MS. 1947; PhD, Iowa State Uni-
versity, 1950
Kacser, Claude Associate Professor of Physics B.A, Oxford
University. 1955; MA, 1959; Ph.D.. 1959.
Kammeyer, Kenneth C.W. Professor and Chairman of Soci-
ology BA, University of Northern Iowa, 1953; M.A. State
University of Iowa, 1958; PhD, 1960.
Kanal, Laveen N. Professor of Computer Science B.S.E.E,
University of Washington, 1951; M.S. E.E, 1953; PhD, Universi-
ty of Pennsylvania, 1960.
Kantzes, James G. Professor of Botany B.S , University of
Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1954, PhD, 1957.
Karlander, Edward P. Associate Professor of Botany B.S,
University of Vermont, 1 960; MS, University of Maryland, 1 962,
PhD, 1964
Kasler, Franz J. Associate Professor of Chemistry PhD,
University of Vienna. 1959.
Katok, Anatoly Professor of Mathematics M.A, Moscow
State University, 1965; PhD, 1968.
Kaufman, Stuart B. Associate Professor of History B A
University of Florida. 1962; M.A, 1964; PhD, Emory University
1970.
Kavanagh, Joseph T. Assistant Professor, Department oi
Civil Engineering. B.S, University of Flonda, 1969. M.S. Univer
sity of Florida. 1972; University of Michigan. Ph.D. 1976
Kedem, Benjamin Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S.
Roosevelt University. 1968. MS. Carnegie-Mellon University,
1970. PhD, 1972.
Keeney, Mark Chairman, Nutritional Sciences and Professor
of Biochemistry and Dairy Science B.S, Pennsylvania State
University, 1942; M.S., Ohio State University. 1947; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University, 1950.
Kelejlan, Harry H. Professor of Economics B.A, Hofstra
College. 1962; MA, University of Wisconsin, 1965, PhD, 1968.
Keller, Paul F.G. Assistant Professor, College of Library
Science and Information Services B.S . Manfield State College.
1963; MS. Elmira College, 1967, PhD, Southern Illinois Uni-
versity. 1977.
Kelley, David L Professor of Physical Education A.B , San
Diego State College. 1957; MS, University of Southern Califor-
nia, 1958. PhD, 1962.
Kellogg, R. Bruce Research Professor, Institute for Physical
Science and Technology, and Mathematics B.S, Mas-
sachusetts Institute of Technology. 1952; MS, University of
Chicago. 1953. PhD, 1959
Kelly, R. Gordon Associate Professor of American Studies
BA, DePauw University. 1961, M.A, Claremont Graduate
School. 1962; Ph.D. University of Iowa, 1970.
Kelsay, June Adiunct Associate Professor of Food, Nutntion
and Institutional Administration B.S, North Texas State College,
1946. MS, 1947; PhD, University of Wisconsin, 1967
Kelsey, Roger R. Associate Professor of Administration,
Supervision and Curriculum B.A, Saint Olaf College, 1934;
M.A , University of Minnesota. 1940; Ed.D , George Peabody
College for Teachers. 1954.
Kenny, Shirley S. Professor of English and Provost, Ans and
Humanities BA, University ol Texas, 1955; M.A, University of
Minnesota. 1957, Ph.D.. University of Chicago. 1964
Kent, George O. Professor of History B.S, Columbia Univer-
sity, 1948; M.A, 1950, PhD, Oxford University. 1958
Kenworthy, William J. Assistant Professor. Agronomy B S ,
Purdue University, 1970, MS, North Carolina State University.
1972
Kerkham, Eleanor Assistant Professor of Oriental and He-
brew Languages BA. Pomona College. 1961, MA. Stanlord
University. 1963. Ph.D. Indiana University, 1974
Keriey, Ellis R. Professor and Chairman of Anthropology
B S . University of Kentucky, 1950. M S . University of Michigan.
1956; PhD, 1962.
Kern, Dona L. Assistant Professor of Animal Science B S ,
University of Maryland. 1965. MS, 1972, Ph.D, 1976
Kerr, Frank John Provost, Division of Mathematical and
Physical Sciences and Engmeenng and Professor of Astronomy
B S , University of Melbourne. 1938, MS , 1940. M.A , Harvard
University. 1951. D Sc, University of Melbourne. 1962
Kldd, Jerry S. Professor. College of Library and Information
Services B.S, Illinois Wesleyan University. 1950; M.A. North-
western University, 1954; Ph.D.. 1956,
Kim, Chul Assistant Professor of Computer Science B.S,
Seoul National University. 1963. MS , University ot Minnesota.
1971. PhD, 1975
Kim, Young S. Associate Professor of Physics B.S , Carne-
gie Institute ol Technology. 1958. Ph.D , Princeton University.
1961
King, Henry C. Assistant Professor, Mathematics A.B .
Brown University, 1969. Ph.D, University of California (Berke-
ley), 1974.
King, Nancy Rae Visiting Assistant Prolessor of Administra-
tion, Supervision, and Curriculum B.A, Antioch College. 1964,
M.Ed, Harvard University. 1965; Ph.D, University of Wisconsin.
1976
King, Raymond U Director, Food Science and Professor of
Dairy Science A.B, University of California, Berkeley. 1955.
PhD, 1958
King, William E., Jr. Assistant Professor, Chemical Engi-
neering B S, University of Pittsburgh, 1965; MS. Carnegie-
Mellon University, 1968.
Klnnalrd, John W. Professor of English BA, University of
California, Berkeley. 1944, M.A, Columbia University. 1949,
PhD, 1959
Kirk, James A. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineer-
ing B SEE , Ohio University. 1967. MS M E, Massachusetts
Institute of Technology. 1969; Sc.D, 1972.
Klrkley. Donald H., Jr. Associate Professor of Communica-
tion Arts and Theatre B.A , University ot Maryland. 1960. M.A,
1962, Ph.D, Ohio University. 1967.
Klrwan, William E. Professor and Chairman of Mathematics
A.B, University of Kentucky. 1960; M.S., Rutgers University.
1962; PhD. 1964
Klank. Richard E. Associate Professor of Art B A . Catholic
University. 1962, M FA.. 1964
Klarman, William L. Professor of Botany B.S . Eastern Il-
linois University, 1957. MS, University of Illinois. 1960; Ph.D,
1962
Klavon, Albert J. Assistant Professor of Agricultural and
Extension Education B.S , University of Maryland, 1968. MS,
1973; PhD, 1975
Kleiman, Devra Gail Adiunct Associate Professor of Zoology
B.S . University of Chicago, 1964. Ph D, University of London.
1969
Kleine, Don W. Associate Professor of English B A, Univer-
sity of Chicago. 1950. M.A, 1953. PhD. University of Michigan.
1961
Kleppner, Adam Professor of Mathematics B.S, Yale Uni-
versity. 1953. M A , University of Michigan. 1954, PhD, Harvard
University. 1960.
Knefelkamp. L Lee Associate Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services B.A, Macalester College. 1967, M A , Uni-
versity of Minnesota. 1973. Ph.D, 1974
Knifong, James Dan Assistant Professor of Elementary Ed-
ucation B S , Northern Illinois University, 1964. MS. University
of Illinois, 1968. PhD, 1971.
Knight, Robert E.L Associate Professor of Economics A.B,
Harvard University, 1948 Ph D , University of California. Berke-
ley, 1958
Kobayaskl, Takao Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering B.S, Nagoya institute of Technology. 1966. M.S.
Illinois Institute of Technology, 1969; Ph.D, 1972
Koch, E. James Visiting Lecturer m Horticulture B.S, Iowa
State University, 1947, MS, North Carolina State Unrversity,
1949
Koehl, Dorothy Assistant Professor of Business and Man-
agement B.S, Purdue University, 1952. MBA, Ohio Stale
University. 1975; Ph.D, 1978.
Kohl, Frances L. Assistant Professor of Special Education
B S . University of Wisconsin, 1973, M Ed . Temple University.
1975, Ph D , University of Illinois. 1979
Kolker, Robert P. Associate Professor of Communicabon
Arts and Theatre BA, Queens College. 1962. M A, Syracuse
University. 1964. PhD. Columbia University. 1969
Konan, Mildred A.M. Research Associate. Agricultural and
Extension Education B Sc . University of Toronto. 1964, M S .
Cornell University. 1967. PhD. 1971
Kolodny. Richard Associate Professor of Business and
Management B S . B.A , Northwestern University. 1965, MB A,
New York University, 1967. PhD. 1972
Koopman, David W. Research Professor. Institute for FKikJ
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics B A . Amherst College.
1957. MS, Unrversity of Michigan. 1959, PhD. 1964
Koopman, Elizabeth Janssen Associate Professor ol
Human Development Education A.B, University of Michigan,
1960. MA. 1963. PhD, University of Maryland. 1973
34 Korenman, Victor
Korenman, Victor Prolessor of Physics B A.. Princeton Uni-
versity, 1958. MA. Harvard University. 1959; Ph.D. 1966.
Kotz, Samuel Prolessor ol Business and Management
M.Sc, Hebrew University. 1956; Ph.D.. Cornell University, 1960
Koury, Enver M. Associate Prolessor ol Government and
Politics B.A . George Washington University, 1 953; Ph.D.. Amer-
ican University. 1958
Kramer, Amlhud Prolessor of Horticulture B.S.. University ot
Maryland. 1938. M.S., 1939; Ph.D., 1942
Kramer, George F. Prolessor of Physical Education B.S.,
University of Maryland. 1 953; MA , 1 956; Ph.D.. Louisiana State
University. 1967.
Krisher. Lawrence C. Prolessor. Institute lor Physical Sci-
ence and Technology A B , Syracuse University, 1955, A M .
Harvard University. 1957; Ph.D.. 1959
Krusberg, Lorln R. Professor ol Botany B.S , University ol
Delaware. 1954. M.S., North Carolina State College. 1956;
Ph.D.. 1959.
Krushenlck, Nicholas Assistant Prolessor of Art Art Stu-
dents League. 1950. Hans Hofmann School. 1951
Kudla, Stephen S. Assistant Prolessor of Mathematics B.A..
Harvard University. 1972; M.A.. State University of New York at
Stony Brook. 1971, PhD. 1975
Kuehl, Phillip G. Associate Prolessor ol Business and Man-
agement BBS Miami University. 1965. M.B.A.. Ohio State
University, 1967, Ph.D. 1970.
Kuenzel, Wayne J. Associate Prolessor ol Poultry Science
B S , Bucknell University. 1964, M.S., 1966; Ph D„ University of
Georgia, 1969
Kumar, Parmeswar C. Assistant Prolessor ol Business and
Management B Sc , University ol Bombay. 1956; M.S., Universi-
ty of Banda, 1960. D B.Sa . University of Madras, 1971; Ph.D..
Pennsylvania State University. 1975.
Kundt, John F. Associate Professor ol Horticulture B.S.F .
Wesl Virginia University. 1952; Ph.D., North Carolina State
University. 1972.
Kundu. Mukul R. Professor of Astronomy B.Sc, Calcutta
University. 1949. M.Sc. 1951. D.Sc. University of Pans, 1957.
Kunkle, William E. Assistant Prolessor of Animal Science
B.S.. Ohio State University, 1970; M.S., 1970; Ph.D.. 1974.
Kuss, Frederick R. Associate Professor of Animal Science
B.S. Ohio State University. 1970. MS. 1970. PhD. 1974
Kuss, Frederick R. Associate Professor, Recreation B.S..
University of New Hampshire. 1948. M S . 1950; Ph.D.. Cornell
University. 1968.
Kyle, David G. Associate Professor, Institute for Child Study
B.A.. University ol Denver. 1952; M.A.. 1953; Ed.D.. University
ol Maryland. 1961
Lachler, Ulrlch Assistant Prolessor of Economics B.A.,
Brown University. 1972. Ml. A.. Columbia University, 1974; M.
Phil . 1977, Ph D. 1979.
Lakshmanan. Sitarama Associate Prolessor ol Biochemis-
try B.Sc. University of Annamalai, 1946; M.A., 1949; Ph.D..
University of Maryland. 1954.
Lamone. Rudolph P. Professor and Dean of the College of
Business and Management B.S . University of North Carolina,
1960. Ph.D., 1966
Lampe, John R. Professor ol History B A , Harvard Universi-
ty. 1957; M.A.. University of Minnesota, 1964, Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin, 1971,
Landry, L. Bartholomew Assistant Prolessor of Sociology
A.A.. St. Michael's Seminary. 1959; B.A. 1961. B A.. Xavier
University, 1966. PhD.. Columbia University. 1971
Lanning. Eldon W. Assistant Prolessor of Governmment
and Politics B S . Northwestern University, 1960; Ph.D.. Univer-
sity ot Virginia. 1965.
Lapinski, Tadeusz A. Associate Professor of Art M.F A.,
Academy ol Fine Arts (Poland). 1955
Larkln, Willard D. Associate Prolessor of Psychology B S .
University of Michigan. 1959; M A . University of Pennsylvania.
1963; Ph.D.. University ol Illinois. 1967
Lashinsky, Herbert Research Prolessor. Institute for Physi-
cal Science and Technology B.Sc. City College of New York.
1950; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1961
Lawrence, Richard E. Associate Professor of Counseling
and Personnel Services B.S.. Michigan State University, 1955.
M.A., 1957; Ph.D.. 1965.
Lawrence, Robert G. Associate Professor, Agricultural and
Resource Economics B Sc . University ol Oklahoma, 1957;
MBA. 1960; Ph.D.. Texas ASM University. 1970.
Lawson. Lewis A. Professor of English B.S., East Tennes-
see State College. 1957. MS. 1959; PhD.. University ol
Wisconsin. 1964
Lawson, Thomas B. Ill, Assistant Prolessor ol Agricultural
Engineering BS, Louisiana Slate University. 1967; M.S., 1973;
Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 1978
Lay, David D. Professor ot Mathematics B.A . Aurora Col-
lege. 1962; MA.. University ol California. Los Angeles, 1965;
Ph.D.. 1966
Layman, John W. Associate Prolessor ol Secondary Educa-
tion and Physics B A.. Park College, 1955. M S . Temple Univer-
sity. 1962; Ed.D., Oklahoma Stale University, 1970.
Lee, Chi H. Professor of Electrical Engineering BS. National
Taiwan University. 1959. M.S.. Harvard University. 1962; Ph.D..
1968
Lee, Richard C. Assistant Prolessor ol Early Childhood/Ele-
mentary Education and Special Education B.S . University ol
Wisconsin, 1973; M.S.. 1974; Ph.D., University ol Illinois. 1978
Lee, Yee-Chun Professor of Physics. B.S.. National Taiwan
University. 1966, Ph.D.. Dartmouth College. 1970.
Leedy, Charlotte A. Assistant Prolessor ol Recreation B.S..
University ot Maryland, 1960. MA. 1966; Ed D. Temple Univer-
sity. 1975.
Leete. Burt A. Associate Professor of Business and Man-
agement B.S.. Juniata College. 1962, MBA, University of
Maryland. 1964; J.D, American University. 1969
Letlel, Emory C. Professor of Animal Science B S , Universi-
ty ol Maryland, 1943; M.S.. 1947; Ph.D., 1953
Legg, Joseph O. Adjunct Prolessor of Agronomy B.S., Uni-
versity of Arkansas, 1950. M.S. 1951. Ph.D.. University ol
Maryland, 1957
Lehner, Guydo R. Prolessor ol Mathematics BS, Loyola
University. 1951; M.S. University of Wisconsin. 1953. Ph.D.
1958
Lembach, John Professor of Education and Art B.A.. Univer-
sity of Chicago. 1934, M.A.. Northwestern University. 1937;
Ed.D.. Columbia University, 1946.
Lengemann, Joseph J. Associate Professor ol Sociology
A.8 , University of Notre Dame, 1958; M.A., 1964, Ph.D. Cornell
University. 1969.
Lenz, Sharon M. Assistant Professor of Secondary Educa-
tion and Music B.M.E , Northwestern University. 1968; MM,
1970; Ed.D., University ol Illinois. 1978.
Leonard, Mary Margaret Associate Prolessor of Counseling
and Personnel Services B.S., R.N., Boston College, 1968; M.A.,
University ol Minnesota. 1970; Ph.D. 1974
Leone, Mark P. Associate Prolessor ol Anthropology A.B..
Tufts University, 1963; M.A., University of Arizona, 1965; Ph.D..
1968
Leong, David S. Assistant Prolessor. Department of Com-
munication Arts and Theatre B.A University of New Hampshire,
1973; M.F. A. University ol North Carolina, Greensboro. 1975
Lesher, James H. Associate Professor of Philosophy B.A..
University of Virginia. 1962; PhD.. University of Rochester.
1966.
Lessley, Billy V. Prolessor and Acting Chairman, Agricultural
and Resource Economics BS, University of Arkansas, 1957;
M.S.. 1960; PhD , University of Missouri, 1965
Levlne, Charles H. Associate Professor of Urban Studies
B.S , University of Connecticut. 1964. M B.A., Indiana Universi-
ty. 1966; M.P.A., 1968, Ph.D.. 1971.
Levlne, Marvin J. Professor, Business and Management
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1952; J.D, 1954, M.A.. 1959;
Ph.D.. 1964,
Levlne, Vlcki Choy Assistant Prolessor of Philosophy B.A.,
Western College. 1 968. Ph.D.. University of Pennsylvania. 1 977.
Levlne, William S. Associate Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering BS. Massachusetts Institute ol Technology. 1962
M.S.. 1965. Ph.D.. 1969.
Levinson. Jerrold Assistant Professor of Philosophy 8S.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1969, Ph.D., University
of Michigan, 1974.
Levinson, John Z. Professor of Psychology B.A.. University
ol Toronto. 1939; M.A., 1940; Ph.D., 1948.
Levltan, Herbert Associate Prolessor ol Zoology B.E.E..
Cornell University. 1962; Ph.D. 1965
Levltine, George Professor of Art B.A., University of Pans,
1938; MA. Boston University, 1946. Ph.D.. Harvard University,
1952
Leviton, Daniel Professor ol Health Education BS, George
Washington University. 1953. M.S.. Springfield College. 1956.
Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1967.
Levy, Mark R. Associate Professor of Journalism B.A.. Johns
Hopkins University. 1964; M.A., Rutgers University, 1965,
M Phil , Columbia University. 1975, Ph.D. 1977
Li, Peter W. Assistant Prolessor of Mathematics B A., Cali-
fornia State University. 1974, M.A., University of California at
Berkeley, 1977; Ph.D. 1979.
Libby, Ellen Weber Assistant Prolessor ol Counseling and
Personnel Services B.A., George Washington University. 1967;
MA. 1970; Ph.D. University ol Maryland. 1977
Llesener. James W. Professor. College ol Library and Infor-
mation Services B A., Wartburg College, 1955. MA. University
of Northern Indiana. 1960, AMIS. University ol Michigan.
1962. Ph.D., 1967
Llgomenides, Panos A. Professor of Electrical Engineering
Diploma, University Ot Athens. 1951; Gr Spec D„ 1952, M S .
Slanlord University. 1956; Ph.D.. 1958
Lin, Hung Chang Professor ol Electrical Engineering B.S.,
Chiao-Tung University. 1941. MSE. University ol Michigan.
1948; DEE. Polytechnic Institute ol Brooklyn, 1956.
Llnder, Harris J. Associate Prolessor ol Zoology B.S.. Long
Island University. 1951. M.S.. Cornell University. 1955. Ph D„
1958.
Lindsay, Rao H. Associate Prolessor. Social Foundations of
Education B.A. Brigham Young University. 1954; MA.. 1958;
MA.. University ot Michigan. 1963. Ph.D.. 1964.
Llnduska, James J. Assistant Professor of Entomology B.S..
University ol Maryland. 1965. MS. 1968; Ph.D.. 1973.
Link, Conrad B. Professor of Horticulture BS, Ohio State
University, 1933; M.S.. 1934; Ph.D., 1940
Llnkow, Irving Associate Professor of Communication Arts
and Theatre B A.. University ol Denver. 1937. M.A., 1938
Lipsman, Ronald L. Professor ot Mathematics B.S . City
College ol New York. 1964; Ph.D.. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1967
Llssltz, Robert W. Professor and Chairman of Measurement
and Statistics B.A., Northwestern University. 1963; Ph.D.. Syra-
cuse University. 1969
Liu, Chuan Shen Prolessor. Physics and Astronomy Tunghai
University (Taiwan), 1960; M.A., University of California (Berke-
ley), 1964; PhD., 1968.
Liu, Tai-PIng, Associate Prolessor ol Mathematics B.S.. Na-
tional Taiwan University. 1968. M.S.. Oregon State University.
1970; Ph.D. University ot Michigan, 1973.
Lockard, J. David Professor ot Secondary Education and
Prolessor ol Botany B S.. Pennsylvania State University, 1951;
MEd., 1955; PhD.. 1962.
Locke, Edwin A. Professor ol Business and Management
and Psychology B A, Harvard University. 1960, MA. Cornell
University. 1962; Ph.D.. 1964
Loeb, Stephen E. Professor of Business and Management
BS. University ol Pennsylvania. 1961; M.B.A.. University of
Wisconsin, 1963; PhD.. 1970.
Longest, James W. Professor of Agricultural and Extension
Education B.S.. University of Illinois, 1951; M.S., 1953; Ph.D.,
Cornell University. 1957
Longley, Edward L. Jr. Associate Professor of Secondary
Education B.A . University ol Maryland, 1950; MA.. Columbia
University. 1953; Ed.D . Pennsylvania State University. 1967.
Lopez-Escobar. Edgar G. Professor of Mathematics B.A..
University ol Cambridge, 1958, M.A.. University ol California.
Berkeley. 1961; Ph.D. 1965
Lounsbury. Myron O. Associate Professor and Chairman of
American Studies B A . Duke University. 1961; M.A.. University
of Pennsylvania, 1962; Ph D„ 1966.
Love, Nancy Kate. Assistant Prolessor of Zoology B.A.,
Vanderbilt University. 1967. MS. University of Alabama. 1970,
Ph.D.. Baylor College of Medicine, 1975.
Luetkemeyer. Joseph F. Professor of Industrial Education
BS., University ol Wisconsin, Stout. 1953; M.S.. 1954; Ed.D..
University ol Illinois. 1961.
Lutwack, Leonard I. Professor of English B.A,. Weselyan
University. 1939. MA. 1940; PhD . Ohio State University. 1950.
Lynch, James B., Jr. Professor of Art A B.. Harvard Universi-
ty, 1941; A.M.. 1947; Ph.D., 1960.
Lynn. Jeffrey W. Associate Professor. Physics and Astrono-
my B.S.. Georgia Institute of Technology. 1969; M.S., 1970;
Ph.D., 1974
MacBaln, William. Prolessor, French and Italian Language
and Literature MA.. University of Saint Andrews, 1952; Ph.D..
1955.
MacDonald, William M. Professor Physics B.A.. University of
Pittsburgh. 1950; Ph.D., Princeton. University. 1955
Mack, Maynard, Jr. Associate Prolessor ol English B A Yale
University, 1964, PhD, 1969
Macklin. Eleanor D. Assistant Prolessor. Family and Com-
munity Development B A., Oberlm College. 1954; M.A.. Cornell
University. 1959; PhD., 1973
Macleod, Anne S. Associate Prolessor of Library and Infor-
mation Services B A., University of Chicago. 1948; M.L.S.,
University of Maryland. 1966. PhD, 1973.
MacQuillan, Anthony M. Associate Professor of Micro-
biology B.S.A., University ol British Columbia, 1956, MS. 1958;
PhD. University of Wisconsin, 1962
MacReady. George B. Associate Prolessor ot Measure-
ments and Statistics B.A., Willamette University. 1965; M.A.,
University ol Oregon. 1967; Ph.D. University ol Minnesota.
1972
Madison, John P. Assistant Professor, Early Childhood. Ele-
mentary Education BS., State University College of New York
(Geneseo), 1962, M.S., 1965; Ed.D . University of Illinois. 1972.
Miller, Gerald Ray 35
Magoon, Thomas M. Professor of Psychology and Counsel-
ing and Personnel Services, Director. Counseling Center B.A,
Dartmouth College, 1947, MA , University of Minnesota, 1951,
Ph.D., 1954.
Malda, Peter R. Associate Professor of Criminal Justice and
Criminology BA. St. Vincent College. 1960, M.A, Fordham
University, 1962. Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State University. 1969.
Majeska, George P. Associate Professor of History A.B..
Brooklyn College, 1961. MA. Indiana University. 1964. Ph.D..
1968
Majeskle, J. Lee. Assistant Professor. Dairy Science B S,
University of Wisconsin, 1964, MS. 1966; Ph.D.. Kansas State
University. 1970.
Male. George A. Professor. Social Foundations of Education
B.A.. University of Michigan. 1948. MA. 1949; Ph.D.. 1952.
Maley, Donald Prolessor and Chairman of Industrial Educa-
tion B S, California State College of Pennsylvania, 1943, MA,
University of Maryland. 1947. Ph.D. 1949
Malouf. David B. Assistant Professor ot Special Education
B.A.. University of Utah. 1968. M Ed, 1970, Ph.D.. University ol
Oregon, 1976.
Mans. Darius H. Assistant Professor of Economics A.B.,
Wayne State University, 1971, Ph D , Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1979
Manspeaker, Joe F. Assistant Professor ot Veterinary Sci-
ence V M.D . University of Pennsylvania. 1952.
Marando, Vincent L. Associate Prolessor. Acting Director.
Institute for Urban Studies B.S.. State University College. Bufta-
lo. 1960; M.A., Michigan State University, 1964, Ph.D.. 1967.
Marcinkowski, M. John. Professor of Mechanical Engineer-
ing. Engineering Material B.S , University of Maryland, 1953;
M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1955, Ph.D., 1959.
Marcus, Robert F. Associate Professor of Human Develop-
ment Education B A , Montclair State College, 1965, MA, New
York University, 1967. Ph.D. Pennsylvania State University,
1973
Mariano. Patrick S. Professor of Chemistry B.S, Fairleigh
Dickinson University, 1964; PhD. University of Wisconsin.
1969.
Marlon, Jerry B. Professor of Physics BA, Reed College.
1952. MS. Rice University. 1953. PhD.. 1955.
Markley, Nelson G. Professor of Mathematics and Statistics
B.A, Lalayette College, 1962. MA, Yale University. 1964;
Ph.D. 1966
Marks, Colin H. Professor of Mechanical Engineering B.S ,
Carnegie Institute of Technology. 1956. M.S., 1957, Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1965
Marquardt. Warren W. Associate Professor of Veterinary
Science B.S, University of Minnesota. 1959; D V M.. 1961;
Ph D . 1970
Marra-Lopez, Jose R. Prolessor of Spanish BA, Nra. Sra.
del Pilar. 1949; MA,, University of Madrid. 1959
Marrls, Robert L. Professor of Economics BA, Cambridge
University. 1947, Sc.D , 1968
Martin. James G. Professor of Psychology B S . University of
North Dakota. 1951. MA. University of Minnesota. 1958; Ph.D..
1960.
Martin, L-, John Professor and Acting Dean of the College of
Journalism BA. American University of Cairo, 1947; M.A.
University of Minnesota. 1951. Ph.D., 1955.
Martin, Raymond F. Associate Professor of Philosophy B.A,
Ohio State University. 1962; MA.. 1964; Ph.D. University of
Rochester, 1968.
Martlndale, Melanie A. Assistant Professor ot Sociology
B.A, University ol Texas at Austin, 1967, MA., Stanford Univer-
sity. 1975; Ph.D.. University ot Texas at Austin, 1979
Marx, George L. Professor and Chairman of Counseling and
Personnel Services BA, Yankton College. 1953. MA. State
University ot Iowa. 1958. Ph D , State University of Iowa. 1959
Mason, Glenn M. Assistant Professor ol Physics B.A , Har-
vard University, 1965. M.S., University of Chicago. 1967, PhD ,
1971
Mass, Clifford Assistant Professor ol Meteorology B.S., Cor-
nell University, 1974. Ph.D., University ol Washington. 1978
Mather, Ian H. Assistant Professor of Dairy Science B.Sc,
University College ol North Wales, 1966. PhD., 1969.
Mathers. James P. Assistant Prolessor of Chemical and
Nuclear Engineering B.S . Alfred University, 1970; M S , North
Carolina State University. 1974. PhD. 1975
Matosslan, Mary K. Associate Professor ol History BA,
Stanford University, 1951; MA, American University of Beirut,
1952, PhD, Stanford University. 1955
Matteson, Richard L. Associate Professor. Institute for Child
Study BA, Knox College 1952; M.A, University ol Maryland,
1955, Ed.D, 1962.
Matthews, David L. Research Associate Professor, Institute
for Physical Science and Technology B S . Queens University,
1949; PhD, Princeton University, 1959
Matthews, Thomas A. Associate Professor ol Astronomy
B.A.. University ol Toronto. 1950; M.S. Case Institute ol Tech-
nology. 1951. PhD. Harvard University. 1956.
Mattlck, Joseph F. Professor ot Dairy Science B S , Pennsyl-
vania State University, 1942. PhD, 1950.
Mayer-Sommer, Alan P. Assistant Prolessor ol Business
and Management B.A, Columbia University. 1963. MBA.
Harvard University. 1965, MP A. Georgia State University.
1974, PhD.. 1976.
Mayes, Sharon S. Assistant Professor of Sociology B A ,
Michigan State University, 1970. M Phil , Yale University. 1972;
Ph.D., 1974
Mayo, Marlene J. Associate Professor of History B.A..
Wayne University, 1954; MA.. Columbia University. 1957.
Ph.D. 1961
Mazzocchl, Paul H. Prolessor ol Chemistry, BS , Queens
College. 1961. Ph.D.. Fordham University. 1966
McArdle, James V. Assistant Professor of Chemistry Sc.B .
Brown University. 1972, Ph.D.. California Institute ol Technolo-
gy. 1975
McCaleb, Joseph Lee Assistant Professor of Secondary
Education BA., Abilene Christian College, 1969. M Ed . Univer-
sity ol Texas. 1973. PhD. 1976
McCall, Gerald N. Professor and Chairman of Hearing and
Speech Sciences BS. Florida State University. 1959. MA,
Northwestern University. 1962, Ph.D.. 1964
McCarrlck. Earleen M. Assistant Prolessor ol Government
and Politics B A , Louisiana State University. 1953, MA, 1955;
PhD., Vanderbilt University. 1964.
McCarthy, Michael Assistant Prolessor of American Studies
A.B., Boston College, 1964; M.A.. University of Minnesota.
1972; Ph.D., 1975.
McCleary, Robert F. Assistant Professor of Communication
Arts and Theatre B A . University of Maryland. 1965, M.A, 1967;
Ph D . Ohio University, 1978.
McClure, L. Morris Professor of Administration. Supervision
and Curriculum BA, Western Michigan University. 1940. M A..
University of Michigan. 1946. Ed.D, Michigan University, 1953
McClurg, Charles A. Associate Prolessor of Horticulture
B.S, Iowa State University, 1966. M.S. Pennsylvania State
University, 1968; PhD, 1970.
McConnell. Kenneth E. Associate Professor of Agricultural
and Resource Economics B.A, University of Florida. 1964,
MA., 1966, Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1973.
McCrank, Lawrence J. Assistant Prolessor of Library and
Information Services BA, Moorshead State University, 1967,
M.A, University of Kansas. 1970; M.L.S . University of Oregon
1976. Ph.D.. University of Virginia. 1974
McCuen, Richard H. Professor of Civil Engineering BS.
Carnegie-Mellon University, 1967; MS, Georgia Institute ol
Technology, 1969. PhD. 1971.
McCusker. John J. Assistant Professor of History BA. St
Bernard's College, 1961, MA, University of Rochester. 1963
PhD , University of Pittsburgh. 1970
McDonald, Frank B. Adiunct Professor of Physics BS, Duke
University. 1948; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1952, Ph.D..
1955.
McDonald, James Assistant Professor of Music B M,
Morningside College, 1962; M.A, University ol Iowa, 1964.
DMA, 1974.
McElreath, Mark P. Assistant Prolessor. College of Journal-
ism, B.A, University ol Houston, 1969; M.A, University of
Wisconsin, 1972; PhD, 1975.
McGuire, Martin Professor of Economics B.A, Oxford Uni-
versity. 1958. Ph.D., Harvard University, 1964.
Mcllrath. Thomas J. Associate Prolessor ol Physics and
Institute lor Physical Science and Technology B S . Michigan
State University. 1960. PhD, 1966.
Mclntlre. Roger W. Professor of Psychology B.A, North-
western University. 1958; MA, Louisiana State University,
1960, PhD, 1962.
Mcintosh, Maria S. Assistant Professor of Agronomy B S ,
University of Illinois, 1974; M.S., 1976; PhD, 1978.
Mclntyre, Jennie J. Associate Professor ot Sociology BA .
Howard College, 1960; M.S.. Florida State College. 1962; Ph D .
1966
McKay, Janet Holmgren Assistant Professor ol English
BA, Oakland University, 1968, MA, Princeton University.
1971, PhD, 1974
McKee. Claude G. Prolessor ol Agronomy B S , University ol
Maryland. 1951. MS. 1955; PhD. 1959.
McKenzle, Douglas G. Assistant Prolessor ol Criminology
and Criminal Justice B.S, Michigan State University, 1968,
M.A, 1970. PhD. 1977
McLoone, Eugene P. Associate Professor of Administration,
Supervision and Curriculum and Economics BA, LaSalle Col-
lege, 1951; M.S., University of Denver. 1952; Ph.D.. University
ot Illinois. 1961.
McMullan. Yvonne D. Assistant Professor ol Counseling &
Personnel Services B A, Emory University, 1969; M Ed, Geor-
gia State University. 1970, Ph.D. 1973
McNelly, Charles H. Assistant Prolessor ol Special Educa-
tion B.A. Earlham College. 1964. M.A, Ohio State University.
1966, Ph.D.. University ol Michigan. 1973
McNelly. Theodore H. Prolessor of Government and Politics
B.S, University ol Wisconsin, 1941. M A 1942; Ph.D., Colum-
bia University. 1952
McNesby, James Professor and Chairman ol Chemistry
B S , Ohio University. 1943. Ph D, New York University. 1951
McNIcol, Lore A. Assistant Prolessor ol Microbiology BA ,
University of Montana, 1965, PhD , Boston University Medical
School. 1968
McWhlnnle. Harold J. Lecture in Applied Design and Crafts
and Associate Professor of Secondary Education B.A.E, Art
Institute of Chicago. 1953. M F A , University of Chicago, 1957,
Ed.D, Stanford University. 1965
Medvene, Arnold Associate Prolessor ol Counseling and
Personnel Services and Counselor. Counseling Center BS
Temple University. 1959; M E, 1963; Ed.D, University of Kan-
sas. 1968
Meeker. Barbara F. Associate Professor of Sociology BA,
University of Kansas, 1961. M.A, Stanford University. 1963;
PhD. 1966
Meersman, Roger L Professor of Communication Arts and
Theatre B.A, St Ambrose College. 1952; M.A, University ot
Illinois, 1959; PhD, 1962
Mehl, Jane Assistant Professor of German and Slavic Lan-
guages and Literature BA , Douglas College, 1967. MA, Mid-
dleburg College. 1968; Ph.D., State University of New York,
1974
Meljer, Marianne S. Associate Professor of French and
Italian Baccalaureat de L'Enseignement Secondaire Francais,
1944, Candidaats Romaanse Taal-en Lifterkrunde, Leiden,
1948, MA, Catholic University. 1960, PhD. 1972
Meisinger, John Joseph Adjunct Assistant Professor ot
Agronomy BS. Iowa State University. 1967. PhD, Cornell
University. 1976
Mellors, William K. Assistant Prolessor ol Entomology B S .
Yale University. 1973. MS, Cornell University, 1977, PhD,
1979
Melnlk, Walter l_ Professor of Aerospace Engmeenng B S,
University of Minnesota. 1951, M.S. 1953. Ph.D. 1964
Menzer, Robert E. Professor of Entomology and Acting
Dean for Graduate Studies B.S, University ot Pennsylvania.
1960. M.S., University of Maryland. 1962; PhD, University ol
Wisconsin, 1964.
Merkowltz, David Lecturer ol Journalism BA. New York
University. 1963. PhD, University ol Michigan. 1971.
Merrill, John C. Prolessor ol Journalism BA, Mississippi
Delta State University. 1949; MA. Louisiana State University.
1950; PhD, University ol Iowa, 1962; M.A. University ol
Missouri. 1976
Messersmlth, Donald H. Prolessor ol Entomology B.Ed,
University ot Toledo. 1951. MS. University of Michigan, 1953.
PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1962.
Metcalf, John T. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering BS, United States Naval Academy, 1949; M S , Mas-
sachusetts Institute of Technology. 1957; Ph D, Catholic Uni-
versity, 1974
Meyer, Paul A. Associate Professor of Economics BA, The
Johns Hopkins University. 1961. MA, Stanford University.
1963; PhD, 1966.
Mletus, Walter S. Associate Professor of Industnal Educa-
tion B S . Chicago State University. 1957, M Ed , 1959; Ed D,
Loyola University. 1966
Mlgnerey. Alice C. Assistant Professor of Chemistry BS .
University of Rochester. 1971. MS. 1973. PhD. 1975.
Mikulskl, Plotr W. Professor of Mathematics Diploma. Mam
School ol Planning and Statistics, Warsaw, 1951, Master's,
1952; Ph.D., University of California. 1962
Mllhollan, Frank Associate Professor. Institute For Child
Study B A . Colorado College. 1949. MPS. University of Colo-
rado. 1951. PhD . Universty of Nebraska. 1966
Miller, Catherine M. Associate Professor ot Health Educa-
tion BS. Illinois State University. 1956 MA . Colorado State
College, 1959. PhD. Ohio State University. 1967
Miller, Douglas R. Adiunct Associate Professor of Entomolo-
gy B S . University ol California. Davis. 1964; MS. 1965; PhD ,
1969
Miller, Frederick P. Professor. Agronomy B.S, Ohio State
University. 1958. MS. 1961. PhD. 1965
Miller, Gerald Ray Associate Professor ol Chemistry B S .
University ot Wisconsin. 1958, MS , Unrversity ot Illinois. 1960.
PhD. 1962
36 Miller, James R.
Miller, James R. Professor and Chairman of Agronomy B.S,
University of Maryland. 1951; M.S., 1953; Ph.D. 1956
Miller, Mary R. Associate Professor of English B A., Universi-
ty of Iowa, 1941; MA, University of Denver, 1959. Ph.D.,
Georgetown University, 1969
Mills, David H. Professor of Psychology and Assistant Direc-
tor. Counseling Center B.S.. towa State University. 1955; M.S..
1957; Ph.D.. Michigan State University. 1964.
Mills, Judson R. Professor of Psychology B.S.. University of
Wisconsin. 1953; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1958.
Minker, Jack Professor of Computer Science B.A, Brooklyn
College. 1949; M.S., University of Wisconsin 1950, Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania. 1959.
Minor, W. William Assistant Professor, Institute of Criminal
Justice and Criminology B.S., Michigan State University, 1966;
M.S. Florida State University. 1973; Ph.D.. 1975.
Mintz, Lawrence E. Associate Professor of American Stu-
dies B A., University of South Carolina. 1966; MA, Michigan
State University. 1967; Ph.D., 1969.
Mintz, Yale Visiting Research Professor of Meteorology B.A.,
Dartmouth College, 1937, M.S., Columbia University. 1942;
Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles. 1949.
Mish, Charles C. Professor of English B.S , University of
Pennsylvania. 1936; M.A, 1946; Ph.D.. 1951.
Misner, Charles W. Professor of Physics B.S, University of
Notre Dame. 1952; M.A., Princeton University, 1954. Ph.D.,
1957.
Mitchell, Robert D. Associate Professor of Geography M.A,
University of Glasgow, 1962; Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin,
1969
Mityga, Henry G. Assistant Professor of Horticulture B.S ,
Cornell University. 1966, M S , Purdue University. 1969. Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1976
Mohanty, Sashi B. Professor of Veterinary Science B.V Sc
& AH., Bihan University, India, 1956; M.S., University of Mary-
land. 1961; PhD.. 1963
Montero, Darrel M. Assistant Professor of Urban Studies
B.A . California State University. 1970; MA, 1972; Ph.D.. 1974
Montgomery, William Associate Professor of Music B.M.E.,
Cornell College of Iowa, 1953; M.M.. Catholic University of
America. 1957, Ph.D., 1972.
Moore, John H., Jr. Professor of Chemistry B.S., Carnegie
Institute of Technology, 1963, MS. Johns Hopkins University,
1965. Ph.D.. 1967
Moore, John R. Professor of Agricultural and Resources
Economics BS. Ohio State University. 1951. M.S., Cornell
University, 1955; Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin, 1959.
Moran, John P., Ml Assistant Professor of Communication
Arts and Theatre B S, Villanova University, 1973; MA . Temple
University, 1977, Ph.D.. 1979.
Morgan, H. Gerthon Professor and Chairman, Institute for
Child Study B.A., Furman University, 1940; M.A., University of
Chicago, 1943. Ph.D.. 1946.
Morris, Alfred E., Jr. Assistant Professor, Physical Educa-
tion B.A, University of Massachusetts, 1964; MA, University of
Maryland, 1966; PhD., University of Massachusetts. 1976.
Morris, Louis Allen Assistant Professor of Textiles and
Consumer Economics B.A, Boston University. 1968; M.A, New
School for Social Research, 1971; Ph.D.. Tulane University.
1974.
Morrison, Keith A. Professor of Art B.F.A.. Art Institute of
Chicago. 1963. M.F.A., 1965.
Morton, Eugene S. Assistant Professor of Zoology B.S .
Demson University, 1962. MS., Yale University. 1966; Ph.D.
1969.
Moser, Phylis B. Assistant Professor of Food. Nutrition, and
Institutional Administration B.S , University of Maryland, 1969.
M.S., 1973. PhD, 1976.
Moss, Alfred A., Jr. Assistant Professor of History B.A.. Lake
Forest College, 1965; M.Div, Episcopal Divinity School, 1968;
M.A, University of Chicago. 1972. Ph.D., 1977.
Moss, Lawrence K. Professor of Music B.A, University of
California. Los Angeles. 1949. MA,, University of Rochester.
1951. Ph.D.. University of Southern California, 1957
Motta, Jerome F. Associate Professor of Botany B.A, San
Francisco State College. 1959. MA . 1964. Ph.D.. University of
California. 1968
Mueller, Dennis C. Professor of Economics B.S., Colorado
College. 1962; Ph.D. Pnnceton University. 1966
Mulchi, Charles L. Associate Professor of Agronomy B.S,
North Carolina State University. 1964, M.S., 1966; Ph.D., 1970.
Munno, Frank J. Professor of Chemical Engineering. Direc-
tor, Nuclear Engineering B.S . Waynesburg College. 1957; MS,
University of Florida. 1962; PhD. 1964
Munson, Karl F. Lecturer in Recreation BS, University of
Illinois, 1950; M.S., Indiana University, 1954; Ph.D., University of
Illinois, 1968.
Murphy, Charles D. Professor of English B.A.. University of
Wisconsin. 1929. MA. Harvard University. 1930. Ph.D.. Cornell
University. 1940.
Murphy, Thomas J. Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S.,
Fordham University, 1963. Ph.D., Rockefeller University. 1968
Murray, Joseph F. Lecturer, Physical Education B.S., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1967; MA, 1969; Ph.D. 1976
Murrell, Peter Assistant Professor of Economics B.S , Lon-
don School of Economics, 1971; M.S., 1972; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania. 1977.
Myers, Ralph D. Professor of Physics A.B, Cornell Universi-
ty. 1934, AM, 1935. Ph.D., 1937
Myers. Robert Manson Professor of English B.A, Vanderbilt
University, 1 941 ; MA, Columbia University. 1 942, MA. Harvard
University. 1943, PhD, Columbia University, 1948.
Myricks. Noel Associate Professor of Family and Community
Development B.A, San Francisco State University. 1965; MS
1968; J.D, Howard University. 1970; Ed.D, American Universi
ty. 1973
Nam, Sunwoo Assistant Professor of Journalism B.A . Han
kuk University of Foreign Studies. 1961, MA, Stanford Univer
sity. 1965; MA, 1967, PhD, University of Wisconsin at Madi
son, 1969.
Nash, Allan N. Professor of Business and Managemen
B B.A, University of Minnesota, 1957; MBA, 1959; Ph.D.
1963.
Nau, Dana S. Assistant Professor of Computer Science B.S
University of Missouri, 1 974; A.M., Duke University, 1 976; Ph.D.
1979.
Nelson, Clifford L. Professor of Agricultural and Extension
Education B.S . Washington State University. 1957; MS, 1962;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 1966
Nelson, Judd A. Assistant Professor of Entomology B.S,
University of Wisconsin, 1969; MS. 1972, PhD, 1974.
Nemes, Graciela P. Professor of Spanish B.S. Trinity Col-
lege, 1942; MA, University of Maryland, 1946; Ph.D., 1952.
Nepote, Kathryn H. Assistant Professor of Veterinary Sci-
ence B.S.. Rutgers University. 1969; V.M.D.. University of
Pennsylvania, 1973,
Neri, Umberto Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S,
University of Chicago. 1961. M.S., 1962. Ph.D.. 1966.
Neumann, Walter Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A,
Adelaide University. 1963. MA. 1966; PhD, Bonn University.
1969
Newcomb, Robert W. Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S, Purdue University 1955; M.S., Stanford University. 1957;
Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley. 1960.
Newell, Clarence A. Professor of Administration, Sup<
sion and Cumculum A.B, Hastings College, 1935, AM, Colum
bia University, 1939; Ph.D. 1943.
Ng, Timothy Assistant Professor of Horticulture B.S, Univer
sity of California. 1969; M.S., Purdue University. 1972; Ph.D
1976
Nickels, William G. Associate Professor of Business and
Management B.S, Ohio State University, 1962; MBA, West-
ern Reserve University, 1966; PhD, Ohio State University,
1969
Nicklason. Fred Assistant Professor of History B.S,
Gustavus Adolphus College, 1953, MA, University of Pennsyl-
vania. 1955; PhD, Yale University, 1967.
Niese. Henry E. Associate Professor of Art Cert, The Coo-
per Union. 1949. Academie Grande Chaumiere. 1949. B.F.A,
Columbia University, 1955.
Niles, Lyndrey A. Lecturer in Communication Arts and Thea-
tre A. A, Caribbean Union College. 1956; B.A, Columbia Col-
lege, 1963; M.A.. University of Maryland. 1965. Ph.D., Temple
University. 1973.
Noll, James W. Associate Professor. Social Foundations of
Education B.A, University of Wisconsin. 1954. M.S.. 1962;
PhD , University of Chicago. 1965
Norland, Douglas L. Assistant Professor of Business and
Management B.B A, University of Michigan, 1967, MBA,
1968; DBA, Indiana University, 1977.
Norman, Kent L. Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A,
Southern Methodist University. 1969. MA, University of Iowa.
1971, Ph.D, 1973.
Norton, Virgil J. Professor and Chairman of Agricultural and
Resource Economics B.S . Kansas State University, 1957, MS,
1959. Ph.D. Oregon State University. 1964
Nunamaker, Anne Assistant Professor of Journalism B.A ,
Middle Tennessee State University. 1955; M.A, 1959; Ed.S,
George Peabody College. 1973; PhD, 1977.
Oates, Wallace E. Professor of Economics MA. Stanford
University. 1959; PhD. 1965
O'Connell, Donald W. Professor of Economics and Vice
President for General Administration B A . Columbia University,
1937; M.A,, 1938; Ph.D, 1953.
Odell, Stanley Jack Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A,
University of Kansas, 1960; M.A, University of Illinois, 1962;
Ph.D., 1967,
O'Haver. Thomas C. Professor of Chemistry B.S, Spring Hill
College, 1963; Ph.D., University of Florida, 1968.
O'Leary, Dianne Prost Assistant Professor of Computer
Science B.S . Purdue University. 1972. Ph.D . Stanford Universi-
ty. 1976.
O'Leary, Ronald T. Assoicate Professor of Communication
Arts and Theatre B.S, Bowling Green State University. 1960,
MA. 1961; M.F.A.. University of Wisconsin, 1964; Ph.D., 1966
Oliver, James H. Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics B.A University of Washington, 1959; M.A, 1962; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin, 1968.
Olsen. Bonnie G. Assistant Professor of Housing and Ap-
plied Design B.S, University of Georgia. 1965; MS. Oklahoma
State University. 1966; Ph.D, Cornell University, 1976.
Olson, Alison Gilbert Professor of History B.A, University of
California, 1952; MA, 1953; Ph.D, Oxford University. 1956
Olson, Edwin E. Professor. College of Library and Informa-
tion Services B.A. St. Olaf College, 1959; M.A. American
University, 1961; PhD, 1966.
Olson, Keith W. Professor of History B.A, State University of
New York. Albany, 1957; M.A, 1959; Ph.D, University of
Wisconsin, 1964.
Olson, Mancur L. Jr. Professor of Economics B.S North
Dakota State University. 1954. B.A . Oxford University. 1956;
M.A, 1960. Ph.D. Harvard University, 1960.
Olver, Frank W. J. Research Professor, Institute for Physical
Science and Technology, and Mathematics B.Sc, University of
London, 1945; M.Sc, 1948; D.Sc, 1961.
Olyphant, Greg Allan Lecturer in Geography B.A , California
State University, 1974; M.A, 1975; Ph.D, University of Iowa.
1979
Onasch. Charles M. Assistant Professor of Geology B.A,
Franklin and Marshall College, 1971. MS, University of Mas-
sachusetts, 1973; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1976
Oneda, Sadao Professor of Physics B.S, Tohoku University.
1946; M Sc, 1948; PhD. Nagoya University. 1953.
O'Neill, Leo W., Jr. Professor of Early Childhood and Ele-
mentary Education B.A, University of Chicago. 1938. M.A,
University of Kansas. 1953; Ed.D. University of Colorado, 1955
Opik, Ernst, J. Professor of Astronomy Cand Astro, Mos-
cow Imperial University, 1916; D.Phil. Nat, National University of
Estonia. 1923.
Oppenheim, Joost J. Adjunct Professor of Zoology A.B,
Columbia College. 1956; M.D, Columbia College, 1960.
Oppenheimer, Joe A. Associate Professor. Government
and Politics A.B , Cornell University, 1963; MA, University of
Michigan. 1964; Ph.D, Princeton University. 1971.
Ott, Edward Professor of Electrical Engineering B.S , Cooper
Union, 1963; MS Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1965.
Ph.D., 1967.
Ottinger, Mary Ann Assistant Professor of Poultry Science
BS, University of Maryland. 1972; M.S. 1974; Ph.D, 1977
Ousby, Ian Associate Professor, English B.A, Cambridge
University {England). 1968. M.A,, 1972; Ph.D, Harvard Universi-
ty, 1973.
Owings, James C. Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S,
Dartmouth College. 1962; Ph.D, Cornell Univerity 1966.
Paape, Max J. Adjunct Associate Professor of Dairy Science
B.S, Michigan State University. 1959, M.S., 1963; Ph.D , 1967
Pai, Shih-I Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics B.S, National Central University,
1935; MS, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1938;
Ph.D, California Institute of Technology. 1938; Ph.D., California
Institute of Technology, 1940
Paik, Ho Jung Assistant Professor of Physics B.S . Seoul
National University. 1966, M.S., Stanford University, 1970;
PhD. 1974
Paine, Frank T. Professor of Business and Management
B.S, Syracuse University, 1951, MBA, 1956, Ph.D.. Stanford
University. 1963.
Panagariya, Arvind Assistant Professor of Economics Bach-
elor's Degree, Rajasthan University. 1973; Master's Degree.
1973; MA, Princeton University, 1976. Ph.D., 1978.
Panichas, George A. Professor of English B.A . American
International College, 1951, M.A, Trinity College, 1952. Ph.D.,
Nottingham University, 1961.
Papadopoulos, Konstantinos Adjunct Professor of Physics
B.S, University of Athens, 1960; MS , Massachusetts Institute
of Technology. 1965; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1968
Roos, Phillip G. 37
Park, Robert L. Professor and Chairman Physics and As-
tronomy, Director Center for Materials Research B S . University
of Texas (Austin), 1958; MA., 1960, Ph.D., Brown University.
1964
Parming, Tonu Assistant Professor. Sociology B.A, Pnn-
cefon Universily, 1964. MA, Yale University. 1973.
Pasch, Alan Professor ol Philosophy B.A.. University of
Michigan, 1949; M.A., NEw School lor Social Research. 1952.
Ph.D. Princeton University. 1955.
Pall. Jogesh C. Prolessor of Physics B S , Ravenshaw Col-
lege. 1955; M.Sc, Delhi University. 1957, Ph D . University of
Maryland, 1960
Patterson. Annabel M. Professor of English B.A.. University
of Toronto. 1961. MA. .University of London. 1963. Ph.D., 1965
Patterson, Glenn W. Professor and Chairman ol Bolany
B.S, North Carolina Slale University, 1960; MS, University of
Maryland. 1963; PhD. 1964.
Patterson, William V. Assistant Professor of Communication
Arts and Thealre B.F.A, University of Oklahoma. 1970, M.F.A.
University of Utah, 1972.
Pearl. Martin Herbert Prolessor of Mathematics B A , Brook-
lyn College, 1950; MA, University ol Michigan, 1951; PhD,
University of Wisconsin, 1955.
Pearson, Carol S. Associate Professor of American Studies
and Director of Women's Studies B A . Rice University. 1966.
M.A., 1969. Ph.D., 1971.
Pease, John Associate Professor of Sociology BS, Western
Michigan University, 1960, MA Michigan Slate University.
1963. PhD., 1968
Pechacek, Robert E. Adiuncf Associate Professor of Phys-
ics B S California Institute of Technology, 1954 M S University
ol California, Berkeley. 1963; Ph.D.. 1966.
Pelcovitz, Michael D. Assisfani Professor. Economics B A .
University of Rochester, 1 972; Ph D . Massachusetts Instilule ol
Technology. 1976
Pemberton, Elizabeth G. Associate Professor. Psychology
BA. Harvard University. 1966. PhD. University of California
(San Diego). 1970
Pennington, Kenneth D. Associate Professor of Music A.B,
Friends University, 1950; B.Mus , 1950; MA , New York Univer-
sity, 1953. D.MuS, Indiana University, 1961
Pertnbam, B„ Marie Assistant Professor of History B.A,
London University. 1954; M.A.. University of Toronto. 1959;
Ph D, Georgetown University, 1969
Perkins, Hugh V. Professor and Acting Chairman. Institute
for Child Study A B , Oberlm College. 1941. A M . University of
Chicago. 1946; Ph.D.. 1949; Ed D, New Yort< University. 1956.
Perkins. Moreland Professor of Philosophy A.B, Harvard
University. 1948. A.M. 1949; PhD. 1953
Peters, Robert M. Associate Professor of Secondary Educa-
tion BS. Mankato Stale College, 1955. MS. 1958; PhD.
University of Minnesota, 1965
Peters, Robert R. Assistant Professor of Dairy Science B S .
University of Minnesota. 1973. MS. 1975, PhD, Michigan
Slate University. 1980
Peterson, William S. Professor ol English B.A.. Walla Walla
College. 1961. MA.. University of Wisconsin. 1962; Ph.D.,
Northwestern University, 1968
Pflster, Guenter G. Associate Professor of German and
Secondary Education B S , Bowling Green State University.
1963, MA . Michigan Stale University, 1965, Ph.D., University of
Kansas, 1970
Phillips, Robert A. Assistant Professor, Family and Commu-
nity Development B.A, Ottawa University. 1964, MA.. Colgate
Rochester Divinity School. 1970; Ph.D., University of Minneso-
ta. 1977
Phillips. Sally J. Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B S, Slippery Rock State College. 1964; M.Ed, Colorado State
University. 1969. Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin at Madison.
1978
Phillips. Warren R. Professor ol Governmenl and Politics
B A.. Northwestern University, 1963. MA, San Francisco State
University, 1965. Ph D„ University of Hawaii. 1969
Phllport. Joseph C. Assistant Professor of Communication
Arts and Theatre B.A, William Patterson College. 1970. M A .
1971. Ph.D. Bowling Green Slate University, 1975
Pierce, Sidney K., Jr. Prolessor of Zoology B.Ed.. University
ol Miami. 1966. Ph.D.. Florida Stale University, 1970
Pinker. Rachel Assistant Professor of Meteorology M Sc ,
Hebrew University, 1965. Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1976
Piper. Don C. Professor of Government and Politics B A
University of Maryland. 1954; MA . 1958; Ph D . Duke Universi-
ty. 1961
Piper. Harry W. Associate Professor of Civil Engmeenng
B Arch E . Catholic University of America. 1940; M C E, 1961
Pirages. Dennis Clark Associate Professor of Government
and Politics B.A . State University of Iowa. 1964; Ph.D., Stanford
University. 1969.
Pitt. David Associate Professor of Horticulture B A Syracuse
University. 1970. ML A University of Massachusetts. 1974
Pltter Richard l_ Assistant Professor of Meteorology A.B,
University of Calilornia at Los Angeles. 1969; MS. 1970
CPhil, 1972; PhD, 1973
Plotkin, Allen Associate Professor of Aerospace Engineer-
ing B.S., Columbia University, 1963; MS, 1964; PhD „ Stanford
University. 1968.
Polst, Richard F., Jr. Associate Professor of Business and
Management B S . Pennsylvania Slate University. 1965. M B A,
University of Maryland. 1967; Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State Univer-
sity. 1971
Polakoff. Murray E. Professor of Business Management and
Provost. Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences B.A, New
York University. 1946. MA, Columbia University. 1949 PhD
1955
Ponnamperuma, Cyril Professor of Chemistry and Biochem-
istry B A . University of Madras. 1948; B Sc, Birkbeck College.
University ol London. 1959; Ph.D.. University of California.
Berkeley. 1962
Postbrlel. Samuel Assistant Professor. Governmenl and
Politics A.B.. City College of New York (Brooklyn College), 1969;
M.A., Indiana University. 1971; Ph.D.. 1975.
Potter, Jane H. Associate Professor of Zoology B.S.. Univer-
sity of Chicago. 1942; M.S.. 1948; Ph.D.. 1949,
Potter. Michael Ad|unct Professor of Zoology A.B.. Prin-
ceton University, 1945; M.D.. University of Virginia. 1949.
Power, Paul W. Associate Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services B.A.. St Paul's College. 1955; MS, San
Diego State University. 1971. D.Se, Boston University. 1974.
Prange. Richard E. Professor of Physics M.S. University of
Chicago. 1955. PhD., 1958.
Prather, Elizabeth S. Professor and Chairman of Food Nutri-
tion and Institution Administration BS, Auburn University. 1951;
M.S.. 1955. PhD, Iowa State University. 1963.
Presser. Harriet Professor of Sociology B.A, George Wash-
ington University. 1959; MA. University of North Carolina.
1962. PhD, University ol California (Berkeley), 1969
Preston. Lee E. Professor. College of Business and Man-
agement B.A, Vanderbilt University, 1951; MA. Harvard Uni-
versity, 1953; PhD, 1958.
Prindle, Allen M. Assistant Professor of Agricultural and
Resource Economics BS, Wisconsin State University. 1969;
MS, Purdue University. 1972; PhD, Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity. 1977
Pugliese, Rudolph E. Professor of Communication Arts and
Theatre B.A, Miami University. 1947; M.F.A, Catholic Universi-
ty of America, 1949, PhD, Ohio State University. 1961
Pugsley, James H. Associate Professor of Electncal Engi-
neenng B A . Oberlm College, 1956, M.S.. University of Illinois
1958. PhD. 1963
Pumroy. Donald K. Professor of Counseling and Personnel
Services and Psychology B.A, University of Iowa. 1949. M.S.,
University of Wisconsin. 1951; PhD, University of Washington
1954
Punch, Jerry L. Research Professor of Hearing and Speech
Sciences BA. Wake Forest College. 1965. M.S., Vanderbilt
University, 1967; PhD, Northwestern University, 1972.
Puryear, Martin Assistant Professor of Art B.A, Catholic
University, 1963; M F A, Yale University. 1971
Racusen. Richard H. Assistant Professor ol Botany BS.
University of Vermont. 1970. MS, 1972; Ph.D. 1975
Rado. George T. Adiunct Professor of Physics SB. Mas-
sachusetts Institute of Technology. 1939; S.M , 1941. Ph.D.
1943
Ragan, Robert M. Professor and Chairman of Civil Engineer-
ing BS. Virginia Military Institute. 1955; MS. Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, 1959. PhD, Cornell University. 1965.
Ranald. Ralph A. Associate Professor of Government and
Politics BA , University ol Calilornia. Los Angeles. 1952. MA.
1954. MA. Princeton University. 1958; Ph.D. 1961.
Ray. Phillip B. Associate Prolessor of Counseling and Per-
sonnel Services B.A . Antioch College. 1950. MS, University of
Pennsylvania, 1955, Ph.D.. University of Minnesota. 1962
Razar. Michael J. Associate Professor of Mathematics A B .
Harvard University. 1965. PhD, 1971
Reaka. Marjorie l_ Assistant Prolessor ol Zoology B.A,
University ol Kansas. 1965; MS. 1967; PhD. University of
California. Berkeley. 1975
Rearick. William R. Prolessor ol Art B.A, New York Universi-
ty. 1953. MA. 1958. Ph.D. Harvard University. 1968
Reckers. Philip Merel Assistant Professor of Business and
Management BS. Ouincy College. 1968; MBA. Washington
University. 1972; PhD, University ol Illinois. 1978
Reduh, Edward f. Professor of Physics A B . Pnnceton
University. 1963; Ph D , Massachusetts Institute of Technology
1968
Reeves, Mavis M. Associate Professor of Government and
Politics B A , West Virginia University. 1942; M A . 1943; Ph.D..
University of North Carolina. 1947
Regan, Thomas M. Professor of Chemical Engmeenng 8 S .
Tulane University. 1963. PhD. 1967
Reichelderter. Charles F. Associate Professor of Entomolo-
gy BS. St Cloud College. 1961. M A. University of Washing-
ton, 1963, Ph.D.. University of Washington 1963; Ph.D.. Univer-
sity of California at Riverside. 1968
Reld. James Assistant Professor of Art BFA. Maryland
institute College of Art. 1966. MA. University of Maryland
1970
Reinhart. Bruce L Professor of Mathematics B.A, Lehigh
University, 1952; MA. Pnnceton University. 1954; Ph.D.. 1956
Reiser, Martin P. Professor of Electncal Electncal Engineer-
ing and Physics 8 Sc, Johannes Gutenberg unrversitat Mainz
1957. PhD. 1960
Reiser, Sheldon Adiunct Professor ol Food. Nutntion, and
institutional Administration B.S, City College ol New York.
1953; M.SC, University of Wisconsin. 1957. Ph.D. 1959
Reveal. James l_ Associate Professor of Botany 8 S, Utah
State University. 1963; MS, 1965; PhD. Bngham Young
University. 1969
Reynolds, Charles W. Professor of Horticulture A.B, Univer-
sity of Alabama. 1941. BS. Auburn University, 1947. MS.
1949; PhD, University of Maryland 1954.
Rhee. Moon-Jhong Associate Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering BS, Seoul National University, 1958. M.S. 1960;
PhD, The Catholic University of Amenca. 1970.
Rhoads, David J. Associate Professor of Counselling and
Personnel Services B.A Temple University. 1954. MA . 1958;
Ed D University of Maryland. 1963.
Richard. Jean-Paul Associate Prolessor ol Physics B es
Arts. University Laval. 1956; B. e S. 1960; Doctoral 3» Cycle.
Umversile de Pans. 1963. Doctoral d'EtaL 1965
Ridgeway. Whitman H. Assistant Professor ol History A.B.
Kenyon College. 1963; MA. San Francisco State College.
1967. Ph.D. University ol Pennsylvania. 1973
Rldky. Robert W. Associate Prolessor ol Secondary Educa-
tion and Geology B.S, Stale University ol New York at Cortland.
1966. MS. Syracuse University. 1970; PhD. 1973
Ridley. Charles R. Assistant Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services BA, Taylor University. 1970: MA, Ball
State University, 1971; PhD, University ol Minnesota. 1978
Rieger. Charles Joseph, III Associate Prolessor ol Comput-
er Science B.S, Purdue University. 1970. PhD. Stanlord Uni-
versity, 1974.
Rislnger, Robert Prolessor and Chairman. Secondary Edu-
cation B.S, Ball Slale Universily. t940. MA, University ol
Chicago. 1947. Ed.D, University ol Colorado. 1955
Rissler, Jane F. Assistant Prolessor ol Botany BA. Sheperd
College. 1966; MA. West Virginia University. 1968: Ph.D.
Cornell University, 1977
Ritzer. George Professor ol Sociology B.A, City College of
New York. 1962. MBA, University of Michigan. 1964, PhD.
Cornell University. 1968.
Roberson, Bob S. Associate Prolessor ol Microbiology B.A,
University of North Carolina. 1951, PhD, 1960
Roberts, Merrill J. Prolessor ol Business and Management
B.A, University ol Minnesota. 1938; MBA, University ol Chica-
go. 1969; PhD, 1951
Robertson. Carol Assistant Prolessor ol Music B S. Indiana
University. 1970. MA. 1972; PhD. 1975.
Robertson-Tchabo. Elizabeth A. Assistant Prolessor ol
Human Development BA. University ol Calgary. 1966. M.Sc,
1967. PhD. Universily ol Southern Calilornia. 1972
Robock, Alan Assistant Prolessor ol Meteorology B A. Uni-
versity ol Wisconsin. 1970. SM. Massachusetts Institute ol
Technology. 1974. PhD. 1977
Rodenhuis, David R. Associate Prolessor ol Meteorology
B S . University ol Calilornia. Berkeley 1959. B S . Pennsylvania
Slale University. 1960. PhD. University ol Washington. 1967
Roderick. Jessie A. Prolessor. Early Childhood and Elemen-
tary Education BS. Wilkes College. 1956. MA. Columbia
University. 1957. Ed D . temple University. 1967
Rogers. Benjamin l_ Prolessor ol Horticulture B S . Clem-
son University. 1943 MS. University of Minnesota. 1947
PhO. University ol Maryland. 1950
Rogoisky, Saul Associate Prolessor. institute lor eh*) Study
BA. Harvard University 1948. MA. Universily ol Chicago
1953. EdO. Harvard University. 1963
Roos, Phillip G. Prolessor ol Physics B A . Ohio Westeyan
University. 1960. Ph D Massachusetts institute ol Technology
1964
38 Rose, William K.
Rose, William K. Professor ol Astronomy A.B.. Columbia
University, 1957; Ph.D.. 1963.
Rosebrough, Robin Adiunct Assistant Professor ol Food,
Nutrition, and Institutional Administration 8.S., Michigan State
University, 1968; M.P.H., University ol Michigan, 1970; M.S..
University ol Kentucky, 1973; Ph.D., 1975.
Rosenberg, Morris Professor of Sociology B.A., Brooklyn
College, 1946, M.A., Columbia University, 1950, Ph.D.. 1953.
Rosenberg, Theodore J. Research Professor. Institute for
Physical Science and Technology BEE . City University of New
York (City College). 1960; Ph.D.. University of California (Berke-
ley), 1965
Rosenfeld. Azriel Research Professor, Computer Science
B.A., Yeshiva College. 1950; M.A., Columbia University, 1951.
Ph.D.. 1957.
Rothschild. Max F. Assistant Professor of Dairy Science
B.S.. University of California at Davis. 1974; MS. University of
Wisconsin at Madison. 1975; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1978.
Roush. Marvin L. Associate Professor of Nuclear Engineer-
ing and Physics B.Sc . Ottawa University. 1956; Ph.D.. Universi-
ty of Maryland. 1964.
Rovner, Phillip Associate Professor of Spanish B A , George
Washington University, 1948; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., University of
Maryland. 1958.
Rowan, Robert, III Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.A.,
Pomona College, 1968, MA, Harvard University. 1970. Ph D .
1974.
Rubin, Roger H. Associate Professor of Family and Commu-
nity Development B.A , Brooklyn College of the City University
of New York. 1965, M.S.. Pennsylvania State University. 1966;
Ph.D. 1970
Ruchkln, Judith P. Associate Professor of Secondary Edu-
cation B.A., Swarthmore College. 1956; M.A., Yale University,
1957; Ed.D., Columbia University Teachers College. 1972
Ruderman, David B. Assistant Professor of History B.A., City
College ol New York. 1966; M.A.. Columbia University, 1968;
Ph.D , Hebrew University. Jerusalem, 1975.
Rundell, Walter, Jr. Professor of History B.S., University of
Texas, 1951, M.A.. American University, 1955, PhD.. 1957
Russell, Charles C. Professor of French and Italian B.A..
Oberlm College, 1956; MA, Bryn Mawr College, 1964; Ph.D..
Harvard University, 1970.
Russell, John D. Professor of English A.B . Colgate Universi-
ty, 1951; M.A.. University of Washington, 1956, Ph.D., Rutgers
University, 1959
Rutherford, Charles S. Assistant Professor of English B.A ,
Carleton College. 1962; MA, Indiana University, 1966; Ph.D.,
1970.
Russek, Estelle Assistant Professor of Dairy Science B.S..
State University of New York at Stony Brook, 1972; Ph.D.,
University of Washington. 1977
Salamanca, Jack R. Professor of English Diploma, Royal
Academy of Dramatic Art. 1952; Lie Deg., University of London.
1953, Licentiate, Royal Academy of Music. 1954.
Sallet, Dlrse W. Professor of Mechanical Engineering B S ,
George Washington University. 1961. MS. University of Kan-
sas. 1963. Ph.D.. Technische Hochschule, Stuttgart. 1966.
Samet, Hanan Assistant Professor of Computer Science
B.S., University of California at Los Angeles. 1970; M.S.. (Com-
puter Science), Stanford University, 1974; M.S., (Operations
Research). 1975. Ph.D., 1975.
Sammons, David J. Assistant Professor of Agronomy B.S..
Tufts University, 1968, A.M.. Harvard University. 1972; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois. 1978
Sampugna, Joseph Associate Professor of Biochemistry
B.A.. University of Connecticut, 1959, MA. 1962. Ph.D.. 1968.
Santa Maria, D. Laine Associate Professor of Physical Edu-
cation B A, University of Pennsylvania, 1954; M.Ed., Temple
University, 1962; Ed.D.. University ol Oregon, 1968
Saracho, Olivia Natividad Assistant Professor of Early
Childhood/Elementary Education B.S.. Texas Woman's Univer-
sity, 1967; M.Ed.. 1972; Ph.D.. University ol Illinois. 1978
Sargent, Stuart Assistant Professor of Oriental and Hebrew
Languages B A , University of Oregon, 1968, M.A , Stanford
University. 1974; Ph.D., 1977.
Sather, Jerome O. Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., University of Minnesota. 1957. MS. 1959; Ph.D., 1963.
Sayanl, Hasan Assistant Professor of Information Systems
Management B.S.E, University of Michigan, 1965. M.S.E.,
1966; Ph.D., 1973.
Sayre, Clifford L„ Jr. Associate Dean. College of Engineer-
ing and Professor of Mechanical Engineering B.S . Duke Univer-
sity. 1947. M.S.. Stevens Institute ol Technology. 1950; Ph D .
University of Maryland. 1961
Schafer, James A. Associate Prolessor ol Mathematics
B.S., University of Rochester, 1961, Ph D.. University of Chica-
go. 1965
Schafer, William D. Associate Professor of Measurement
and Statistics B.A,, University of Rochester. 1964. M.A., 1965;
Ed.D., 1969.
Schales, Franklin D. Associate Professor of Horticulture
B.S . Louisiana State University. 1959; M.S.. Cornell University.
1962; PhD. 1963.
Schelllng, David R. Assistant Prolessor. Civil Engineering
B.S.C.E , Lehigh University, 1961; M S.M.E.. Drexel Institute of
Technology, 1964. Ph.D.. University ol Maryland, 1968.
Schlaretzki, Walter E. Professor of Philosophy A.B.. Mon-
mouth College, 1941; AM., University of Illinois, 1942; Ph.D..
Cornell University, 1948.
Schlledt, Wolfgang M. Prolessor of Zoology Ph.D., Universi-
ty of Vienna, 1951
Schlossberg, Nancy K. Professor, Counseling and Person-
nel Services B A., Bernard College, 1951; M.A., Columbia
University (Teachers College), Ed.D., 1961
Schmidt, Margaret N. Assistant Professor. Physical Educa-
tion B.S . University of North Carolina, 1957; M.A . University of
Michigan 1961, Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1972.
Schneider, David T. Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Oberlin College. 1959; Ph.D. Massachusetts Institute ol
Technology. 1964
Schneler, Craig Eric Associate Professor of Business and
Management B.S.. Ohio State University. 1969; MS.. University
of Colorado, 1972; DBA., 1975.
Schoenbaum, Samuel Professor of English B.A., Brooklyn
College, 1947, MA., Columbia University. 1949. Ph.D.. 1953.
Scholnlck, Ellin K. Professor ol Psychology BA, Vassar
College, 1958. Ph.D.. University of Rochester. 1963.
Schroeder, Wllburn C. Professor of Chemical Engineering
B.S., University of Michigan. 1930; M.S.E , 1931. Ph.D.. 1933.
Schuda, Paul F. Assistant Professor of Chemistry B S . Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh, 1973; PhD, 1976.
Schultze, Charles L. Professor of Economics B.A., Geor-
getown University, 1948; M.A.. 1950; Ph.D., University of Mary-
land. 1960
Schumacher, Elisabeth Associate Professor of Early Child-
hood and Elementary Education B S.. Newark State College.
1942; M Ed . Pennsylvania State University. 1962; D.Ed.. 1965.
Schumacher, Thomas Associate Professor of Music B.Mus .
Manhattan School of Music. 1958; M.S.. Juilliard School ol
Music. 1962.
Schwartz, Charles W. Assistant Prolessor. Department of
Civil Engineering; B.S , MS. Ph.D. M.I T. B.S. 1974, MS 1977;
PhD 1979
Schweitzer, Howard Christopher Research Associate Pro-
lessor. Hearing and Speech Sciences B.A., Northern Illinois
University. 1968. M.A.. University of Maryland, 1971; Ph.D.,
1974.
Scott, John S. Assistant Professor, Physics and Astronomy
B.S. Michigan State University, 1972; Ph.D.. University of
Arizona. 1975.
Sedlacek, William E. Associate Professor of Measurement
and Statistics B.S.. Iowa State University. 1960; M.S.. 1961;
Ph.D. Kansas State University. 1966
Seefeldt, Carol A. Associate Professor of Early Childhood
and Elementary Education BA, University of Wisconsin, 1956.
M.A.. University of South Florida. 1968; Ph.D. Florida State
University. 1971
Segal, David R. Professor ol Sociology B.A.. Harpur College.
1962, M.A., University of Chicago, 1963; Ph.D., 1967.
Segal, Mady Wechsler Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Queens College. City University of New York. 1965, M.A.,
University of Chicago. 1967. Ph.D., 1973.
Segovia, Antonio V. Associate Professor of Geology
Topografo, Univ. Nacional de Paraguay. 1954, Geological En-
gineer. Colorado School ol Mines. 1956; Ph D . Pennsylvania
State University. 1963.
Selbel, Ronald J. Assistant Professor of Agricultural and
Extension Education B.S.. University of Illinois. Urbana. 1957;
M.S.. 1958; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1972.
Seldman, Eric Associate Professor of Special Education
B.S. New York University, 1947.M.A., 1948; Ph.D., University of
Connecticut, 1964
Selden, Steven Assistant Professor of Administration. Su-
pervision, and Curriculum B S . State University of New York at
Oswego. 1963; MS.. Brooklyn College, 1967; M.A.. Columbia
University. 1970; Ed.D, 1971
Sengers, Jan V. Professor of Institute of Physical Science
and Technology Doctorandus. University ol Amsterdam, 1955;
Ph.D.. 1962.
Senkevitch, Anatole Assistant Prolessor ol Architecture
B.S., University of Texas. 1967; M.A.H.. University of Virginia,
1970; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1974.
Serwer, Howard J. Associate Prolessor of Music B.A., Yale
University, 1949; MBA., Columbia University. 1950; Ph.D.. Yale
University. 1969
Shaffner. Clyne S. Professor of Poultry Science B.S , Michi-
gan State University, 1938; M.S.. 1940; PhD . Purdue Universi-
ty, 1947
Shanks, James B. Professor of Horticulture B.Sc. Ohio
State University, 1939. M.So. 1946; Ph.D., 1949
Shapere, Dudley Professor of Philosophy BA, Harvard Uni-
versity. 1949. M.A. 1955, Ph.D., 1957.
Shearer, Jane K. Professor and Chairman of Housing and
Applied Design BS, University of Tennessee, 1940; M.S..
1950, PhD., Florida State University, 1960
Shneiderman, Ben A. Associate Professor of Information
Systems Management B.S.. City College of New York, 1968,
M.S., State University of New York. 1972; Ph.D.. 1973.
Shreeve, Charles A., Jr. Professor of Mechanical Engineer-
ing BE, The Johns Hopkins University. 1935; M.S., University
of Maryland. 1943.
Shroyer, Charlotte A. Assistant Professor of Special Educa-
tion B.A., Ohio State University. 1961; M.Ed-, University of
Pittsburgh, 1972. Ph.D.. 1975.
Sibley, Edgar H. Professor of Information Systems Manage-
ment B.Sc. University of London. 1946; S M.. Massachusetts
Institute ol Technology, 1962; Sc.D.. 1967
Slegrist, Henry G., Jr. Associate Professor and Chairman of
Geology BA, Lehigh University, 1956; M.S.. Pennsylvania
State University. 1959; Ph.D.. 1961.
Sigall, Harold Professor of Psychology BS, City College ol
New York, 1964; PhD., University of Texas (Austin), 1968.
Slllo, Charles B., Jr. Associate Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering B.S.E. E , M.S.E. E., University of Notre Dame, 1967;
Ph.D., 1970.
Silverman, Joseph Professor of Chemical Engineering and
Director, Institute lor Physical Science and Technology B.A ,
Brooklyn College. 1944, A.M., Columbia University, 1948; Ph.D..
1951.
Simms, Betty H. Professor of Special Education B.A.. Harris
Teachers College, 1947; M.A., University of Michigan, 1955;
Ed.D., University of Maryland. 1962.
Simons, David E. Associate Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering B.S., University of Maryland. 1949, M.S.. 1951.
Sisler. Hugh D. Chairman and Professor of Botany B.S..
University of Maryland, 1949, M.S., 1951; Ph.D., 1953.
Sjoblad, Roy D. Assistant Professor of Microbiology B.S..
Gordon College. 1969. MS.. University of Massachusetts.
1971; Ph.D. Pennsylvania State University, 1976.
Skuja, Andrls Assistant Professor. Physics and Astronomy
B.S.. University of Toronto. 1966, Ph.D.. University of California
(Berkeley), 1972.
Slawsky, Zaka I. Prolessor ol Physics and Astronomy B.S.,
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1933; M.S.. California Institute
of Technology, 1935; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1938.
Slud, Eric V. Assistant Professor. Mathematics B.A.. Harvard
University. 1972, Ph.D.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
1976.
Small, Eugene B. Associate Prolessor of Zoology B.A.,
Wayne State University. 1953; M.S.. 1958, Ph.D., University of
Calitornia at Los Angeles, 1966.
Smith, Barry D. Associate Prolessor of Psychology B.S.,
Pennsylvania State University, 1962. MA. Bucknell University.
1964; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts, 1967.
Smith, Betty F. Professor and Chairman of Textiles and
Consumer Economics B.S . University of Arkansas. 1951; M.S..
University of Tennessee. 1956. Ph.D.. University of Minnesota,
1960; PhD, 1965.
Smith, Elbert B. Professor of History A.B., Maryville College,
1940; A.M., University of Chicago 1947; Ph.D.. 1949.
Smith, Elske van Panhuys Professor of Astronomy B.A..
Harvard University, 1950; M.A., 1951; Ph.D.. 1955.
Smith, Gayle S. Associate Prolessor of English Ph.B., Uni-
versity of Chicago, 1946; B.S.. Iowa State University, 1948;
M.A.. Cornell University, 1951, Ph.D., 1958.
Smith, Harold D. Professor of Agricultural and Resource
Economics B.A . Bndgewater College. 1943; M S.. University ol
Maryland. 1947. PhD, American University. 1952.
Smith, Hilda L. Assistant Professor of History B.S., South-
west Missouri State University, 1963; M A , University of Mis-
souri. 1964; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1975.
Smith, Kenwyn K. Assistant Prolessor. Psychology B.A..
University ol Queensland (Australia). 1965. 1967; M.A., 1970;
M.A., Yale University. 1973. Ph.D., 1974
Smith, Paul Associate Professor of Mathematics BS, Drexel
University. 1965; M.S., Case Institute of Technology. 1967;
Ph.D. Case Western Reserve University, 1969
Smith, Theodore G. Professor of Chemical Engineering
B.E.S. The Johns Hopkins University, 1956; M.E.S., 1958;
D.Sc, Washington University. 1960.
Smith-Gill, Sandra J. Associate Professor of Zoology B.S..
University of Michigan. 1965; M.S.. 1966; Ph.D. 1972.
Tretter, Steven A. 39
Snapp, Audrey Nossaman Associate Professor of Music
BM , Westminster Choir College, 1947
Snow, George A. Professor of Physics B.S., College of the
City of New York, 1945, M.A., Princeton University, 1947, Ph.D.,
1949
Snower, Dennis J. Assistant Professor of Economics B.A ,
Oxford University, MA . 1971, MA, Princeton University. 1973;
PhD. 1975
Soares, Jr., Joseph H. Associate Professor of Poultry Sci-
ence B.S.. University of Maryland. 1964. MS. 1966. PhD,
1966
Soergel, Dagobert Professor, College of Library and Infor-
mation Services B S , University of Freiburg. 1960. M.S., 1964;
PhD. 1970.
Soli, Slgfrld Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A, St. Olaf
College, 1968; B.A, University of Minnesota. 1974. Ph.D., 1978
Solomos, Theophanes Associate Professor of Horticulture
MA. College of Agriculture, Athens. Greece, 1957, PhD
University of Cambridge, 1962.
Sommer, Sheldon E. Associate Professor of Chemistry BS
City College of New York. 1959; MA, City University of New
York. 1961, M.S., Texas A&M University. 1964, Ph.D.. Pennsyl
vania State University, 1969
Sorkln, Horlon Assistant Professor of Business and Man.
agement B.S., University of Missouri. 1959. MBA, University of
Minnesota, 1975. Ph.D., 1977.
Sosnowski, Saul Professor and Chairman of Spanish and
Portuguese A.B, University of Scranton. 1967, MA. University
of Virginia. 1968. Ph.D., 1970.
Spangler, Paul J. Lecturer in Entomology A.B . Lebanon
Valley College. 1949, M.S. Ohio University. 1951; Ph.D.. Univer-
sity of Missouri, 1960.
Sparks, David S. Professor of History and Vice-President for
Graduate Studies and Research A.B, Grinnell College, 1944,
AM . University of Chicago, 1945. Ph.D.. 1951.
Spauldlng, Jeffrey H. Assistant Professor of Art A.B, Cen-
tral Michigan University, 1970, M.F.A . Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity, 1974.
Spekman, Nancy J. Assistant Professor of Special Educa-
tion B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1969. M.Ed. Boston
College. 1973; Ph.D.. Northwestern University, 1977.
Spekman, Robert Assistant Professor of Business and Man-
agement B.A, University of Massachusetts, 1969; MBA, Syra-
cuse University. 1971. PhD, Northwestern University, 1977
Spiegel, Gabrielle Assistant Professor of History B.A, Bryn
Mawr College, 1964, MAT, Harvard University. 1965, MA,
The Johns Hopkins University. 1969; Ph.D.. 1974.
Spiro, Marie Associate Professor of Art B.A., Wilson College.
1957, MA . New York University. 1961. Ph.D.. Institute of Fine
Arts. New York University
Splvak, Steven M. Associate Professor of Textiles and Con-
sumer Economics B.S , Philadelphia College of Textiles and
Sciences. 1963; M.S.. Georgia Institute of Technology. 1965.
Ph.D., University of Manchester. 1967
Splalne, John E. Associate Professor of Administration. Su-
pervision and Curriculum B.A , University of New Hampshire.
1963; MA., 1965; Ed.D, Boston University, 1973
Spokane, Arnold R. Assistant Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services B.A., Ohio University, 1970; M.S.Ed.. Uni-
versity of Kentucky, 1972. Ph D , Ohio State University, 1976
Stagllano, Anthony Assistant Professor of Business and
Management B.S, University of Pennsylvania, 1967, M B.A,
University of Michigan, 1968, Ph.D.. University of Illinois. 1977
Stairs, Allen Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A, Univer-
sity of New Brunswick. 1973, MA, University of Western
Ontario. 1975; Ph.D. 1978
Staley, Gregory A. Assistant Professor of Classical Lan-
guages B.A, Dickinson College, 1970. MA . Princeton Universi-
ty. 1974; PhD, 1975
Stark, Francis C, Jr. Professor of Horticulture and Provost,
Division of Agriculture and Life Sciences B.S, Oklahoma A&M
College. 1940; MS, University of Maryland, 1941, PhD, 1948
Starkweather. Kendall N. Assistant Professor of Industrial
Education B.S, Western Illinois University. 1967. MA, Eastern
Michigan University. 1969; PhD, University of Maryland. 1975
Steel, Donald H. Professor of Physical Education B.A,
Trenton State College, 1955. MA, University of Maryland.
1957. Ph.D. Louisiana State University, 1964
Steele, Robert E. Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A,
Morehouse College, 1965, M.Div, Episcopal Theological
School, 1968. MPH, Yale University School of Medicine. 1971.
MS. Yale University, 1974, PhD, 1975
Steinberg, Phillip H. Professor of Physics B.S, University of
Cincinnati. 1954. Ph 0, Northwestern University. 1959
Steinhauer, Allen L. Professor and Chairman of Entomology
B.S, University of Manitoba, 1953, MS. Oregon State College.
1955. PhD, 1958
Stelnman, Robert M. Professor of Psychology D.D.S, St
Louis University. 1968; MA, New School for Social Research.
1962. PhD, 1964
Stephens, E. Robert Professor. Administration, Supervision,
and Curriculum B.S, Mornmgside College. 1952; MS, Drake
University. 1958; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1966
Sternberg, Yaron M. Professor of Civil Engineering B.S .
University of Illinois. 1961. M.S., University of California at
Davis, 1963; PhD , 1965
Sternhelm, Charles E. Associate Professor of Psychology
B.S, Brooklyn College, 1961; PhD, University of Rochester.
1967
Stevens, George A. Professor of Agricultural and Resource
Economics B.S. Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1941. PhD.
University of Maryland, 1957.
Stewart, G.W. Professor of Computer Science A.B, Universi-
ty of Tennessee, 1962; PhD, 1968.
Stewart, James M. Professor of Chemistry B.A . Western
Washington College, 1953; PhD, University of Washington,
1958
Stewart, Larry E. Associate Professor and Chairman of
Agricultural Engineering B.S, West Virginia University. 1960;
MS, 1961. PhD, University of Maryland, 1972
Stich, Stephen P. Associate Professor of Philosophy B.A,
University of Pennsylvania. 1964; PhD, Pnnceton University,
1968
Stlfel, Peter B. Associate Professor of Geology B.A , Cornell
University. 1958. Ph.D. University of Utah, 1964
Stimart, Dennis P. Assistant Professor of Horticulture. B.S.
University of Minnesota, 1971; M.S.. 1976; Ph.D., 1979.
Stiner, Frederick Assistant Professor of Business and Man-
agement B.S, Loyola College. 1967; M.S. University of Dela-
ware. 1969. M B.A , Marshall University, 1972, PhD, University
of Nebraska. 1976
Stone, Clarence N. Associate Professor of Government and
Politics, and Director. Urban Research Group. Bureau of Gov-
ernmental Research A.B, University of South Carolina. 1957,
MA, Duke University. 1960; Ph.D., 1963.
Stough, Kenneth F. Associate Professor of industrial Educa-
tion B.S, Millersville State College, 1954. M.Ed . Pennsylvania
State University. 1961, Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1968
Stowasser, Karl Associate Professor of History Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Muenster, 1966
Strand, tvar E., Jr. Assistant Professor of Agricultural and
Resource Economics B.A, University of Rochester. 1967, MA,
University of Rhode Island. 1971, Ph.D.. 1975
Straszheim, Mahlon R. Professor of Economics B.S, Pur-
due University, 1961; PhD, Harvard University, 1965.
Strtckllng, Edward Professor of Agronomy B.S, Ohio State
University. 1937; PhD, 1949.
Strobell, Adah P. Associate Professor of Recreation A B ,
San Francisco State College, 1953; MS, University of Califor-
nia. Los Angeles, 1958; PhD, University of Illinois. 1966
Stuart, WHIIam Assistant Professor of Anthropology B.A,
George Washington University, 1961; PhD, University of Ore-
gon. 1971.
Stunkard, Clayton, L. Professor and Acting Chairman of
Measurement and Statistics B.S, University of Minnesota,
1948. MA. 1951; PhD. 1959.
Sublett, Henry L. Professor, Early Childhood Elementary
Education A.B, Duke University, 1951; M.Ed, University of
Virginia, 1953. Ed.D, 1959.
Sucher, Joseph Professor of Physics and Astronomy B.S,
Brooklyn College, 1952; PhD, Columbia University. 1957,
Suppe, Frederick R. Associate Professor of Philosophy
A.B , University of California, Riverside, 1962, AM, University of
Michigan. 1964, PhD. 1967
Svenonlus, Lars S. Professor of Philosophy Fil. Kand, Upp-
sala University. 1950. Fil Mag, 1955, Fil. Lie . 1955. Fil Dr..
1960.
Svoboda, Cyril P. Assistant Professor of Human Develop-
ment Education B.A, St Columban's Major Seminary. 1954.
BTh. 1958, B Ph, Gregorian University (Rome Italy). 1959.
LPh, 1960; PhD, 1961, Ph D, University of Wisconsin, 1973
Swartz, B. Katherine Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1972; MS. Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, 1974, PhD, 1976
Swartz, Harry J. Assistant Professor of Horticulture. B.S .
State University of New York at Buffalo. 1973. PhD, Cornell
University, 1979
Sweet, Daniel Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S, Fair-
leigh Dickinson University, 1965. Ph D, Brown University. 1969
Syskl. Ryszard Professor of Mathematics B S . University of
London. 1954. PhD, Chelsea College. 1960
Szepesi. Bela Adjunct Associate Professor of Food. Nutri-
tion, and Institutional Administration B.A, Albion College. 1961.
M.S., Colorado Slate University. 1964. PhD, University of
California. 1968.
Taft. Charles A. Professor of Business and Management
B.S, University of Iowa. 1937, MA, 1941; PhD, University of
Maryland, 1952
Talaat, Mostsfa E. Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S, University of Cairo. 1946, M.S.. Unrversity of Pennsylvania.
1947, Ph.D. 1951
Tarica. Ralph Associate Professor of French and Italian B.A .
Emory University. 1954, M A , 1958. Ph D, Harvard Unrversity,
1966
Taylor. Dalmas A. Professor of Psychology B.S . Western
Reserve University. 1959. MS . Howard University. 1961. PhD,
University of Delaware. 1965
Taylor. Leonard S. Professor of Electrical Engtneenng A.B ,
Harvard University. 1951, MS, New Mexico State University,
1956; PhD, 1960
Teglasi, Hedwlg Assistant Professor of Counseling and Per-
sonnel Services B.A, Douglass College of Rutgers University.
1969; MA, Temple University. 1971. Ph.D.. Hofstra University.
1975
Tennyson. Ray A. Associate Professor of Criminology B.S,
Washington State University, 1951, MA. 1957, Ph.D.. 1965
Teramura, Alan H. Assistant Professor of Botany B.A, Cali-
fornia State University. 1971. MA, 1973. PhD . Duke Universi-
ty. 1978.
Terchek. Ronald J. Associate Professor of Government and
Politics B.A, University of Chicago. 1958; MA, 1960; Ph.D.
University of Maryland. 1965
Therrien, Madeleine B. Professor and Chairman, French
and Italian Cert University of Fneburg (Switzerland), 1952; Cert
University of Athens (Greece), 1956, Lie , University of Pans
(France). 1959; Ph.D.. Michigan State University. 1966
Thleblot, Armand J, Jr. Associate Professor of Business
and Management B.S, Princeton University. 1961, MBA.
University of Pennsylvania. 1965. PhD, 1969.
Thomas, Glenn Assistant Professor of Information Systems
Management B A, Stanford University. 1968, MBA, University
Of Washington, 1973; PhD, 1977
Thomas. Laurence Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A,
University of Maryland. 1971, MA, University of Pittsburgh.
1973, PhD, 1976.
Thomas, Owen Pestell Professor and Chairman, Poultry
Science B.Sc, University of Natal. 1954. M.Sc . 1962. PhD.
University of Maryland. 1966
Thomas, William L. Assistant Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services. Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs B S ,
The University of Tennessee. Knoxville. 1955. MS, 1965,
PhD, Michigan State University. 1970.
Thompson, Arthur H. Professor of Horticulture B.S, Univer-
sity of Minnesota, 1941, PhD, University of Maryland. 1945
Thompson, Derek Associate Professor of Geography B.A,
Manchester University. 1960. MA, 1962; Ph.D, Indiana Univer-
sity. 1969
Thompson, Harvey W. Assistant Professor of Communica-
tion Arts and Theatre B S, Wayne State Unrversity. 1966.
M.F.A, Columbia University. 1972
Thompson, Owen E. Associate Professor of Meteorology
B.S. University of Missouri, 1961. M.S. 1963; PhD, 1966
Thorberg, Raymond. Associate Professor of English B.A .
University of Alaska, 1939, MA, University of Chicago, 1946;
Ph.D, Cornell University. 1954.
Tldman, Derek A. Research Professor. Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics B.Sc. London University.
1952. Ph.D., 1956.
Tlemey. William F. Associate Professor of Industrial Educa-
tion B.S . Central Connecticut State College. 1941. MA, Ohio
State University. 1949. Ed.D. University of Maryland. 1952
Tlfft, Margaret A. Associate Professor of Health Education
B S, Ohio State University. 1946. MA. Columbia University.
1948, Ed.D. West Virginia University. 1969
Tollver. Edmund Assistant Professor of Music B M Ed, Il-
linois Wesleyan University. 1970. MM, University of Michigan.
1972. DMA. 1976.
Tossed. John L. Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S .
University of Chicago. 1966. MA. Harvard University. 1967,
PhD, 1972
Tourigny, Ann W. Assistant Professor of Famify and Com-
munity Development BS, University of Tennessee. 1968.
M Ed Pennsylvania State University. 1969. PhD, 1979
Traver. Paul Professor of Musk B Mus , Catholic University
Of America. 1955. M Mus . 1957. DMA. Stanford University.
1967
Travis, Irene Lathrop Assistant Professor, College of Libra-
ry and Information Services 8 A , Mills College. 1962. MLS.
University of California. 1966. PhD. 1974
Tretter. Steven A. Associate Professor of Electrical Engi-
neenng BS. University of Maryland. 1962 MA, Pnnceton
University, 1964, PhD. 1965
40 Trickett, Edison J.
Trlckett, Edison J. Professor of Psychology B.A, Trinity
College, 1963; MA. Ohio State University, 1965; Ph.D., 1967
Trimble, Virginia L. Assistant Professor of Astronomy B.A ,
University of California, Los Angeles, 1964, M.S. California
Institute of Technology. 1965; Ph.D., 1968, M.A., University of
Cambridge (England). 1969.
Trlpathi, Satlsh K. Assistant Professor of Computer Science
B Sc . Banaras Hindu University, 1968, M Sc, 1970; M.Sc,
University of Alberta, 1974, M.Sc. University of Toronto, 1976,
Ph.D., 1979.
Troth, Eugene W. Professor and Chairman of Music DePaul
University. 1947; MM.. Illinois Wesleyan University. 1950.
Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1958
Trousdale, Marion S. Associate Professor, English B.A,
University of Michigan. 1951. MA.. University of California
(Berkeley). 1955. Ph D . University of London (England). 1975
Trout, David L. Adjunct Professor, Food. Nutrition and In-
stitutional Administration B.A, Swarthmore College. 1951. MA,
Duke University. 1954. Ph.D.. 1958.
Truitt, Anne Associate Professor of Art B.A, Bryn Mawr
College. 1 943. Institute of Contemporary Art. 1 948-1 949. Dallas
Museum of Fine Arts. 1950.
Tsui, Chung Y. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineer-
ing ME, Hong Kong Technical College. 1953; M.S.. Purdue
University. 1959; PhD, 1967
Turek, Ralph Assistant Professor of Music B.S, Duquesne
University, 1966; M.M .. 1970; DMA., University of Cincinnati,
1975.
Tuthill, Dean F. Professor of Agricultural and Resource Eco-
nomics B.S, Cornell University, 1 949; MS . University of Illinois.
1954; Ph.D.. 1958.
Twigg, Bernard A. Professor and Chairman of Horticulture
B.S., University of Maryland. 1952; M.S., 1955; Ph.D.. 1959.
Tyler, Bonnie B. Associate Professor. Institute for Child
Study B.A. DePauw University, 1948; MA , Ohio State Universi-
ty, 1949; Ph.D.. 1954
Tyler, Forrest B. Professor of Psychology B.A, Depauw
University, 1948; MA . Ohio State University, 1950; Ph.D. 1952
Tyler, Robert W. Assistant Professor of Physical Education
A.B , Drury College. 1957; MS, Pennsylvania State University,
1960; Ph.D., 1969.
Ulmer, Melville J. Professor of Economics B.S, New York
University. 1937, MA. 1938, PhD, Columbia University. 1948
Urban, Louise Associate Professor of Music B.A, College of
Wooster, 1957, MA. Columbia Teachers College, 1959
Uslaner, Eric M. Associate Professor of Government and
Politics B.A . Brandeis University. 1968; MA, Indiana Universi-
ty, 1970; Ph.D., 1973
Vaccaro, Paul Assistant Professor of Physical Education and
Secondary Education B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1970.
M.S., University of Florida. 1973. Ed.D.. 1976.
Valadez, Joseph J. Assistant Professor of Family and Com-
munity Development B.A,, Northwestern University, 1971;
Ph.D.. University of Lancaster, 1978.
Vandergraft. James S. Associate Professor of Computer
Science B.S., Stanford University. 1959; M.S., 1963; PhD,
University of Maryland, 1966
Vandersall, John H. Professor of Dairy Science B S , Ohio
State University, 1950; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 1959
VanderVelden, Lee Assistant Professor of Physical Educa-
tion B.S, University of Wisconsin, 1961; Ph.D.. 1971.
Van Egmond, Peter Assistant Professor of English B.A .
Mississippi College, 1959; MA. University of Mississippi, 1961;
Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1966.
Van Valkenburg, Shirley D. Assistant Professor of Botany
B.A, Washington State University. 1948; MS, University of
Washington, 1968. PhD, 1970
Vann, Robert Lindtey Assistant Professor of Architecture
B.A, University of Texas. 1968; Ph.D.. Cornell University. 1976
Vanneman, Reeve D. Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B
Cornell University, 1967. PhD. Harvard University. 1975
Vannoy, Donald Wayne Associate Professor of Civil Engi
neenng B.S, West Virginia Institute of Technology. 1970; ME
University of Virginia. 1971; PhD, 1975.
Vavrichek, Bruce C. Assistant Professor of Economics B.S.
Michigan State University. 1971; MA. Northwestern University
1975; PhD, 1976.
Verhoven, Peter J. Associate Professor of Recreation B.A.
Moorhead State College, 1963, M.S., Indiana University, 1965
RE.D, 1969.
Vermel), Geerat Jacobus Associate Professor of Zoology
A.B, Princeton University, 1968; Ph.M, Yale University. 1970
Ph.D., 1971.
Vernekar, Anandu D. Prolessor of Meteorology B.S , Umver
sity of Pennsylvania. 1955; B.S, 1956; M.S., 1959; M.S., Umver
sity of Michigan. 1963, PhD, 1966.
Vesentini, Edoardo Professor of Mathematics Laurea in
scienzse matematiche, Universita di Milano. 1950, Libera
docenza in geometra, Universita di Roma. 1956
Vigil, Eugene L. Assistant Professor of Botany B.S . Loyola
University, 1963; MS, University of Iowa, 1965; PhD. 1967
Vijay, Inder K. Assistant Professor of Dairy Science B.S,
Punjab University, India, 1961. MS, University of
Saskatchewan, 1966; PhD. University of California, Davis.
1971
Viola, Victor E., Jr. Professor of Chemistry A.B . University of
Kansas, 1957; Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley. 1961
Vltzthum, Richard C. Professor of English B.A, Amherst
College, 1957; MAT. Harvard University, 1958; Ph.D., Stan-
ford University, 1963.
Voll, Mary J. Associate Professor of Microbiology B.A, Mt
St. Agnes College, 1955; MS, The Johns Hopkins University,
1961; Ph.D. University of Pennsylvania. 1964.
Wakefield, John Associate Professor of Music B.M , Univer-
sity of Michigan, 1963, M M . 1964.
Walker, Richard E. Assistant Professor of Germanic and
Slavic Languages B.A, West Virginia University, 1966, MA,
1968; Ph.D. University of Chicago, 1973
Wallace, James M. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering BCE, Georgia Institute of Technology. 1962; MS,
1964; Ph.D. University of Oxford, 1969.
Wallace, Stephen J. Associate Professor of Physics B.S,
Eng, Case Institute of Technology, 1961, M.S., University of
Washington, 1969. PhD, 1971
Walsh, Christopher S. Assistant Professor of Horticulture
B.A, Middlebury College. 1969; MS, Cornell University. 1977;
PhD, 1980.
Walston, William H., Jr. Associate Professor of Mechanical
Engineering B ME, University of Delaware. 1959; MM E,
1961. PhD, 1964.
Walters, William B. Professor of Chemistry B.S, Kansas
State University. 1960; Ph.D.. University of Illinois. 1964
Wang, Chlng-Ping S. Assistant Professor of Physics B.S,
Tunghai University, 1969, MS, Louisiana State University.
1971. PhD, 1974.
Wang, Shih-Ho Associate Professor of Electrical Engineer-
ing B.S. National Taiwan University, 1967; MS, University of
California, 1970; PhD, 1971.
Ward, Gerald M. Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
DVM, New York State Veterinary College. 1949. M VS. 1968
Warner, Charles R. Associate Professor of Mathematics and
Statistics B.A, University of Toronto, 1955; MS, University of
Rochester, 1957, Ph.D., 1962
Warren, Donald R. Professor and Chairman of Administra-
tion, Supervision, and Curriculum B.A, University of Texas,
1957; Th.M, Harvard University, 1960; Ph.D., University of
Chicago, 1968.
Warren, J. Benedict Professor of History B.A, Duns Scotus
College. 1953; MA. University of Mexico, 1960; PhD, 1963
Washburn, Wilcomb Adjunct Professor of American Studies
A.B, Dartmouth College. 1948. PhD, Harvard University. 1955
Washington, Lawrence Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A, Johns Hopkins University. 1971; M.A, 1971; Ph.D., Prin-
ceton University, 1974.
Wasserman, Paul Professor, College of Library and Informa
tion Services B.B.A, City College of New York. 1948; M.S.L.S.
Columbia University, 1949; MS, 1950; PhD, University of
Michigan, 1960
Weaver, V. Phillips Professor, Early Childhood and Elemen
tary Education A.B . College of William and Mary, 1951; M.Ed
Pennsylvania State University, 1956; D.Ed, 1962.
Weber, Joseph Professor of Physics B S, US Naval Acad
emy, 1940, Ph.D. Catholic University of America, 1951.
Weldner, Jerry R. Associate Professor of Geology B.A.
Miami University. 1960; M S . 1963; PhD, Pennsylvania State
University. 1968
Welgl, Gail Assistant Professor of Art B.A, Wayne State
University, 1962; M.A, University of Michigan. 1966.
Weil, Raymond R. Assistant Professor of Agronomy B.S ,
Michigan State University, 1971, MS, Purdue University, 1973,
PhD, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, 1976
Welner, John Associate Professor of Chemistry B.S, Penn-
sylvania State University, 1964, PhD, University of Chicago,
1970.
Welner, Ronald M. Associate Professor of Microbiology
B.S, Brooklyn College. 1964; MS, Long Island University,
1967; PhD, Iowa State University, 1970.
Weinsteln, Paul A. Associate Professor of Economics B.A,
William and Mary College, 1954, M.A, Northwestern University,
1958; Ph.D., 1961.
Welser, Mark Assistant Professor of Computer Science
M.S.. University of Michigan. 1976; Ph.D. 1979
Weiss, Gene S. Associate Professor of Communication Arts
and Theatre B A, Brandeis University, 1961; MA, New York
University, 1965, PhD, Ohio State University, 1970
Wellisch, Hans Associate Professor, College of Library and
Information Services MLS. University of Maryland. 1972; PhD,
1975.
Westbrook, Franklin Associate Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services; and Counselor, Counseling Center B.S,
Chicago State University. 1 961 , MS, City College of New York.
1964. Ed.D.. Indiana University. 1971.
Westerhout. Gart Adjunct Professor of Physics and Astron-
omy PhD, University of Leiden, Netherlands, 1958.
Westhoft, Dennis C. Associate Professor of Dairy Science
B.S, University of Georgia, 1966; MS, North Carolina State
University, 1968. Ph.D.. 1970.
Wexler, Richard Assistant Professor of Music B.Mus . Uni-
versity of Michigan. 1963; MA, New York University, 1969;
Ph.D., 1974.
Whaples, Gene C. Associate Professor of Agricultural and
Extension Education B.S, University of Connecticut, 1960;
MS, Kansas State University. 1965, Ph.D.. University of Mary-
land. 1974.
Wheatley. John Hunter Associate Professor of Agricultural
and Extension Education and Secondary Education B.A, Duke
University. 1963; MAT, 1965, PhD, Ohio State University.
1972.
Wheaton, Frederick W. Professor of Agricultural Engineer-
ing B.S, Michigan State University, 1964; M.S.. 1965; PhD,
Iowa State University. 1968.
Wheelock, Arthur K., Jr. Assistant Professor Part-time, Art
B.A, Williams College, 1965, Ph.D., Harvard University. 1973,
White, Gregory L. Assistant Professor, Psychology B.A .
Stanford University, 1971; M.A, University of California (Los
Angeles), 1973. PhD, 1976.
White, Marvin Hart Professor of Electrical Engineering
BSE, University of Michigan, 1960. M.S.. 1961; PhD,, Ohio
State University. 1969.
Whlttemore, E. Reed Professor of English B.A , Yale Univer-
sity. 1941. Litt.D, Carleton College. 1971
Wickes, William C. Assistant Professor of Physics B.S,
University of California. 1967; M.A , Princeton University. 1969;
Ph.D.. 1972
Widhelm, William B. Associate Professor of Business and
Management B.E.S., The Johns Hopkins University, 1959:
M.S.E. 1960; MS. 1965; PhD, 1969
Wiebold, William J. Assistant Professor of Agronomy B.S,
Iowa State University, 1971; M.S., 1974; PhD, University of
Georgia, 1978
Wiedel, Joseph W. Associate Professor of Geography B.A,
University of Maryland, 1958; M.A, 1963.
Wiley, Robert C. Professor of Horticulture B.S, University of
Maryland. 1949; M.S., 1950. PhD, Oregon State University.
1953
Wilkenfeld, Jonathan Associate Professor of Government
and Politics B.S. University of Maryland. 1964; MA, George
Washington University, 1966, Ph.D., Indiana University, 1969
Wllkerson, Thomas D. Research Professor, Institute for
Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics B.S, University of
Michigan. 1953, M.S.. 1954. PhD, 1962.
Williams, Aubrey W. Professor of Anthropology B.A , Uni-
versity of North Carolina, 1955; M.A, 1957; Ph.D., University of
Arizona, 1964.
Williams, David L. Associate Professor of Early Childhood
and Elementary Education B.S, Bradley University, 1952;
M.Ed, University of Illinois at Urbana. 1956. Ed.D., 1964.
Williams, Eleanor Associate Professor, Food. Nutrition and
Institutional Administration B.S, Texas Woman's University,
1945, MS, Iowa State University, 1947. PhD , Cornell Universi-
ty, 1963.
Williams, Walter F. Professor of Dairy Science B.S.. Univer-
sity of Missouri. 1951; M.S., 1952, Ph.D.. 1955.
Williams, William H. Assistant Professor of History B.A,
Washington & Lee University, 1956; MA, Duke University,
1960; Ph.D. 1965.
Wilson, Andrew S. Assistant Professor of Astronomy B.A,
University of Cambridge. England. 1969; M.A, 1973; Ph.D..
1973.
Wilson, Bruce D. Assistant Professor of Music B.Mus, Uni-
versity of Michigan. 1960; M Mus, 1964, PhD, 1973.
Wilson, Gayle L. Associate Professor of English B.A, Wayne
State University. 1960; M.A, University of Rochester. 1963;
PhD, 1965
Zwanzig, Robert W., 41
Wilson. Leda A. Associate Professor of Family and Commu-
nity Development BS. Lander College. 1943. MS, University
of Tennessee. 1950. Ed.D . 1954.
Wilson, Mark Edward Assistant Professor of Music B.A
University of California at Los Angeles, 1970. MA . 1972; PhD
1974
Wilson, Robert M. Professor of Early Childhood and Ele
mentary Education BS,, California State College (Pennsylva
ma). 1950; M.S., University of Pittsburgh. 1956; Ed.D.. 1960
Wmkeinkemper. Horst E. Associate Professor of Mathe
matics B A , National University of Mexico. 1963; MA, Pnn
ceton University. 1965. PhD. 1970
Wlnton, Calhoun Professor, English A.B . University of the
South (Sewane). 1948. M A . Vanderbilt University. 1950. M A .
Princeton University. 1954. Ph.D. 1955
Wlrth, Willis W. Adiunct Professor of Entomology BS, Iowa
Stale University. 1940. MS. Louisiana State University. 1947;
Ph.D.. University of California, Berkeley. 1950
Wise, Gene Professor of American Studies B A , Hanover
College. 1958, Ph.D.. Syracuse University. 1963
Wltczak, Matthew W. Professor of Civil Engineering
BSCE , Purdue University. 1962; M.S.C.E , 1963; Ph.D. 1969
Withers, Josephine Associate Professor of Art B.A . Oberlm
College. 1960. MA. Columbia University. 1965. PhD.. 1971
Wlttreich, Joseph A. Professor of English Language and
Literature A.B., University of Louisville. 1961, M A , 1962; Ph.D..
Western Reserve University, 1966,
Wolte, Peter Professor of Mathematics and Statistics BS,
St Lawrence University, 1959; MS., Northwestern University.
1961. Ph.D., New York University, 1965.
Wolken, John D. Assistant Professor. Institute for Urban
Studies B A,. University of Southern California. 1968; MA..
1973. PhD. 1975.
Wolpert, Scott A. Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S..
Johns Hopkins University, 1972; M.S. Stanford University.
1974. PhD.. 1976.
Wolvin, Andrew D. Professor of Communication Arts and
Theatre BS, University of Nebraska. 1962; MA. 1963, Ph.D..
Purdue University. 1968
Wonnacott, Paul Professor of Economics B.A , University of
Western Ontario. 1955; M.A.. Princeton University, 1957; Ph.D.,
1959
Woo, Chlng-Hung Professor of Physics and Astronomy B S .
Lousiana Technological Institute. 1958. MS, University of
California, Berkeley, 1959, Ph.D.. 1962
Wood, Francis E. Associate Professor, Entomology BS ,
University of Missouri. 1958; M.S.. 1962. Ph.D.. University of
Maryland. 1970.
Woolpert, Stephen B. Associate Professor. Government
and Politics B.A., Grmnell College, 1966. M.A., The Johns
Hopkins University, 1968; PhD, Stanford University, 1977
Wrenn, Jerry P. Assistant Professor of Physical Education
BS. East Carolina College. 1961. MS , University of Tennesee,
1963. PhD., University of Maryland. 1970
Wright, Kleth C. Associate Professor, College of Library and
Information Services B.A . Willamette University, 1955; M.L.S ,
Columbia University, 1968. Ph.D.. 1972.
Wright, Wlnthrop R. Associate Professor of History B.A .
Swarthmore College. 1958; MA, University of Pennsylvania.
1960. Ph.D., 1964
Wu. Chlng-Sheng Research Professor, Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics BS. National Taiwan
University. 1954. M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1956.
PhD. Princeton University. 1959
Wylle, Ann G. Associate Professor of Geology B A., Welles-
ley College. 1966. Ph.D., Columbia University, 1972.
Wysong, John W. Professor of Agricultural and Resource
Economics BS, Cornell University, 1953, M S , University of
Illinois. 1954. PhD. Cornell University. 1957.
Yaney, George L. Professor of History B Mgt E , Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute. 1952. MA.. University of Colorado, 1956,
Ph.D., Princeton University, 1961
Yang, Grace L. Associate Professor of Mathematics and
Statistics B.A , National Taiwan University. 1960. MA, Universi-
ty of California. Berkeley. 1963; Ph D., 1966
Yang, Jackson C. Professor of Mechanical Engineering BS.
University of Maryland. 1958; M.A., 1961. PhD., 1963
Yang, Paul C. Assistant Professor of Mathematics AB.
University of California. Berkeley. 1969. PhD., 1973
Yarlan, Richard A. Assistant Professor of Health Education
BS. Ball State University. 1971; M.S., 1972; Ed S. 1973. PhD.
University of Maryland. 1976
Yaramanoglu, Mellh Assistant Professor of Agricultural En-
gineering BS. Middle East Technical University. 1971, M.S..
1973, Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 1978
Yeh, Kwan-Nan Associate Professor of Textiles and Con-
sumer Economics B.S , National Taiwan University. 1961; M.S..
Tulane University, 1965. PhD, University of Georgia, 1970
Yeni-Komshlan, Grace Associate Professor of Linguistics
B.A., American University of Beirut, 1957; M.S., Cornell Univer-
sity, 1962; Ph.D.. McGill University. 1965.
Yff, Joost Acting Chairman of Early Childhood/Elementary
Education B.S.E.. State College at Fitchburg, 1959; M.A.. Uni-
versity of Maryland. 1961; Ph.D.. 1965.
Yodh, Gaurang B. Professor of Physics and Astronomy
B.Sc. University of Bombay. 1 948; M.Sc . University of Chicago.
1951. PhD. 1955
Yorke, James Alan Research Professor. Institute for Physi-
cal Science and Technology and Mathematics A.B., Columbia
University. 1963, Ph.D. University of Maryland. 1966.
Young, Bobby G. Professor of Microbiology B.A.. Southeast
Missouri Stale College. 1950, Ph D , The Johns Hopkins Univer-
sity, 1965.
Young, Edgar P. Professor of Animal Science BS, Ohio
State University. 1954; M.S. 1956; Ph.D.. 1958
Young, Oran R. Professor, Government and Poltics AB,
Harvard University. 1962. MA.. Yale University. 1964; PhD.
1965
Zagler. Don Bernard Professor of Mathematics B.S Mas
sachusetts Institute of Technology. 1968; Dipl. Adv.. Oxford
University. 1969; PhD, 1972, Habitation, Universitat Bonn,
1975.
Zajac, Felix E. Ill Associate Professor of Electrical Engineer-
ing BEE.. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1962; MS. Stan-
lord University, 1965. Ph.D.. 1968
Zakl, Kawthar A. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineer-
ing 8.S., Ain-Syams University. 1962, MS . University of Califor-
nia. Berkeley. 1966. PhD. 1969
Zalcman, Lawrence Allen Professor of Mathematics AB,
Dartmouth College. 1964. PhD. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1968
Zanot, Eric J. Assistant Professor of Journalism B.A.. Penn-
sylvania State University. 1965; M.A., 1970. Ph.D.. University of
Illinois. 1977.
Zave, Pamela Assistant Professor of Computer Science
B.A.. Cornell University, 1970; M.S.. University Of Wisconsin.
1972. PhD, 1976
Zedek. Michael Professor of Mathematics and Statistics
M.S. Hebrew University of Jerusalem. 1952. PhD, Harvard
University. 1956
Zelkowltz, Marvin Associale Professor of Computer Science
B.S., Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute. 1967. M.S. Cornell
University. 1969. Ph.D.. 1971.
Zllti. Madeline C. Assistant Professor of History AB, Mount
Holyoke College. 1964, MA. University of Chicago, 1970.
Ph.D.. 1976
Zlpoy, David M. Associate Professor of Astronomy B.S .
University of Minnesota, 1954; Ph.D., 1957.
Zoller. William H. Professor of Chemistry B.S . University of
Alaska. 1965. Ph.D. Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
1969.
Zorn, Bice Sechl Professor of Physics Dottore m Fiscia.
University of Caglian. 1952
Zorn, Gus T. Professor of Physics B.S.. Oklahoma Stale
University. 1948, MS , University of New Mexico. 1953. Ph D .
University of Padua, 1954
Zuckerman, Benjamin M. Professor of Astronomy B.S,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1963; MS. 1963.
Ph.D.. Harvard University, 1968.
Zwanzig, Robert W.. Research Professor, Institute for Physi-
cal Science and Technology B S . Brooklyn Polytechnic In-
stitute. 1948. M.S. University of Southern California. 1950.
Ph.D., California Institute of Technology. 1952
42
Graduate Programs
Administration,
Supervision, and
Curriculum Program
Professor and Chairman: Warren
Professors: Anderson, J. P., Anderson, V.E.
(Emeritus), Berdahl, Berman, Carbone,
Dudley, McClure, McLoone, Newell, Stephens,
van Zwoll (Emeritus), Wiggin (Emerita)
Associate Professors: Clague, Goldman,
Selden, Splaine
Assistant Professors: Brand, Clabaugh,
Intriligator, King (Visiting)
The Department of Administration, Supervision,
and Curriculum offers programs of study for the
M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., and Ph.D. degrees as well
as for the Advanced Graduate Specialist certifi-
cate. Areas of specialization include: adminis-
tration, supervision, curriculum, adult and higher
education, and educational technology. Pro-
grams in all areas are individually designed for
careers in public or private elementary and
secondary schools, adult and higher education,
other education agencies, government agen-
cies, and non-school educational settings.
Admission and Degree
Information
Admission at the doctoral level is based upon a
number of criteria, including grade-point aver-
age and standardized test scores. Selective
screening of qualified applicants at the mas-
ter's, A.G.S., and doctoral levels is necessary in
terms of limiting enrollment to the available
faculty resources of the Department.
A field internship or its equivalency is re-
quired of all A.G.S. and Ed.D. candidates. This
internship is performed under faculty supervi-
sion in schools, colleges or agencies, in roles
that are consistent with the candidate's pro-
gram emphasis.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department has developed close working
relationships with area schools, community col-
leges and education agencies so that they may
serve as resources for the academic offerings
on campus. Procedures have been established
which facilitate the use of these agencies for
research and field experiences. The Education-
al Technology Center in the College of Educa-
tion is used extensively by students in the
Department, particularly those in curriculum.
Financial Assistance
Some Graduate Assistantships are available to
qualified graduate students.
Additional Information
For information and a departmental brochure,
please write to the Director of the Graduate
Program.
Courses
EDAD 440 Utilization of Educational Media (3) Sur-
vey of Classroom uses of instructional media.
Techniques for integrating media into instruction.
Includes preparation of a unit of instruction utiliz-
ing professional and teacher produced media.
EDAD 441 Graphic Materials for Instruction (3)
Prerequisites: EDAD 440 or consent of instructor. A
laboratory course which combines graphic and photo-
graphic processes for education and training pur-
poses. Techniques include lettering, coloring, trans-
parencies, illustrations, converting, duplicating trans-
parent and opaque media. Emphasis is placed on
appropriate media selection for target audiences.
Heavy student project orientation.
EDAD 442 Instructional Media Services (3) Prereq-
uisites: Teaching experience and EDAD 440, or equiv-
alent. Procedures for coordinating instructional media
programs; instructional materials acquisition, storage,
scheduling, distribution, production, evalution and
other service responsibilities; instructional materials
center staff coordination of research, curriculum im-
provement and faculty development programs.
EDAD 443 Instructional Television Utilization (3)
Combining televised lessons, on-campus seminars,
and related workbook assignments, this course focus-
es upon planning for the various uses of instructional
television with students. State, local school unit,
school, and classroom uses will be illustrated through
film and studio production. The aspects of producing
ITV programs are developed through the television
lessons and 'Hands-on' assignments of the seminars.
EDAD 444 Programmed Instruction (3) Analysis of
programmed instruction techniques; selection, utiliza-
tion and evaluation of existing programs and teaching
machines; developing learning objectives; writing and
validating programs.
EDAD 489 Field Experience in Education (1-4)
Prerequisites: At least six semester hours in education
at the University of Maryland plus such other prerequi-
sites as may be set by the major area in which the
experience is to be taken. Planned field experience
may be provided for selected students who have had
teaching experience and whose application for such
field experience has been approved by the education
faculty. Field experience is offered in a given area to
both major and nonmajor students. NOTE — The total
number of credits which a student may earn in EDAD
489, 888, and 889 is limited to a maximum of 20
semester hours.
EDAD 494 The Legal Rights and Obligations of
Teachers (3) and Students Selected state and feder-
al court decisions, legislation, and executive guidelines
regulating public education. Speech and other forms of
expression, privacy, suspensions, expulsions, search
and seizure, tort liability for negligence (including edu-
cational malpractice), hiring, promotion, dismissal and
non-renewal of teachers. No prior legal training re-
quired.
EDAD 498 Special Problems in Education (1-3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Available only to
mature students who have definite plans for individual
study of approved problems.
EDAD 499 Workshops, Clinics, Institutes (1-6) The
maximum number of credits that may be earned under
this course symbol toward any degree is six semester
hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until
six semester hours have been reached. The following
type of educational enterprise may be scheduled
under this course heading: workshops conducted by
the College of Education (or developed cooperatively
with other colleges and universities) and not otherwise
covered in the present course listing; clinical experi-
ences in pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech
therapy laboratories, and special education centers.
Institutes developed around specific topics or prob-
lems and intended for designated groups.
EDAD 602 The Junior College (3)
EDAD 603 Problems in Higher Education (3)
EDAD 605 Administrative Foundations (3) EDAD
605 is presented as the first of the four courses for
students majoring in the field of Educational Adminis-
tration, Supervision, and Curriculum Development. It
attempts to structure a theoretical and research base
for the study and practice of administration in the field
of education by introducing the student to selected
contributors to administration, and by indicating the
multidisciplinary nature of administrative study as it
relates to purpose-determination, policy-definition, and
task-accomplishment.
EDAD 606 Administrative Behavior and Organiza
tional Management (3) A critical analysis of organiza
tional management (informal and formal dimensions)
an assessment of the contributions from other fields
(traditional and emerging) to the study of administra
five behavior and the governance of organizations,
and an analysis and assessment of the administrator's
motivations, perceptions, and sensitivity as determi
nants of behavior constitute the major units of study for
EDAD 606. The theoretical and research bases for
these areas and such related concepts as status, role,
systems, interpersonal relations, and sensitivity train-
ing are examined.
EDAD 607 Administrative Processes (3) EDAD 607
is designed to develop competence with respect to
selected administrative process areas. It examines
efforts to develop theories and models in these areas
and analyzes research studies and their implications
for administrative practice. In addition it seeks to
develop skill in selected process areas through such
techniques as simulation, role-playing, case analysis,
and computer-assisted instruction.
EDAD 608 Administrative Relationships (3) EDAD
608 is structured to provide the student of educational
administration with an understanding of the various
groups and subgroups to which an administrator re-
lates and to the significance of these relationships for
leadership behavior. It provides an opportunity to
examine and analyze significant principles, concepts,
and issues in the areas of personnel administration,
public relations, community, state, and federal agen-
cies. The human relations skills essential to effective
leadership in these areas constitute the other dimen-
sion of this course.
EDAD 611 The Organization and Administration of
Secondary Schools (3) Prerequisite: Consent of in-
structor. The work of the secondary school school-
community relationships, student activities, schedule
making, and internal financial accounting.
EDAD 612 School Finance and Business Adminis-
tration (3) An introduction to principles and practices
in the administration of the public school finance
activity. Sources of tax revenue, the budget, and the
function of finance in the educational program are
considered.
EDAD 616 Public School Supervision (3) The nature
and functions of supervision; various supervisory tech-
niques and procedures; human relationship factors;
and personal qualities for supervision.
EDAD 617 Administration and Supervision In Ele-
mentary Schools (3) Problems in administering ele-
mentary schools and improving instruction.
Aerospace Engineering Program 43
EDAD 620 General Systems Theory I (3) Prerequi-
site: EDAD 607 or permission of instructor Theory of
complex systems, principles and mechanisms of regu-
lation, control, and adaptation in physical, biological,
social, and symbolic systems Equi-Finality. evolution,
feedback, hierarchy theory, homeostasis, requisite va-
riety, and self-organization Applications to policy mak-
ing, planning, and management in educational or-
ganizations.
EDAD 621 General Systems Theory II (3) Prerequi-
site EDAD 620 or permission of instructor. General
systems theory applied to actual organizational prob-
lems. Field work and relevant social science literature
for the definition of one or more key. long-range
problems and the development of plans to solve the
problems.
EDAD 630 Elementary and Secondary School Law
(3) Selected court opinions, legislation and executive
guidelines regulating elementary and secondary edu-
cation. Equal educational opportunity, first and fourth
amendment rights of students and teachers, tori liabili-
ty for negligence, equal protection in hiring, firing and
non-renewal of teachers, individual and institutional
liability for federal civil rights violations and common
law forts. No prior legal training required.
EDAD 631 Higher Education Law (3) Selected court
opinions, legislation and executive guidelines regulat-
ing higher education. First and fourth amendment
rights of students and faculty, procedural due process,
equal educational opportunity, equal protection in hir-
ing, promotion, non-renewal and salaries, individual
and institutional liability for civil rights violations and
common law torts No prior legal training required
EDAD 632 Collective Bargaining In Elementary-
Secondary Education (3) Evolution and impact of
collective bargaining in elementary and secondary
education. Impact of collective bargaining on the edu-
cational power structure, third-party community in-
terests and educational policy making.
EDAD 633 Collective Bargaining In Higher Educa-
tion (3) Legal and educational policy of collective
bargaining in higher education. Nature and scope of
the bargaining process, impact of collective bargaining
on academic governance, student interests, personnel
decisions, and grievance mechanisms.
EDAD 634 The School Curriculum (2-3) A founda-
tions course embracing the curriculum as a whole from
early childhood through adolescence, including a re-
view of historical developments, an analysis of condi-
tions aflecting curriculum change, an examination of
issues in curriculum making, and a consideration of
current trends in curriculum design.
EDAD 635 Principles of Curriculum Development
(3) Curriculum planning, improvement, and evaluation
in the schools; principles for the selection and organi-
zation of the content and learning experiences; ways
of working in classroom and school on curriculum
improvement.
EDAD 636 Communication and the School Curricu-
lum (3) Curriculum development based on communi-
cation as the maior vehicle for describing the learner's
interactions with persons, knowledge, and materials in
the classroom and school environment. (Also listed as
EDEL 636)
EDAD 641 Selection and Evaluation of Instruc-
tional Media (3) Development of criteria for selection
and evaluation of instructional materials for classroom,
school and system use; includes measures of reada-
bility, listenability, visual difficulty, and interest level.
EDAD 642 Mediated Instructional Systems (3) Pre-
requisite; EDAD 440 and EDAD 444, Survey of innova-
tive instructional systems. Comparison of effective-
ness of alternate teaching-learning systems. System
design to improve teaching-learning efficiency through
instructional media.
EDAD 644 Practicum in Instructional Systems (2-6)
Prerequisite: EDAD 444 or EDAD 642 Design and
development of experimental instructional materials or
systems to solve a specific instructional problem in the
field.
EDAD 679 Seminar in Educational Administration
and Supervision (2-4) Prerequisite At least four
hours in educational administration and supervision or
consent of instructor. A student may register for two
hours and may take the seminar a second time for an
additional two hours.
EDAD 718 School Surveys (2-6) Prerequisite: Con-
sent of instructor. Includes study of school surveys
with emphasis on problems of school organization and
administration, finance and school plant planning.
Field work in school surveys is required.
EDAD 723 The Human Dimension In Administration
(3) Prerequisite: EDAD 605 or consent of instructor.
Theory, research findings, and laboratory experiences
in human skills in organizations. Goal setting, commu-
nication, conflict, decision making evaluation, and con-
sultant intervention.
EDAD 724 Group Relationships in Administration
(3) Prerequisite: EDAD 605 or consent of instructor
Group relationships and relevant administrative skills
in educational settings. The role of authority, group
maturation, group member roles, group decision mak-
ing, and intra- and inter-group conflict.
EDAD 726 Child Accounting (2) An inquiry into the
record keeping activities of the school system, includ-
ing an examination of the marking system.
EDAD 727 Public School Personnel Administration
(3) A comparison of practices with principles governing
the satisfaction of school personnel needs, including a
study of tenure, salary schedules, supervision, re-
wards, and other benefits.
EDAD 738 Scholarly Thought and Contemporary
Curriculum (1-3) Current curricular trends, issues,
theory, and research in the light of past curricular and
social thought. Linguistic analysis, analysis of thinking,
disciplines as modes of inquiry, influence of romantic
thought, influence of the industrial model, school as
transformer of society, and political ideologies. May be
repeated to a maximum of six credits.
EDAD 750 Organization and Administration of
Teacher Education (3) Teacher education today
Current patterns and significant emerging changes,
particularly those involving teachers and schools.
Deals with selection, curriculum, research, accredition,
and institution-school relationships.
EDAD 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6)
Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to
pursue special research problems under the direction
of their advisors may register for credit under this
number.
EDAD 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) Registra-
tion required to the extent of six hours for master's
thesis.
EDAD 802 Curriculum in Higher Education (3) An
analysis of research in curriculum and of conditions
affecting curriculum change, with examination of is-
sues in curriculum making based upon the history of
higher education curriculum development.
EDAD 803 Organization and Administration of
Higher Education (3) Organization and administration
of higher education at the local, state, and federal
levels; and an analysis of administrative relationships
and functions and their effects in curriculum and
instruction.
EDAD 805 College Teaching (3) Various methods of
college instruction analyzed in relation to the curricu-
lum and psychological basis. These would include the
case study method, the demonstration method, the
lecture method, the recitation method, teaching ma-
chines, teaching by television, and other teaching aids
EDAD 806 Seminar In Problems of Higher Educa-
tion (3) Contemporary issues and problems in post-
secondary education relevant to the interests of both
administrators and college/university faculty mem-
bers. Problems of individual interest. Preparation of
publishable papers on post-secondary education top-
ics.
EDAD 837 Curriculum Theory and Research (2)
EDAD 857 Administration of Adult and Continuing
Education (3) An overview of the field of Adult Con-
tinuing Education focusing on the administration of
institutions and organizations that provide both credit
and non-credit educational experiences for adult lear-
ners. Historical Development of Adult Education in
America. Concepts that have molded the adult educa-
tion movement, and issues in financing and delivering
adult education programs.
EDAD 859 Seminar In Adult Education (3)
EDAD 861 Seminar: Research in School Effective-
ness (3) Prerequisite: EDAD 605, 606, 607. 608, and
consent of instructor. Examination of organiza-
tional effectiveness and the methodologies for
assessing organizational effectiveness. An indi-
vidual research project is required.
EDAD 862 Seminar: Theoretical Basis of Adminis-
trative Behavior (3) Prerequisite: EDAD 605. 606,
607. 608. and consent of instructor. Study of adminis-
trative behavior in educational institutions Develop-
ment of a research design for the study of administra-
tive behavior in one educational institution
EDAD 865 Doctoral Research Seminar (3) Prerequi-
site: Consent of instructor. Development of the disser-
tation proposal Definition of the problem, develop-
ment of research design, design of data collection
processes, and discussion of writing of the disserta-
tion.
EDAD 879 Seminar in Teacher Education (3-6) A
problem seminar in teacher education. A maximum of
six hours may be earned in this course.
EDAD 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) Ap-
prenticeships in the major area of study are available
to selected students whose application for an ap-
prenticeship has been approved by the Education
faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to work for at
least a semester full-time or the equivalent with an
appropriate staff member of a cooperating school,
school system, or educational institution or agency
The sponsor of the apprentice maintains a close
working relationship with the apprentice and the other
persons involved Prerequisites: Teaching experience,
a master's degree in Education, and at least six
semester hours in Education at the University of Mary-
land. NOTE: The total number of credits which a
student may earn in EDAD 489. 888, and 889 is limited
to a maximum of twenty (20) semester hours
EDAD 889 Internship In Education (3-8) Internships
in the maior area of study are available to selected
students who have teaching experience The following
groups of students are eligible: (A) any student who
has been advanced to candidacy for the doctor's
degree; and (B) any student who receives special
approval by the Education faculty for an internship,
provided that prior to taking an internship, such stu-
dent shall have completed at least 60 semester hours
of graduate work, including at least six semester hours
in Education at the University of Maryland Each intern
is assigned to work on a full-time basis for al least a
semester with an appropnate staff member in a
cooperating school, school system, or educational
institution or agency. The internship must be taken in a
school situation different from the one where the
student is regularly employed. The intern's sponsor
maintains a close working relationship with the intern
and the other persons involved NOTE: The total
number of credits which a student may earn in EDAD
489. 888. and 889 is limited to a maximum of twenty
(20) semester hours.
EDAD 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an
Ed.D Project and 12-18 hours for a PhD desserta-
tion.
Aerospace Engineering
Program
Professor and Chairman: Gessow
Professors: Anderson, Corning, Donaldson,
Melnik, Pai, Plotkin
Associate Professors: Barlow, Jones
Assistant Professors. Lee, Winklemann
Lecturers: Billlg, Case, Chander. Fleig, Griffen,
Krone, Waltrup
The Aerospace Engineering Department offers
a broad program of graduate studies leading to
the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of
Philosophy. The curricula for these degrees are
adapted to meet the objectives and background
of the individual student and are planned by the
student and his advisor. Applications for admis-
sion are invited from those holding a B.S. de-
gree in engineering, the physical sciences, and
mathematics. Aerodynamics and Propulsion,
44 Aerospace Engineering Program
Structural Mechanics, and Flight Dynamics are
the major areas of specialization available to
graduate students. Within these areas of spe-
cialization, the student can tailor programs such
as Computational Mechanics, and High Tem-
perature Gas Dynamics.
Admission and Degree
Information
Two master's degree options are available;
thesis and non-thesis. No special departmental
requirements are imposed beyond the Gradu-
ate School requirements.
For the Doctor of Philosophy degree, the
Aerospace Engineering Department requires a
minimum of 48 semester hours of course-work
beyond the B.S. including (1) not less than 18
hours within one departmental area of speciali-
zation, (2) not less than 9 hours from among the
other areas of specialization in the department,
(3) not less than 12 hours in courses which
emphasize the physical sciences or mathemat-
ics rather than their applications. The total in (2)
plus that in (3) must be at least 24 hours of
which no more than 6 are less than 600 level.
Written and oral comprehensive examinations
are also required.
Facilities and Special Resources
The research facilities of the department are
available to the graduate student. The aerody-
namic facilities include two subsonic, two super-
sonic, a hypersonic wind tunnel, a GAT-1 flight
simulator, and a F-101 flight simulator. Facili-
ties are also available for static and vibration
testing of structures. An assortment of comput-
ers including a UNIVAC 1140 and a UNIVAC
1 108 complemented by remote access units on
a time-sharing basis are available. The Depart-
ment provides special facilities for the use of
students which include remote terminals and
mini-computers. Under special circumstances,
thesis research may be accomplished in off-
campus research facilities.
Financial Assistance
A number of graduate assistantships and fel-
lowships are available for financial assistance.
Courses
ENAE 401 Aerospace Laboratory II (2) Prerequi-
sites: ENAE 305 and ENAE 345. Corequisites: ENAE
452 and ENAE 471. Application of fundamental meas-
urement techniques to experiments in Aerospace En-
gineering, structural, aerodynamic, and propulsion
tests, correlation of theory with experimental results.
ENAE 402 Aerospace Laboratory III (1) Prerequi-
sites: ENAE 305 and ENAE 345. Corequisites: ENAE
452. ENAE 471, and ENAE 475. Application of funda-
mental measurement techniques to experiments in
aerospace engineering, structural, aerodynamic, flight
simulation, and heat transfer tests. Correlation of theo-
ry with experimental results.
ENAE 411 Aircraft Design (3) Prerequisites: ENAE
345. ENAE 451, and ENAE 371. Theory, background
and methods of airplane design, subsonic and super-
sonic.
ENAE 412 Design of Aerospace Vehicles (3) Pre-
requisites: ENAE 345 and ENAE 371, Theory, back-
ground and methods of space vehicle design for
manned orbiting vehicles, manned lunar and planetary
landing systems.
ENAE 415 Computer-Aided Structural Design Anal-
ysis (3) Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or consent of instruc-
tor. Introduction to structural design concepts and
analysis techniques. Introduction to computer soft-
ware for structural analysis which is utilized to verify
exact solutions and perform parametric design studies
of aerospace structures Not open to students who
have earned credit in ENAE 431.
ENAE 445 Stability and Control of Aerospace Vehi-
cles (3) Prerequisite: ENAE 345 and ENAE 371.
Stability, control and miscellaneous topics in dynam-
ics.
ENAE 451 Flight Structures I— Introduction to
Solid Mechanics (4) Prerequisite: ENES 220. An
introduction to the analysis of aircraft structural mem-
bers. Introduction to theory of of elasticity, mechanical
behavior of materials, thermal effects, finite-difference
approximations, virtual work, variational and energy
principles for static systems.
ENAE 452 Flight Structures II: Structural Elements
(3) Prerequisite: ENAE 451 . Application of variational
and energy principles to analysis of elastic bodies;
stresses and deflections of beams including effects of
non — principal axes, non — homogeneity, and thermal
gradients; differential equations of beams, bars, and
cables. Stresses and deflections of torsional mem-
bers, stresses due to shear. Deflection analysis of
structures.
ENAE 453 Matrix Methods in Computational Me-
chanics (3) Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or consent of
instructor. Introduction to the concepts of computa-
tional analysis of continuous media by use of matrix
methods. Foundation for use of finite elements in any
field of continuum mechanics, with emphasis on the
use of the displacement method to solve thermal and
structural problems.
ENAE 457 Flight Structures III (3) Prerequisite:
ENAE 452 or equivalent. An advanced undergraduate
course dealing with the theory and analysis of the
structures of flight vehicles. Stresses due to shear,
indeterminate structures, plate theory, buckling and
failure of columns and plates.
ENAE 461 Flight Propulsion I (3) Prerequisites:
ENME 216 and ENAE 471. Operating principles of
piston, turbojet, tuboprop, ramjet and rocket engines,
thermodynamic cycle analysis and engine perform-
ance, aerothermochemistry of combustion, fuels, and
propellants.
ENAE 462 Flight Propulsion II (3) Prerequisite: ENAE
461. Advanced and current topics in flight propulsion.
ENAE 471 Aerodynamics II (3) Prerequisite: ENAE
371 and ENME 216. Elements of compressible flow
with applications to aerospace engineering problems.
ENAE 472 Aerodynamics III (3) Prerequisite: ENAE
371. Theory of the flow of an incompressible fluid.
ENAE 473 Aerodynamics of High-Speed Flight (3)
Prerequisite: ENAE 472 or equivalent. An advanced
course dealing with aerodynamic problems of flight at
supersonic and hypersonic velocities. Unified hyper-
sonic and supersonic small disturbance theories, real
gas effects, aerodynamic heating and mass transfer
with applications to hypersonic flight and re-entry.
ENAE 475 Viscous Flow and Aerodynamic Heating
(3) Prerequisites: ENAE 371, ENAE 471, and ENME
216. Fundamental aspects of viscous flow. Navier-
Stokes equations, similarity, boundary layer equations;
laminar, transitional and turbulent incompressible
flows on airfoils, thermal boundary layers and convec-
tive heat transfer; conduction through solids, introduc-
tion to radiative heat transfer.
ENAE 488 Topics in Aerospace Engineering (1-4)
Technical elective taken with the permission of the
student's advisor and instructor. Lecture and con-
ference courses designed to extend the student's
understanding of aerospace engineering. Current top-
ics are emphasized.
ENAE 499 Elective Research (1-3) May be repeated
to a maximum of three credits. Elective for seniors in
Aerospace Engineering with permission of the stu-
dent's advisor and the instructor. Original research
projects terminating in a a written report.
ENAE 640 Flight Mechanics I (3) Prerequisites:
ENAE 445 or consent of instructor. Studies in the
dynamics and control of flight vehicles. Fundamentals
of the dynamics of rigid and non-rigid bodies and their
motion under the influence of aerodynamic and gravi-
tational forces.
ENAE 641 Flight Mechanics II (3) Prerequisites:
ENAE 640 or consent of instructor. A continuation
ENAE 646 Helicopter Theory I (3) Prerequisites
ENAE 461 or consent of instructor. Theories of rotor
aerodynamics in axial and nonaxial flight, dynamics of
rotor blades, helicopter performance, stability, control,
and current methods of helicopter dynamic analysis.
Development of a digital program for dynamic simula-
tion of helicopter flight.
ENAE 647 Helicopter Theory II (3) Prerequisites:
ENAE 646 or consent of instructor. A continuation of
ENAE 646.
ENAE 650 Variational Methods in Structural Me-
chanics (3) Prerequisites: ENAE 452 or equivalent.
Review of theory of linear elasticity with introduction to
cartesian tensors; application of calculus of variations
and variational principles of elasticity; Castigliano's
theorems; applications to aerospace structures.
ENAE 652 Finite Element Method in Engineering (3)
Prerequisite: ENAE 453 and ENAE 650, or consent of
instructor. Development of finite element representa-
tion of continua using galerkin and variational tech-
niques. Derivation of shell elements and parametric
representation of two and three dimensional elements.
Application to aerospace structures, fluids and diffu-
sion processes.
ENAE 653 Nonlinear Finite Element Analysis of
Continua (3) Prerequisite: ENAE 652 Finite element
formulation of nonlinear and time dependent pro-
cesses. Introduction to tensors, nonlinear elasticity,
plasticity and creep. Application to nonlinear continua
including aerospace structures, shells, radiation heat
transfer, creep.
ENAE 655 Structural Dynamics I (3) Prerequisites:
MATH 246 and ENAE 452 or equivalents: or consent
of instructor. Advanced principles of dynamics neces-
sary for structural analysis; solutions of eigenvalue
problems for discrete and continuous elastic systems,
solutions to forced response boundary value problems
by direct, modal, and transform methods.
ENAE 656 Structural Dynamics II (3) Prerequisite:
ENAE 655 or consent of instructor. Topics in
aeroelasticity: wing divergence; aileron reversal; flexi-
bility effects on aircraft stability derivatives; wing, em-
pennage and aircraft flutter; aircraft gust response.
ENAE 657 Theory of Structural Stability (3) Prereq-
uisite: ENAE 451 or equivalent. Static and dynamic
stability of structural systems. Classification of leading
systems: linear and nonlinear post — buckling behavior.
Perfect and imperfect system behavior. Buckling and
failure of columns and plates.
ENAE 661 Advanced Propulsion (3) Prerequisites:
ENAE 461, 462. Special problems of thermodynamics
and dynamics of aircraft power plants; jet, rocket and
ramjet engines; plasma, ion and nuclear propulsion for
space vehicles.
ENAE 662 Advanced Propulsion (3) Prerequisites:
ENAE 461, 462. Special problems of thermodynamics
and dynamics of aircraft power plants; jet, rocket and
ramjet engines; plasma, ion and nuclear propulsion for
space vehicles.
ENAE 671 Aerodynamics of Incompressible Fluids
(3) Prerequisite: MATH 463 or permission of instructor.
Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics, irrotational
motion, circulation theory of lift, thin airfoil theory,
lifting line theory, wind tunnel corrections, perturbation
methods.
ENAE 672 Aerodynamics of Incompressible Fluids
(3) Prerequisite: MATH 463 or permission of instructor.
Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics, irrotational
motion, circulation theory of lift, thin airfoil theory,
lifting line theory, wind tunnel corrections, perturbation
methods.
ENAE 673 Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids
(3) Prerequisite: ENAE 472 or permission of instructor.
One dimensional flow of a perfect compressible fluid.
Shock waves. Two — dimensional linearized theory of
compressible flow. Two — dimensional transonic and
hypersonic flows. Exact solutions of two — dimensional
isotropic flow. Linearized theory of three — dimensional
potetial flow. Exact solution of axially symmetrical
potential flow. One-dimensional flow with friction and
heat addition.
ENAE 674 Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids
(3) Prerequisite: ENAE 472 or permission of instructor.
One dimensional flow of a perfect compressible fluid.
Shock waves. Two — dimensional linearized theory of
compressible flow. Two — dimensional transonic and
hypersonic flows. Exact solutions of two — dimensional
isotropic flow. Linearized theory of three — dimensional
Agricultural and Resource Economics Program 45
potetial How. Exact solution of axially symmetrical
potential (low. One — dimensional flow with friction and
heat addition.
ENAE 675 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids (3)
Derivation of Navrer Stokes equations, some exact
solutions: boundary layer equations. Laminar flow-
simiiar solutions, compressibility, transformations, an-
alytic approximations, numerical methods, stability and
transition of turbulent flow Turbulent flow-isotropic
turbulence, boundary layer flows, free mixing flows
ENAE 676 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids (3)
Derivation of Navier Stokes equations, some exact
solutions: boundary layer equations Laminar flow-
similar solutions, compressibility, transformations, an-
alytic approximations, numerical methods, stability and
transition to turbulent flow. Turbulent flow-istropic tur-
bulence, boundary layer flows, free mixing flows.
ENAE 686 Seminar (1-3)
ENAE 757 Advanced Structural Dynamics (3) Pre-
requisite: ENAE 655 or equivalent. Fundamentals of
probability theory pertinent to random vibrations, in-
cluding correlation functions, and spectral densities;
example random processes; response of single de-
gree and multidegree of freedom systems.
ENAE 788 Selected Topics in Aerospace Engineer-
ing (1-3)
ENAE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ENAE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Agricultural and
Extension Education
Program
Chairman: Nelson
Professor: Longest
Associate Professors: Seibel, Whaples,
Wheatley, Wright
Assistant Professors: Cooper, Ewert, Klavon,
Glee
As a multidisciplinary department of several
educational and social science specialities, the
Department of Agricultural and Extension Edu-
cation services the academic and continuing
education needs and interests of the Coopera-
tive Extension Service, teachers of agriculture
and professionals involved in continuing educa-
tion, community development, and environmen-
tal education.
Admission and Degree
Information
The Master of Science and Doctor of Philoso-
phy degree and the Advanced Graduate Spe-
cialist Certificate (requiring 30 credits beyond
the master's degree) may be obtained in op-
tions in Agricultural Education, Environmental
Education, Extension and Continuing Educa-
tion, and Community Development. Specializa-
tion options in Agricultural Education include
teacher education, research and administration
and supervision. Specialization options under
Extension and Continuing Education include
staff development, program development, ad-
ministration and supervision, and continuing ed-
ucation. The multidisciplinary Community De-
velopment program specialties include various
social science disciplines with research, teach-
ing, and extension functions; human and or-
ganizational planning and development; and
public affairs education.
In the Master of Science programs both
thesis and non-thesis options are available.
Applicants for the Master of Science program
must present transcripts and recommendations
for evaluation.
No specific number of credits is required
for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. Each stu-
dent's program is planned by his committee
according to his previous education and experi-
ence, special interests and needs, and profes-
sional plans. No foreign language is required
but is encouraged for those interested in inter-
national development areas. Students are en-
couraged to develop research techniques
through specific courses and participation in
Department research programs.
Applicants should present results of the
Miller Analogies and/or GRE tests with their
applications for admission, along with recom-
mendations from individuals competent to eval-
uate academic strengths of the applicant.
Courses
RLED 423 Extension Communications (3) An intro-
duction to communications in teaching and within an
organization, including barriers to communication, the
diffusion process and the application of communica-
tion principles person to person, with groups and
through mass media.
RLED 426 Development and Management of Ex-
tension Youth Programs (3) Designed for present
and prospective state leaders of extension youth pro-
grams. Program development, principles of program
management, leadership development and counsel-
ing; science, career selection and citizenship in youth
programs, field experience in working with low income
families' youth, urban work.
RLED 427 Group Dynamics in Continuing and Ex-
tension Education (3) Concepts involved in working
with groups planning extension and continuing educa-
tion programs Analysis of group behavior and group
dynamics related to small groups and development of
a competence in the selection of appropriate methods
and techniques.
RLED 464 Rural Life in Modern Society (3) Examina-
tion of the many aspects of rural life that affect and are
affected by changes in technical, natural and human
resources. Emphasis is placed on the role which
diverse organizations, agencies and institutions play in
the education and adjustment of rural people to the
demands of modern society.
RLED 466 Rural Poverty in an Affluent Society (3)
Topics examined include conditions under which peo-
ple in poverty exist, factors giving rise to such condi-
tions, problems faced by the rural poor, and the kinds
of assistance they need to rise out of poverty Topics
and issues are examined in the context of rural-urban
interrelationships and their effects on rural poverty.
Special attention is given to past and present pro-
grams designed to alleviate poverty and to considera-
tions and recommendations for future action.
RLED 487 Conservation of Natural Resources (3)
Designed primarily for teachers. Study of state's natu-
ral resources — soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, forests,
and minerals — natural resources problems and prac-
tices. Extensive field study. Concentration on subject
matter. Taken concurrently with RLED 497 in summer
season.
RLED 488 Critique in Rural Education (1) Current
problems and trends in rural education.
RLED 489 Critique in Rural Education (1) Current
problems and trends in rural education.
RLED 497 Conservation of Natural Resources (3)
Designed primarily for teachers. Study of state's natu-
ral resources — soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, forests,
and minerals— natural resources problems and prac-
tices. Extensive field study. Methods of teaching con-
servation included Taken concurrently with RLED 487
in summer season.
RLED 499 Special Problems (1-3) Prerequisite: Staff
approval
RLED 606 Program Planning and Evaluation in
Agricultural Education (2-3) Second semester Anal-
ysis of community agricultural education needs, selec-
tion and organization of course content, criteria and
procedures for evaluating programs.
RLED 626 Program Development In Extension Ed-
ucation (3) Concepts in program planning and devel-
opment A conceptual approach to a tested framework
for programming Study and analysis of program de-
sign and implimentation in the extension service.
RLED 627 Program Evaluation in Adult and Con-
tinuing Education (3) Prerequisite RLED 626 or
consent of instructor An analysis of program evalua-
tion concepts as they relate specifically to adult con-
tinuing education Program evaluation concepts, is-
sues and problems with emphasis on the use of
evaluation procedures
RLED 628 Seminar in Program Planning (1-5) The
student assists in the development of an educational
program in an institutional or community setting He
also develops an individualized unit of study applicable
to the program Seminar sessions are based on the
actual problems of diagnosing needs, planning, con-
ducting, and evaluating programs Repeatable to a
maximum of five credits.
RLED 630 Teaching-Learning in Adult and Continu-
ing Education (3) The teaching/learning process in
adult continuing education. Instructional techniques
and methodologies appropriate for adults. The curricu-
lum development process. Issues and priorities m adult
continuing education.
RLED 642 Continuing Education in Extension (3)
Studies the process through which adults have and
use opportunities to learn systematically under the
guidance of an agent, teacher or leader. A variety of
program areas will be reviewed giving the student an
opportunity to plan, conduct and evaluate learning
activities for adults.
RLED 661 Rural Community Analysis (3) First se-
mester. Analysis of structure and function of rural
society and application of social understandings to
educational processes
RLED 663 Developing Rural Leadership (2-3) First
semester Theories of leadership are emphasized
Techniques of identifying formal and informal leaders
and the development of rural lay leaders.
RLED 691 Research Methods in Rural Education
(2-3) First semester The scientific method, problem
identification, survey of research literature, prepanng
research plans, design of studies, expenmentation.
analysis of data and thesis writing
RLED 699 Special Problems (1-3) Prerequisite: Ap-
proval of staff
RLED 707 Supervision of Student Teaching (1)
Summer session Identification of experiences and
activities in an effective student teaching program,
responsibilities and duties of supervising teachers, and
evaluation of student teaching.
RLED 789 Special Topics (1-3) May be repeated to a
maximum of nine credits provided content is different.
RLED 798 Seminar in Rural Education (1-3) Prob-
lems in the organization, administration, and supervi-
sion of the several agencies of rural and/or vocational
education. Repeatable to a maximum of eight semes-
ter credits
RLED 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
RLED 882 Agricultural College Instruction (1)
RLED 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Agricultural and
Resource Economics
Program
Professor and Chairman: Norton
Professors: Bender. Cain. Foster. Ishee,
Lessley. Moore, Smith, Stevens, Tuthill,
Wysong
Associate Professors: Hardie, Lawrence.
McConnell
Assistant Professors: Chambers. Pnndle.
Strand
The Department of Agricultural and Resource
Economics offers a course of study leading to
the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of
Philosophy. The graduate program prepares
students through courses in traditional subject
matter areas, research expenences designed to
46 Agricultural and Resource Economics Program
give competency in scientific methodology, and
seminar and discussion opportunities.
The Department provides two areas of
specialization, agricultural economics and re-
source economics. Areas of study and research
in agricultural economics include agricultural
development, international trade, agricultural
marketing, farm management and production
economics, agricultural policy and econome-
trics. Resource economics areas cover land
use, marine resources, water resources, and
community and resource development. Both
areas of specialization integrate opportunity for
study and research from a variety of disciplines
related to agricultural and resource economics.
Admission and Degree
Information
Thesis and non-thesis options are available for
the Master of Science degree in both areas of
specialization. The thesis option requires a mini-
mum of 24 hours course work and six hours of
thesis. The final examination is oral, takes place
after completion of the thesis and is primarily a
defense of the thesis. The non-thesis option
requires 33 hours of course work, including a
scholarly paper. There is a final comprehensive
written examination for the non-thesis option.
The examination is primarily concerned with
course work taken during the program.
Students with a bachelor's degree general-
ly enter the master's program before applying
for the doctoral program. A minimum of 48
hours of course work beyond the bachelor's
degree and 12 hours of dissertation research
are required for the Ph.D. degree. Qualifying
examinations are administered on completion
of core course requirements, and written and
oral comprehensive examinations are held
when course work has been completed. An oral
dissertation defense is also required.
There is no foreign language requirement
for any graduate degree. The time required to
complete a master's degree is generally two
years, although it can be completed in 18
months of concentrated effort. The Ph.D. adds
a minimum of two years beyond the Master's
program. The Graduate Record Examination
(GRE) Aptitude Test scores are required with
the application for admission.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department actively employs the resources
of many state, federal, and international agen-
cies unique to the Washington, DC. area to
offer experience from the world of government
and business. The Library of Congress in Wash-
ington and the National Agricultural Library in
Beltsville (just north of the campus) enhance
teaching and research efforts.
Financial Assistance
Graduate assistantships are offered to qualified
applicants on the basis of past academic per-
formance and availability of funds. A large por-
tion of the full-time students in the Department
hold assistantships or some other form of finan-
cial aid. Part-time and summer work is often
available for students not receiving financial aid.
Additional Information
A booklet, Curriculum, of the Department de-
scribes undergraduate and graduate programs,
and gives a description of all courses given by
the Department. DARE Policy Handbook for the
Graduate Program provides course require-
ments, examination procedures and descriptive
material on M.S. and Ph.D. programs in both
areas of specialization. For more specific infor-
mation, contact:
Dr. B.V. Lessley
Graduate Coordinator
Department of Agricultural and Resource
Economics
Courses
AREC 404 Prices of Agricultural Products (3) An
introduction to agricultural price behavior. Emphasis is
placed on the use of price information in the decision-
making process, the relation of supply and demand in
determining agricultural prices, and the relation of
prices to grade, time, location, and stages of process-
ing in the marketing system. The course includes
elementary methods of price analysis, the concept of
parity and the role of price support programs in agricul-
tural decisions.
AREC 406 Farm Management (3) The organization
and operation of the farm business to obtain an
income consistent with family resources and objec-
tives. Principles of production economics and other
related fields are applied to the individual farm busi-
ness. Laboratory period will be largely devoted to field
trips and other practical exercises.
AREC 407 Financial Analysis of the Farm Business
(3) Application of economic principles to develop crite-
ria for a sound farm business, including credit source
and use, preparing and filing income tax returns,
methods of appraising farm properties, the summary
and analysis of farm records, leading to effective
control and profitable operation of the farm business.
AREC 410 Horse Industry Economics (3) Prerequi-
site: ANSC 230 and 232. An introduction to the eco-
nomic forces affecting the horse industry and to the
economic tools required by horse farm managers,
trainers, and others in the industry.
AREC 414 Introduction to Agricultural Business
Management (3) The different forms of businesses
are investigated. Management functions, business in-
dicators, measures of performance, and operational
analysis are examined. Case studies are used to show
applications of management techniques.
AREC 427 The Economics of Marketing Systems
for Agricultural Commodities (3) Basic economic
theory as applied to the marketing of agricultural
products, including price, cost, and financial analysis.
Current developments affecting market structure in-
cluding effects of contractual arrangement, vertical
integration, governmental policies and regulation.
AREC 432 Introduction to Natural Resources Poli-
cy (3) Development of natural resource policy and
analysis of the evolution of public intervention in the
use of natural resources. Examination of present poli-
cies and of conflicts between private individuals, public
interest groups, and government agencies.
AREC 445 World Agricultural Development and the
Quality of Life (3) An examination of the key aspects
of the agricultural development of less developed
countries related to resources, technology, cultural
and social setting, population, infrastructure, incen-
tives, education, and government. Environmental im-
pact of agricultural development, basic economic and
social characteristics of peasant agriculture, theories
and models of agricultural development, selected as-
pects of agricultural development planning.
AREC 452 Economics of Resource Development
(3) A study of the adequacy and quality of the natural
(land, water, air) and human resources, the economic
and institutional arrangements which guide their use
and development, and the means for improving their
quality and use.
AREC 453 Economic Analysis of Natural Re-
sources (3) Rational use and reuse of natural re-
sources. Theory and methodology of the allocation of
natural resources among alternative uses. Optimum
state of conservation, market failure, safe minimum
standard, and cost-benefit analysis.
AREC 484 Introduction to Econometrics in Agricul-
ture (3) An introduction to the application of econo-
metric techniques to agricultural problems with empha-
sis on the assumptions and computational techniques
necessary to derive statistical estimates, test hypothe-
ses, and make predictions with the use of single
equation models. Includes linear and non-linear
regression models, internal least squares, discriminant
analysis and factor analysis.
AREC 489 Special Topics in Agricultural and Re-
sources Economics (3) Repeatable to a maximum of
9 credits.
AREC 495 Honors Reading Course in Agricultural
and Resource Economics I (3) Prerequisite: Ac-
ceptance in the honors program of the Depart-
ment of Agricultural and Resource Economics.
Selected readings in political and economic theory
from 1700 to 1850 This course develops a basic
understanding of the development of economic and
political thought as a foundation for understanding our
present society and its cultural heritage.
AREC 496 Honors Reading Course in Agricultural
and Resource Economics II (3) Prerequisite: Suc-
cessful completior of AREC 495 and registration in
the honors program of the Department and re-
source economics. Selected readings in political and
economic theory from 1850 to the present. This couse
continues the development of a basic understanding
of economic and political thought begun in AREC 495
by the examination of modern problems in agricultural
and resource economics in the light of the material
read and discussed in AREC 495 and AREC 496.
AREC 639 Internship in Resource Management (2-
4) Prerequisite: Permission of major advisor and de-
partment chairman, open only to graduate students in
the AREC resource management curriculum. Repeata-
ble to a maximum of four hours.
AREC 685 Applications of Mathematical Pro-
gramming in Agriculture Business and Analysis (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 403 or consent of instructor. The
application of mathematical programming to solve a
wide variety of problems in agriculture, business and
economics. Emphasis on modeling large-scale sys-
tems and interpreting results.
AREC 689 Special Topics in Agricultural and Re-
source Economics (3) First and second semester.
Subject matter taught will be varied and will depend on
the persons available for teaching unique and special-
ized phases of agricultural and resource economics.
The course will be taught by the staff or visiting
agricultural and resource economists who may be
secured on lectureship or visiting professor basis.
AREC 698 Seminar (1) First and second semesters.
Students will participate through study of problems in
the field, reporting to seminar members and defending
positions adopted. Outstanding leaders in the field will
present ideas for analysis and discussion among class
members. Students involved in original research will
present progress reports. Class discussion will provide
opportunity for constructive criticism and guidance.
AREC 699 Special Problems in Agricultural and
Resource Economics (1-2) First and second semes-
ters and summer. Intensive study and analysis of
specific problems in the field of Agricultural and Re-
source Economics, which provide information in depth
in areas of special interest to the student.
AREC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
AREC 804 Advanced Agricultural Price and De-
mand Analysis (3) Second semester. An advanced
study in the theory of: (1) the individual consumer, (2)
household behavior, and (3) aggregate demand. The
concepts of price and cross elasticities of demand,
income elasticity of demand, and elasticity of substitu-
tion will be examined in detail. The use of demand
theory in the analysis of welfare problems, market
equilibrium (with special emphasis on trade) and the
problem of insufficient and excessive aggregate de-
mand will be discussed.
AREC 806 Economics of Agricultural Production
(3) First semester. Study of the more complex prob-
lems involved in the long-range adjustments, organiza-
tion and operation of farm resources, including the
impact of new technology and methods. Applications
of the theory of the firm, linear programming, activity
analysis and input-output analysis.
AREC 824 Food Distribution Management (3) Theo-
ry and practice of the complex functional and institu-
tional aspects of food distribution systems analyzed
from the perspective of management decision-making
in the food industry. Possible long-range economic
effects of current structural adjustments: social and
ecological aspects of food industry management deci-
sion-making.
Agronomy Program 47
AREC 832 Agricultural Price and Income Policy (3)
Second semester, alternate years, 1973. The evolu-
tion of agricultural policy in the United States, emphaz-
ing the origin and development ot United St govern-
mental programs, and their effects upon agricultural
production, prices and income.
AREC 844 International Agriculture Trade (3) Eco-
nomic theory, policies and practices in international
trade in agricultural products. Principal theories of
international trade and finance, agricultural trade poli-
cies of various countries, and agricultural trade prac-
tices.
AREC 845 Agriculture in World Economic Develop-
ment (3) First semester, alternate years, 1972 Theo-
ries and concepts of what makes economic develop-
ment happen. Approaches and programs for stimulat-
ing the transformation from a primitive agricultural
economy to an economy of rapidly developing com-
mercial agriculture and industry. Analysis of selected
agricultural development programs in Asia, Africa and
Latin America.
AREC 852 Advanced Resource Economics (3) Sec-
ond semester, alternate years Assessment and evalu-
ation of our natural, capital, and human resources; the
use of economic theory and various techniques to
guide the allocation of these resources within a com-
prehensive framework; and the institutional arrange-
ments for using these resources. ECON 403 or equiva-
lent is a prerequisite.
AREC 883 Agricultural and Resource Economics
Research Techniques (3) First semester Emphasis
is given to philosophy and basic objectives of research
in the field of Agricultural and Resource Economics.
The course is designed to help students define a
research problem and work out logical procedures for
executing research in the social sciences. Attention is
given to the techniques and tools available to Agricul-
tural and Resource Economics. Research documents
in the field will be appraised from the standpoint of
procedures and evaluation of the search.
AREC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Agricultural Engineering
Program
Associate Professor and Chairman: Stewart
Professors: Wheaton, Harris
Associate Professors: Grant, Felton
Assistant Professors: Ayars, Farsaie, Frey,
Johnson, Lawson, Yaramanoglu
The Department of Agricultural Engineering of-
fers a graduate program of study with speciali-
zation in either agricultural or aquacultural engi-
neering leading to the degree of Master of
Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Courses and
research problems place emphasis on the engi-
neering aspects of the production, harvesting,
processing and marketing of terrestrial and
aquatic food and fiber products. Concern for the
conservation of land and water resources and
the utilization and/or disposal of byproducts
associated with biological systems is included
in order to maintain and enhance the quality of
our environment while contributing to efficient
production of food and fiber to meet increasing
population demands.
Admission and Degree
Information
Admission is open to B.S. graduates in engi-
neering, physical science or biological science
who meet graduate school requirements and
who have satisfactorily completed a core of
basic engineering courses. For the M.S. pro-
gram, a minimum of 30 semester hours are
required of which at least 9 hours will be agricul-
tural engineering courses, 6 hours will be thesis
research and 3 hours will be biometrics.
A minimum of 60 credit hours beyond a
B.S. are required for the Ph.D. program of which
12 hours will be thesis research and 3 hours will
be biometrics.
Only the thesis option is available for the
M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. The Department has
no language requirements for either graduate
degree. Except for the above requirements a
M.S. or Ph.D. program is planned on a personal
basis and is oriented toward the intellectual and
professional objectives of the student.
Facilities and Special Resources
In addition to well-equipped laboratories in the
Department, the facilities of the Agricultural
Experiment Station, the Computer Science
Center, and the College of Engineering are
available. The new University of Maryland Cen-
ter for Environmental and Estuarine Studies
enhances the aquacultural phase of the Depart-
ment's graduate program.
Financial Assistance
Financial assistance may be available to quali-
fied candidates.
Additional Information
For additional information contact:
Chairman
Agricultural Engineering Department
Courses
ENAG 401 Agricultural Production Equipment (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequi-
site: AGEN 100. Principles of operation and functions
of power and machinery units as related to tillage;
cutting, conveying, and separating units; and control
mechanisms. Principles of internal combustion en-
gines and power unit components.
ENAG 402 Agricultural Materials Handling and En-
vironmental Control (3) Two lectures and one labora-
tory per week. Prerequisite: AGEN 100. Characteristics
of construction materials and details of agricultural
structures. Fundamentals of electricity, electrical cir-
cuits, and electrical controls. Materials handling and
environmental requirements of farm products and ani-
mals.
ENAG 421 Power Systems (3) Two lectures and one
two hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ENME
216, ENEE 300 and ENME 340. Analysis of energy
conversion devices including internal combustion en-
gines, electrical and hydraulic motors. Fundamentals
of power transmission and coordination of power
sources with methods of power transmission.
ENAG 422 Soil and Water Engineering (3) Three
lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENME 340. Applica-
tions of engineering and soil sciences in erosion
control, drainage, irrigation and watershed manage-
ment. Principles of agricultural hydrology and design of
water control and conveyance systems.
ENAG 424 Functional and Environmental Design of
Agricultural Structures (3) Two lectures and one
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: AGEN 324 An
analytical approach to the design and planning of
functional and environmental requirements of plants
and animals in semi-or completely enclosed struc-
tures.
ENAG 432 General Hydrology (3) Qualitative as-
pects of basic hydroiogic principles pertaining to the
properties, distribution and circulation of water as
related to public interest in water resources.
ENAG 433 Engineering Hydrology (3) Prerequisite:
MATH 246, ENCE 330 or ENME 340. Properties,
distribution and circulation of water from the sea and in
the atmosphere emphasizing movement overland, in
channels and through the soil profile. Qualitative and
quantitative factors are considered.
ENAG 435 Aquacultural Engineering (3) Prerequi-
site: Consent of department A study of the engineer-
ing aspects of development, utilization and conserva-
tion of aquatic systems. Emphasis will be on harvest-
ing and processing aquatic animals or plants as re-
lated to other facets of water resources management
ENAG 444 Functional Design of Machinery and
Equipment (3) Two lectures and one two-hour labora-
tory per week Prerequisite: ENES 221 and senior
standing Theory and methods of agricultural machine
design. Application of machine design principles and
physical properties of soils and agricultural products in
designing machines to perform specific tasks
ENAG 454 Biological Process Engineering (3) Pre-
requisite: ENME 342. Design of systems to pump,
heaf, cool, dry and control biological materials as part
of food and agricultural engineering. Study the effect
of physical parameters on biological material response
to these processes
ENAG 488 Topics in Agricultural Engineering Tech-
nology (1-3) Prerequisite Permission of the instruc-
tor Selected topics in Agricultural Engineering tech-
nology of current need and interest. May be repeated
to a maximum of six credits if topics are different Not
acceptable for credit towards maior in Agricultural
Engineering.
ENAG 489 Special Problems in Agricultural Engi-
neering (1-3) Prerequisite: Approval of department
Student will select an engineering problem and pre-
pare a technical report The problem may include
design, experimentation, and/or data analysis
ENAG 499 Special Problems In Agricultural Engi-
neering Technology (1-3) Prerequisite: Approval of
department Not acceptable for majors in Agricultural
Engineering. Problems assigned in proportion to cred-
it.
ENAG 601 Instrumentation Systems (3) Prerequi-
site: Approval of department. Analysis of instrumenta-
tion requirements and techniques for research and
operational agricultural or biological systems.
ENAG 602 Mechanical Properties of Biological
Materials (3) Prerequisite: Differential equations a
study of the significance and the utilization of the
mechanical properties of biological materials under
various conditions of loading. Emphasis on particle
motion; relationships between stress and strain, force,
velocity and acceleration, principles of work and ener-
gy, and theories of failure.
ENAG 612 Similitude in Agricultural Engineering (3)
Prerequisites: ENCE 350 and either ENME 342 or
ENCE 330, or consent of instructor Application and
use of dimensional and model analysis for studying
mechanical, structural, and fluid systems encountered
in Agricultural Engineenng.
ENAG 631 Land and Water Resource Development
Engineering (3) Prerequisite ENAG 422 or approval
of department. A comprehensive study of engineering
aspects of orderly development for land and water
resources. Emphasis on project formulation, data ac-
quisition, project analysis and engineering economy
ENAG 642 Engineering Dynamics of Biological
Systems (3) Prerequisite AGEN 454 or equivalent
Description of the physical state of a biological system
using geometry, physical properties and forces. Dis-
cussion of important interrelationships, measurement
techniques and resulting transport processes as ap-
plied to biological process engineenng
ENAG 688 Advanced Topics in Agricultural Engi-
neering (1-4) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Ad-
vanced topics of current interest in the various areas of
agricultural engineering Maximum eight credits.
ENAG 698 Seminar (1) cr First and second semes-
ters.
ENAG 699 Special Problems in Agricultural and
Aquacultural Engineering (1-6) First and second
semester and summer school Work assigned in pro-
portion to amount of credit.
ENAG 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ENAG 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Agronomy Program
Professor and Chairman: Miller
Professors: Axley, Aycock, Bandel. Decker,
Fanning, Foss F.P. Miller. Strickling
Associate Professor: Mulchi
Assistant Professors: Glenn, Inman,
Kenworthy, Mcintosh, Sammons. Weil,
Wiebold
48 Agronomy Program
The Department of Agronomy offers graduate
courses of study leading to the degrees of
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy.
The student may pursue major work in the crops
division or in the soils division of the Depart-
ment. Programs are offered in cereal crop pro-
duction, forage management, turf management,
plant breeding, tobacco production, crop physi-
ology, weed science, soil chemistry, soil phys-
ics, soil fertility, soil and water conservation, soil
classification, soil survey and land use, soil
mineralogy, soil biochemistry, soil microbiology,
air pollution, waste disposal, and soil environ-
ment interactions.
Admission and Degree
Information
Thesis and non-thesis options are available for
the Master of Science degree. A bachelor's
degree in Agronomy is not required if the stu-
dent has adequate training in the basic sci-
ences. All students must complete the Master
of Science degree before admission to the
doctoral program. Departmental regulations
have been assembled for the guidance of can-
didates for graduate degrees. Copies of these
regulations are available from the Department
of Agronomy.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Agronomy Department has over 20 well-
equipped laboratories to carry out basic and
applied research in crop and soil science. Basic
equipment in the laboratories include: X-ray
diffraction and spectrophotometer, gas chro-
matograph, isotope counters, petrographic
microscopes, neutron soil moisture probe and
scaler, and carbon furnace. Growth chambers,
extensive greenhouse space, and five research
farms permit a wide range of environmental
conditions for research into plant growth pro-
cesses. A computer center, located on campus,
is available for use by the Department. The
University and the New National Agricultural
Sciences Libraries, supplemented by the Libra-
ry of Congress, make the library resources
among the best in the nation. Many projects of
the Department are conducted in cooperation
with the Agricultural Research Service of the
United States Department of Agriculture with
headquarters located three miles from the cam-
pus.
Financial Assistance
A limited number of research assistantships
and teaching assistantships are available for
qualified applicants.
Courses
AGRO 403 Crop Breeding (3) Prerequisite: BOTN
414 or ZOOL 246. Principles and methods of breeding
annual self and cross-pollinated plant and perennial
forage species.
AGRO 404 Tobacco Production (3) Prerequisite:
BOTN iOO. A study of the history, adaptation, distribu-
tion, culture, and improvement of various types of
tobacco, with special emphasis on problems in Mary-
land tobacco production. Physical and chemical fac-
tors associated with yield and quality of tobacco will be
stressed
AGRO 405 Turf Management (3) Two lectures and
one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: BOTN
100. A study of principles and practices of managing
turf for lawns, golf courses, athletic fields, playgrounds,
airfields and highways for commerical sod production
AGRO 406 Forage Crop Production (3) Prerequi
sites: BOTN 101. and AGRO 100: or concurrent enroll
ment in these courses. A general look at world grass
lands: production and management requirements of
major grasses and legumes for quality hay. silage and
pasture for livestock feed; new cultivar development
and release: seed production and distribution of im-
proved cultivars.
AGRO 407 Cereal and Oil Crops (3) Prerequisites:
BOTN 101 and AGRO 100; or concurrent enrollment in
these courses. A study of principles and practices of
corn, small grains, rice, millets, sorghums, and
soybeans and other oil seed crops. A study of seed
production, processing, distribution and federal and
state seed control programs of corn, small grains and
soybeans.
AGRO 411 Soil Fertility Principles (3) Prerequisite:
AGRO 202. A study of the chemical, physical, and
biological characteristics of soils that are important in
growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical,
or biological nature and their correction by the use of
lime, fertilizers, and rotations are discussed and illus-
trated.
AGRO 412 Commercial Fertilizers (3) Prerequisite;
AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. A study of the
manufacturing of commercial fertilizers and their use in
soils for efficient crop production.
AGRO 413 Soil and Water Conservation (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequi-
site: AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. A study of
the importance and causes of soil erosion, methods of
soil erosion control, and the effect of conservation
practices on soil-moisture supply. Special emphasis is
placed on farm planning for soil and water conserva-
tion. The laboratory period will be largely devoted to
field trips.
AGRO 414 Soil Classification and Geography (4)
Three lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite: AGRO 202 or permission of instructor.
Processes and factors of soil genesis. Taxonomy of
soils of the world by U.S. System. Laboratory covers
soil morphological characteristics, composition, classi-
fication, survey and field trips to examine and describe
soils.
AGRO 415 Soil Survey and Land Use (3) Prerequi-
site: AGRO 302. Evaluation of soils in the uses of land
and the environmental implications of soil utilization.
Interpretation of soil information and soil surveys as
applied to both agricultural and non-agricultural prob-
lems. Incorporation of soil data into legislation, envi-
ronmental standards and land use plans.
AGRO 417 Soil Physics (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: AGRO 202 and
a course in physics, or permission of instructor. A study
of physical properties of soils with special emphasis on
relationship to soil productivity.
AGRO 421 Soil Chemistry (3) One lecture and two
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: AGRO 202 or
permission of instructor. A study of the chemical
composition of soils; cation and anion exchange; acid,
alkaline and saline soil conditions; and soil fixation of
plant nutrients. Chemical methods of soil analysis will
be studied with emphasis on their relation to fertilizer
requirements.
AGRO 422 Soil Biochemistry (3) Two lectures and
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: AGRO
202, CHEM 104 or consent of instructor. A study of
biochemical processes involved in the formation and
decomposition of organic soil constitutents. Signifi-
cance of soil-biochemical processes involved in plant
nutrition will be considered.
AGRO 423 Soil-Water Pollution (3) Prerequisite:
AGRO 302 and CHEM 104 or permission of instructor.
Reaction and fate of pesticides, agricultural fertilizers,
industrial and animal wastes in soil and water with
emphasis on their relation to the environment.
AGRO 451 Cropping Systems (2) Prerequisite:
AGRO 102 or equivalent. The coordination of informa-
tion from various courses in the development of bal-
anced cropping systems, appropriate to different ob-
jectives in various areas of the state and nation.
AGRO 453 Weed Control (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: AGRO 102 or
equivalent A study of the use of cultural practices and
chemical herbicides in the control of weeds.
AGRO 499 Special Problems In Agronomy (1-3)
Prerequisites: AGRO 202, 406, 407 or permission of
instructor. A detailed study, including a written report
of an important problem in agronomy.
AGRO 601 Advanced Crop Breeding (2) Alternate
years (offered 1973-74), Prerequisite: AGRO 403 or
equivalent. Genetic, cytogenetic, and statistical theo-
ries underlying methods of plant breeding. A study of
quantitative inheritance, herterosis, heritability, inter-
specific and intergenenc hybridization, polyploidy, ste-
rility mechanisms, inbreeding and outbreeding, and
other topics as related to plant breeding.
AGRO 602 Advanced Crop Breeding (2) Alternate
years (offered 1973-74.) Prerequisite: AGRO 601 or
equivalent. Genetic, cytogenetic, and statistical theo-
ries underlying methods of plant breeding, A study of
quantitative inheritance, herterosis, heritability, inter-
specific and intergeneric hybridization, polyploidy, ste-
rility mechanisms, inbreeding and outbreeding, and
other topics as related to plant breeding.
AGRO 608 Research Methods (2) Second semester.
Prerequisite; Permission of staff. Development of re-
search viewpoint by detailed study and report on crop
research of the Maryland Experiment Station or review
of literature on specific phases of a problem.
AGRO 722 Advanced Soil Chemistry (3) Second
semester, alternate years (offered 1972-73.) One lec-
ture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites:
AGRO 202 and permission of instructor. A continuta-
tion of AGRO 421 with emphasis on soil chemistry of
minor elements necessary for plant growth.
AGRO 789 Recent Advances in Agronomy (2-4)
First semester. Two hours each year Total credit four
hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. A study of
recent advances in Agronomy research.
AGRO 798 Agronomy Seminar (1) First and second
semesters. Total credit toward Master of Science
degree, 2; toward Ph.D. degree. 6. Prerequisite: Per-
mission of instructor.
AGRO 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
AGRO 802 Breeding for Resistance to Plant Pests
(3) Second semester, alternate years (offered 1972-
73.) Prerequisites: ENTM 252, BOTN 221. AGRO 403,
or permission of instructor. A study of the development
of breeding techniques for selecting and utilizing re-
sistance to insects and diseases in crop plants and the
effect of resistance on the interrelationships of host
and pest.
AGRO 804 Technic in Field Crop Research (2)
Second semester, alternate years (offered 1972-73.)
Field plot technique, application of statistical analysis
to agronomic data, and preparation of the research
project.
AGRO 805 Factors Affecting Crop Yields (2) Pre-
requisites: BOTN 441 or BOTN 641 plus advanced
training in plant sciences. Major emphasis will be on
physiological processes affecting yield and productivi-
ty of major food fiber and industrial crops of the world.
Topics such as photosynthesis, respiration, pho-
torespiration, nitrogen metabolism will be related to
crop growth as affected by management decisions.
Topics of discussion will also include growth analysis
and the use of computer modeling of crop growth by
plant scientists.
AGRO 806 Herbicide Chemistry and Physiology (2)
Second semester, alternate years (offered 1972-
1973.) Prerequisite: AGRO 453 and CHEM 104 or
permission of instructor. Two lectures a week. The
importance of chemical structure in relation to biologi-
cally significant reactions will be emphasized in more
than 10 different herbicide groups. Recent advances in
herbicidal metabolism, translocation, and mode of
action will be reviewed. Adsorption, decomposition
and movement in the soil will also be studied.
AGRO 807 Advanced Forage Crops (2) First semes-
ter, alternate years (offered 1972-1973.) Prerequisite:
BOTN 441 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. A
fundamental study of physiological and ecological
responses of grasses and legumes to environmental
factors, including fertilizer elements, soil moisture, soil
temperature, humidity, length of day, quality and inten-
sity of light, wind movement, and defoliation practices.
Relationship of these factors to life history, production,
chemical and botanical composition, quality, and per-
sistence of forages will be considered.
AGRO 821 Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation
(3) First semester, alternate years (offered 1973-
1974.) Prerequisites: AGRO 202 and permission of
instructor. An advanced study of the theory of the
chemical methods of soil investigation with emphasis
Animal Sciences Program 49
on problems involving application of physical chemis-
try.
AGRO 831 Soil Mineralogy (4) Soil minerals, with
emphasis on clay minerals, are studied from the view-
point ot soil genesis and physical chemistry. Mineral-
ogical analyses by X-ray and chemical techniques
AGRO 832 Advanced Soil Physics (3) Second se-
mester, alternate years (offered 1973-1974) Prerequi-
sites: AGRO 202 and permission of instructor. An
advanced study of physical properties of soils.
AGRO 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
American Studies
Program
Professor and Director: Wise
Associate Director and Director of Graduate
Studies: Kelly
Professors: Bode, Corrigan
Associate Professors: Lounsbury, Mintz,
Pearson
Assistant Professors: Caughey, McCarthy
Adjunct Professor: Washburn
American Studies offers an interdisciplinary pro-
gram ot study leading to both the MA. and
Ph.D. Graduate students in the field take (1)
courses in the various allied departments (e.g.,
Anthropology, Education, English, History, Jour-
nalism, Philosophy, Sociology), and (2) integrat-
ing courses in the core program taught by the
core American Studies faculty.
All students take the introductory graduate
proseminar — focused on the history, theory,
and methodology of American culture studies.
Other graduate seminars vary from semester to
semester — sometimes concentrating on a cul-
tural time period (e.g., ante-Bellum America, the
1930's, the 1960's), a particular mode of cultur-
al expression (e.g., film, material culture, popu-
lar culture), an individual with special cultural
resonance (e.g., Mencken), or a particular
theme or movement (e.g., education in Ameri-
can culture, literature considered in cultural
context). A special cooperative venture enables
students interested in material culture to take
substantial course work at the Smithsonian
Institution.
Admission and Degree
Information
Master's candidates normally undertake a full
year of course work (30 semester hours). All
candidates are required to take at least 12
hours of core American Studies seminars — 6
hours of AMST 618, and 6 hours of AMST 628
and 629. In addition, candidates select an area
of concentration from courses offered in allied
departments — Anthropology, Architecture, Art,
Economics, Education, English, Geography,
Government and Politics, History, Journalism,
Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology,
Speech and Dramatic Arts.
Before receiving the M.A., candidates take
a comprehensive examination evaluating their
ability to integrate various perspectives in the
program. Research oriented candidates may
choose to write a thesis in place of six hours of
course credit.
Many students accepted for the doctoral
program already have an M.A. in American
Studies. Well-qualified candidates without an
American Studies M.A. may be admitted to the
doctoral program, but they may be required to
make up background deficiencies.
Core program requirements for the Ph.D.
are similar to those for the M.A. — 12 hours of
core American Studies courses, 6 at the 618
level and 6 in advanced seminars. The remain-
der of the student's course work is taken from
courses in the allied departments, and in other
core American Studies electives.
Ph.D. candidates must complete at least
30 semester hours beyond the M.A., including
an 18-hour residency requirement. Candidates
must also demonstrate proficiency in a tool
(e.g., foreign language, computer science),
must pass a comprehensive examination, and
must write a dissertation based upon original
research and interpretation.
Facilities and Special Resources
The proximity of many federal institutions allows
for a firsthand appreciation of politics and con-
temporary life, while the facilities of the National
Archives and the Library of Congress give the
historian access to the materials documenting
the experiences of past generations. Important
galleries, including the National Collection of
Fine Arts and the National Gallery of Art, exhibit
the high points of creative expression in the
visual arts. The holdings of the Smithsonian
Institution possess numerous manifestations of
the native vernacular traditions in architecture
and technology, in the folk arts, and in American
Indian culture. The District of Columbia and its
surrounding regions represent an impressive
aggregate of associations and communities —
alternatives to traditional politics such as Com-
mon Cause, the focus upon black cultural
identity found in the Anacostia Neighborhood
Museum, the new cities of Columbia, Maryland
and Reston, Virginia — which seek to transcend
the crises of urban America in a creative man-
ner.
The program, drawing upon the resources
of its cultural environment, offers the individual
an education in the most meaningful sense; a
personal confrontation with academic tradition
related to the processes of immediate and
contemporary social change.
Financial Assistance
Some assistantships are available through the
departments for qualified graduate students.
Additional Information
For additional information, please write to the
Director of Graduate Studies, American Studies
Program, University of Maryland.
Courses
AMST 426 Culture and the Arts In America (3)
Prerequisite: Junior standing. A study of American
institutions, the intellectual and esthetic climate from
the colonial period to the present.
AMST 427 Culture and the Arts in America (3)
Prerequisite: Junior standing. A study of American
institutions, the intellectual and esthetic climate from
the colonial period to the present.
AMST 436 Readings in American Studies (3) Pre-
requisite: Junior standing. An historical survey of
American values as presented in various key writings.
AMST 437 Readings In American Studies (3) Pre-
requisite: Junior standing An historical survey of
American values as presented in various key writings
AMST 446 Popular Culture In America (3) Prerequi-
site: Junior standing and permission of instructor. A
survey of the historical development ot the popular
arts and modes of popular entertainment in America.
AMST 447 Popular Culture In America (3) Prerequi-
site: Junior standing and AMST 446 Intensive re-
search in the sources and themes of contemporary
American popular culture
AMST 498 Special Topics in American Studies (3)
Prerequisite: A course in American history, literature.
or government, or consent of the instructor Topics of
special interest. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits
when topics differ.
AMST 618 Introductory Seminar in American Stu-
dies (3)
AMST 628 Seminar in American Studies (3)
AMST 629 Seminar in American Studies (3)
AMST 638 Orientation seminar-material aspects of
American civilization (3) Class meets at the Smithso-
nian.
AMST 639 Reading course in selected aspects of
American civilization (3) Class meets at the Smithso-
nian.
AMST 698 Directed Readings in American Studies
(3) This course is designed to provide students with
the opportunity to pursue independent, interdisciplin-
ary research and reading in specific aspects of Ameri-
can culture under the supervision of a faculty member.
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits
AMST 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
AMST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Animal Sciences
Program
Professor and Program Chairman: Davis
Professors: (Animal Science) Flyger, Leffel,
Young; (Dairy Science) Keeney, King, Mattick,
Vandersall, Williams; (Veterinary Science)
Hammond, Mohanty.
Associate Professors: (Animal Science) Buric,
DeBarthe; (Dairy Science) Douglass,
Westhoff; (Veterinary Science) Albert, Dutta,
Marquardt.
Assistant Professors: (Animal Science)
Hartsock, Keam, Kunkle, Stricklin; (Dairy
Science) Erdman, Majeskie, Mather, Peters,
Vijay; (Veterinary Science) Davidson, Haaland.
Nepote, Sapperstein.
Professors Emerite: Cairns, Greene
Adjunct Professor: Hawk
Adjunct Associate Professor: Paape
The Graduate Program in the Animal Sciences
offers work leading to the degrees of Master of
Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Both the
thesis and non-thesis options are available for
the Master's Degree. Areas of concentration
within the Program include animal nutrition,
physiology, genetics, management, pathology
and virology for all of the classes and species of
animals listed. Opportunities for study related to
domestic animals, marine and wildlife are avail-
able.
Degrees with research specialities identi-
fied with meat, milk and other dairy products
may be undertaken in this program or in the
Graduate Program in Food Science, in which
appropriate faculty of these Departments also
participate.
Admission and Degree
Information
Applicants are required to submit scores of the
Graduate Record Examination.
One course at the graduate level in bio-
chemistry and one in biometrics and two credits
of program seminar are required for the M.S.
Degree. Students enrolled in the non-thesis
option are expected to defend their scholarly
paper in an oral examination. Two academic
years, including the summer for research, are
usually required for completing the M.S. Enter-
ing students should have an academic back-
ground commensurate with a baccalaureate
degree in the Animal Sciences. Those not hav-
50 Animal Sciences Program
ing a course in genetics, nutrition, general ani-
mal physiology, microbiology and animal pro-
duction or management should plan to take
such a course early in their graduate program.
Ph.D. students entering from other institu-
tions with the Master's or entering directly into
the Ph.D. program are expected to meet the
requirements indicated above. Two additional
credits in the program seminar are required
The M.S. is not a prerequisite for admission to
Ph.D. study: however, most students find it
advantageous. Students usually complete the
Ph.D. in two years after the M.S.
Facilities and Special Resources
Faculty in the program are an outstanding group
representing research accomplished in a wide
variety of related fields. Excellent supporting
courses in physiology, biochemistry and micro-
biology are available in the appropriate depart-
ments. Courses in biometrics listed in the cata-
log under AGRI provide a strong background in
experimental design and statistical analysis.
The Computer Science Center offers courses in
programming and computer language, as well
as facilities for the statistical analysis of thesis
data.
Outstanding laboratory facilities are avail-
able in the Animal Sciences Center which in-
cludes the combined resources of the Depart-
ments of Animal, Dairy and Veterinary Science.
Instrumentation is available to graduate stu-
dents for gaslipid chromatography, atomic ab-
sorption spectrophotometry, automated
calorimetry, electron microscopy, liquid scintilla-
tion radioactivity measurements, elec-
trophoresis, ultra centrifugation and a variety of
microbiological techniques. Controlled environ-
ment facilities in the Center permit work with
laboratory animals and detailed experiments on
larger animals. A gnotobiotic laboratory is avail-
able and currently being used in ruminent nutri-
tion research. Excellent surgical facilities are
available for research in the areas of reproduc-
tive and nutritional physiology.
Herds and flocks of beef cattle, dairy cattle,
horses, sheep and swine are readily available
for graduate research. Limited numbers of ex-
periments can be conducted on the campus
with large animals. Experiments requiring large
numbers of animals are carried out at one of
four outlying farms.
A cooperative agreement with the Agricul-
tural Research Service at nearby Beltsville,
Maryland (BARC) makes available laboratory,
animal and research personnel resources of
importance in the graduate program.
A dairy product processing facility is avail-
able for dairy product research.
In addition to excellent library facilities on
the Campus, the National Agricultural Library,
the National Library of Medicine and the Library
of Congress, all located within 10 miles, consti-
tute the best library resource for graduate study
available anywhere.
Financial Assistance
A number of Graduate Assistantships are avail-
able and awarded to students presenting strong
academic records and a capability and motiva-
tion to perform well in teaching or research
assignments.
Additional Information
For specific information on the Program, admis-
sion procedures or financial aid, contact:
Dr. R.F. Davis, Chairman Department of
Dairy Science
Courses
ANSC 401 Fundamentals of Nutrition (3) Prerequi-
site: CHEM 104; ANSC 212 recommended. A study of
the fundamental role of all nutrients in the body
including their digestion, absorption and metabolism.
Dietary requirements and nutritional deficiency syn-
dromes of laboratory and farm animals and man will be
considered.
ANSC 402 Applied Animal Nutrition (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites:
MATH 110, ANSC 401 or permission of instructor. A
critical study of those factors which influence the
nutritional requirements of ruminants, swine and poul-
try. Practical feeding methods and procedures used in
formulation of economically efficient rations will be
presented.
ANSC 403 Applied Animal Nutrition (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites:
MATH 110, ANSC 402 or permission of instructor. A
critical study of those factors which influence the
nutritional requirements of ruminants, swine and poul-
try. Practical feeding methods and procedures used in
formulation of economically efficient rations will be
presented.
ANSC 406 Environmental Physiology (3) Prerequi-
sites: Anatomy and physiology. The specific anatomi-
cal and physiological modifications employed by ani-
mals adapted to certain stressful environments will be
considered. Particular emphasis will be placed on the
problems of temperature regulation and water bal-
ance. Specific areas for consideration will include:
animals in cold (including hibernation), animals in dry
heat, diving animals and animals in high altitudes.
ANSC 407 Advanced Dairy Production (1) An ad-
vanced course primarily designed for teachers of vaca-
tional agriculture and county agents. It includes a study
of the newer discoveries in dairy cattle nutrition, breed-
ing and management.
ANSC 41 1 Biology and Management of Shellfish (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods
each week. Field trips. Identification, biology, manage-
ment, and culture of commercially-important molluscs
and Crustacea. Prerequisite: One year of Biology or
Zoology. This course will examine the shellfisheries of
the world, but will emphasize those of the Northwest-
ern Atlantic Ocean and Chesapeake Bay.
ANSC 412 Introduction to Diseases of Animals (3)
Prerequisite: MICB 200 and ZOOL 101. Two lectures
and one laboratory period per week. This course gives
basic instruction in the nature of disease: including
causation, immunity, methods of diagnosis, economic
importance, public health aspects and prevention and
control of the common diseases of sheep, cattle,
swine, horses and poultry.
ANSC 413 Laboratory Animal Management (3) A
comprehensive course in care and management of
laboratory animals. Emphasis will be placed on physi-
ology, anatomy and special uses for the different
species. Disease prevention and regulations for main-
taining animal colonies will be covered. Field trips will
be required.
ANSC 414 Biology and Management of Fish (4)
Prerequisite: One year of B'ology or Zoology. Two
lectures and two three-hour laboratories a week. Fun-
damentals of individual and population dynamics; the-
ory and practice of sampling fish populations; manage-
ment schemes.
ANSC 415 Parasitic Diseases of Domestic Animals
(3) Prerequisite: ANSC 412 or equivalent. Two lectures
and one laboratory per week. A study of parasitic
diseases resulting from protozoan and helminth infec-
tion and arthropod infestation. Emphasis on parasites
of veterinary importance: their identification; life cy-
cles, pathological effects and control by management.
ANSC 416 Wildlife Management (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory. An introduction to the interrelation-
ships of game birds and mammals with their environ-
ment, population dynamics and the principles of wil-
dlife management.
ANSC 422 Meats (3) Two lectures and one laboratory
period per week. Prerequisite: ANSC 221. A course
designed to give the basic facts about meat as a food
and the factors influencing acceptability, marketing,
and quality of fresh meats. It includes comparisons of
characteristics of live animals with their carcasses,
grading and evaluating carcasses as well as wholesale
cuts, and the distribution and merchandising of the
nation's meat supply. Laboratory periods are conduct-
ed in packing houses, meat distribution centers, retail
outlets and university meats laboratory.
ANSC 423 Livestock Management (3) One lecture
and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite:
ANSC 401. Application of various phases of Animal
Science to the management and production of beef
cattle, sheep and swine.
ANSC 424 Livestock Management (3) One lecture
and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite:
ANSC 423. Applications of various phases of animal
science to the management and production of beef
cattle, sheep and swine.
ANSC 425 Herpetology (3) Prerequisites: ANSC 211
and ANSC 212; or equivalent. Study of taxonomy,
physiology, behavior, functional anatomy, evolution
and distribution of present day amphibians and rep-
tiles. Common diseases and management under cap-
tive conditions. Identification of poisonous species
with appropriate precautions.
ANSC 426 Principles of Breeding (3) Second semes-
ter. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 201
or equivalent, ANSC 222, ANSC 423 or 424. Graduate
credit (1-3 hours) allowed with permission of instruc-
tor. The practical aspects of animal breeding, heredity,
variation, selection, development, systems of breeding
and pedigree study are considered.
ANSC 432 Horse Farm Management (3) Prerequi-
site: ANSC 332 and AREC 410. One 90-minute lecture
and one four-hour laboratory period per week. A
course to develop the technical and managerial skills
necessary for the operation of a horse breeding farm.
Herd health programs, breeding programs and proce-
dures, foaling activities, foot care, weaning programs,
and the maintenance of records incidential to each of
these activities.
ANSC 442 Dairy Cattle Breeding (3) Two lectures
and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites:
ANSC 242, and ANSC 201. A specialized course in
breeding dairy cattle. Emphasis is placed on methods
of evaluation and selection, systems of breeding and
breeding programs.
ANSC 443 Physiology and Biochemistry of Lacta-
tion (3) Prerequisites: ANSC 212 or equivalent and
CHEM 261 or CHEM 461. The physiology and bio-
chemistry of milk production in domestic animals,
particularly cattle. Mammary gland development and
maintenance from the embryo to the fully developed
lactating gland. Abnormalities of the mammary gland.
ANSC 444 Analysis of Dairy Production Systems
(3) Prerequisites: AGEC 406 and ANSC 203 or 214, or
permission of instructor. The business aspects of dairy
farming including an evaluation of the costs and re-
turns associated with each segment. The economic
impact of pertinent management decisions is studied.
Recent developments in animal nutrition and genetics,
agricultural economics, agricultural engineering, and
agronomic practices are discussed as they apply to
management of a dairy herd.
ANSC 446 Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction
(3) Prerequisite: ZOOL 422 or ANSC 212. Anatomy
and physiology of reproductive processes in
domesticated and wild mammals.
ANSC 447 Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction
Laboratory (1) Pre-or corequisites: ANSC 446. One
three-hour laboratory per week. Animal handling, artifi-
cial insemination procedures and analytical techniques
useful in Animal Management and reproductive re-
search. Not open to students who have credit for
ANSC 446 prior to fall 1976.
ANSC 452 Avian Physiology (2) (Alternate even
years) one three-hour laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: A basic course in animal physiology.
The basic physiology of the bird is discussed, exclud-
ing the reproductive system. Special emphasis is given
to physiological differences between birds and other
vertebrates.
ANSC 462 Physiology of Hatchability (1) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite:
ZOOL 421 or 422. The physiology of embryonic devel-
opment as related to principles of hatchability and
problems of incubation encountered in the hatchery
industry are discussed.
ANSC 463 Nutrition Laboratory (2) Prerequisite:
ANSC/NUSC 401 or concurrent registration. Six hours
of laboratory per week. Digestibility studies with rumi-
nant and monogastnc animals, proximate analysis of
various food products, and feeding trials demonstrat-
ing classical nutritional deficiencies in laboratory ani-
mals.
Applied Mathematics Program 51
ANSC 464 Poultry Hygiene (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: MICB 200
and ANSC 101. Virus, bacterial and protozoan diseas-
es, parasitic diseases, prevention, control and eradica-
tion.
ANSC 466 Avian Anatomy (3) Two lectures and one
laboratory period per week Prerequisite: ZOOL 102.
Gross and microscopies structure, dissection and
demonstration.
ANSC 467 Poultry Breeding and Feeding (1) This
course is designed primarily for teachers ot vocational
agriculture and extension service workers. The first
half will be devoted to problems concerning breeding
and the development of breeding stock. The second
half will be devoted to nutrition
ANSC 477 Poultry Products and Marketing (1) This
course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational
agriculture and county agents It deals with the factors
affecting the quality of poultry products and with hatch-
ery management problems, egg and poultry grading,
preservation problems and market outlets for Mary-
land poultry.
ANSC 480 Special Topics in Fish and Wildlife
Management (3) Three lectures. Analysis of various
state and federal programs related to fish and wildlife
management This would include: fish stocking pro-
grams. Maryland deer management program, warm
water fish management, acid drainage problems,
water quality, water fowl management, wild turkey
management and regulations relative to the adminis-
tration of these programs.
ANSC 487 Special Topics in Animal Science (1)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. This course is
designed primarily for teachers of vocational agncul-
ture and extension service personnel. One primary
topic to be selected mutually by the instructor and
students will be presented each session
ANSC 601 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition (2) First
semester. One one-hour lecture and one-three hour
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Permission of in-
structor. Physiological, microbiological and biochemi-
cal aspects of the nutrition of ruminants as compared
to other animals
ANSC 603 Mineral Metabolism (3) Second semester.
Prerequisites: CHEM 481 and 463. The role of miner-
als in metabolism of animals and man. Topics to be
covered include the role of minerals in energy metabo-
lism, bone structure, electrolyte balance, and as cata-
lysts.
ANSC 604 Vitamin Nutrition (3) Prerequisites: ANSC
401 and CHEM 461. Two one-hour lectures and one
two-hour discussion period per week. Advanced study
of the fundamental role of vitamins and vitamin-like
cofactors in nutrition including chemical properties,
absorption, metabolism, excretion and deficiency syn-
dromes. A critical study of the biochemical basis of
vitamin function, interrelationship of vitamins with
other substances and of certain laboratory techniques.
ANSC 610 Electron Microscopy (4) First and second
semesters Two lectures and two laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. The-
ory of electron microscopy, electron optics, specimen
preparation and techniques, operation of electron pho-
tography, interpretation of electron images, related
instruments and techniques.
ANSC 612 Energy Nutrition (2) Second semester
Prerequisites: ANSC 402 or NUSC 450, CHEM 461, or
consent of instructor. One lecture, one 2 hour labora-
tory per week Basic concepts of animal energetics
with quantitative descriptions of energy requirements
and utilization.
ANSC 614 Proteins (2) Second semester One lecture
and one 2 hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
ANSC 402 and CHEM 461 or consent of instructor
Advanced study of the roles of amino acids in nutrition
and metabolism. Protein digestion, absorption, anabo-
lism. catabolism and ammo acid balance.
ANSC 622 Advanced Breeding (2) Second semes-
ter, alternate years. Prerequistes: ANSC 426 or equiv-
alent, and biological statistics. This course deals with
the more technical phases of heredity and variation,
selection indices, breeding systems, and inheritance in
farm animals.
ANSC 641 Expermental Mammalian Surgery I (2)
First semester. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
A course presenting the fundamentals of anesthesia
and the art of experimental surgery, especially to
obtain research preparations.
ANSC 642 Experimental Mammalian Surgery II (3)
Second semester Prerequisites: ANSC 641, permis-
sion of instructor A course emphasizing advanced
surgical practices to obtain research preparations,
cardiovascular surgery and chronic vascularly isolated
organ techniques, experience with pump oxygenator
systems, profound hypothermia, hemodialysis, infu-
sion systems, implantation and transplantation proce-
dures are taught.
ANSC 643 Research Methods (3) First semester
One lecture and two laboratory periods per week
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. The application
of biochemical, physio-chemical and statistical meth-
ods to problems in biological research
ANSC 660 Poultry Literature (1-4) First and second
semesters. Readings on individual topics are as-
signed. Written reports required. Methods of analysis
and presentation of scientific material are discussed.
ANSC 661 Physiology ot Reproduction (3) First
semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week Prerequisite: ANSC 212 or its equivalent. The
role of the endoennes in reproduction is considered.
Fertiltiy, sexual maturity, egg formation, ovulation, and
the physiology of oviposition are studied. Comparative
processes in birds and mammals are discussed.
ANSC 663 Advanced Nutrition Laboratory (3) Pre-
requisite; ANSC/NUSC 401; and either CHEM 462 or
NUSC 670. One hour of lecture and six hours of
laboratory per week. Basic instrumentation and tech-
niques desired for advanced nutritional research. The
effect of various nutritional parameters upon interme-
diary metabolism, enzyme kinetics, endocrinology, and
nutrient absorption in laboratory animals
ANSC 665 Physiological Genetics ot Domestic Ani-
mals (2) Second semester. Prerequisites: A course in
basic genetics and biochemistry. The underlying physi-
ological basis for genetic differences in production
traits and selected morphological traits will be discuss-
ed. Inheritance of enzymes, protein polymorphisms
and physiological traits will be studied.
ANSC 677 Advanced Animal Adaptations to the
Environment (2) First semester Two lectures or
discussions per week Prerequisites: ANSC 406. or
permission of instructor A detailed consideration of
certain anatomical and physiological modifications
employed by mammals adapted to cold, dry heat or
altitude. Each student will submit for discussion a
library paper concerning a specific adaptation to an
environmental stress.
ANSC 686 Veterinary Bacteriology and Mycology
(3) Prerequisite: ANSC 412. The characteristics and
role of pathogenic bacteria and fungi in diseases of
domestic animals with emphasis upon their pathogenic
properties, pathogenesis and types of disease,
epizootiology. modes of transmission and prophylaxis.
ANSC 687 Veterinary Virology (3) Prerequisite:
MICB 460. A detailed study of virus and rickettsial
diseases of domestic and laboratory animals. Empha-
sis on viruses of veterinary importance along with
techniques for their propagation, characterization and
identification.
ANSC 690 Seminar in Population Genetics ot Do-
mestic Animals (3) Second semester Prerequisites:
ZOOL 246 and AGRI 401 or their equivalents. Current
literature and research dealing with the principles of
population genetics as they apply to breeding and
selection programs for the genetic improvement of
domestic animals, population structure, estimation of
genetic parameters, correlated characters, principles
and methods of selection, relationship and systems of
mating.
ANSC 698 Seminar (1) First and second semesters
Students are required to prepare papers based upon
current scientific publications relating to animal sci-
ence, or upon their research work, for presentation
before and discussion by the class; (1) recent ad-
vances. (2) nuthtion; (3) physiology: (4) biochemistry
ANSC 699 Special Problems in Animal Science (1-
2) First and second semesters Work assigned in
proportion to amount of credit. Prerequisite: Approval
of staff Problems will be assigned which relate specifi-
cally to the character of work the student is pursuing
ANSC 799 Masters Thesis Research (1-6)
ANSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Applied Mathematics
Program
Professor and Director: Wolfe
(ENAE) Professors: Donaldson, Plotkin
-Associate Professors: Jones
(BMGT) Professors: Bodin, Gass
Associate Professors: Golden, Fromovitz.
Widhelm
Assistant Professors: Alt, Assad, Ball
(ENCH) Professors: Cadman. Gentry
(ENCE) Professor: Sternberg
Assoc/afe Professor: Garber
(CMSC) Professors: Edmundson. Kanal,
Minker, Stewart
Associate Professors: Agrawala, Basili
Assistant Professor: O'Leary
(ECON) Professors: Almon, Kelejian
Associate Professor: Betancourt
(ENEE) Professors: DeClaris. Davisson,
Harger, Newcomb, Taylor
Associate Professors: Baras, Blankenship,
Ephremides, Tretter
(MATH) Professors: Antman, Douglis,
Hummel, Osborn, Pearl. Wolfe
Associate Professors: Berenstein, Cooper.
Fitzpatrick, Johnson, Liu, Sather. Schneider
Assistant Professor: Arnold
(ENME) Professors: Cunniff, Marks, Yang
Associate Professors: Walston
(METO) Professor: Baer
Associate Professors: Rodenhuis. Vernekar
Assistant Professor: Robock
(IPST) Research Professors: Babuska,
Dorfman, Faller, Hubbard, Kellogg, Lashinsky,
Olver, Yorke, Zwanzig
Associate Professor: Johnson
(PHYS) Professors: Banerjee. Brill. Dragt,
Ferrell, Glasser, Glick. Greenberg, Griffin,
MacDonald, Misner, Prange, Sucher. Woo
Associate Professors: Fivel, Kim, Korenman
(STAT) Professors: Mikulski, Yang
Associate Professor: Smith
Assistant Professors: Kedem. Slud
The Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Pro-
gram otters the degrees of Master of Arts and
Doctor of Philosophy These are awarded for
graduate study and research in mathematics
and its applications in the engineenng. physical,
and social sciences. In addition, the Applied
Mathematics Program offers certified minors in
applied mathematics for graduate students not
enrolled in the Program.
The Program is administratively affiliated
with the Department of Mathematics. In particu-
lar, under this arrangement the Department of
Mathematics assumes the responsibility for the
administration of the applied mathematics
courses under the MAPL label. Moreover, the
Graduate Office of the Department maintains
the records of all students in the Applied Mathe-
matics Program and handles correspondence
with those applying for admission. However, it is
important that any application for admission
indicates clearly whether a student wishes to
enter the Mathematics (MATH) or the Applied
Mathematics (MAPL) Program.
The faculty considers the pnmary aim of
applied mathematics to be the understanding of
a wide spectrum of scientific phenomena
through the use of mathematical ideas, meth-
ods, and techniques The applied mathemati-
cian should be both a mathematical specialist
and a versatile scientist, whose interests and
motivations derive from a strong desire to con-
front highly complex or descriptive situations
with mathematical analysis and ideas. In line
52 Applied Mathematics Program
with this, at least half of the required work is
expected to be in courses with primarily mathe-
matical content, and the remaining part has to
include a coherent set of courses in some field
of application outside of the usual mathematics
curriculum. Some of the areas currently pursued
by graduate students in the Program are various
areas of physics, information structures, mete-
orology, operations research, pattern recogni-
tion, structural mechanics, and systems and
control theory. Many other areas of study are
available through the participating departments.
It may also be noted that the faculty includes a
strong group in numerical analysis and that
many students include courses on numerical
and scientific computing in their programs.
Admission and Degree
Information
In addition to the general requirements of the
Graduate School, applicants for admission to
graduate study in the Program should have
completed, with at least a B average (3.0 on a
4.0 scale), an undergraduate program of study
which includes a strong emphasis on mathe-
matics. The student's general ability for gradu-
ate study in the Program and mathematical
capabilities will be determined from his or her
record or by special examination.
A mathematical preparation with grades of
B or better at least through the level of ad-
vanced calculus in a school of good academic
standing will normally be considered sufficient
demonstration of the required mathematical
background. Previous education in some part of
an applicant's area, such as physics, one of the
engineering disciplines, economics, etc., and a
basic competence in computational techniques
will be favorably considered in a student's appli-
cation for admission to the Program, although
this is not a prerequisite.
When a student has decided upon an area
of specialization, a study advisory committee is
appointed by the Director of the Program. This
committee, working together with the student, is
responsible for formulating a course of study
leading toward the degree sought. This course
of study must constitute a unified, coherent
program in an acceptable field of specialization
of applied mathematics and must meet with the
approval of the Graduate Committee for Ap-
plied Mathematics.
Besides any other requirements specified
by the Graduate School, the following specific
conditions must be met for an M.A. degree in
Applied Mathematics:
(1) At least 12 of the 24 required course
credits for the M.A. degree with thesis are in
courses with primarily mathematical content. At
least 6 of these 1 2 credits are on the 600-800
level. At least 3 of the 12 credits are in a course
on numerical analysis. At least 1 of the 12
credits is in an approved applied mathematics
seminar.
(2) The 24 required course credits include
either 6 credits at the 600-800 level, or alterna-
tively, 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-800
level, in courses whose content is primarily in
the student's chosen field(s) of application.
No course may be used to meet the
requirements under both (1) and (2) above.
(1) At least 15 of the 30 required course
credits for the non-thesis master's option are in
courses with primarily mathematical content. At
least 9 of these 15 credits are on a 600-800
level. At least 3 of these 15 credits are in a
course on numerical analysis. At least 1 of the
15 credits is an approved applied mathematics
seminar.
(2) The 30 required course credits include
either 6 credits at the 600-800 level, or, al-
ternately, 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-
800 level, in courses whose content is primarily
in the student's chosen field(s) of application.
No course may be used to meet the
requirements under both (1) and (2) above.
The student must pass the comprehensive
examination for the M.A. degree with thesis.
The examination consists of at least three parts,
with at least one of the parts in a mathematics
area, and at least one of the parts in an area of
application. The parts shall be taken as closely
together as possible.
The student in the doctoral program must
take a minimum of 36 hours of courses exclu-
sive of dissertation research. At least 24 of
these 36 credits are at the 600-800 level.
A transfer of at most 27 credits of gradu-
ate-level work taken at a regionally accredited
institution prior to or after admission to the
Ph.D. Program is permitted providing the (1) the
Graduate Committee for Applied Mathematics
has approved the transfer; (2) a grade of B or
better was earned in the courses taken (no
course with pass/fail grades will be accepted);
(3) the credit was earned within the time limit
imposed for completing the Ph.D. degree at the
University of Maryland.
Course Distribution: 1) at least 18 of the
required 36 credits are in courses with primarily
mathematical content. At least 9 of these 18
credits are on the 600-800 level. At least 3 of
the 18 credits are in numerical analysis. At least
2 of the 1 8 credits are in approved mathematics
seminars. 2) The 36 credits include either 6
credits at the 600-800 level or alternately 9
credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 level in
courses whose content is primarily in the stu-
dent's chosen field(s) of application. 3) No
course may be used to meet the requirements
under both items (1) and (2) above.
The student must pass the comprehensive
Examination for the Ph.D. The examination con-
sists of at least three parts, with at least one of
the parts in an area of mathematics, and at
least one of the parts in an area of application.
The parts shall be taken as closely together as
possible.
In addition the student must pass the Can-
didacy Examination for the Ph.D. degree. The
Candidacy Examination is an oral examination
which serves as a test of the detailed prepara-
tion of a student in the area of specialization
and seeks to discover if he or she has a deep
enough understanding to carry out the pro-
posed research. The examination assumes fur-
ther advanced course work beyond the Com-
prehensive Examination.
Certified Minors
The Applied Mathematics Program offers cer-
tified minors in applied mathematics to regular
graduate students who are enrolled in a gradu-
ate degree program of the University of Mary-
land other than the Program itself. The success-
ful completion of the requirements for such a
minor will be recorded in the student's trans-
cripts. Moreover, a number of departments par-
ticipating in the Applied Mathematics Program
permit the requirements for the certified minor
to replace part of the degree requirements of
the major department.
A student wishing to pursue a certified
minor in applied mathematics must fill out an
application form for participation in the Certified
Minor Program. Such forms are available from
the office of the Director of the Applied Mathe-
matics Program.
The Certified Minor Program at the Mas-
ter's level must contain at least either 6 semes-
ter hours in 400-level courses and 3 semester
hours in 600-level courses, or 6 semester hours
in 600-level courses. At the doctoral level the
Certified Minor Program must contain at least 9
semester hours of graduate credit, of which at
most 3 hours may be on the 400-level.
Courses
MAPL 460 Computational Methods (3) Prerequi-
sites: MATH 240, 241, and CMSC 1 10, or equivalent.
Basic computational methods for interpolation, least
squares, approximation, numerical quadrature, numeri-
cal solution of polynomial and transcendental equa-
tions, systems of linear equations and initial value
problems for ordinary differential equations. Emphasis
on the methods and their computational properties
rather than on their analytic aspects. (Listed also as
CMSC 460.)
MAPL 470 Numerical Mathematics: Analysis (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 240 and 241; CMSC 110 or
equivalent. This course, with MAPL/CMSC 471, forms
a one-year introduction to numerical analysis at the
advanced undergraduate level. Interpolation, numeri-
cal differentiation and integration, solution of nonlinear
equations, acceleration of convergence, numerical
treatment of differential equations. Topics will be sup-
plemented with programming assignments. (Listed
also CMSC 470.)
MAPL 471 Numerical Mathematics: Linear Algebra
(3) Prerequisites: MATH 240 and MATH 241; CMSC
1 10 or equivalent. The course, with MAPL/CMSC 470,
forms a one-year introduction to numerical analysis at
the advanced undergraduate level. Direct solution of
linear systems, norms, least squares problems, the
symmetric eigenvalue problem, basic iterative meth-
ods. Topics will be supplemented with programming
assignments. (Listed also as CMSC 471.)
MAPL 477 Optimization (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 110
and MATH 405 or MATH 474. Linear programming
including the simplex algorithm and dual linear pro-
grams, convex sets and elements of convex pro-
gramming, combinatorial optimization integer pro-
gramming (Listed also as CMSC 477.)
MAPL 498 Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics
(1-3) Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Topics
in applied mathematics of special interest to advanced
undergraduate students. May be repeated to a maxi-
mum of six credits if the subject matter is different.
MAPL 600 Advanced Linear Numerical Analysis (3)
Prerequisites: MAPL 470. 471 and MATH 405 or
MATH 474; or consent of instructor. Advanced topics
in numerical linear algebra, such as dense eigenvalue
problems, sparse elimination, iterative methods, and
other topics. (Same as CMSC 770.)
MAPL 604 Numerical Solution of Nonlinear Equa-
tions (3) Prerequisites: MAPL 470, 471 and MATH
410; or consent of instructor. Numerical solution of
nonlinear equations in one and several variables.
Existence questions. Minimization methods. Selected
applications. (Same as CMSC 772.)
MAPL 607 Advanced Numerical Optimization (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 410 and MAPL/CMSC 477; or
equivalent. Modern numerical methods for solving
unconstrained and constrained nonlinear optimization
problems in finite dimensions. Design of computational
algorithms and on the analysis of their properties.
MAPL 610 Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differen-
tial Equations (3) Prerequisites: MAPL/CMSC 470
and MATH 414; or consent of instructor. Methods for
solving initial value problems in ordinary differential
equations. Single step and multi-step methods, stabili-
ty and convergence, adaptive methods. Shooting
methods for boundary value problems.
MAPL 612 Numerical Methods in Partial Differential
Equations (3) Prerequisites: Concurrent registration in
MATH/MAPL 680 or in MAPL 650; or consent of the
instructor. Introduction to problems and methodolo-
gies of the solution of partial differential equations.
Finite difference methods for elliptic, parabolic, and
hyperbolic equations, first order systems, and eigen-
value problems Variational formulation of elliptic prob-
lems. The finite element method and its relation to
(mite difference methods.
MAPL 614 Mathematics of the Finite Element Meth-
od (3) Prerequisites: Concurrent registration in
MATH/MAPL 681 or in MATH/MAPL 685, or MAPL
612 and consent of instructor Variational formulations
Architecture Program 53
of linear and nonlinear elliptic boundary value prob-
lems; formulation of the finite element method, con-
struction of finite element subspaces; error estimates;
eigenvalue problems; time dependent problems.
MAPL 640 System Theory (3) General system mo-
dels. State variables and state spaces. Differential
dynamical systems. Discrete time systems Linearity
and its implications. Controllability and observability.
State space structure and representation Realization
theory and algorithmic solutions Parametenzations of
linear systems; canonical forms. Basic results from
stability theory. Stabilizability Fine structure of linear
multivanable systems; minimal indices and polynomial
matrices. Inverse nyquist array Geometric methods in
design. Interplay between frequency domain and state
space design methods. Interactive computer-aided
design methods. (Listed also as ENEE 663)
MAPL 641 Optimal Control (3) Prerequisite; ENEE
460 or consent of the instructor. General optimization
and control problems Static optimization problems.
Linear and nonlinear programming methods. Geomet-
ric interpretations. Dynamic optimization problems.
Discrete time maximum principle and applications.
Pontryagm maximum principle in continuous time. Dy-
namic-programming Feedback realization of solu-
tions. Extensive applications to problems in optimal
design, navigation and guidance, power systems. In-
troduction to state constrained and singular optimal
control problems. (Listed also as ENEE 664.)
MAPL 644 Estimation and Detection Theory (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 620 or equivalent or consent of
instructor. Estimation of unknown parameters, Cra-
mer-Rao lower bound: optimum (map) demodulation:
filtering, amplitude and angle modulation, comparison
with conventional systems; statistical decision theory;
Bayes, Mmimax, Neyman/Pearson. Cnteria-68 simple
and composite hypotheses; application to coherent
and incoherent signal detection; M-Ary hypotheses;
application to uncoded and coded digital communica-
tion systems. (Listed also as ENEE 621.)
MAPL 650 Advanced Mathematics for the Physical
Sciences I (3) Prerequisites: MATH 240 and 410.
Effective analytic methods for the study of linear and
nonlinear equations that arise in the physical sciences;
algebraic equations, integral equations and ordinary
differential equations. (Not open to graduate students
in MATH or MAPL without special permission from
their advisor.)
MAPL 651 Advanced Mathematics for the Physical
Sciences II (3) Prerequisite MAPL 650. Continuation
of MAPL 650. Partial differential equations; linear and
nonlinear eigenvalue problems (Not open to graduate
students in MATH or MAPL without special permission
from their advisor.)
MAPL 655 Asymptotic Analysis and Special Func
tions I (3) Prerequisite: MATH 413 or MATH 463
Transcendental equations, gamma function, orthogo
nal polynomials, Bessel functions, integral transforms.
Watson's lemma. LaPlace's method, stationary phase
analytic theory of ordinary differential equations, Liou
ville-Green (or WKBJ) approximation. (Cross-listed
with MATH 655)
MAPL 656 Asymptotic Analysis and Special Func-
tions II (3) Prerequisite: MATH/MAPL 655. Steepest
descents, coalescing saddle-points, singular integral
equations, irregular singularities, Bessel, hyper-
geometric. and Legendre functions, Euler-MacLaurin
formula. Darboux's method, turning points, phase shift.
(Cross-listed with MATH 656)
MAPL 670 Ordinary Differential Equations I (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 405 and 410 or the equivalent.
Existence and uniqueness, linear systems usually with
Floquet theory for periodic systems, linearization and
stability, planar systems usually with Poincare-Bendix-
son theorem. (Same as MATH 670)
MAPL 671 Ordinary Differential Equations II (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 630 and MATH/MAPL 670 or
equivalent The content of this course varies with the
interests of the instructor and the class Stability
theory, control, time delay systems. Hamiltonian sys-
tems, bifurcation theory, and boundary value prob-
lems (Same as MATH 671)
MAPL 673 Classical Methods in Partial Differential
Equations I (3) Prerequisite MATH 410 or equivalent
Cauchy problem for the wave equation and heat
equation, Dinchlet and Neumann problem for
Laplace's equation. Classification of equations.
Cauchy-Kowaleski theorem. General second order lin-
ear and nonlinear elliptic and parabolic equations.
(Same as MATH 673.)
MAPL 674 Classical Methods in Partial Differential
Equations II (3) Prerequisite: MATH/MAPL 673. Gen-
eral theory of first order partial differential equations.
characteristics, complete integrals. Hamilton-Jacobi
theory. Hyperbolic systems in two independent varia-
bles, existence and uniqueness, shock waves, applica-
tions to compressible flow (Same as MATH 674.)
MAPL 680 Eigenvalue and Boundary Value Prob-
lems I (3) Prerequisite: MATH 405 and 410 or equiva-
lent. Operational methods applied to ordinary differen-
tial equations Introduction to linear spaces, compact
operators in Hilbert space, study of Eigenvalues.
(Same as MATH 680.)
MAPL 681 Eigenvalue and Boundary Value Prob-
lems II (3) Prerequisite MATH/MAPL 680. Boundary
value problems for linear differential equations. Meth-
od of energy integrals applied to Laplace's equation,
heat equation and the wave equation. Study of Eigen-
values. (Same as MATH 681.)
MAPL 685 Modern Methods in Partial Differential
Equations I (3) Prerequisite: MATH 630 and 631
Spaces of distributions. Fourier transforms, concept of
weak and strong solutions. Existence, uniqueness and
regularity theory for elliptic and parabolic problems
using methods of functional analysis. (Same as MATH
685.)
MAPL 686 Modern Methods in Partial Differential
Equations II (3) Prerequisite: MATH/MAPL 685. Em-
phasis on nonlinear problems. Sobolev embedding
theorems, methods of monotonicity, compactness,
applications to elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic prob-
lems. (Same as MATH 686.)
MAPL 698 Advanced Topics in Applied Mathemat-
ics (1-4) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Repeata-
ble if topic differs.
MAPL 699 Applied Mathematics Seminar (1-3) Pre-
requisite: Consent of instructor. Seminar to acquaint
students with a variety of applications of mathematics
and to develop skills in presentation techniques. Re-
peatable if topic differs.
MAPL 701 Introduction to Continuum Mechanics
(3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Background
from algebra and geometry, kinematics of deforma-
tion Stress equations of motion, thermodynamics of
deforming continua Theory of constitutive relations.
Materials with memory Initial boundary value prob-
lems of nonlinear solid and fluid thermomechanics.
Boundary value problems of linear theories of solids
and fluids.
MAPL 710 Linear Elasticity (3) Prerequisite: MAPL
701 or consent of instructor Formulation of the equa-
tions. Compatability. uniquess. existence, representa-
tion and qualitative behavior of solutions. Variational
principles. St. Venant beam problems, plane strain and
plane stress, half-space problems, contact problems,
vibration problems, wave propagation. Emphasis is
placed on formulation and technique rather than on
specific examples.
MAPL 711 Non-Linear Elasticity (3) Prerequisite
MAPL 701. or consent of instructor Formulation of
initial boundary value problems. Constituive restric-
tions. Special solutions Perturbation methods and
their validity Theories of rods and shells. Buckling and
stability Shock propagation.
MAPL 720 Fluid Dynamics I (3) Prerequisite: Consent
of instructor. A mathematical formulation and treat-
ment of problems arising in the theory of incompressi-
ble, compressible and viscous fluids
MAPL 721 Fluid Dynamics II (3) Prerequisite: Con-
sent of instructor. A continuation of MAPL 720
MAPL 731 Information Theory (3) Corequisite:
ENEE 620 Prerequisite: STAT 400 or equivalent
Information measure, entrophy, mutual information:
source encoding; noiseless coding theorem; noisy
coding theorem; exponential error bounds; introduc-
tion to probalistic error correcting codes, block and
convolutional codes and error bounds; channels with
memory; continuous channels; rate distortion function
(Same as ENEE 721.)
MAPL 732 Error Correcting Codes (3) Introduction
to linear codes; bounds on the error correction capa-
bilities of codes; convolutional codes with threshold.
sequential and Viterbi decoding; cyclic random error
corrcting codes; P-N sequences; cyclic and convolu-
tional burst error correcting codes (Listed also as
ENEE 722 )
MAPL 735 Advanced Methods and Algorithms in
Detection and Filtering (3) Prerequisite ENEE 621
Foundations of random processes Conditional expec-
tations Markov processes and martingales ITO calcu-
lus Detection and estimation of continuous signals
with continuous observations. Jump processes Detec-
tion and estimation with discontinuous observations
Discrete-time case. Fast algorithms for digital filtenng
problems. (Listed also as ENEE 772 )
MAPL 740 Mathematical Methods in Control Engi-
neering (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 663 or consent of
instructor. Applications of compactness in control and
communication, geometric methods in optimal control
of lumped and distnbuted systems and harmonic anal-
ysis of linear systems. Applications to control and
estimation problems. (Listed also as ENEE 760.)
MAPL 741 Control of Distributed Parameter Sys-
tems (3) Prerequisite: An introductory course in func-
tional analytic methods at the level of ENEE 760, and
background in control and system theory Study of
systems governed by partial differential equations
Delay systems. Boundary and distributed control,
Lyapunov stability Optimal control of systems gov-
erned by partial differential equations and of delay
systems. Applications to continuum mechanics, dis-
tributed networks, biology, economics, and engineer-
ing. (Same as ENEE 761.)
MAPL 742 Stochastic Control (3) Prerequisite: ENEE
620 or equivalent; and ENEE 663/MAPL 640; or
consent of the instructor. Stochastic control systems,
numerical methods for the Ricatti equation, the
separation principle, control of linear systems with
Gaussian signals and quadratic cost, non-linear
stochastic control, stochastic stability, introduction to
stochastic games. (Same as ENEE 762 )
MAPL 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
MAPL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Architecture Program
Professor and Dean: Hill
Assistant Dean: Fogle
Assistant to the Dean Ratcliff
Professors: Hill. Schlesinger, Loss
Associate Professors: Bechhoefer. Bennett,
Fogle, Lewis, Lord, Senkevitch
Assistant Professors: Cass, Constant, Dean,
DuPuy, Johns, Miner, Muse, Stup , Vann
Visiting Professors: Peterson, Stanton
Lecturers: Arikoglu, Axlell, Bullock. Flynn,
Kramer, Li, Percival, Rounds, Simmons,
Wilkes
The School of Architecture offers a graduate
program leading to the professional degree.
Master of Architecture The Schools basic ob-
jective is to provide the highest possible quality
professional education and training in architec-
ture. Its program is organized around required
courses in architectural and urban design, ar-
chitectural history and theory and architectural
science and technology. Electives in Architec-
ture and related fields are available in a curricu-
lum that is rigorous and challenging
The School is accredited by the National Archi-
tectural Accreditation Board. It is a member of
the Association of Collegiate Schools of
Architecture assigned to the Northeastern Re-
gion.
Admission and Degree
Information
Admission to the graduate program is competi-
tive Candidates must satisfy the general
requirements of the Graduate School and sub-
mit the following: 1) three letters of recommen-
dation from persons competent to |udge the
54 Architecture Program
applicant's probable success in graduate archi-
tectural school; 2) results of the Graduate Re-
cord Examination aptitude and advanced tests
(not over five years old); and 3) evidence of
creative ability in the form of a portfolio of
drawings, photographs, or other expressive
media; details concerning format and content
may be obtained from the School of Architec-
ture.
Applications will be considered from three
categories of students: 1) students with four-
year baccalaureate degrees (architecture or
equivalent major) from accredited architecture
schools; 2) students with baccalaureate de-
grees not in architecture from an accredited
college or university who successfully complete
specified undergraduate prerequisites which
are outlined by the School of Architecture; and
3) students with an accredited professional
degree in architecture, Bachelor or Master of
Architecture. Students are expected to enroll on
a full-time basis. For complete information on
curricula requirements for these categories,
write to the School of Architecture.
1) Students entering the program with a
four-year baccalaureate degree in architecture
from an accredited college or university nor-
mally require two years of graduate study to
complete the requirements for the professional
degree, Master of Architecture. The established
curriculum requires four semesters of academic
work emcompassing a total of 60 credits. Addi-
tional credits may be required depending upon
the admissions committee's evaluation of the
individual's academic and architectural experi-
ence.
2) Students entering the professional pro-
gram with other than architecture undergradu-
ate majors will normally require three years
(including summer work) to complete all
requirements for the Master of Architecture,
including prerequisites. Students in this catego-
ry will be admitted as undergraduate special
students. They are expected to make up the
specific coursework, or its equivalent, required
for the Bachelor of Science with a major in
architecture, before being admitted to graduate
status. Although these students will not auto-
matically be candidates for, nor receive, the
B.S. degree, they could, at their option, qualify
for and receive the B.S. degree if they meet all
applicable University and School of Architec-
ture requirements. Information on required
courses and curriculum may be obtained from
the School of Architecture.
3) A special one-year option leading to the
Master of Architecture degree is available to
those students already possessing a profes-
sional degree in architecture (B. Arch, or M.
Arch.) from an accredited program. This option
is designed to accommodate the needs of stu-
dents who wish to do advanced, highly-special-
ized work beyond that required for the profes-
sional degree. Applicants must specify in detail
the nature of the proposed course of study, for
reviewal and approval by the admissions com-
mittee prior to their admission. They must com-
plete a total of 30 credits, including ARCH 799
Thesis in Architecture (6 credits). At least 12
credits, other than thesis, shall be 600-level or
above. All course selections must be approved
by the graduate committee of the School.
Presently, areas of concentration in which
the School has noteworthy resources for ad-
vanced work are architectural and urban de-
sign, architectural history and preservation, and
architectural technology.
Facilities and Special Resources
The School of Architecture of the University of
Maryland is ideally located between Washing-
ton, D.C. and Baltimore, in the midst of a large
number of historical communities and a varied
physical environment. The resulting opportunity
for environmental design study is unsurpassed.
Resources of the School include a modern
physical plant designed for environmental de-
sign education; extensive on-site libraries of
books, current periodicals and slides; a faculty
whose credentials encompass expertise in de-
sign, architectural structures, solar and conven-
tional heating and cooling system design, ener-
gy optimization, architectural history and pres-
ervation, urban planning, landscape architec-
ture and other environmental design speciali-
ties. The School also provides graduate stu-
dents an opportunity for professional experi-
ence and service through its nonprofit Center
for Architectural Design and Research, CADRE
Corporation, housed in the School, whose mis-
sion is to broaden the educational experience of
students through environmental design serv-
ices directed by faculty members, rendered to a
variety of clients. A limited number of stipends
for graduate students are normally available
through participation in CADRE Corporation
projects.
Financial Assistance
The School of Architecture offers a limited and
varying number of teaching and research
assistantships, scholarships, fellowships and
internships. Applicants should apply for finan-
cial assistance when submitting the application
for admission.
Courses
ARCH 400 Architecture Studio III (4) Prerequisites—
ARCH 301 with a grade of C or better, and ARCH 311.
Corequisite — ARCH 410. except by permission of the
dean. Continuation of design studio, with emphasis on
comprehensive building design and introduction to
urban design factors. Lecture and studio 9 hours per
week.
ARCH 401 Architecture Studio IV (4) Prerequisite—
ARCH 400 with a grade of C or better and ARCH 410.
corequisite — ARCH 411, except by permission of the
dean. Continuation of design studio with emphasis on
urban design factors. Lecture and studio, 9 hours per
week.
ARCH 402 Architecture Studio III (6) Prerequisite:
ARCH 303 with a grade of C or better. Design projects
involving the elements of environmental control, basic
structural systems, building processes and materials.
Three hours of lecture and six hours of studio per
week.
ARCH 403 Architecture Studio IV (6) Prequisite:
ARCH 402 with a grade of C or better. Design projects
involving forms generated by different structural sys-
tems, environmental controls and methods of con-
struction. Three hours
ARCH 412 Architectural Structures II (3) Prerequi-
site: ARCH 312. Principles and applications in analysis
and design of determinate structures: design of timber
and steel structures; principles of masonry design.
ARCH 413 Structural Systems in Architecture (3)
Theory and application of selected complex structural
systems as they relate to architectural decisions. Pre-
requisite, ARCH 410 or by permission of the instructor.
Seminar, 3 hours per week.
ARCH 414 Solar Energy Applications for Buildings
(3) Prerequisite: ARCH 313 or permission of instructor.
Methods of utilizing solar energy to provide heating,
cooling, hot water, and electricity for buildings and
related techniques for reducing energy consumption.
ARCH 415 Environmental Control Systems II (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 313. Theory and practice of
managing energy, water and waste in buildings.
ARCH 416 Architectural Structures III (3) Prequisite
arch 412. Introduction to indeterminate structures.
Principles and applications in the design of reinforced
concrete structures, introduction to wind and seismic
loads; foundation systems.
ARCH 417 Environmental Control Systems III (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 415. Design principles and practi-
cal applications of lighting and acoustics, with empha-
sis on the integration of environmental and structural
systems; vertical transportation; fire protection.
ARCH 418 Selected Topics in Architectural Sci-
ence (1-4) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Re-
peatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided content
is different.
ARCH 419 Independent Studies in Architectural
Science (1-4) Proposed work must have a faculty
sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum com-
mittee. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits.
ARCH 420 History of American Architecture (3)
Prequisite: ARCH 221 or permission of instructor.
American architecture from the late 1 7th to the 20th
century.
ARCH 421 Seminar in the History of American
Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 420 or permis-
sion of instructor. Advanced investigation of historical
problems in American architecture.
ARCH 422 French Architecture 1750-1800 (3)
French architectural theory and practice of the second
half of the eighteenth century. A reading knowledge of
French will be required. Colloquium and independent
research. By permission of the instructor.
ARCH 424 History of Russian Architecture (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 221. or permission of instructor.
Major trends in Russian architecture in the medieval
(10th— 17th centuries), imperial (1703—1917), and
soviet periods.
ARCH 427 Theories of Architecture (3) Prerequisite:
ARCH 221, or permission of instructor. Selected his-
torical and modern theories of architectural design. For
architecture majors only.
ARCH 428 Selected Topics in Architectural History
(1-3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Repeatable
to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is
different 50ARCH 429 Independent Studies in Ar-
chitectural History (1-4) Proposed work must have a
faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum
committee. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.
ARCH 431 History of Ancient Architecture (3) Pre-
requisite: ARCH 221, or permission of instructor.
Architecture of the ancient world through the Roman
period, with emphasis on classical Greece and Rome.
ARCH 432 History of Medieval Architecture (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or permission of instructor.
Architecture of Western Europe from the early Chris-
tian and Byzantine periods through the late gothic, with
consideration of parallel developments in the eastern
world.
ARCH 433 History of Renaissance Architecture (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 221, or permission of instructor.
Renaisssance architectural principles and trends in
the 15th and 16th centuries and their modifications in
the Baroque period.
ARCH 434 History of Modern Architecture (3) Pre-
requisite: ARCH 221 , or permission of instructor. Archi-
tectural trends and principles from 1 750 to the present,
with emphasis on developments since the mid- 19th
century.
ARCH 435 Seminar in the History of Modern
Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 434 or permis-
sion of instructor. Advanced investigation of historical
problems in modern architecture.
ARCH 442 Studies in Visual Design (3) Prerequisite:
ARCH 303. Studio work in visual design independent
of architectural problem solving.
ARCH 443 The Photography of Architecture (3)
One and one-half hours lecture and four hours labora-
tory per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 344. Examination of
the meaning of documentation and the use of photog-
raphy in the evaluation of architecture. Architecture
students only, except by permission of the instructor.
ARCH 447 Advanced Seminar in Photography (3)
Prerequisites: ARCH 340 or APDS 337 or JOUR 351;
and consent of instructor. Advanced study of photo-
graphic criticism through empirical methods, for stu-
dents proficient in photographic skills. Photographic
assignments, laboratory, seminar, 3 hours per week.
ARCH 448 Selected Topics in Visual Studies (1-4)
Prerequisite. Consent of instructor. Repeatable to a
maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is different.
ARCH 449 Independent Studies in Visual Studies
(1-4) Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and
Art Program 55
receive approval of the curriculum committee Re-
peatable to a maximum of 6 credits.
ARCH 450 Introduction to Urban Planning (3) Intro-
duction to city planning theory, methodology and tech-
niques, dealing with normative, urban, structural, eco-
nomic, social aspects of the city; urban planning as a
process. Architectural majors or by permission of the
instructor. Lecture, seminar, 3 hours per week.
ARCH 451 Urban Design Seminar (3) Prerequisite:
ARCH 350 or permission of the instructor. Advanced
investigation into problems of analysis and evaluation
of the design of urban areas, spaces and complexes
with emphasis on physical and social considerations.
effects of public policies, through case studies Field
observations.
ARCH 453 Urban Problems Seminar (3) Prerequisite:
Permission of instructor. A case study of urban devel-
opment issues, dealing primarily with socio-economic
aspects of changes in the built environment.
ARCH 454 Theories of Urban Form (3) Theories of
planning and design of urban spaces, building com-
plexes, and new communities.
ARCH 458 Selected Topics in Urban Planning (1-4)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Repeatable to a
maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is different.
ARCH 459 Independent Studies in Urban Planning
(1-4) Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and
receive approval of the curriculum committee. Re-
peatable to a maximum of 6 credits.
ARCH 460 Site Analysis and Design (3) Principles
and methods of site analysis; the influence of natural
and man-made site factors on site design and archi-
tectural form. For architecture majors only, or by
permission of instructor
ARCH 470 Computer Applications in Architecture
(3) Prerequisite ARCH 302 or permission of instructor.
Introduction to computer programming and utilization,
with emphasis on architectural applications.
ARCH 472 Economic Determinants in Architecture
(3) Introduction to economic factors influencing archi-
tectural form and design, including land economics,
real estate, financing, project development, financial
planning, construction and cost control.
ARCH 478 Selected Topics in Architecture (1-4)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Repeatable to a
maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is different.
ARCH 479 Independent Studies in Architecture (1-
4) Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and
receive approval of the curriculum committee. Re-
peatable to a maximum of 6 credits.
ARCH 480 Problems and Methods of Architectural
Preservation (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 420 or permis-
sion of instructor. Theory and practice of preservation
in America, with emphasis on the problems and tech-
niques of community preservation.
ARCH 488 Selected Topics in Architectural Preser-
vation (1-4) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Re-
peatable to a maximum of seven credits, provided the
content is different.
ARCH 489 Independent Studies in Architectural
Preservation (1-4) Proposed work must have a facul-
ty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum
committee Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.
ARCH 600 Architecture Studio V (6) Prerequisite
ARCH 403, or equivalent. Comprehensive building and
urban design; studio options in advanced topical prob-
lems. Three hours of lecture and six hours of studio per
week
ARCH 601 Architecture Studio VI (6) Prerequisite:
ARCH 600 Continuation of arch 600 Three hours of
lecture and six hours of studio per week.
ARCH 612 Advanced Structural Analysis In
Architecture (3) Prerequisite: ARCH 416 Qualitative
and quantitative analysis and design of selected com-
plex structural systems
ARCH 613 Structural Systems In Architecture (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 416 or permission of instructor.
Theory and application of selected complex structural
systems as they relate to architectural decisions.
ARCH 614 Environmental Systems In Architecture
(3) Prerequisite: ARCH 415 and 417 or permission of
instructor Qualitative analysis of selected environ-
mental systems and design determinants
ARCH 678 Selected Topics in Architecture (1-6)
Prerequisite Permission of instructor Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits provided the subject matter is
different.
ARCH 679 Independent Studies in Architecture (1-
6) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits.
ARCH 700 Architecture Studio VII (6) Prerequisite
ARCH 601 Continuation of ARCH 601 . Three hours of
lecture and six hours of studio per week.
ARCH 770 Professional Practice (3) Prerequisite:
ARCH 601. Project management, organizational, legal,
economic and ethical aspects of architecture.
ARCH 797 Thesis Proseminar (3) Prerequisite
ARCH 601 Directed research and preparation of the-
sis program.
ARCH 798 Thesis in Architecture (1-6) Prerequi-
sites: ARCH 700 and 797
ARCH 799 Masters Thesis Research (1-6)
Art Program
Professor and Chairman; Driskell
Professors: Campbell, deLeiris, Denny,
Levitine, Lynch, Morrison, Pemberton, Reanck
Associate Professors: DiFederico, Farquhar,
Forbes, Gelman, Johns, Klank, Lapinski,
Niese, Spiro, Truitt, Withers
Assistant Professors: DeMonte, Ferraioli,
Hauptman, Krushenick, Patton, Puryear, Reid,
Spaulding, Weigl, Wheelock, Willis
The Department of Art offers programs of grad-
uate study leading to the degrees of Master of
Arts in art history, Master of Fine Arts in studio
art and Doctor of Philosophy in art history. Both
disciplines, rooted in the concept of art as a
humanistic experience, share an essential com-
mon aim: the development of the student's
aesthetic sensitivity, understanding and knowl-
edge. The major in art history is committed to
the advanced study and scholarly interpretation
of existing works of art, from the prehistoric era
to the present, while the studio major stresses
the student's direct participation in the creation
of works of art.
Admission and Degree
Information
For admission to graduate study in studio art, an
undergraduate degree with an art major from an
accredited college or university, or its equiva-
lent, is required. The candidate should have
approximately 30 credit hours of undergraduate
work in studio courses and 12 credit hours in art
history courses. Other humanities area courses
should be part of the candidate's undergradu-
ate preparation. In addition, special departmen-
tal requirements must be met. A candidate for
the Master of Fine Arts degree will be required
to pass an oral comprehensive examination,
present an exhibition of his thesis work, write an
abstract based on the thesis, and present an
oral defense of the thesis.
For admission to graduate study in art
history, in addition to the approved undergradu-
ate degree, or its equivalent, special depart-
mental requirements must be met. Departmen-
tal requirements for the Master of Arts degree in
Art History include ARTH 692; reading knowl-
edge of French or German (evidenced by an
examination administered by the Art Depart-
ment); a written comprehensive examination
which tests the candidate's knowledge and
comprehension of principal areas and phases
of art history; a thesis which demonstrates
competency in research and in original in-
vestigation by the candidate; and a final oral
examination on the thesis and the field which it
represents.
Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy
degree in Art History include ARTH 692; reading
knowledge of French and German; an oral
examination and a written examination; a dis-
sertation which demonstrates the candidate's
capacity to perform independent research in
the field of art history; and a final oral examina-
tion on the dissertation and the field it repre-
sents.
Applicants are encouraged to submit their
applications by early March for entrance in the
Fall and by early October for entrance in Spring
as the available spaces are usually filled early.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Middle Atlantic Symposium in the History of
Art is an annual Spring event which is spon-
sored by the University of Maryland and held
jointly at the National Gallery of Art and the
University. This symposium provides the oppor-
tunity for advanced graduate students from the
member institutions to present their research in
professional form. From time to time the De-
partment of Art also publishes abstracts of the
Symposium papers in Studies in Art History
presented at the Middle Atlantic Symposium in
the History of Art.
In the summer of 1979, the University of
Maryland Caesarea Project will begin excava-
tions at Caesarea Maritima, Israel. Qualified
graduate students are eligible for participation
in the excavations, and work at this site may
lead to MA. or Ph.D. dissertation subjects.
The University of Maryland is thirty-five
minutes from the National Gallery, the National
Collection of Fine Arts and Portrait Gallery, the
Freer Gallery, the Corcoran Gallery, the Phillips
Gallery, Dumbarton Oaks, the Hirshhorn Collec-
tion. In Baltimore, forty-five minutes from the
University, is the Museum of Art and the Walters
Gallery.
Financial Assistance
A limited number of graduate assistantships are
available in art.
Additional Information
Description of Departmental requirements for
the above programs and other information may
be obtained from the Department of Art.
For information on work leading to the
degree of Master of Education in art education,
the student is referred to the section devoted to
Secondary Education in this catalog.
Courses
Art Education
ARTE 600 Advanced Problems in Art Education (3)
ARTE 601 Advanced Problems in Art Education (3)
ARTE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ART HISTORY
ARTH 401 Greek and Roman Painting (3) Survey of
Greek and Roman frescoes and panels, study of
extant paintings and lost works known only through
literary sources
ARTH 402 Greek Art and Archaeology (3) Greek art
and archaeology from 1000 B.C. to 50 B.C
ARTH 403 Roman Art and Archaeology (3) Roman
art and archaeology from Etruscan ongins to Diocle-
tian.
ARTH 404 Bronze Age Art (3) Art of the Near East.
Egypt and Aegean
ARTH 405 Japanese Painting (3) Survey of Japanese
painting from the sixth through the sixteenth centunes.
56 Art Program
including traditional Buddhist paintings, narrative
scrolls, and Zen-related ink painting
ARTH 406 Arts of the East I (3) The arts of Japan and
China from prehistory to 1400.
ARTH 407 Arts of the East II (3) The arts of Japan
and China from the 1400's to the present.
ARTH 410 Early Christian— Early Byzantine Art (3)
Sculpture, painting, architecture, and the minor arts
from about 312 to 726 AD.
ARTH 411 Byzantine Art, 726-1453 (3) Sculpture,
painting, architecture and the minor arts from 726 to
1453 AD.
ARTH 412 Medieval Art (3) Architecture, sculpute
and painting in the Middle Ages. First semester will
stress romanesque.
ARTH 413 Medieval Art (3) Architecture, sculpture
and painting in the Middle Ages. Second semester will
stress the Gothic period.
ARTH 416 Northern European Painting in the 15th
Century (3) Painting in the Netherlands, France and
Germany.
ARTH 417 Northern European Painting in the 16th
Century (3) Painting in the Netherlands, France and
Germany.
ARTH 422 Early Renaissance Art in Italy (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1400
to 1430.
ARTH 423 Early Renaissance Art in Italy (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1430
to 1475.
ARTH 424 High Renaissance Art in Italy (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1475
to 1500.
ARTH 425 High Renaissance Art in Italy (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1500
to 1525.
ARTH 430 European Baroque Art (3) Architecture,
sculpture and painting of the major southern European
centers in the 17th century.
ARTH 431 European Baroque Art (3) Architecture,
sculpture and painting of the major northern European
centers in the 17th century.
ARTH 434 French Painting (3) French painting from
1400 to 1600. From Fouquet to Poussin.
ARTH 435 French Painting (3) French painting from
1600 to 1800. From Le Brun to David.
ARTH 440 19th Century European Art (3) Architec-
ture, sculpture and painting in Europe from neo-classi-
cism to romanticism.
ARTH 441 19th Century European Art (3) Architec-
ture, sculpture and painting in Europe. From realism, to
impressionism and symbolism.
ARTH 445 Impressionism and Neo-lmpressionism
(3) Prerequisite: ARTH 260, 261 or consent of instruc-
tor. History of impressionism and neo-impressionism:
artists, styles, art theories, criticism, sources and influ-
ence on 20th century.
ARTH 450 20th Century Art (3) Painting, sculpture
and architecture from the late 19th century to 1920.
ARTH 451 20th Century Art (3) Painting, sculpture
and architecture from 1920 to the present.
ARTH 452 History of Photography (3) History of
photography as art from 1839 to the present.
ARTH 454 Nineteenth and Twentieth Century
Sculpture (3) Trends in sculpture from neo-classicism
to the present. Emphasis will be put on the redefinition
of sculpture during the 20th century.
ARTH 460 History of the Graphic Arts (3) Prerequi-
site: ARTH 100, or ARTH 260 and 261, or consent of
instructor. Graphic techniques and styles in Europe
from 1400 to 1800; contributions of major artists.
ARTH 462 African Art (3) First semester, the cultures
west of the Niger River (Nigeria through Mali) from 400
B.C. to the present. The art is studied through its
iconography and function in the culture and the inter-
cultural influences upon the artists, including a study of
the societies, cults and cermonies during which the art
was used.
ARTH 463 African Art (3) Second semester, the
cultures east and south of Nigeria. The art is studied
through its iconography and function in the culture and
the intercultural influences upon the artists, including a
study of the societies, cults and cermonies during
which the art was used.
ARTH 464 African Art Research (3) Seminar with
concentration on particular aspects of African art. The
course is given at the Museum of African Art in
Washington, D. C.
ARTH 470 Latin American Art (3) Art of the
prehispanic and the colonial periods.
ARTH 471 Latin American Art (3) Art of the 19th and
20th centuries.
ARTH 473 Arts of Black Americans I (3) The visual
arts of Black Americans from the colonial period
through the 19th century, including crafts and decora-
tive arts.
ARTH 474 Arts of Black Americans II (3) The visual
arts of Black Americans in the 20th century, including
crafts and decorative arts.
ARTH 476 History of American Art to 1900. (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United
States from the colonial period to 1900.
ARTH 477 History of American Art since 1900 (3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United
States from 1900 to the present.
ARTH 489 Special Topics in Art History (3) May be
repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prerequisite:
Consent of department head or instructor.
ARTH 498 Directed Studies in Art History I (2-3)
For advanced students, by permission of department
chairman. Course may be repeated for credit if content
differs.
ARTH 499 Directed Studies In Art History II (2-3
ARTH 612 Romanesque Art (3) Painting and sculp-
ture in Western Europe in the 1 1 th and 1 2th centuries;
regional styles; relationships between styles of paint-
ing and sculpture; religious content.
ARTH 614 Gothic Art (3) Painting and sculpture in
Western Europe in the 1 1th and 12th centuries; region-
al styles; relationships between styles of painting and
sculpture; religious content.
ARTH 630 The Art of Mannerism (3) Prerequisite:
ART 423 or permission of instructor. Mannerism in
Europe during the 16th century; beginnings in Italy;
ramifications in France, Germany, Flanders, Spain;
painting, architecture, and sculpture.
ARTH 634 French Painting from Lebrun to Ger-
icault— 1715-1815 (3) Development of iconography
and style from the Baroque to neo-classicism and
romanticism. Trends and major artists.
ARTH 656 19th Century Realism, 1830-1860 (3)
Courbet and the problem of realism; precursors, David,
Gericault, landscape schools; Manet; artistic and so-
cial theories; realism outside France. Prerequisite:
ART 440 or 441 or equivalent.
ARTH 662 20th Century European Art (3) Prerequi-
site: ART 450, 451 or equivalent. A detailed examina-
tion of the art of a individual country in the 12th
century: France, Germany, Italy, Spain, England.
ARTH 676 20th Century American Art (3) Prerequi-
site: ART 450, 451 or equivalent. The 'Eight,' the
Armory Show, American abstraction, romantic-realism,
new deal art projects, American surrealism and ex-
pressionism.
ARTH 692 Methods of Art History (3) Methods of
research and criticism applied to typical art-historical
problems; bibliography and other research tools. May
be taken for credit one or two semesters.
ARTH 694 Museum Training Program (3)
ARTH 695 Museum Training Program (3)
ARTH 698 Directed Graduate Studies in Art History
(3) For advanced graduate students, by permission of
head of department. Course may be repeated for
credit if content differs.
ARTH 699 Special Topics in Art History (3) Prereq-
uisite: Consent of department head or instructor.
ARTH 702 Seminar in Classical Art (3) Prerequisite:
ARTH 402, 403 or permission of instructor.
ARTH 708 Seminar in Japanese Painting (3) Prereq-
uisite: ARTH 406 or 407 or permission of instructor.
Japanese painting of the 14th through 16th centuries,
and their origins in Chinese models. Course may be
repeated for a maximum of 6 credits if the content
differs.
ARTH 709 Seminar in Early Christian and Byzan-
tine Art (3) Prerequisite: ARTH 410 or 411 or permis-
sion of instructor. Course may be repeated for a
maximum of six credits if the content differs.
ARTH 712 Seminar in Medieval Art (3) Prerequisite:
ARTH 412, 413 or permission of instructor.
ARTH 728 Seminar Topics in Italian Renaissance
Art (3) Problems selected from significant themes in
the field of Italian Renaissance art and architecture,
1200-1600. May be repeated for credit if content
differs.
ARTH 736 Seminar in 18th Century European Art
(3)
ARTH 740 Seminar (3) Problems derived from the
development of romantic art during the 18th and 19th
centuries.
ARTH 743 Seminar in 19th Century European Art
(3) Problems derived from the period starting with
David and ending with Cezanne.
ARTH 760 Seminar in Contemporary Art (3)
ARTH 770 Seminar in Latin-American Art (3) Pre-
requisite: ARTH 471 or permission of instructor.
ARTH 772 Seminar in Modern Mexican Art (3)
Prerequisite: ARTH 471 or permission of instructor.
Problems of Mexican art of the 19th and 20th centu-
ries; Mexicanismo; the 'mural renaissance'; architec-
tural regionalism.
ARTH 774 Seminar in 19th Century American Art
(3) Problems in architecture and painting from the end
of the colonial period until 1860.
ARTH 780 Seminar — Problems in Architectural His-
tory and Criticism (3)
ARTH 784 Seminar in Literary Sources of Art
History (3) Art historical sources from Pliny to
Malraux.
ARTH 798 Directed Graduate Studies in Art History
(3)
ARTH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ARTH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Art Studio ARTS 404 Experiments in Visual Pro-
cesses (3) Six hours per week. Prerequisites: Either
arts 220, 330 or 340. Investigation and execution of
process oriented art. Group and individual experimen-
tal projects.
ARTS 410 Drawing IV (3) Six hours per week. Prereq-
uisite: ARTS 310. Advanced drawing, with emphasis
on human figure, its structure and organic likeness to
forms in nature Compositional problems deriving from
this relationship are also stressed.
ARTS 420 Painting IV (3) Six hours per week. Prereq-
uisite: ARTS 324. Creative painting. Emphasis on
personal direction and self-criticism. Group seminars.
ARTS 430 Sculpture IV (3) Six hours per week.
Prerequisite: ARTS 335. Problems and techniques of
newer concepts, utilizing various materials, such as
plastics and metals. Technical aspects of welding
stressed.
ARTS 440 Printmaking III (3) Six hours per week.
Prerequisite: ARTS 340 and 344. Contemporary exper-
imental techniques of one print medium with group
discussions.
ARTS 441 Printmaking IV (3) Six hours per week
Prerequisite: ARTS 440. Continuation of arts 440.
ARTS 489 Special Problems in Studio Arts (3) For
advanced students, by permission of department
chairman. Course may be repeated for credit if content
differs.
ARTS 610 Drawing (3) Sustained treatment of a
theme chosen by student. Wide variety of media.
ARTS 614 Drawing (3) Traditional materials and
methods including Oriental. Sumi ink drawing and
techniques of classical European masters.
ARTS 616 Drawing (3) Detailed anatomical study of
the human figure and preparation of large scale mural
compositions.
Astronomy Program 57
ARTS 620 Painting (3)
ARTS 624 Painting (3)
ARTS 626 Painting (3)
ARTS 627 Painting (3)
ARTS 630 Experimentation in Sculpture (3)
ARTS 634 Experimentation in Sculpture (3)
ARTS 636 Materials and Techniques in Sculpture
(3) For advanced students, methods of armature build-
ing, and tiie use of a variety of stone, wood, metal, and
plastic materials.
ARTS 637 Sculpture-Casting and Foundry (3) The
traditional methods of plaster casting and the compli-
cated types involving metal, cire perdue, sand-casting
and newer methods, such as cold metal process.
ARTS 640 Prlntmaking (3) Advanced problems Re-
lief process.
ARTS 644 Prlntmaking (3) Advanced problems In-
taglio process.
ARTS 646 Prlntmaking (3) Advanced problems. Lith-
ographic process.
ARTS 647 Seminar in Prlntmaking (3)
ARTS 689 Special Problems In Studio Art (3) Pre-
requisite: Consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maxi-
mum of six hours.
ARTS 690 Drawing and Painting (3) Preparation and
execution of a wall decoration.
ARTS 698 Directed Graduate Studies in Studio Art
(3) For advanced graduate students by permission of
head of department. Course may be repeated for
credit if content differs.
ARTS 798 Directed Graduate Studies in Studio Art
(3)
ARTS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
Astronomy Program
Professor and Acting Director: Kundu
Professors: Bell, Erickson, Kerr, Opik (part-
time), Rose, Smith, Wentzel, Zuckerman
Adjunct Professors: Brandt
Associate Professors: A'Hearn, Harrington,
Matthews, Trimble (part-time), Zipoy
Adjunct Associate Professor: Clark
Assistant Professors: Eichler, Scott, Wilson
The Astronomy Program, administratively part
of the Department of Physics and Astronomy,
offers programs of study leading to the degrees
of M.S. and Ph.D. in Astronomy. The M.S.
program includes both thesis and non-thesis
options. Areas of specialization include: galactic
structure, interstellar medium, extragalactic as-
tronomy, stellar atmospheres, stellar evolution,
solar physics, solar system, astronomical instru-
mentation, and cometary studies.
A full schedule of courses in all fields of
astronomy is offered including galactic astrono-
my, astrophysics, solar system astronomy, ob-
servational astronomy, celestial mechanics,
solar physics, study of the interstellar medium
and extragalactic astronomy. The faculty has
expertise in most major branches of astronomy.
The research program is centered around sev-
eral major areas of interest. One is high energy
and plasma astrophysics with particular interest
centering on applications to the study of ex-
tragalactic radio sources and of solar phenome-
na. There are related observational programs in
the areas of solar radio astronomy and of
extragalactic astronomy. Other areas include
galactic structure, the interstellar medium with
particular emphases on molecules in space and
on star formation, stellar atmospheres and
cometary physics.
Admission and Degree
Information
No formal undergraduate course work in astron-
omy is required. However, an entering student
should have a working knowledge of the basic
facts of astronomy such as is obtainable from
one of the many elementary textbooks. A more
advanced knowledge of astronomy will of
course enable a student to progress more rap-
idly during the first year of graduate work.
Normally a satisfactory score on the GRE
Advanced Test in Physics is required before an
applicant's admission to the Graduate School
will be considered. In special cases, the Gradu-
ate Entrance Committee may waive this require-
ment, and set other conditions as a requirement
for admission, to be fulfilled either before ad-
mission or during the first year at Maryland.
Qualification for the Ph.D. program (which
is decided in the middle or at the end of the
second year) requires a written examination on
basic astronomy at the end of the first year and
an extensive research project during the sec-
ond year. Overall performance in the exam,
course work and research determines admis-
sion to the Ph.D. program.
All students must demonstrate compe-
tence both in theoretical astrophysics and in
radio and optical observing techniques. The
former can normally be satisfied by taking
ASTR 650, 651 and the latter by taking ASTR
411. All students must take at least two credits
of ASTR 698. No other Astronomy courses are
specifically required, but candidates for the
Ph.D. should expect to take a number of
courses at the 600 level according to their
interests. Twelve credits of advanced physics
courses are required for the Ph.D.
Candidates for the Master of Science De-
gree with thesis are required to obtain 24 credits
(exclusive of registration for masters research)
of which at least 12 are in the major area and at
least 1 2 must be at the 600 level (not necessari-
ly the same 12). In addition, at least 6 credits
must be in a related field (supporting area).
To obtain the Master of Science Degree
without a thesis, 6 credits in the major at the
600 level are required in addition to the general
requirements described above. That is, a total
of 30 credits are required, of which 18 must be
in the major, and at least 18 at the 600 level.
The student must also pass a written examina-
tion, usually consisting of the written part of the
Ph.D. Qualifying Examination with appropriately
chosen passing requirements.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Astronomy Program carries on an exten-
sive research program in the areas discussed
above with the graduate students playing an
active role in this research. Approximately one-
fourth of all research papers published have a
graduate student as one of the authors. The
Program maintains a small optical observatory
on campus. Due to the site, its main use is to
enable students to gain experience in observa-
tional techniques and to test out new equip-
ment. There is an important effort in the pro-
gram devoted to the development of optical
instrumentation. A Fourier Transform Spec-
trometer is now essentially operational and a
photoelectric Fabry Perot Interferometer is
being developed.
The Program also operates a radio observ-
atory near Borrego Springs, California. This is
designed to operate at meter wavelengths and
is one of the major long wavelength observato-
ries in the country. A major commitment of this
observatory will be to solar research, with the
immediate aim of developing a radio heliograph
which can provide real time mapping of the
radio sun. Work will also go on there in the
areas of galactic and extragalactic radio astron-
omy.
The library facilities of the Program have
recently benefited from the acquisition of a
major new collection. Reorganization of the
current facilities is in process. When completed,
the Astronomy library should be one of the
foremost collections in the country.
The Program has strong interaction with
the national astronomy observatories, and
many of the students and faculty carry on
observing programs at them. There are also
very close ties with neighboring scientific in-
stitutes. A major program of cooperative re-
search has been established with the Goddard
Space Flight Center and a number of graduate
students carry on research programs there.
There are also close contacts with the Naval
Observatory, the Naval Research Labs and
other government institutes
Financial Assistance
Essentially all eligible graduate students are
funded. The program offers both Research and
Teaching Assistantships.
Additional Information
For more information, especially for physics
courses related to astronomy, see the section
on Physics. A brochure entitled "Graduate
Study in Astronomy," describing the require-
ments, the courses and the research program in
detail, is available from the department. All
correspondence, including that concerning ad-
mission to the Astronomy Program, should be
addressed to:
Astronomy Program
University of Maryland
Courses
ASTR 400 Stellar Astrophysics (3) Pre- or
corequisite: PHYS 422 or consent of instructor Stellar
atmospheres, stellar structure and evolution, neutron
stars and black holes
ASTR 401 Interstellar and Extragalactic As-
trophysics (3) Pre- or corequisite: PHYS 422 or
consent of instructor A survey of the physics of the
interstellar medium and of astrophysics as it relates to
galaxies and cosmology.
ASTR 410 Observational Astronomy (3) Prerequi-
sites: Working knowledge of calculus, physics through
PHYS 284, or 263. and 3 credits of Astronomy An
introduction to current methods of obtaining astronom-
ical information including radio, infrared, optical, ultra-
violet, and X-ray astronomy The laboratory work will
involve photographic and photoelectnc observations
with the department's optical telescope and 21 -cm line
spectroscopy, flux measurements and mterterometry
with the department's radiotelescopes
ASTR 411 Observational Astronomy (3) Prerequi-
sites: ASTR 410. working knowledge of calculus, phys-
ics through PHYS 284. or 263. and 3 credits of
Astronomy An introduction to current methods of
obtaining astronomical information including radio, in-
frared, optical, ultra-violet, and X-ray astronomy The
laboratory work will involve photographic and
photoelectric observations with the department's opti-
cal telescope and 21 -cm line spectroscopy, flux
measurements and interferometry with the depart-
ment's radiotelescopes Observatory work on individu-
al projects Every semester
ASTR 420 Introduction to Galactic Research (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 192 and ASTR 182 or equivalent,
or consent of instructor Methods of galactic research,
stellar motions, clusters of stars, evolution ol the
galaxy, study of our own and nearby galaxies
ASTR 430 The Solar System (3) Prerequisite MATH
246 and either PHYS 263 or PHYS 294, or consent ol
instructor The structure of planetary atmospheres.
radiative transfer in planetary atmospheres, remote
sensing of planetary surfaces, interior structure ot
58 Biochemistry Program
planets. Structure of comets. Brief discussions of
asteroids, satellite systems, and solar system evolu-
tion.
ASTR 440 Introduction to Extra-Galactic Astrono-
my (3) Prerequisite: PHYS 192 and ASTR 182 or
equivalent or consent of instructor. Properties of nor-
mal and peculiar galaxies, including radio galaxies and
quasars; expansion of the universe and cosmology.
ASTR 450 Celestial Mechanics (3) Prerequisite:
PHYS 410 or consent of instructor. Celestial mechan-
ics, orbit theory, equations of motion.
ASTR 498 Special Problems in Astronomy (1-6)
Prerequisite: Major in physics or astronomy and/or
consent of advisor. Research or special study. Credit
according to work done.
ASTR 600 Stellar Atmospheres (3) Prerequisite:
ASTR 650 or an equivalent brief introduction to stellar
atmospheres, or consent of instructor. Observationa
methods line formation, curve of growth, equation of
transfer, stars with large envelopes, variable stars,
novae, magnetic fields in stars.
ASTR 605 Stellar Interiors (3) Prerequisite: ASTR
651 or an equivalent brief introduction to stellar interi-
ors or consent of instructor. A study of stellar structure
and evolution: energy transfer and generation in the
interior of a star, the structure of stars including
problems of turbulence, determination of chemical
composition, non-homogeneous stars, pulsating stars
novae, evolution of both young and old stars, the final
stages of stellar evolution.
ASTR 620 Galactic Research (3) Prerequisites: As-
tronomy 420, 410, 411, or consent of the instructor.
Current methods of research into galactic structure,
kinematics, and dynamics. Basic dynamical theory.
Optical and radio observational methods and current
results Review of presently-determined distribution
and kinematics of the major constituents of the galaxy.
Evolution of the galaxy.
ASTR 625 Dynamics of Stellar Systems (3) Prereq-
uisite PHYS 601 or ASTR 420. Study of the structure
and evolution of dynamical systems encountered in
astronomy. Stellar encounters viewed as a two-body
problem, statistical treatment of encounters, study of
dynamical problems in connection with star clusters,
ellipsoidal galaxies, nuclei of galaxies, high-velocity
stars.
ASTR 630 Physics of the Solar System (3) Prerequi-
site- PHYS 422. A survey of the problems of inter-
planetary space, the solar wind, comets and meteors,
planetary structure and atmospheres, motions of parti-
cles in the earth's magnetic field.
ASTR 650 Survey of Astrophysics I (3) Prerequisite:
PHYS 41 1 and 422 or their equivalents, or consent of
instructor. The first semester survey of the theoretical
tools of astrophysics. Gas and magnetohydrodynam-
ics applied to interstellar and solar phenomena. Radia-
tion of high-energy particles. Introduction to stellar
atmospheres.
ASTR 651 Survey of Astrophysics II (3) Prerequisite:
ASTR 650 or consent of instructor. Brief survey of
stellar structure and evolution, and the physics of the
interstellar medium and the solar atmosphere.
ASTR 660 Solar Physics (3) Prerequisites: PHYS
422 ASTR 400 or consent of instructor. A detailed
study of solar atmosphere. Physics of solar phenome-
na, such as solar flares, structure of the corona, etc.
ASTR 670 Interstellar Matter (3) Prerequisite: ASTR
651 or an equivalent brief introduction to interstellar
matter or consent of instructor. A study of the physical
properties of interstellar gas and dust: regions of
ionized hydrogen, regions of neutral hydrogen, the
problems of interstellar dust and molecules.
ASTR 688 Special Topics in Modern Astronomy (1-
3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Special topics
such as extragalactic radio sources, plasma as-
trophysics, the H.R. diagram, chemistry of the interstel-
lar medium, radiophysics of the sun.
ASTR 698 Seminar (1) Seminars on various topics in
advanced astronomy are held each semester, with the
contents varied each year. One credit for each semes-
ter. There are weekly colloquia by staff, astronomers
from the Washington area, and visiting astronomers,
usually on topics related to their own work.
ASTR 699 Special Problems in Advanced Astrono-
my (1-6)
ASTR 788 Selected Topics in Modern Astronomy
(1-3)
ASTR 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ASTR 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Biochemistry Program
Professor and Director: Keeney
Professors: Goldsby, Holmlund, Keeney,
Ponnamperuma
Associate Professors: Campagnoni, Hansen,
Lakshmanan, Sampugna
Assistant Professor: Dunaway-Mariano
The Graduate Program in Biochemistry is the
College Park component of the University of
Maryland Graduate Program in Biochemistry
which also has components at University of
Maryland Baltimore County and at the Universi-
ty of Maryland Medical School and Dental
School in Baltimore. The program offers study
leading to Master of Science and Doctor of
Philosophy degrees. Research specialization at
College Park is available in analytical biochem-
istry, developmental biochemistry, drug metab-
olism, enzyme kinetics, immunochemistry, lipid
biochemistry, marine biochemistry, membrane
structure and function, metabolic regulation,
neuro-chemistry, nucleic acid biochemistry, and
nutritional biochemistry.
Admission and Degree
Information
Both the thesis and non-thesis options are
offered for the M.S. degree. Applicants should
have completed an undergraduate program of
study with strong emphasis on chemistry
and/or biology with appropriate supporting
courses in mathematics and physics. Before
obtaining a degree in the program, a student
must demonstrate adequate preparation in bio-
chemistry, and in analytical, organic and physi-
cal chemistry. For this purpose diagnostic ex-
aminations in these subjects are offered to
students at the beginning of their first semester.
Students who perform unsatisfactorily on these
examinations or who may not have had un-
dergraduate preparation in one or more of
these areas, will be advised to register for
appropriate courses. Information on course
work comprehensive examinations and the re-
search interests of the faculty is available for
the guidance of degree candidates.
Facilities and Special Resources
Biochemistry research is conducted in a new
building occupied in 1975. In addition to well-
equipped research laboratories, the following
central facilities are available: animal colony,
fermentation pilot plant, electron microscope,
analytical ultracentrifuge, PDP-11 computer,
liquid scintillation counters, nuclear magnetic
resonance spectrometers, and a chemistry-bio-
chemistry library.
Financial Assistance
Graduate teaching assistantships are usually
available in the Chemistry Department. The
assistantships involve teaching undergraduate
laboratory and recitation classes and permit
tuition waiver for a ten-credit program of gradu-
ate study each semester.
Additional Information
Information on requirements and research in-
terests of the faculty may be obtained from the
Director of the Program, Dr. Mark Keeney.
Courses
BCHM 461 Biochemistry I (3) Prerequisite: CHEM
203-204 or 213-214, or permission of instructor. A
comprehensive introduction to general biochemistry.
The chemistry and metabolism of carbohydrates,
lipids, nucleic acids, and proteins.
BCHM 462 Biochemistry II (3) Prerequisite: BCHM
461 A continuation of BCHM 461.
BCHM 463 Biochemistry Laboratory I (2) Two three-
hour laboratory periods per week. Pre- or
corerequisite: BCHM 461
BCHM 464 Biochemistry Laboratory II (2) Two
three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite.
BCHM 462 or current registration therein, and CHEM
430 or BCHM 463.
BCHM 661 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Carbohy-
drates (2) Prerequisite: BCHM 462 or equivalent.
BCHM 662 Biological Energy Transductions, Vita-
mins, and Hormones (2) Prerequisite: BCHM 462 or
equivalent
BCHM 663 Enzymes (2) Prerequisite: BCHM 462 or
equivalent.
BCHM 665 Biochemistry of Lipids (2) Prerequisite:
BCHM 462 or equivalent. Classification and chemistry
of lipids hpogenesis and energy metabolism of lipids,
structural lipids, and endocrine control of lipid metabo-
lism in mammals.
BCHM 666 Biophysical Chemistry (2) Prerequisite:
BCHM 461 and CHEM 482, or consent of instructor.
BCHM 668 Special Problems in Biochemistry (2-4)
Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: BCHM 464 or equivalent.
BCHM 669 Special Topics in Biochemistry (2) Pre-
requisite: BCHM 462 or equivalent.
BCHM 699 Special Problems in Biochemistry (1-6)
Prerequisite: One semester of graduate study in Bio-
chemistry. Laboratory experience in a research envi-
ronment. Restricted to students in the non-thesis M.S.
option Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits.
BCHM 799 Masters Thesis Research (1-6)
BCHM 898 Seminar (1)
BCHM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Botany Program
Professor and Chairman: Patterson
Professors: Bean, Corbett, Galloway, Kantzes,
Klarman, Krusberg, Lockard 1 , Sisler
Associate Professors: Barnett, Bottino,
Karlander, Motta, Reveal.
Assistant Professors: Barrett, Cooke,
Racusen, Rissler, Teramura, Van Valkenburg,
Vigil.
'Joint appointment with Secondary Education
The Department of Botany offers graduate pro-
grams leading to the degrees of Master of
Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Courses and
research problems are developed on a per-
sonal basis and arranged according to the
intellectual and professional needs of the stu-
dent. Course programs are flexible and are
designed under close supervision by the stu-
dent's advisor. The objective of the program is
to equip the student with a background and
techniques for a career in plant science in
academic, governmental, industrial or private
laboratories.
The areas of specialization are anatomy
and morphology, plant biochemistry, cell biolo-
gy, plant ecology, physiology of fungi, genetics
and molecular biology, marine botany, mycolo-
gy, plant nematology, plant pathology, phycolo-
gy, plant physiology, taxonomy, and virology.
Admission and Degree
Information
There are no special admission requirements. A
high degree of intellectual excellence is of
Botany Program 59
greater consequence than completion of a par-
ticular curriculum at the undergraduate level.
The degree requirements are flexible. However,
they involve demonstration of competence in
the broad field of botany, as well as completion
of courses in other disciplines which are sup-
portive of modern competence in this field. A
foreign language may be required if deemed
essential by the student's Graduate Advisory
Committee.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department has laboratories equipped to
investigate most phases of botanical and mo-
lecular biological research. Field and green-
house facilities are available for research requir-
ing plant culture. Major pieces of equipment
include a transmission electron microscope,
ultracentrifuges, X-ray equipment, low-speed
centrifuges, microtomes, for cutting ultrathin
sections, infra-red spectrophotometer, record-
ing spectrophotometers, gas chromatographs,
environmental controlled growth chambers.
Herbarium, departmental reference room, en-
zyme preparation rooms, dark rooms, cold
rooms, special culture apparatus for algae,
fungi, and higher plants, spectrophotometers,
and respirometers are among the many special
pieces of equipment and facilities that are avail-
able for research.
Financial Assistance
Financial assistance is available in the form of
teaching and research assistantships.
Additional Information
The Department has a special brochure avail-
able upon request. For specific information on
departmental programs, admission procedures
or financial aid, contact:
Chairman, Department of Botany
University of Maryland
Courses
BOTN 401 Origins of Modern Botany (1) Prerequi-
site: 20 credit hours in biological sciences including
BOTN 100 or 101 or equivalent. History of Botany as a
science, from Ancient Greece through the 18th centu-
ry; emphasis on botany as an intellectual and cultural
pursuit.
BOTN 402 Plant Microtechnique (3) Prerequisite
BOTN 100 or 101, and consent of instructor. One
lecture and five hours of laboratory per week. Prepara-
tion of temporary and permanent mounts, including
selection of material, killing and fixing, embedding,
sectioning, and staining methods.
BOTN 403 Medicinal and Poisonous Plants (2)
Prerequisite: BOTN 100 or 101 and CHEM 104. A
study of plants important to man that have medicinal or
poisonous properties. Emphasis on plant source, plant
description, the active agent and its beneficial or
detrimental physiological action and effects.
BOTN 405 Advanced Plant Taxonomy (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequi-
sites: BOTN 202 and BOTN 212, or equivalents. A
review of the history and principles of plant taxonomy
with emphasis on monographic and floristic research.
A detailed laboratory review of the families of flowering
plants.
BOTN 407 Teaching Methods in Botany (2) Four
two-hour laboratory demonstration periods per week,
for eight weeks. Prerequisite: BOTN 100 or equivalent.
A study of the biological principles of common plants,
and demonstrations, projects, and visual aids suitable
for teaching in primary and secondary schools.
BOTN 413 Plant Geography (2) Prerequisite: BOTN
100 or equivalent. A study of plant distribution through-
out the world and the factors generally associated with
such distribution.
BOTN 414 Plant Genetics (3) Prerequisite: BOTN 100
or equivalent The basic principles of plant genetics
are presented; the mechanics of transmission of the
hereditary factors in relation to the life cycle of seed
plants, the genetics of specialized organs and tissues,
spontaneous and induced mutations of basic and
economic significance gene action, genetic maps, the
fundamentals of polyploidy, and genetics in relation to
methods of plant breeding are the topics considered
BOTN 415 Plants and Mankind (2) Prerequisite:
BOTN 100 or equivalent. A survey of the plants which
are utilized by man, the diversity of such utilization, and
their historic and economic significance.
BOTN 416 Principles of Plant Anatomy (4) Two
lectures and two 2-hour laboratory periods per week.
The origin and development of cells, tissues, and
tissue systems of vascular plants with special empha-
sis on seed-bearing plants. Particular stress is given to
the comparative, systematic, and evolutionary study of
the structural components of the plants. Prerequisite:
General Botany.
BOTN 417 Field Botany and Taxonomy (2) Prerequi-
site: BOTN 100 or General Biology Four two-hour
laboratory periods a week for eight weeks. The identifi-
cation of trees, shrubs, and herbs, emphasizing the
native plants of Maryland. Manuals, keys, and other
techniques will be used. Numerous short field trips will
be taken. Each student will make an individual collec-
tion.
BOTN 419 Natural History of Tropical Plants (2)
Prerequisite: One course in plant taxonomy or permis-
sion of instructor. An introduction to tropical vascular
plants with emphasis on their morphological, anatomi-
cal, and habital peculiarities and major taxonomic
features, geographic distribution and economic utiliza-
tion of selected families. Two, one-hour lectures per
week.
BOTN 420 Plant Cytology (4) Two lectures and two
laboratory periods per week. An introductory course in
the methods and techniques of cell biology as they
apply to the organization, functions and structure of
plants at the cellular and subcellular level. Botany 101
or its equivalent, one year of college chemistry and
one year of college physics.
BOTN 424 Diagnosis and Control of Plant Diseases
(3) Prerequisite: BOTN 221. Two lectures and one
laboratory period per week. A study of the diagnosis
and control of plant diseases. Emphasis on recogniz-
ing the symptoms of plant disease and control of the
causal organisms. Field trips and a collection of dis-
eased plant specimens.
BOTN 425 Diseases of Ornamentals and Turf (2)
Prerequisite: BOTN 221. Designed for those students
who need practical experience in recognition and
control of ornamentals and turf diseases. The symp-
toms and current control measures for diseases in
these crop areas will be discussed.
BOTN 426 Mycology (4) Two lectures and two
three — hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite:
Botany 101 or permission of the instructor. An intro-
ductory course in the biology, morphology and taxono-
my of the fungi.
BOTN 427 Field Plant Pathology (1) Prerequisite:
BOTN 221, or equivalent. Summer session: Lecture
and laboratory to be arranged. The techniques of
pesticide evaluation and the identification and control
of diseases of Maryland crops are discussed. Offered
in alternate years or more frequently with demand.
BOTN 441 Plant Physiology (4) Prerequisites: BOTN
100 and general chemistry. Two lectures and one four-
hour laboratory period a week. Organic chemistry
strongly recommended. A survey of the general physi-
ological activities of plants.
BOTN 462 Plant Ecology (2) Prerequisite: BOTN 100.
The dynamics of populations as affected by environ-
mental factors with special emphasis on the structure
and composition of natural plant communities, both
terrestial and aquatic
BOTN 463 Ecology of Marsh and Dune Vegetation
(2) Prerequisites: BOTN 100. An examination of the
biology of higher plants in dune and marsh
ecosystems.
BOTN 464 Plant Ecology Laboratory (2) Prerequi-
site: BOTN 462 or its equivalent or concurrent enroll-
ment therein. One three-hour laboratory period a
week. Two or three field trips per semester. The
application of field and experimental methods to the
qualitative and quantitative study of vegetation and
ecosystems.
BOTN 471 Marine and Estuarlne Botany (3) Prereq-
uisite: BOTN 441 or equivalent. An ecological discus-
sion of plant life in the marine environment of sea
coasts, salt marshes, estuaries and open seas
BOTN 475 General Phycology (4) Prerequisites:
BOTN 100 and BOTN 202, or permission of instructor.
One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. An introductory study of both macro- and micro-
algae, including the taxonomy, morphology, and life
cycles of both fresh water and marine forms
BOTN 612 Vascular Plant Morphology (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequi-
sites: BOTN 202, BOTN 212. and BOTN 416, or
equivalents. A comparative study of the morphology of
vascular plants, with special emphasis on the evolution
and morphogenesis of plant organs.
BOTN 613 Identification of Wood and Timbers (2)
Prerequisites: BOTN 416 or equivalent and permission
of instructor. Methods and procedures for determina-
tion of native and exotic woods used in commerce.
Use of keys to and descriptions of timbers, origins of
indigenous and imported woods, vernacular and trade
names, properties, uses, and associated literature.
BOTN 615 Plant Cytogenetics (3) First semester
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisite: Introductory genetics. An advanced study of
the current status of plant genetics, particularly gene
mutations and their relation to chromosome changes
in corn and other favorable materials.
BOTN 620 Methods in Plant Tissue Culture (2)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. One lecture and
one two-hour laboratory period a week. A methodolo-
gy and techniques course designed to give the student
background and experience in plant tissue culture.
BOTN 621 Physiology of Fungi (2) First semester
Prerequisites: Organic chemistry and BOTN 441 or
equivalent in bacterial or animal physiology. A study of
various aspects of fungal metabolism, nutrition, bio-
chemical transformation, fungal products, and mecha-
nism of fungicidal action.
BOTN 623 Physiology of Fungi Laboratory (1) First
semester. One laboratory period per week. Prerequi-
sites: BOTN 621 or concurrent registration therein.
Application of equipment and techniques in the study
of fungal physiology.
BOTN 632 Plant Virology (2) Second semester. Two
lectures per week on the biological, biochemical, and
biophysical aspects of viruses and virus diseases of
plants. Prerequisites: Bachelor's degree or equivalent
in any biological science and permission of instructor
BOTN 634 Plant Virology Laboratory (2) Second
semester. Two laboratories per week on the applica-
tion and techniques for studying the biological, bio-
chemical and biophysical aspects of plant viruses.
Prerequisites: Bachelor's degree or equivalent in any
biological science and BOTN 632 or concurrent regis-
tration therein, and permission of the instructor
BOTN 636 Plant Nematology (4) Second semester
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week
Prerequisite' BOTN 221 or permission of instructor.
(Not offered 1970-71). The study of plant-parasitic
nematodes, their morphology, anatomy, taxonomy,
genetics, physiology, ecology, host-parasite relations
and control. Recent advances in this field will be
emphasized.
BOTN 642 Plant Biochemistry (2) Prerequisite
BOTN 641, or CHEM 461 and 462 A treatment of
those aspects of biochemistry unique to plants includ-
ing photosynthesis, synthesis of plant macromolecules
and pertinent aspects of other metabolic processes.
BOTN 644 Plant Biochemistry Laboratory (2) Pre-
or corequisite BOTN 642. Use of apparutus and appli-
cation of techniques in the study of the chemistry of
plants and plant materials.
BOTN 645 Growth and Development (2) Prerequi-
site: BOTN 441 Physiology of plant hormones, control
of morphogenesis and regulation of biosynthesis,
photomorphogenesis and photopenodism.
BOTN 650 Mineral Nutrition of Plants (2) Prerequi-
site: BOTN 441. A study of the inorganic nutnents
required for plant growth and development, with em-
phasis on mechanisms of nutrient uptake, transloca-
tion, and mineral metabolism.
BOTN 652 Plant Biophysics (2) Prerequisite MATH
220. BOTN 441 plus one year of college physics, or
60 Business and Management Program
their equivalents. An advanced course dealing with
physical and chemical phenomena associated with the
study of plants, stress on problem solving.
BOTN 654 Plant Biophysics Laboratory (2) Pre- or
corequisite: BOTN 652. Techniques in measurement
of and utilization ol light and other parameters as-
sociated with plants.
BOTN 661 Advanced Plant Ecology (3) Prerequisite:
A working knowledge of elementary genetics and
calculus, or permission of the instructor. Population
dynamics, evolutionary mechanisms, and quantitative
aspects of the analysis of natural communities. Special
emphasis will be given to recent theoretical develop-
ments.
BOTN 672 Physiology of Algae (2) Prerequisite:
BOTN 642 or equivalent, or permission of the instruc-
tor. A study of the physiology of the algae.
BOTN 689 Special Topics in Botany (1-3) Credit
according to time scheduled and organization of
course. Maximum credit toward an advanced degree
for the individual student at the discretion of the
department. This course is organized as lectures,
discussions or literature surveys on specialized ad-
vanced topics under the direction of visiting lecturers
or or resident faculty.
BOTN 698 Seminar in Botany (1) Prerequisite: Per-
mission of the instructor. Discussion of special topics
and current literature in all phases of Botany.
BOTN 699 Special Problems in Botany (1-3) Credit
according to time and scheduled and organization of
course. Maximum credit towards an advanced degree
for the individual student at the discretion of the
student's advisor. This course emphasizes research
on a specialized advanced topic and may consist
primarily of experimental procedures under the direc-
tion of visiting lecturers or resident faculty.
BOTN 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
BOTN 899 Ooctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Business and
Management Program
Dean: Lamone
Associate Dean-
Assistant Dean: Armlstead
Director of Graduate Studies: Nash
Director of MBA & MS Programs: Sharer
Chairpersons: Fromovitz, Gannon, Greer,
Haslem, Leete, Loeb
Professors Emeritus: Fisher and Wright
Professors: Bodin, Bradford, Carroll, Dawson,
Gannon, Gass, Gordon, Greer, Haslem,
Jolson, Kotz, Lamone, Levine, Locke, Loeb,
Nash, Paine, Polakoff, Preston, Roberts,
Sibley, Taff
Associate Professors: Bartol, Bedingfield,
Bloom, Courtright, Edelson, Edmister, Ford,
Fromovitz, Golden, Hynes, Kolodny, Kuehl,
Leete, Nickels, Poist, Schneier, Shneiderman,
Thieblot, Widhelm
Assistant Professors: Alt, Assad, Ball, Boisjoly,
Brodie, Carlson, Chow, Corsi, Fanara, Greene,
Hamer, Harvey, Koehl, Kumar, Mayer-
Sommer, Norland, Sorkin, Spekman,
Stagliano, Stiner, Wood
The College of Business and Management of-
fers graduate work leading to the degrees of
Master of Business Administration (MBA), Mas-
ter of Science in Business and Management
(MS), and Doctor of Business Administration
(DBA). The College's MBA program is accredit-
ed nationally by the American Assembly of
Collegiate Schools of Business. Only about 200
of the more than 1,000 graduate programs in
the country are accredited by the AACSB, a
reflection of the quality of faculty, students,
curriculum and facilities.
Areas of faculty specialization include ac-
counting; finance; management science and
statistics; marketing; organizational behavior
and industrial relations; and transportation,
business and public policy.
Admission and Degree
Information
Admission criteria for the MBA, MS and DBA
programs are based on (1) quality of recent
undergraduate and graduate course work; (2)
score on the Graduate Management Admission
Test (GMAT); (3) letters of recommendation;
and (4) other relevant information and profes-
sional experience with heaviest weight given to
(1) and (2).
The College of Business and Management
offers an MBA program designed to provide the
educational foundation for those students with
the potential to exhibit the highest degree of
excellence in future careers as professional
managers. The MBA program varies in length
from 35 to 48 credits depending on the stu-
dent's previous college preparation. There is no
thesis requirement. Successful students in the
program are expected to demonstrate the fol-
lowing: (1) a thorough and integrated knowl-
edge of the basic tools, concepts and theories
relating to professional management; (2) be-
havioral and analytical skills necessary to deal
creatively and effectively with organizations and
management problems; 3) an understanding of
the economic, political, technological, and so-
cial environments in which organizations oper-
ate. 4) a sense of professional and personal
integrity and social responsibility in the conduct
of managerial affairs both internal and external
to the organization.
If the student's prior coursework did not
include the program prerequisites, the following
500-level prerequisite courses must be com-
pleted with a "B" average as early as possible
in the student's graduate program: BMGT 501
(3 hours), BMGT 502 (3 hours), BMGT 503 (3
hours), and BMGT 504 (4 hours). These basic
knowledge courses may be waived by the MBA
Program Director if equivalent courses have
been satisfactorily completed. Students with
baccalaureate degrees in business administra-
tion from regionally or nationally accredited
schools will normally have included the topics
covered by these prerequisite courses and may
not have to take them.
About two-thirds of the students enrolled
are full time and one-third are part time. Full-
time students must maintain minimum registra-
tion requirements described in this catalog
under "Registration and Credits. Part-time stu-
dents are required to complete a minimum of 12
credit hours per calendar year. Should these
requirements not be met or should a student's
grade point average fall below 3.0, the student
will be placed on probation and granted one
semester to remedy these deficiencies. Most
courses for part-time students will begin at 4:00
and 7:00 p.m. However, there is no guarantee
that all courses needed at any one time will be
available at those times.
The College's MS program is designed for
students with an undergraduate degree in Busi-
ness (Quantitative), Engineering, Sciences, In-
formation and Computer Systems, Mathematics
and Economics who want more of a technical
education than a broad managerial education.
Prerequisites include some or all of the 500-
level courses required for the MBA program
depending upon the student's background, cal-
culus, probability theory, and knowledge of a
higher level algebraic computer language. Thir-
ty credit hours beyond the prerequisites are
required with 12 credits to be taken in a core of
four courses and the remaining 18 hours to be
taken in any one of three areas of concentration
(Statistics, Operations Research, and Informa-
tion Systems Management). A thesis option is
offered which will represent 6 credits in the area
of concentration. Program progress standards
described above for the MBA program are also
applicable to the MS program.
The DBA program is designed to produce
outstanding scholars in management related
disciplines. Graduates of the program are well-
qualified to take faculty, research, and profes-
sional or administrative positions in colleges
and universities, government agencies, private
research organizations, or business firms.
Maryland DBA students achieve excel-
lence through (1) course work preparation in
basic, major and minor fields (required), super-
vised teaching during their period of residence
(required), independent research culminating in
the writing of a doctoral dissertation (required),
and joint research with faculty and fellow DBA
students (optional). A full time commitment to
the program is normally required as a condition
for admittance.
Each student's DBA program must be ap-
proved initially by the student's major area
faculty chairman or his or her representative
and reviewed annually with the student. Minor
areas must be approved initially by the minor
area chairman or his or her designated repre-
sentative.
Major and minor areas in the college in-
clude the following: (1) Accounting, (2) Finance,
(3) Management Science and Statistics, (4)
Marketing, (5) Organizational Behavior and Or-
ganization Theory, (6) Personnel and Labor
Relations, (7) Transportation and Physical Dis-
tribution.
DBA requirements for the typical student
are from 63 to 75 hours, not including disserta-
tion credits. Thirty-three of the hours are devot-
ed to fulfilling the general requirements, dis-
cussed below, with the remaining credits distrib-
uted among the student's major and minor
fields of study.
The general requirements for all DBA stu-
dents are BMGT 720, BMGT 740, BMGT 750,
BMGT 764, two three-credit graduate courses
in economics (BMGT 775 may be used as one
of the two courses), nine credits in quantitative
methods at the 700 level or above approved by
the student's faculty chairman, and BMGT 880
plus three additional graduate credits in re-
search methodology.
These general program requirements may
be waived by the Director of the Doctoral Pro-
gram if equivalent courses at AACSB accredit-
ed schools have been satisfactorily completed.
Some of these courses may be included in the
major and minor course requirements.
The DBA student is placed on academic
probation after 12 hours unless he or she
maintains at least a 3.25 GPA. The probationary
period will last one semester, at which time the
student will be dismissed unless a 3.25 GPA
level is obtained.
The DBA student may select a single major
with two minors or a double major. For a single
major, the student takes 18 credits beyond the
bachelor's degree in the major field, at least 6 of
which must be taken in graduate seminars at
the 800 level at the University of Maryland. The
minors may include areas inside or outside the
College of Business and Management. Each
minor is comprised of 12 credits.
For a double major, the student takes 21
credit hours in each of two major fields, one of
which may be in a discipline outside the College
of Business and Management.
Both the single and the double major ar-
rangements comprise 42 credit hours in total.
Special permission from the College's graduate
committee is required for a double major or a
single major with both minors in disciplines
outside the College of Business and Manage-
Business and Management Program 61
ment. Typical outside minors include such
areas as Computer Science, Economics, Engi-
neering, Mathematics, Government and Poli-
tics, Psychology, and Sociology.
Students take comprehensive examina-
tions in major and minor subject areas. Follow-
ing successful completion of the written ex-
aminations, each student must pass an oral
examination given by a committee of the col-
lege graduate faculty. Any student receiving a
"pass with distinction" in all written examina-
tions will be exempted from the oral com-
prehensive. Failure to pass any major or minor
written comprehensive examination in two at-
tempts will result in termination from the pro-
gram.
The dissertation proposal is defended by
each DBA candidate at an open meeting. All
faculty and other DBA students are invited to
attend and participate in the proposal defense.
The dissertation must exhibit the candi-
date's competence in analysis, interpretation,
and presentation of research findings, and
should be a major contribution to the literature
of the field. The candidate must defend his or
her dissertation in a final oral dissertation de-
fense.
MBA/JD Joint Program
The College of Business and Management and
the School of Law of the University of Maryland
at Baltimore offer a joint program of studies
leading to MBA and JD degrees. Under the
terms of the joint program, a student may earn
both degrees in four academic years. The ac-
celerated program is possible because some
courses can be credited toward both degrees.
Candidates must apply for admission to the Law
School at Baltimore as well as to The Graduate
School at College Park and must be admitted to
both programs.
Under the joint program, 75 credits in law
school coupled with 39 credits in business
courses (or 26 credits for students who have
completed MBA program prerequisites) are re-
quired for graduation. Nine credits of law will be
substituted for MBA elective coursework. Grade
point averages in each program will be com-
puted separately and students must maintain
minimum standards in each school to continue
in the program. The Graduate School will not
accept transfer credit for coursework taken
outside the joint program. A student must com-
plete both programs satisfactorily in order to
receive both degrees. A student whose enroll-
ment in either program is terminated may elect
to complete work for the degree in which he or
she remains enrolled but such completion must
be upon the same conditions as required of
regular (nonjomt program) degree candidates.
Student programs must be approved by the law
school adviser for the joint program and the
MBA Program Director. For further discussion
of admission and degree requirements, stu-
dents should see above and consult the entry in
the University of Maryland School of Law cata-
log.
Facilities and Special Resources
The faculty has been recruited from the gradu-
ate programs of leading universities in the na-
tion. They are dedicated scholars, teachers,
and professional leaders, unusual in their com-
parative youth, academic excellence, and
strong commitment to the education of the
professional manager.
Special programs of'ered by the College
include an Executives-m-Residence Program
and an MBA practicum course, BMGT 791. in
which students research a problem of signifi-
cant management concern in a participating
firm or agency Through graduate program
requirements and faculty research activities stu-
dents gain exposure to state and federal agen-
cies and to the vast educational, research,
library, and cultural resources of Washington,
D.C.
The students also have access to the ex-
ceptional academic and professional resources
of the College Park campus including excellent
library and computer facilities. A remote com-
puter terminal and on-line teletype facilities are
located in the building.
Financial Assistance
Financial aid is available to qualified students in
the form of fellowships and graduate assistant-
ships, and, for DBA students, assistant instruc-
torships.
Additional Information
The College has available brochures which give
specific degree requirements for the MBA and
DBA programs. Initial inquiries should be direct-
ed to:
Director of the MBA Program College of
Business and Management or Director of the
Doctoral Program College of Business and
Management
Courses
BMGT 401 Introduction to Systems Analysis (3)
Students enrolled in the College of Business and
Management curricula will register for IFSM 436. For
detailed information on prerequisites and descriptions
of the course, refer to IFSM 436. The credits earned in
IFSM 436 may be included in the total credits earned in
the area of concentration in Business and Manage-
ment.
BMGT 410 Fund Accounting (3) Prerequisite: BMGT
310. An introduction to the fund-based theory and
practice of accounting as applied to governmental
entities and other not-for-profit associations.
BMGT 417 Advanced Tax Accounting (3) Prerequi-
sites: BMGT 31 1 and 323. Federal taxation of corpora-
tions, partnerships, fiduciaries, and gratuitous trans-
fers. Tools and techniques of tax research for com-
pliance and planning.
BMGT 420 Undergraduate Accounting Seminar (3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing as an accounting mapr
or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to upper
one-third of senior class. Seminar coverage of out-
standing current non-text literature, current problems
and case studies in accounting.
BMGT 421 Undergraduate Accounting Seminar (3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing as an accounting major
or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to upper
one-third of senior class. Seminar coverage of out-
standing current non-text literature, current problems
and case studies in accounting.
BMGT 422 Auditing Theory and Practice (3) Prereq-
uisite: BMGT 311. A study of the principles and prob-
lems of auditing and application of accounting princi-
ples to the preparation of audit working papers and
reports.
BMGT 423 Apprenticeship in Accounting (0) Pre-
requisites: Minimum of 20 semester hours in account-
ing and the consent of the accounting staff. A period of
apprenticeship is provided with nationally known firms
of certified public accountants from about January 1 5
to February 15.
BMGT 424 Advanced Accounting (3) Prerequisite
BMGT 311. Advanced accounting theory applied to
specialized topics and current problems Emphasis on
consolidated statements and partnership accounting.
BMGT 425 CPA Problems (3) Prerequisite: BMGT
424 or consent of instructor. An intensive study of
various accounting areas covered in the Uniform CPA
examination.
BMGT 426 Advanced Cost Accounting (3) Prerequi-
site: BMGT 321. Advanced cost accounting with em-
phasis on managerial aspects of internal record-keep-
ing and control systems.
BMGT 427 Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice
(3) Prerequisite: BMGT 422. Advanced auditing theory
and practice and report writing.
BMGT 430 Linear Statistical Models in Business (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 230 or consent of instructor
Model building involving an intensive study of the
general linear stochastic model and the applications ol
this model to business problems. The model is derived
m matrix form and this form is used to analyze both the
regression and anova formulations of the general
linear model.
BMGT 431 Design of Statistical Experiments in
Business (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 230 or 231 Surveys
anova models, basic and advanced experimental de-
sign concepts. Non-parametric tests and correlation
are emphasized. Applications of these techniques to
business problems in primarily the marketing and
behavioral sciences are stressed
BMGT 432 Sample Survey Design for Business and
Economics (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 230 or 231 De-
sign of probability samples Simple random sampling,
stratified random sampling, systematic sampling, and
cluster sampling designs are developed and compared
for efficiency under varying assumptions about the
population sampled. Advanced designs such as
multistage cluster sampling and replicated sampling
are surveyed. Implementing these techniques in esti-
mating parameters of business models is stressed.
BMGT 433 Statistical Decision Theory in Business
(3) Prerequisite: BMGT 231 or consent of instructor.
Bayesian approach to the use of sample information in
decision-making. Concepts of loss, risk, decision crite-
ria, expected returns, and expected utility are exam-
ined. Application of these concepts to decision-making
in the firm in various contexts are considered.
BMGT 434 Operations Research I (3) Prerequisite:
BMGT 230, MATH 240 or permission of instructor
Designed primarily for students maionng in manage-
ment science. Information Systems Management.
BMGT 435 Operations Research 22 (3) Prerequisite
BMGT 434, or permission of instructor. The second
semester of a two-part introduction to operations re-
search. The primary emphasis is on stochastic models
in management science. Topics include stochastic
linear programming, probabilistic dynamic pro-
gramming, Markov processes, probabilistic inventory
models, queueing theory and simulation.
BMGT 436 Applications of Mathematical Pro-
gramming in Management Science (3) Prerequisite
BMGT 434 or permission of instructor. Theory and
applications of linear, integer, and nonlinear pro-
gramming models to management decisions. Topics
convered include the basic theorems of linear pro-
gramming; the matrix formulation of the simplex, and
dual simplex algorithms; decomposition, cutting plane,
branch and bound, and implicit enumeration al-
gorithms; gradient based algorithms; and quadratic
programming. Special emphasis is placed upon model
formulation and solution using prepared computer
algorithms.
BMGT 438 Topics in Statistical Analysis for Busi-
ness Management (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 430 and
MATH 240 or permission of the instructor Selected
topics in statistical analysis which are relevant to
management for students with knowledge of basic
statistical methods. Topics include evolutionary opera-
tion and response surface analysis, forecasting tech-
niques, pathologies of the linear model and their
remedies, multivariate statistical models, and non-
parametric models.
BMGT 440 Financial Management (3) Prerequisite:
BMGT 340. Analysis and discussion of cases and
readings relating to financial decisions of the firm. The
application of finance concepts to the solution of
financial problems is emphasized
BMGT 443 Security Analysis and Valuation (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 343 Study and application of the
concepts, methods, models, and empirical findings to
the analysis, valuation, and selection of securities,
especially common stock
BMGT 445 Commercial Bank Management (3) Pre-
requisites: BMGT 340 and ECON 430 Analysis and
discussion of cases and readings in comercial bank
management. The loan (unction is emphasized; also
the management of liquidity reserves, investments for
income, and source of funds 8ank objectives, func-
tions, policies, organization, structure, services, and
regulation are considered
62 Business and Management Program
BMGT 450 Marketing Research Methods (3) Prereq-
uisites BMGT 230 and 350. Recommended that
BMGT 430 be taken prior to this course. This course is
intended to develop skill in the use of scientific meth-
ods in the acquisition, analysis and interpretation of
marketing data. It covers the specialized fields of
marketing research: the planning of survey proiects.
sample design, tabulation procedure and report prepa-
ration.
BMGT 451 Consumer Analysis (3) ; Prerequisites.
BMGT 350 and 351. Recommended that PSYC luu
and 221 be taken prior to this course. Considers the
qrowing importance of the American consumer in the
marketing system and the need to understand him.
Topics include the foundation considerations underly-
inq consumer behavior such as economic, social,
psychological and cultural factors. Analysis of the
consumer in marketing situations-as a buyer and user
of products and services-and in relation to the various
individual social and marketing factors affecting his
behavior. The influence of marketing communications
is also considered.
BMGT 453 Industrial Marketing (3) Prerequisites:
BMGT 350 plus one other marketing course. The
industrial and business sector of the marketing system
is considered rather than the household or ultimate
consumer sector. Industrial products range from raw
materials and supplies to the major equipment in a
plant business office, or institution. Topics include
product planning and introduction, market analysis and
forecasting, channels, pricing, field sales force man-
agement advertising, marketing cost analysis, and
government relations. Particular attention is given to
industrial business and institutional buying policies
and practice and to the analysis of buyer behavior.
BMGT 454 International Marketing (3) Prerequisites.
BMGT 350 plus any other marketing course. A study of
the marketing functions from the viewpoint of the
international executive. In addition to the coverage of
international marketing policies relating to product
adaptation, data collection and analysis, channels of
distribution, pricing, communications, and cost analy-
sis consideration is given to the cultural, legal, finan-
cial, and organizational aspects of international mar-
keting.
BMGT 455 Sales Management (3) The role of the
sales manager, both at headquarters and in the field, in
the management of people, resources and marketing
functions. An analysis of the problems involved in
sales organization, forecasting, planning, communicat-
ing evaluating and controlling. Attention is given to the
application of quantitative techniques and pertinent
behavioral science concepts in the management of
the sales effort and sales force.
BMGT 456 Advertising (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 354.
The role of advertising in the American economy; the
impact of advertising on our economic and social life,
the methods and techniques currently applied by ad-
vertising practitioners; the role of the newspaper,
magazine, and other media in the development of an
advertising campaign, modern research methods to
improve the effectiveness of advertising and the orga-
nization of the advertising business. (Not open for
credit to students with credit for BMGT 352.)
BMGT 457 Marketing Policies and Strategies (3)
Prerequisite: Three courses in marketing. Integrative
decision making in marketing. Emphasis on consumer
and market analysis and the appropriate decision
models. Case studies are included.
BMGT 460 Personnel Management— Analysis and
Problems (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 360. Recom-
mended, BMGT 230. Research findings, special read-
ings case analysis, simulation, and field investigations
are used to develop a better understanding of person-
nel problems, alternative solutions and their practical
ramifications.
BMGT 462 Labor Legislation (3) Case method analy-
sis of the modern law of industrial relations. Cases
include the decisions of administrative agencies,
courts and arbitration tribunals.
BMGT 463 Public Sector Labor Relations (3) Pre-
requisite BMGT 362 or permission of instructor. De-
velopment and structure of labor relations in public
sector employment; federal, state, and local govern-
ment responses to unionization and collective bargain-
ing.
BMGT 464 Organizational Behavior (3) Prerequisite:
BMGT 364. An examination of research and theory
concerning the forces which contribute to the behavior
of organizational members. Topics covered include:
work group behavior, supervisory behavior, mtergroup
relations, employee goals and attitudes, communica-
tion problems, organizational change, and organiza-
tional goals and design.
BMGT 467 Undergraduate Seminar in Personnel
Management (3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
This course is open only to the top one-third of
undergraduate majors in personnel and labor relations
and is offered during the fall semester of each year.
Highlights mapr developments. Guest lecturers make
periodic presentations.
BMGT 470 Land Transportation Systems (3) Pre-
requisite' BMGT 370. Overall view of managerial prob-
lems facing land carriers; emphasis on rail and motor
modes of transportation.
BMGT 471 Air and Water Transportation Systems
(3) Prerequisite: BMGT 370. Overall view of manageri-
al problems facing air and water carriers; emphasis on
international and domestic aspects of air and water
modes of transportation. Not open for credit to stu-
dents who have credit for BMGT 472.
BMGT 473 Advanced Transportation Problems (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 370. A critical examination of
current government transportation policy and pro-
posed solutions. Urban and intercity managerial trans-
port problems are also considered.
BMGT 474 Urban Transport and Urban Develop-
ment (3) Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. An analysis
of the role of urban transportation in present and future
urban development. The interaction of transport pric-
ing and service, urban planning, institutional restraints,
and public land uses is studied.
BMGT 475 Advanced Logistics Management (3)
Prerequisites: BMGT 370, 372, 332. Application of the
concepts of BMGT 372 to problem solving and special
projects in logistics management; case analysis is
stressed.
BMGT 480 Legal Environment of Business (3) The
course examines the principal ideas in law stressing
those which are relevant for the modern business
executive Legal reasoning as it has evolved in this
country will be one of the central topics of study.
Several leading antitrust cases will be studied to
illustrate vividly the reasoning process as well as the
interplay of business, philosophy, and the various
conceptions of the nature of law which give direction to
the process. Examination of contemporary legal prob-
lems and proposed solutions, especially those most
likely to affect the business community, are also cov-
ered.
BMGT 481 Public Utilities (3) Prerequisite: ECON 203
or 205. Using the regulated industries as specific
examples attention is focused on broad and general
problems in such diverse fields as constitutional law,
administrative law, public administration, government
control of business, advanced economic theory, ac-
counting, valuation and depreciation, taxation, finance,
engineering, and management.
BMGT 482 Business and Government (3) Prerequi-
site- ECON 203 or 205. A study of the role of govern-
ment in modern economic life. Social control of busi-
ness as a remedy for the abuses of business enter-
prise arising from the decline of competition. Criteria of
limitations on government regulation of private enter-
prise.
BMGT 485 Advanced Production Management (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 385. A study of typical problems
encountered by the factory manager. The objective is
to develop the ability to analyze and solve problems in
management control of production and in the formula-
tion of production policies. Among the topics covered
are plant location, production planning and control,
methods analysis, and time study.
BMGT 490 Urban Land Management (3) Covers the
managerial and decision making aspects of urban land
and property. Included are such subjects as land use
and valuation matters.
BMGT 493 Honors Study (3) First semester of the
senior year. Prerequisite: Candidacy for honors in
Business and Management. The course is designed
for honors students who have elected to conduct
intensive study (independent or group). The student
will work under the direct guidance of a faculty advisor
and the chairman of the honors committee. They shall
determine that the area of study is of a scope and
intensity deserving of a candidate's attention. Formal
written and/or oral reports on the study may be
required by the faculty advisor and/or chairman of the
honors program. Group meetings of the candidates
may be called at the discretion of the faculty advisors
and/or chairman of the honors committee.
BMGT 494 Honors Study (3) Second semester of the
senior year. Prerequisite: BMGT 493, and continued
candidacy for honors in Business and Management.
The student shall continue and complete the research
initiated in BMGT 493; additional reports may be
required at the discretion of the faculty advisor and
honors program chairman. Group meetings may be
held.
BMGT 495 Business Policies (3) Prerequisites:
BMGT 340 350, 364, and senior standing. A case
study course in which the aim is to have the student
apply what they have learned of general management
principles and their specialized functional applications
to the overall management function in the enterprise.
BMGT 496 Business and Society (3) Prerequisite:
One course in BMGT or consent of instructor. Norma-
tive role of business in society; consideration of the
sometimes conflicting interests and claims on the firm
and its objectives.
BMGT 498 Special Topics in Business and Manage-
ment (3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Special
topics in Business and Management designed to meet
the changing needs and interests of students and
faculty. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if the
subject matter is different.
BMGT 501 Business Functions (3) Intensive review
of the management functions in the business enter-
prise the development of management thought, and
the nature of the managerial process. Credit not appli-
cable towards graduate degrees.
BMGT 502 Public Policy and the Environments of
Business (3) Intensive review of the social, economic
and legal environments of the business enterprise.
Credit not applicable towards graduate degrees.
BMGT 503 Accounting and Information Systems
(3) Intesive review of the technical and conceptual
aspects of financial accounting and accounting infor-
mation systems as they apply to the business enter-
prise. Credit not applicable towards graduate degrees.
BMGT 504 Quantitative Methods and Computer
Laboratory (4) Intensive review of the mathematical,
statistical, and computer concepts, methods and skills
requisite to the analysis of business problems. Credit
not applicable towards graduate degrees.
BMGT 606 Information Systems Technology (3)
Introduction to graduate courses in IFSM, a survey for
interested graduate students in other fields. The con-
cepts theory and techniques of information systems.
The system life cycle. The role of information systems
in the management and control of the organization.
Effectiveness measures of information systems. Case
studies of information systems as developed by indus-
try and government. Societal impact.
BMGT 701 Management Analysis and Communica-
tion (1) Analysis of business problems through case
studies to generate written and/or oral reports describ-
ing problem definition, alternative solutions, decision
criteria, and recommended solutions.
BMGT 708 Special Topics in Business and Manage-
ment (3) Prerequisite: Admission to a graduate pro-
qram in Business and Management or approval of the
college program director. Selected advanced topics in
the various fields of graduate study in Business and
Management. With permission of the college program
director, may be repeated to a maximum of six credits
provided the content is different.
BMGT 710 Advanced Accounting Theory (3) The
study of the theoretical and conceptual foundations for
generally accepted accounting principles and prac-
tices The basic postulates, assumptions, and stan-
dards which underlie the measurement criteria and
practices of financial accounting.
BMGT 712 Accounting in Regulated Industries (3)
Study of the unique accounting problems of industries
subject to regulation by governmental agencies.
BMGT 713 The Impact of Taxation on Business
Decisions (3) The impact of tax law and regulations
on alternative business strategies with particular em-
phasis on the large, multidivisional firm. Problems of
acquisitions, mergers, spinoffs, and other divestures
Business and Management Program 63
from the viewpoint of profit planning, cash flow, and
tax deferment.
BMGT 715 International Auditing (3) International
accounting, its problems and organizations associated
with the study of the issues involved; international
standards of accounting and auditing; national differ-
ences in accounting thought and practice.
BMGT 720 Managerial Accounting I (3) The use of
accounting data for corporate financial planning and
control. Organization for control, profit planning,
budgeting, relevant costing, return on investment, and
administration of the controllership function in smaller
organizations
BMGT 721 Requirements Analysis and Logical De-
sign of Information Systems (3) Prerequisite IFSM
606 or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: IFSM 606
or permission of instructor. The life cycle of an informa-
tion processing system. The early part of the life cycle,
i.e., the perception of need and the collection of
requirements. Feasibility analysis of proposed informa-
tion processing systems. Techniques for statement of
the requirements of an information processing system,
ranging from the early industrial engineering originated
methods to current computer-aided ones. Concepts of
logical design from the synthesis of requirements.
BMGT 722 The Physical Design of Information
Systems (3) Prerequisite: IFSM 606 or permission of
instructor. Mapping the logical design to the available
hardware and off-the-shelf software in the 'best' way
possible. Human factors and social implications.
BMGT 723 Database Technology (3) Prerequisite:
IFSM 606 or permission of instructor. The concepts,
theory and models of data, its structure, manipulation,
and storage. The various architectures of data man-
agement systems Evaluation and selection of data-
base systems.
BMGT 724 Application of Management Methods to
Information Systems (3) Prerequisites: IFSM 606,
BMGT 734 or equivalent. Theory and practice of
management techniques from strategic planning to
system acquisition to operation as applied to informa-
tion systems. Methods of organizing the information
center, allocation of chargeback policies, performance
monitoring and projection, security and integrity evalu-
ation, project selection and staffing, outside services
for resource leveling.
BMGT 730 Bayesian Statistics and Decision Theo-
ry (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 732 or consent of instructor.
Concepts and methods of Bayesian statistical decision
theory with application to business problems.
BMGT 731 Theory of Survey Design (3) Examines
the usefulness of statistical principles in survey design.
Topics include: The nature of statistical estimation, the
differential attributes of different estimators, the merits
and weaknesses of available sampling methods and
designs, the distinctive aspects of simple random
samples, stratified random samples, and cluster sam-
ples, ratio estimates and the problems posed by
biases and non-sampling errors.
BMGT 732 Management Statistics and Computer
Laboratory (4) Prerequisite: BMGT 504 or permission
of college. Application of statistical concepts to solu-
tion of business problems; laboratory use of computer
packages.
BMGT 734 Management Science and Computer
Laboratory (4) Prerequisite: BMGT 504 or permission
of college. Application of management science con-
cepts to solution of business problems; laboratory use
of computer packages.
BMGT 735 Application of Management Science (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 734 or consent of instructor. Se-
lected topics and case studies in the application of
management science to decision making in various
functional fields.
BMGT 736 Philosophy and Practice of Manage-
ment Science (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 734 or 735. or
consent of instructor. Critical examination of the phi-
losophy underlining the techniques and methodology
of management science from a systems analysis point
of view.
BMGT 737 Management Simulation (3) Prerequisite:
BMGT 734 or consent of instructor. Methodology of
systems simulation, Monte Carlo simulation, and dis-
crete simulation. Verification and validation of simula-
tion models with computer applications.
BMGT 740 Financial Management (3) Prerequisite:
BMGT 501 . 503 and 504 or permission of college. The
role of financial management in the firm. Topics in-
clude valuation and leverage, capital budgeting, cost
of capital, dividend policy, long-term financing, working
capital management, short-term financing, intermedi-
ate-term financing and leasing, and mergers. Required
of all MBA students.
BMGT 741 Advanced Financial Management (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 740 Concepts underlying finan-
cial decision making in the firm. Case studies, model
building and applications in financial theory and man-
agement.
BMGT 743 Investment Management (3) Prerequi-
site: BMGT 740. Methods of security selection and
portfolio management in the debt and equity markets.
Investment alternatives, securities markets, bond and
common stock valuation, options, portfolio theory, and
behavior of stock prices.
BMGT 745 Financial Institutions Management (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 740. The role of financial manage-
ment in financial institutions. The economic role and
regulation of financial institutions, analysis of risks and
returns on financial assets and liabilities, and the
structure of assets, liabilities and capital.
BMGT 746 International Financial Management (3)
Prerequisite: BMGT 740. The role of financial manage-
ment in the multinational firm. The financing and
managing of foreign investments, assets, currencies,
imports and exports. National and international finan-
cial institutions and markets.
BMGT 747 Risk Management (3) Prerequisites:
BMGT 720, 732, 740. Strategies for pure risk manage-
ment, including property, personnel, and liability expo-
sures. Quantitative decision-making techniques ap-
plied to self-insurance, insurance, and noninsurance
transfers in organizations.
BMGT 750 Marketing Management (3) Prerequisite:
BMGT 501 or permission of college. Analysis of mar-
keting problems and evaluation of specific marketing
efforts as they contribute to a coordinated marketing
program. Product, price and service policies; market
characteristics; channel selection; promotion and or-
ganization structure.
BMGT 751 Marketing Communications Manage-
ment (3) Required for MBA. candidates concentrat-
ing in marketing. Concerned with the part that advertis-
ing, promotion, public relations and related efforts play
in the accomplishment of a firm's total marketing
objectives. Its purpose is to develop competence in
the formulation of mass communications, objectives in
budget optimization, media appraisal, theme selection,
program implementation and management, and re-
sults measurement.
BMGT 752 Marketing Research Methods (3) Re-
quired for M.B.A. candidates concentrating in market-
ing. Deals with the process of acquiring, classifying
and interpreting primary and secondary marketing data
needed for intelligent, profitable marketing decisions.
Through readings, discussion, and case studies, ef-
forts are made to develop skill in evaluating the
appropriateness of alternative methodologies such as
the inductive, deductive, survey, observational, and
experimental. Consideration is also given to recent
developments in the systematic recording and use of
internal and external data needed for marketing deci-
sions.
BMGT 753 International Marketing (3) Deals with
environmental, organizational, and financial aspects of
international marketing as well as problems of market-
ing research, pricing, channels of distribution, product
policy, and communications which face U.S. firms
trading with foreign firms or which face foreign firms in
their operations.
BMGT 754 Buyer Behavior Analysis (3) A systematic
examination and evaluation of the literature, research
tradition and theory of buyer behavior in the market
place from a fundamental and applied perspective
The cognitive and behavioral bases underlying the
buying process of individuals and institutions is in-
vestigated to better understand, predict, and influence
the process through the effective utilization of the
firms' marketing resources.
BMGT 760 Personnel Administration (3) Examina-
tion of the human resource function in organizations.
Human resource planning, procurement and selection,
training and development, performance appraisal,
wage and salary administration, and equal employ-
ment opportunity.
BMGT 761 Problems and Applications in Personnel
Administration (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or equiva-
lent, or permission of instructor Applications in the
design, implementation, and evaluation of human re-
source management programs. Experiential learning
activities and simulations
BMGT 762 Problems and Issues in Collective Bar-
gaining (3) Current problems and issues in collective
bargaining, including methods of handling industrial
disputes, legal restrictions on various collective bar-
gaining activities, theory and philosophy of collective
bargaining, and internal union problems.
BMGT 763 Administration of Labor Relations (3)
Analysis of labor relations at the plant level with
emphasis on the negotiation and administration of
labor contracts Union policy and influence on person-
nel management activities.
BMGT 764 Behavioral Factors in Management (3)
Prerequisite: 8MGT 501 or permission of college
Analysis of the influence of Behavioral Sciences on
the theory and practice of management.
BMGT 765 Application of Behavioral Science to
Business (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or permission of
professor. Stresses case analysis of behavioral knowl-
edge applied to management problems. Typical topics
include analysis of modes for introducing change,
group versus organizational goals, organizational bar-
riers to personal growth, the effect of authority sys-
tems on behavior, and the relationship between tech-
nology and social structure.
BMGT 770 Transportation Theory and Analysis (3)
Examines the transportation system and its com-
ponents. Key topics in the development and present
form of transportation in both the United States and
other countries are considered together with theoreti-
cal concepts employed in the analysis of transport
problems.
BMGT 771 Transport and Public Policy (3) An
intensive study of the nature and consequences of
relations between governments and agencies thereof,
carriers in the various modes, and users of transport
services. Typical areas subjected to examination and
analysis include: the control of transport firms by
regulatory bodies, taxation of carriers, methods em-
ployed in the allocation of funds to the construction,
operation, and maintenance of publicly-provided trans-
port facilities, and the direct subsidization of services
supplied by privately-owned entities. Additional prob-
lems considered include labor and safety Compara-
tive international transport policies and problems are
also examined.
BMGT 772 Management of Physical Distribution (3)
Focuses on managerial practices required to fulfill
optimally the physical movement needs of extractive,
manufacturing, and merchandising firms. Attention is
given to the total cost approach to physical distribu-
tion. Interrelations among purchased transport serv-
ices, privately-supplied transport services, warehous-
ing, inventory control, materials handling, packaging,
and plant location are considered An understanding of
the communications network to support physical distri-
bution is developed in conjunction with study of the
problems of coordination between the physical move-
ment management function and other functional areas
within the business firm — such as accounting, finance,
marketing, and production.
BMGT 773 Transportation Strategies (3) Treats
organization structure, policies, and procedures em-
ployed in the administration of inter- and intraurban
transport firms. Problems receiving attention include
managerial development, operational and financial
planning and control, demand analysis, pricing, promo-
tional policies, intra- and intermodal competitive and
complementary relationships, and methods tor accom-
modating public policies designed to delimit the mana-
gerial discretion of carrier executives Administrative
problems peculiar to publicly-owned and operated
transport entities are also considered.
BMGT 774 Private Enterprise and Public Policy (3)
Examines the executive's social and ethical responsi-
bilities to his employees, customers and to the general
public Consideration is given to the conflicts occa-
sioned by competitive relationships in the private sec-
tor of business and the effect of institutional restraints
The trends in public policy and their future effect upon
management are examined For comparative pur-
poses, several examples of planned societies are
considered.
BMGT 775 Product, Production and Pricing Policy
(3) Required of MBA candidates. The application of
64 Chemical Engineering Program
economic theory to the business enterprise in respect
to the determination of policy and the handling of
management problems with particular reference to the
firm producing a complex line of products, nature of
competition, pricing policy, interrelationship of produc-
tion and marketing problems, basic types of cos .
control systems, theories of depreciation and invest-
ment and the impact of each upon costs.
BMGT 777 Policy Issues in Public Utilities (3) A
critical analysis of current developments in regulatory
policy and issues arising among public utilities, regula-
tory agencies, and the general public. Emphasis is
placed on the electric, gas, water, and communica-
tions industries in both the public and private sectors
of the economy. Changing and emerging problems
stressed include those pertinent to cost analysis,
depreciation, finance, taxes, rate of return, the rate
base differential rate-making, and labor. In addition,
the growing importance of technological develop-
ments and their impact on state and federal regulatory
agencies are explored.
BMGT 781 International Business Administration
(3) Examines the international business environment
as it affects company policy and procedures. In-
tegrates the business functions undertaken m interna-
tional operations through analysis in depth and com-
prehensive case studies. This course can be credited
toward the 18-hour requirement for a major field in the
D.B.A. program
BMGT 782 Management of the Multinational Firm
(3) Deals with the problems and policies of interna-
tional business enterprise at the management level.
Considers management of a multinational enterprise
as well as management within foreign units, me
multinational firm as a socio-econometnc institution is
analyzed in detail. Cases in comparative management
are utilized.
BMGT 785 Management Planning and Control Sys-
tems (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 501 or permission of
colleqe. Analysis of planning and control systems as
they relate to the fulfillment of organizational objec-
tives Identification of organizational objectives,
responsibility centers, information needs, and informa-
tion networks. Case studies of integrated planning and
control systems.
BMGT 786 Development and Trends in Production
Management (3) Case studies of production problems
in a number of industries. Focuses attention on deci-
sions concerning operating programs and manufactur-
ing policies at the top level of manufacturing. Basic
concepts of process and product technology are cov-
ered taking into consideration the scale, operating
range capital cost, method of control, and degree of
mechanization at each successive stage in the manu-
facturing process.
BMGT 790 Total Enterprise Strategy (3) Prerequi-
site BMGT 501, 502, 503 and 504, or permission of
college Case studies and research in the identification
of management problems, the evaluation of alternative
solutions, and the recommendation for management
implementation.
BMGT 791 Total Enterprise Strategy-Management
Practicum (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 501. 502, 503 and
504 and permission of director of MBA prograrrv
Expenental research project in the identification of
management problems, the evaluation of alternative
solutions, and the recommendation for management.
BMGT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
BMGT 808 Doctoral Seminar (3) Prerequisite: Admis-
sion to the D.B.A. program or approval of the College
Director of Graduate Studies. SelecteJ advanced top-
ics in the various fields of doctoral study in business
and management. With permission of the College
Director of Graduate Studies, may be repeated pro-
vided the content is different.
BMGT 811 Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) Pre-
requisite: BMGT 710 or equivalent. Seminar in the
continuing development of the fundamental theoretical
framework of accounting.
BMGT 814 Current Problems ot Professional Prac-
tice (3) Generally accepted auditing standards, audit-
ing practices, legal and ethical responsibilities, and the
accounting and reporting requirements of the securi-
ties and exchange commission.
BMGT 821 Managerial Accounting II (3) Prerequi
site BMGT 720 or equivalent. Seminar in the manage-
ment and controllership aspects of accounting in large
business organizations.
BMGT 828 Independent Study in Business and
Management (1-9)
BMGT 830 Operations Research: Linear Pro-
gramming (3) Prerequisite: MATH 240 or equivalent,
or permission of instructor. Concepts and applications
of linear programming models, theoretical develop-
ment of the simplex algorithm, and primal-dual prob-
lems and theory.
BMGT 831 Operations Research: Extension of Lin-
ear Programming and Network Analysis (3) Prereq-
uisite BMGT 830 or equivalent, or permission of
instructor Concepts and applications of network and
graph theory in linear models with emphasis on com-
putional algorithms.
BMGT 832 Operations Research: Optimization and
Nonlinear Programming (3) Prerequisites: BMGT
830 and MATH 241 or equivalent, or permission of
instructor Theory and applications of algorithmic ap-
proaches to solving unconstrained and constrained
non-linear optimization problems. The Kuhn Tucker
conditions, Lagrangian and duality theory, types of
convexity and convergence criteria. Feasible direction
procedures, penalty and barrier techniques, and cut-
ting plane procedures.
BMGT 833 Operations Research: Integer Pro-
gramming (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 830 and MATH 241
or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Theory,
applications, and computational methods of interger
optimization. Zero-one implicit enumeration, branch
and bound methods, and cutting plane methods.
BMGT 834 Operations Research: Probabilistic Mo-
dels (3) Prerequisites: MATH 241 and STAT 400 or
equivalent, or permission of instructor. Theoretical
foundations for the construction, optimization and
applications of probabilistic models. Queuing theory,
inventory theory, Markov processes, renewal theory,
and stochastic linear programming.
BMGT 835 Simulation and Design of Experiments
(3) Prerequisites: Knowledge of fortran programming
BMGT 732 and 734 or equivalent, or permission of
instructor. Statistical design and analysis of simulation
experiments.
BMGT 841 Seminar in Corporate Finance (3) Pre-
requisite Permission of instructor. Seminar in selected
classic and current theoretical and empirical research
in corporate finance.
BMGT 843 Seminar in Portfolio Theory (3) Prerequi-
site Permission of instructor. Seminar in selected
classic and current theoretical and empirical research
in portfolio theory.
BMGT 845 Seminar in Financial Institutions and
Markets (3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and
empirical research in financial institutions and markets.
BMGT 850 Marketing Channels Analysis (3) Focus
es on the fundamentals explain alternate channels of
distribution and the roles played by various intermedia-
ries the evolution of business structures in marketing,
reasons for change, and projected marketing patterns
for the future. M.B.A. candidates may register with
permission of instructor.
BMGT 851 Quantitative Methods in Marketing-
Demand and Cost Analysis (3) Consideration is
given to quantitative methods in the analysis and
prediction of market demand and marketing costs
Topics in connection with demand include market
potentials, sales forecasting, consumer analysis
promotional and pricing results, and the like. Cost
analysis focuses on allocation of costs by marketing
functions, products, territories, customers and market-
ing personnel. Statistical techniques, mathematics,
models and other methods are utilized in the solution
of marketing problems. MBA. candidates may regis-
ter with permission of instructor.
BMGT 852 Theory in Marketing (3) An inquiry into
the problems and elements of theory development in
general with specific reference to the field of market-
ing A critical analysis and evaluation of past and
contemporary efforts to formulate theories of market-
ing and to integrate theories from the social sciences
into a marketing framework. Attention is given to the
development of concepts in all areas of marketing
thought and to their potential application in the busi-
ness firm.
BMGT 860 Seminar in Human Resource Planning
and Selection (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permis-
sion of instructor. Seminar in selected theoretical and
empirical literature in human resource planning, fore-
casting, and staffing.
BMGT 861 Seminar in Performance Appraisal and
Training (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of
instructor Seminar in selected theoretical and empiri-
cal literature in performance appraisal and training.
BMGT 862 Seminar in Compensation Administra-
tion (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of
instructor Seminar in selected theoretical and empiri-
cal literature in the compensation of human resources.
BMGT 863 Seminar: The Organization and the Indi-
vidual (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or
permission of instructor. Seminar in the literature on
the relationship between individual and organizational
characteristics.
BMGT 864 Seminar in Interpersonal Relations and
the Group Process in Organizations (3) Prerequi-
site BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission of instruc-
tor Emphasis on the literature of small group behavior
among industrial work groups, white-collar work
groups, professional staff, and managerial units.
BMGT 865 Seminar in Comparative Theories of
Organization (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equiva-
lent or permission of instructor. Emphasis on the
interdisciplinary literature on classical management,
systems, and contingency theories of organization.
BMGT 866 Seminar in Organizational Conflict and
Change (3) Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or
permission of instructor. Emphasis on the introduction
of planned and systematic changes in small work
qroups organizational subsystems, and the entire or
organization through the use of behavioral science
techniques.
BMGT 872 Business Logistics (3) Concentrates on
the design and application of methods for the solution
of advanced physical movement problems of business
firms Provides thorough coverage of a variety of
analytical techniques relevant to the solution of these
problems. Where appropriate, experience will be pro-
vided in the utilization of computers to assist in mana-
gerial logistical decision-making.
BMGT 873 Transportation Science (3) Focuses on
the application of quantitative and qualitative tech-
niques of analysis to managerial problems drawn from
firms in each of the various modes of transport
Included is the application of simulation to areas such
as the control of equipment selection and terminal and
line operations. The application of advanced analytical
techniques to problems involving resource use effi-
ciency within the transportation industry and between
transportation and other sectors of the economy is an
integral part of the course.
BMGT 880 Business Research Methodology (3)
Covers the nature, scope, and application of research
methodology. The identification and formulation of
research designs applicable to business and related
fields. Required of D.B.A. students.
BMGT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Chemical Engineering
Program
Professor and Director: Smith
Professor and Department Chairman: Cadman
Professors: Beckmann, Birkner?, Gentry:*,
Regan, Schroeder 1 , Smith
Adjunct Professors: Bolsaitis
/Associate Professors: Gasner, Hatch
Assistant Professors: Burka, Finger 1 , King
'part time
2joint appointment with Civil Engineering
3j int appointment with Institute for Physical
Science and Technology
An individual plan of graduate study compatible
with the student's interest and background is
established between the student, his advisor
and the Department Chairman. The general
chemical engineering program is focused on
four major areas; applied polymer science, bio-
Chemical Engineering Program 65
chemical engineering, environmental and ener-
gy-related engineering, process and analysis
simulation.
Admission and Degree
Information
The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D.
degrees are open to qualified students holding
the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to
students with degrees in any of the engineering
and science areas from accredited programs. In
some cases it may be necessary to require
courses to fulfill the background. The general
regulations of the Graduate School apply in
reviewing applications.
The candidate for the M.S. degree has the
choice of following a plan of study with or
without thesis. The equivalent of at least three
years of full-time study beyond the B.S. degree
is required for the Ph.D. degree. All students
seeking graduate degrees in Chemical Engi-
neering must enroll in ENCH 610, 620, 630, and
640. In addition to the general rules of the
Graduate School certain special degree
requirements are set forth by the Department in
its departmental publications.
Facilities and Special Resources
A number of special facilities are available for
graduate study and research and are coordinat-
ed through the Laboratory for Radiation and
Polymer Science, the Laboratory for Process
Analysis and Simulation, the Laboratory for
Biochemical Engineering and Environmental
Studies, and the Nuclear Reactor Facility.
These laboratories contain analog and digital
process control computers, a gamma radiation
facility, an electron accelerator, an electron
paramagnetic resonance spectrometer, crystal
growth and mechanical testing equipment, and
X-ray units.
Courses
ENCH 425 Transport Processes II — Heat Transfer
(3) Steady and unsteady state conduction, convective
heat transfer, radiation, design of condensers, heat
exchangers, evaporators, and other types of heat
transfer equipment. Prerequisite: MATH 246. Pre- or
corequisite: ENCH 280
ENCH 427 Transport Processes III— Mass Transfer
(3) Steady and unsteady state molecular diffusion,
inter-phase transfer, simultaneous heat and mass
transfer, boundary layer theory, mass transfer and
chemical reaction. Design applications in humidifica-
tion, gas absorption, distillation, extraction, adsorption
and ion exchange.
ENCH 437 Chemical Engineering Laboratory (3)
Application of chemical engineering process and unit
operation principles in small scale semi-commercial
equipment. Data from experimental observations are
used to evaluate performance and efficiency of opera-
tions. Emphasis on correct presentation of results in
report form. Prerequisites: ENCH 427. ENCH 440
ENCH 442.
ENCH 440 Chemical Engineering Kinetics (3) Fun-
damental of chemical reaction kinetics and their appli-
cation to the design and operation of chemical reac-
tors. Reaction rate theory, homogeneous reactions
and catalysis electrochemical reactions. Catalytic re-
actor design. Prerequisites: ENCH 300, ENCH 325
CHEM 481.
ENCH 442 Chemical Engineering Systems Analysis
(3) Dynamic response applied to process systems
Goals and modes ol control, Laplace transformations,
analysis and synthesis of simple control systems,
closed loop response, dynamic testing. Prerequisites
ENCH 300, ENCH 425.
ENCH 444 Process Engineering Economics and
Design I (3) Principles of chemical engineering eco-
nomics and process design. Emphasis on equipment
types, equipment design principles, capital cost esti-
mation, operating costs, and profitability. Prerequi-
sites: ENCH 427. ENCH 440. ENCH 442.
ENCH 445 Process Engineering Economics and
Design II (3) Application of chemical engineering
principles for the design of process equipment. Typical
problems in the design of chemical plants. Com-
prehensive reports are required Prerequisite: ENCH
427.
ENCH 446 Process Engineering Economics and
Design II (3) Application of chemical engineering
principles for the design of chemical processing equip-
ment. Typical problems in the design of chemical
plants. Not open to students who already have credit
for ENCH 445. Prerequisite: ENCH 444.
ENCH 450 Chemical Process Development (3)
Chemical process industries from the standpoint of
technology, raw materials, products and processing
equipment. Operations of major chemical processes
and industries combined with quantitative analysis of
process requirements and yields. Prerequisite: ENCH
427.
ENCH 452 Advanced Chemical Engineering Analy-
sis (3) Application of digital and analog computers to
chemical engineering problems. Numerical methods,
programming, differential equations, curve fitting, am-
plifiers and analog circuits. Prerequisite: ENCH 427
ENCH 453 Applied Mathematics in Chemical Engi-
neering (3) Mathematical techniques applied to the
analysis and solution of chemical engineering prob-
lems. Use of differentiation, integration, differential
equations, partial differential equations and integral
transforms. Application of infinite series, numerical and
statistical methods. Prerequisite: ENCH 427.
ENCH 454 Chemical Process Analysis and Op-
timization (3) Applications of mathematical models to
the analysis and optimization of chemical processes.
Models based on transport, chemical kinetics and
other chemical engineering principles will be em-
ployed. Emphasis on evaluation of process alterna-
tives. Prerequisites: ENCH 427, 440.
ENCH 455 Chemical Process Laboratory (3) One
lecture and six hours of laboratory per week. Experi-
mental study of various chemical processes through
laboratory and small semi-commercial scale equip-
ment. Reaction kinetics, fluid mechanics, heat and
mass transfer. Prerequisite: ENCH 427 and 440.
ENCH 461 Control of Air Pollution Sources (3)
Theory and application of methods for the control and
removal of airborne materials. Principles of design and
performance of air quality control equipment. Prerequi-
site: Senior standing in engineering or consent of
instructor.
ENCH 468 Research (1-3) Investigation of a research
project under the direction of a faculty member Com-
prehensive reports are required. Repeatable to a maxi-
mum of six credits.
ENCH 475 Electrochemical Engineering (3) Funda-
mentals of electrochemistry with application to engi-
neering and commercial processes. Equilibrium poten-
tials, reaction mechanisms, cell kinetics, polarization,
surface phenomena. Electrorefining, electrowinning,
oxidation and reduction, solid, liquid and gas systems.
Aspects of design and performance of electroprocess
plants.
ENCH 480 Engineering Analysis of Physiological
Systems (3) Engineering description and analysis of
physiological systems. Survey of bioengineering litera-
ture and an introduction to mathematical modeling ot
physiological systems.
ENCH 482 Biochemical Engineering (3) Introduction
to biochemical and microbiological applications to
commercial and engineering processes, including in-
dustrial fermentation, enzymology, ultrafiltration, food
and pharmaceutical processing and resulting waste
treatment. Enzyme kinetics, cell growth, energetics
and mass transfer. Prerequisite, Senior standing in
engineering or consent ol instructor.
ENCH 485 Biochemical Engineering Laboratory (2)
Techniques of measuring pertinent parameters in fer-
mentation reactors, quantification of production varia-
bles for primary and secondary metabolites such as
enzymes and antibiotics, the insolublization of en-
zymes for reactors, and the demonstration of separa-
tion techniques such as ultrafiltration and affinity chro-
matography Prerequisite or co-requisite: ENCH 482
ENCH 490 Introduction to Polymer Science (3) The
elements of the chemistry, physics, processing meth-
ods, and engineering applications of polymers. Prereq-
uisite: ENCH 425.
ENCH 492 Applied Physical Chemistry of Polymers
(3) Kinetics of formation of high polymers, determina-
tion of molecular weight and structure, and applied
thermodynamics and phase equilibria of polymer solu-
tions. Prerequisite: CHEM 48 1 Corequisite: CHEM 482
or consent of instructor.
ENCH 494 Polymer Technology Laboratory (3) One
lecture and two laboratory periods per week Measure-
ment of mechanical, electrical, optical, thermal proper-
ties of polymers, measurement ot molecular weight by
viscosimetry isometric and light scattering methods.
Application of X-ray. NMR. ESR. spectroscopy molec-
ular relaxation, microscopy and electron microscopy to
the determination of polymer structure, effects ol
ultraviolet light and high energy radiation. Prerequisite
ENCH 490 or 492.
ENCH 495 Rheology of Polymer Materials (3) Me-
chanical behavior with emphasis on the continuum
point of view and its relationship to structural types.
Elasticity, viscoelasticity, anelasticity and plasticity of
single phase and multiphase materials Students who
have credit for ENCH 495 may not take ENMA 495 for
credit. Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or 492.
ENCH 496 Processing of Polymer Materials (3) A
comprehensive analysis of the operations carried out
on polymeric materials to increase their utility Conver-
sion operations such as molding extrusion, bledding.
film forming, and calendering. Development of engi-
neering skills required to practice in the high polymer
industry. Students who have credit tor ENCH 496 may
not take ENMA 496 for credit. Prerequisite: ENCH 490
or 492.
ENCH 609 Graduate Seminar (1)
ENCH 610 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics
(3) First semester. Advanced application of the gener-
al thermodynamic methods to chemical engineenng
problems. First and second law consequences; esti-
mation and correlation of thermodynamic properties:
phase and chemical reaction equilibria
ENCH 620 Methods of Engineering Analysis (3)
First semester. Application of selected mathematical
techniques to the analysis and solution of engineenng
problems; included are the applications of matrices,
vectors, tensors, differential equations, integral trans-
forms, and probability methods to such problems as
unsteady heat transfer, transient phenomena in mass
transfer operations, stagewise processes, chemical
reactors, process control, and nuclear reactor physics
ENCH 630 Transport Phenomena (3) First semester
Heat, mass and momentum transfer theory from the
viewpoint of the basic transport equations Steady and
unsteady state; laminar and turbulent flow; boundary
layer theory, mechanics of turbulent transport; with
specific application to complex chemical engineering
situations.
ENCH 640 Advanced Chemical Reaction Kinetics
(3) Second semester The theory and application of
chemical reaction kinetics to reactor design. Reaction
rate theory; homogeneous batch and flow reactors;
fundamentals ot catalysis; design ot heterogeneous
flow reactors.
ENCH 648 Special Problems in Chemical Engineer-
ing (1-16)
ENCH 655 Radiation Engineering (3) Prerequisite
Permission of instructor An analysis of such radiation
applications as synthesizing chemicals, preserving
foods, control of industrial processes. Design ol ir-
radiation installations, E.G., cobalt 60 gamma ray
sources, electronuclear machine arrangement, and
chemical reactors
ENCH 656 Radiation Engineering (3) Prerequisite
Permission of instructor. An analysis ot such radiation
applications as synthesizing chemicals, preserving
foods, control of industrial processes Design of ir-
radiation installations. E.G., cobalt 60 gamma ray
sources, electronuclear machine arrangement, and
chemical reactors
ENCH 667 Radiation Effects Laboratory (3) radia-
tion on the properties of matter for purposes other
than those pointed toward nuclear power. Radia-
tion processing, radiation-induced chemical reac-
tions, and conversion of radiation energy; isotope
power sources.
ENCH 670 Rheology of Engineering Materials (3)
Prerequisite: ENMA 650 Mechanical behavior with
66 Chemical Physics Program
emphasis on the continuum point of view and its
relationship to structural types. Elasticity, viscoelastici-
ty. anelasticity and plasticity in single phase and mul-
tiphase materials.
ENCH 720 Process Analysis and Simulation (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: ENCH 630. Develop-
ment ot mathematical models o( chemical processes
based on transport phenomena, chemical kinetics,
and other chemical engineering methods. Emphasis
on principles of model building and simulation utilizing
mathematical solutions and computer methods.
ENCH 723 Process Engineering and Design (3) First
and second semesters. Coordination of chemical engi-
neering and economics to advanced process engi-
neering and design. Optimization of investment and
operating costs. Solution of typical problems encoun-
tered in the design of chemical engineering plants.
ENCH 730 Complex Equilibrium Stage Processes
(3) Second semester. The theory and application of
complex equilibrium stages. Binary and multicom-
ponent absorption; extraction; liquefaction.
ENCH 735 Chemical Process Dynamics (3) First
semester. Prequisites; Differential equations or con-
sent of instructor. Analysis of open and closed control
loops and their elements; dynamic response of pro-
cesses; choice of variables and linkages; dynamic
testing and synthesis; noise and drift; chemical pro-
cess systems analysis; strategies for optimum opera-
tion.
ENCH 737 Chemical Process Optimization (3) Sec-
ond semester. Techniques of modern optimization
theory as applied to chemical engineering problems.
Optimization of single and multivariate systems with
and without constraints. Application of partial optimiza-
tion techniques to complex chemical engineering pro-
cesses.
ENCH 761 Enzyme Engineering (3) Prerequisite;
ENCH 640. Enzyme science and kinetics; principles of
enzyme insolublization and denaturation with applica-
tion to design, operation and modeling of enzyme
reactors. The relationship between mass transfer and
apparent kinetics in enzyme systems; and techniques
of separation and purification of enzymes.
ENCH 762 Advanced Biochemical Engineering (3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 482 or permission of instructor.
Advanced topics to include use of a digital computer
for mathematical modeling of the dynamics of biologi-
cal systems; separation techniques for heat sensitive
biologically active materials; and transport phenomena
in biological systems.
ENCH 763 Engineering of Artificial Organs (3) Pre-
requisite: ENCH 480 or permission of instructor. De-
sign concepts and engineering analysis of devices to
supplement or replace natural functions; artificial kid-
ney; heart assistor; membrane oxygenator; materials
problems, physiological considerations.
ENCH 784 Polymer Physics (3) Prerequisite: ENCH
490 or consent of instructor. Application and correla-
tion of mechanical and dielectric relaxation, NMR,
electron microscopy, X-ray diffraction, diffusion and
electrical properties to the mechanical properties and
structure of polymers in the solid state.
ENCH 786 Polymer Processing and Applications
(3) Prerequisite: ENCH 490 or consent of instructor.
Application of theoretical knowledge of polymers to
industrial processes. An analysis of polymerization,
stabilization, electrical, rheological, thermal, mechani-
cal and optical properties and their influence on pro-
cessing conditions and end use applications.
ENCH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ENCH 818 Advanced Topics in Thermodynamics
(3) Second semester. Prerequisite: CHEM 604.
ENCH 828 Advanced Topics in Chemical Reaction
Systems (3) First semester. Offered in alternate years.
Prerequisite: ENCH 640.
ENCH 838 Advanced Topics in Transfer Theory (3)
First semester. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite:
ENCH 720.
ENCH 848 Advanced Topics in Separation Pro-
cesses (3) Second semester. Offered in alternate
years.
ENCH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Chemical Physics
Program
Acting Director: Sengers.
Associate Director: Alexander.
(CHEM) Professors: Alexander, McNesby,
Moore.
Associate Professors: Greer, Khanna, Miller,
Murphy, Tossell, Weiner.
(ENCH/IPST) Professor: Gentry.
(ENEE) Professors: Hochuli, Lee.
Associate Professor: Davis.
(IPST) Professors: Benesch, Glnter, Montroll,
Sengers, Wilkerson, Zwanzig.
Associate Professors: Coplan, Gammon,
Mcllrath.
(METO) Associate Professor: Ellingson.
Assistant Professor: Pitter.
(PHYS) Associate Professors: Lynn, Redish.
(PHYS/IPST) Professors: Dorfman, Ferrell.
The Chemical Physics Program provides an
academic path for those candidates wishing to
establish a professional career for which knowl-
edge of both physics and chemistry is desirable.
The program offers M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in
chemical physics. Candidates have the option
of concentrating their studies in chemistry,
physics, chemical engineering, electrical engi-
neering or meteorology.
The Chemical Physics Program is under
the joint sponsorship of the Institute for Physical
Science and Technology, the Chemistry De-
partment, the Department of Physics and As-
tronomy and the College of Engineering. The
Chemical Physics Committee oversees the pro-
gram. The Committee consists of faculty repre-
sentatives of the sponsoring units, and has the
director of the Chemical Physics Program as its
chairman. The Chemical Physics Program Of-
fice which is affiliated with the Institute for
Physical Science and Technology administers
the program.
About 30 faculty members at the College
Park campus, active in subject areas related to
chemical physics, are affiliated with the Chemi-
cal Physics Program. The areas of study cover
a very broad range of subjects. Examples are:
atomic and molecular science including atomic
and molecular structure and spectroscopy,
laser physics and quantum electronics, at-
mospheric physics and spectroscopy, statistical
physics, thermodynamics and phase transi-
tions, physics and chemistry of gases and con-
densed matter. Some of the research activities
are related to similar activities in several gov-
ernment laboratories in the Washington metro-
politan area. A booklet describing the scope of
chemical physics at the College Park campus
can be obtained from the Chemical Physics
Program Office upon request.
Admission and Degree Information
Students with an undergraduate major in phys-
ics, chemistry, engineering or mathematics may
apply. However, for a successful completion of
the chemical physics study a strong back-
ground in physics and some background in
chemistry is desirable. Students admitted to the
Chemical Physics Program will also be listed as
graduate students in the department of their
chosen area of concentration; however, all mat-
ters concerning the course of study will be
handled by the Chemical Physics Program
Committee and the Chemical Physics Program
Office.
The course program will be adjusted to the
needs of the individual student. In case the
candidate does not possess the required un-
dergraduate background in both physics and
chemistry, the candidate's advisory committee
will prescribe appropriate undergraduate
courses. Candidates for the Ph.D. degree are
required to pass the chemical physics qualifying
examination which is based on material cov-
ered by the physics qualifying examination in
the areas of classical mechanics, quantum me-
chanics, statistical mechanics, thermodynam-
ics, electricity and magnetism. Additional ques-
tions cover areas specifically appropriate to
chemical physics, namely atomic and molecular
spectroscopy and structure, molecular bonding
theory, chemical reaction dynamics and chemi-
cal thermodynamics and statistical mechanics.
In addition to successfully passing the qualifying
examination, the student will be required to take
a graduate laboratory course, 3 semesters of
seminar, 4 advanced courses and 12 credit
hours of thesis research concluded by the pres-
entation and defense of an original dissertation.
Under certain circumstances graduate students
can have access to the resources available at
government laboratories in the Washington
metropolitan area.
Candidates for the M.S. degree may
choose between a thesis or non-thesis option.
Programs of work are arranged on an individual
basis and require approval of an advisor as-
sociated with the chemical physics program.
The requirements for the non-thesis option are
completion of 30 credit hours of courses includ-
ing PHYS 602, PHYS 622, CHEM 601 and a
graduate laboratory course, unless specifically
exempted, submitting a scholarly paper and
passing a written examination. The require-
ments for the thesis option are completion of 24
credit hours of courses including PHYS 602,
PHYS 622, CHEM 601 and a graduate laborato-
ry, unless specifically exempted, 6 credit hours
of thesis research, a written thesis and a pass-
ing grade on an oral examination which includes
the defense of the written thesis.
Financial Assistance
Teaching and research assistantships are avail-
able for qualified students.
Additional Information
Requests for further information concerning the
Chemical Physics Program can be obtained by
writing to Professor J. V. Sengers, Acting Direc-
tor, Chemical Physics Program, Institute for
Physical Science and Technology, University of
Maryland, College Park.
Chemistry Program
Professor and Chairman: McNesby
Professors: Adler, Alexander, Ammon,
Bellama, Castellan, Fraser-Reid, Freeman,
Goldsby, Gordon, Grim, Henery-Logan,
Holmlund, Huheey, Jaquith, Jarvis, Keeney,
Mariano, Mazzocchi, Moore, Munn, O'Haver,
Ponnamperuma, Stewart, Viola, Walters,
Zoller.
Associate Professors: Boyd, Campagnoni,
DeVoe, Gokel, Greer, Hansen, Heikkinen,
Helz, Kasler, Khanna, Lakshmanan, Miller,
Murphy, Sampugna, Tossell, Weiner
Assistant Professors: Cheng, Dunaway-
Mariano, McArdle, Mignerey, Schuda
Research Professor: Bailey
The Chemistry Department offers programs
leading to the Master of Science or Doctor of
Philosophy degrees with specialization in the
fields of analytical chemistry, biochemistry,
chemical physics (in cooperation with the In-
stitute of Physical Sciences & Technology and
the Department of Physics and Astronomy),
Chemistry Program 67
environmental chemistry, geochemistry, inor-
ganic chemistry, nuclear chemistry, organic
chemistry, and physical chemistry. The gradu-
ate program in biochemistry is described
separately in this catalog. The graduate pro-
gram in chemistry has been designed with maxi-
mum flexibility so that a student can achieve a
strong background in his chosen field of spe-
cialization.
Admission and Degree
Information
Both the thesis and non-thesis options are
offered for the MS degree. Departmental regu-
lations concerning diagnostic examinations,
comprehensive examinations, and other mat-
ters pertaining to course work have been as-
sembled for the guidance of candidates for
graduate degrees. Copies of these regulations
are available from the Department of Chemistry.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department has many special research
facilities to support research in the fields given
above. The new research wing of the chemistry
building houses biochemistry research, a cen-
tralized animal colony, and some of the inor-
ganic and analytical chemical research. Nuclear
chemistry facilities include the 140-MeV cyclo-
tron housed in the Physics Department. Other
facilities include "clean" rooms for lunar and
environmental sample analysis, an electron
microscope, X-ray fluorescence instrumenta-
tion, an electron microprobe, mass spectrome-
ters, NMR spectrometers including 100 MHz
and 200 MHz Fourier-transform NMR spec-
trometers, ultracentrifuges, and analytical opti-
cal spectrometers. Departmental research is
supported on two large computers in the Com-
puter Science Building, a UNIVAC 1100/41 and
a UNIVAC 1108, both of which are accessible
by remote time-sharing terminals. A variety of
facilities including a laser laboratory, other elec-
tron microscopes, and an ESCA spectrometer
are available through the Center of Materials
Research on campus. The Department has an
excellent glassblowing shop, a fine student fac-
ulty machine shop, and access to other campus
machine shops. The Chemistry Library, located
in the new research wing, has an extensive
collection of books, journals, and abstracts in
chemistry, biochemistry and allied fields. Includ-
ed in the Chemistry Library is a computer termi-
nal for literature searching.
Financial Assistance
Entering graduate students are normally sup-
ported on graduate teaching assistantships.
Their assistantships usually involve teaching
undergraduate laboratory and recitation classes
and enable the student to pursue a ten-credit
program of graduate study each semester.
Additional Information
The Department has a brochure available de-
scribing its graduate program and the research
interests of its faculty. For a copy of the bro-
chure, or for specific information on graduate
programs in chemistry, admissions procedures,
or financial aid, contact Dr. Paul Mazzochi,
Associate Chairman for Graduate Studies and
Research, Department of Chemistry.
Courses
CHEM 401 Inorganic Chemistry 3 Prerequisite:
CHEM 481
CHEM 403 Radiochemistry Prerequisite One year of
college chemistry and one year of college physics.
Radioactive decay; introduction to properties of atomic
nuclei; nuclear processes in cosmology, chemical,
biomedical and environmental applications of radioac-
tivity; nuclear processes as chemical tools; interaction
of radiation with matter (3)
CHEM 421 Advanced Quantitative Analysis (3) Pre-
requisites: CHEM 430 and 482 or concurrent registra-
tion An examination of some advanced topics in
quantitative analysis including nonaqueous titrations,
precipitation phenomena, complex equilibria, and the
analytical chemistry of the less familiar elements
CHEM 423 Organic Quantitative Analysis (3) Pre-
requisite: CHEM 203-204 or 213-214, and consent of
the instructor. Two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. The semi-micro determination of carbon, hydro-
gen, nitrogen, halogen and certain functional groups
CHEM 430 Chemical Measurements Laboratory I
(3) One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods
per week Corequisite. CHEM 481. An introduction to
the principles and applications of quantitative tech-
niques useful in chemistry, with emphasis on modern
instrumentation. Computer programming, electronic
circuits, spectroscopy, chemical separations.
CHEM 431 Chemical Measurements Laboratory II
(3) One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisite. CHEM 481 ; Corequisite. CHEM
482. An introduction to the principles and applications
of quantitative techniques useful in chemistry, with
emphasis on modern instrumentation. Communica-
tions techniques, vacuum systems, thermochemistry,
phase equilibria, chemical kinetics, electrochemistry
CHEM 433 Chemical Synthesis (3) One lecture and
two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi-
site: CHEM 201-202 or 21 1-21 2, and 203-204 or 21 3-
214.
CHEM 441 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) Prereq-
uisite: CHEM 481. An advanced study of the com-
pounds of carbon, with special emphasis on molecular
orbital theory and organic reaction mechanisms.
CHEM 443 Qualitative Organic Analysis (3) One
lecture and two-three hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 201-202 or 211-212, and
203-204 or 213-214. The systematic identification of
organic compounds.
CHEM 473 Geochemistry of Solids (3) Prerequisite:
CHEM 482 or GEOL 422. Principles of crystal chemis-
try applied to structures, properties and reactions of
minerals and non-metallic solids. Emphasis is placed
on the relation of structural stability to bonding, ionic
size, charge, order-disorder, polymorphism, and
isomorphism.
CHEM 474 Environmental Chemistry (3) Prerequi-
site: CHEM 481, or equivalent. The sources of various
elements and chemical reactions between them in the
atmosphere and hydrosphere are treated. Causes and
biological effects of air and water pollution by certain
elements are discussed.
CHEM 481 Physical Chemistry I (3) Three lectures
per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 203-204 or 213-214.
MATH 141, PHYS 142 or PHYS 263 (PHYS 263 may
be taken concurrently with CHEM 481) or consent of
instructor A course primarily for chemists and chemi-
cal engineers.
CHEM 482 Physical Chemistry II (3) Three lectures
per week. Prerequisite, CHEM 481, or consent of
instructor. A course primarily for chemists and chemi-
cal engineers.
CHEM 485 Advanced Physical Chemistry (2) Quan-
tum chemistry and other selected topics.
CHEM 485 Advanced Physical Chemistry (2) Pre-
requisite: CHEM 482. Quantum Chemistry and other
selected topics.
CHEM 486 Advanced Physical Chemistry Labora-
tory (2) Two three-hour laboratory periods per week
Prerequisites: ChEM 482 and consent of instructor
CHEM 498 Special Topics in Chemistry (3) Three
lectures or two lectures and one three-hour laboratory
per week Prerequisite varies with the nature of the
topic being considered Course may be repeated for
credit if the subiect matter is substantially different, but
not more than three credits may be accepted in
satisfaction of major supporting area requirements for
chemistry maiors
CHEM 601 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I (3)
Prerequisite: CHEM 401 or equivalent. Three lectures
per week. A survey of the fundamentals of modern
inorganic chemistry which serves as a basis for more
advanced work
CHEM 602 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II (3)
Prerequisite CHEM 601 Three lectures per week A
continuation of CHEM 601 with more emphasis on
current work in inorganic chemistry
CHEM 603 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (3) Pre-
requisite: CHEM 601 or concurrent registration therein
One lecture and two three-hour laboratories per week
Practice in synthesis and modern experimental tech-
niques in inorganic chemistry
CHEM 605 Chemistry of Coordination Compounds
(3) Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or consent of instructor.
Three lectures per week. Structure and properties of
coordination compounds and the theoretical bases on
which these are interpreted.
CHEM 606 Chemistry of Organometallic Com-
pounds (3) Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or consent of
instructor. Three lectures per week An in-depth treat-
ment of the properties of compounds having metal-
carbon bonds.
CHEM 608 Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry
(1-3) Prerequisite: CHEM 601 and 602, or equivalent
One to three lectures per week. Topics of special
interest and current importance. Course may be re-
peated to a maximum of six credits if topics are
different.
CHEM 621 Chemical Microscopy I (2) One lecture
and one three hour laboratory period per week. Regis-
tration limited Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A
study of the use of the microscope in chemistry
CHEM 622 Chemical Microscopy II (2) One lecture
and one three hour laboratory penod per week Pre-
requisite: CHEM 621. A study of the topical properties
of crystals.
CHEM 623 Optical Methods of Quantitative Analy-
sis (3) Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per
week Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482 The quanti-
tative applications of emission spectroscopy, atomic
absorption spectroscopy, ultraviolet, visible, and infra-
red spectrophotometry, fluorescence, atomic fluores-
cence, nephelometry. and of certain closely related
subjects like NMR and mass spectroscopy
CHEM 624 Electrical Methods of Quantitative Anal-
ysis (3) Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory
per week Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482 The use
of conductivity, potentiometry, polarography. voltam-
metry, amperometry. coulometry, chronopoten-
tiometry in quantitative analysis
CHEM 625 Separation Methods in Quantitative
Analysis (3) Two lectures and one three-hour labora-
tory per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482. The
theory and practical application to quantitative analysis
of the various forms of chromatography, ion exchange,
solvent extraction, and distillation.
CHEM 628 Modern Trends in Analytical Chemistry
(2) Two lectures per week. Prerequisites CHEM 421
and 482. A study of advanced methods, including
topics such as statistical treatment of analytical data,
kinetic methods in analytical chemistry, analytical
measurements based on radioactivity, and enzymatic
techniques.
CHEM 641 Organic Reaction Mechanisms (3)
CHEM 642 Physical Organic Chemistry (3)
CHEM 643 Organic Chemistry of High Polymers (2)
An advanced course covering the synthesis of mono-
mers, mechanisms of polymerization, and the correla-
tion between structure and properties in high poly-
mers
CHEM 644 Molecular Orbital Theory (2) A partial
quantitative application of molecular orbital theory and
symmetry to the chemical properties and reactions of
organic molecules Prerequisites CHEM 441 and 482
CHEM 645 The Chemistry of the Steroids (2)
CHEM 646 The Heterocyclics (2)
CHEM 648 Special Topics in Organic Chemistry (1-
3) One to three lecture hours per week Topics of
special interest and current importance Course may
be repeated to a maximum ot nine credits provided the
topics are different
CHEM 664 The Chemistry of Natural Products (2)
Prerequisite: CHEM 44 1 The chemistry and physiolog-
68 Civil Engineering Program
ical action of natural products. Methods of isolation,
determination of structure and synthesis.
CHEM 678 Special Topics in Environmental Chem-
istry (3) Prerequisite: CHEM 474. In-depth treatment
of environmental chemistry problem areas of current
research interest. The topics will vary somewhat from
year to year. Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits.
Provided subject is different.
CHEM 681 Infra-Red and Raman Spectroscopy (2)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
CHEM 682 Reaction Kinetics (3)
CHEM 683 Electrochemistry (3) Prerequisite: CHEM
684 or equivalent.
CHEM 684 Chemical Thermodynamics (3) Prerequi-
site: CHEM 482 or equivalent.
CHEM 685 Molecular Structure (3)
CHEM 686 Chemical Crystallography (3) Prerequi-
site: Consent of instructor. A detailed treatment of
single-crystal x-ray methods.
CHEM 687 Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry (3)
Prerequisite: CHEM 684 or equivalent.
CHEM 688 Selected Topics in Physical Chemistry
(2)
CHEM 689 Special Topics in Physical Chemistry (3)
CHEM 690 Quantum Chemistry I (3) Prerequisite.
CHEM 485.
CHEM 691 Quantum Chemistry II (3) Prerequisite
CHEM 690 or PHYS 622.
CHEM 699 Special Problems in Chemistry (1-6)
Prerequisite: One semester of graduate study in chem-
istry Laboratory experience in a research environ-
ment Restricted to students in the non-thesis M.S.
option. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 credits.
CHEM 702 Radiochemistry Laboratory (1-2) One or
two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Registra-
tion limited. Prerequisites: CHEM 403 (or concurrent
registration therein), and consent of instructor.
CHEM 703 Advanced Radiochemistry (2) Prerequi-
site- CHEM 403 and BCHM 462. Utilization of
radioisotopes with special emphasis on applications to
problems in the life sciences.
CHEM 704 Advanced Radiochemistry Laboratory
(1-2) One or two four-hour laboratory periods per
week Prerequisite: CHEM 702 and consent of instruc-
tor Laboratory training in the utilization of
radioisotopes with special emphasis on applications to
problems in the life sciences.
CHEM 705 Nuclear Chemistry (3) Nuclear structure
models, radioactive decay processes, nuclear reac-
tions in complex nuclei, fission, nucleosynthesis and
nuclear particle accelerators.
CHEM 718 Special Topics in Nuclear Chemistry (1-
3) One to three lectures per week. A discussion of
current research problems. Subtitles will be given at
each offering. Repeatable for credit to a maximum of
six hours.
CHEM 721 Organic Geochemistry (3) Prerequisite:
CHEM 201 or equivalent. A discussion of the fate of
natural organic products in the geological environ-
ment The influence of diagenetic factors, such as
hydrolysis, heat, pressure, etc., on such compounds as
cellulose, lignin, proteins, and lipids, detailed consider-
ation of the origin of soil organic matter, carbonaceous
shales, coal, and crude oil.
CHEM 722 Cosmochemistry (3) Prerequisite: CHEM
482 or equivalent. Current theories of origin and evolu-
tion of the solar system with emphasis on the experi-
mental data available to chemists from examination ot
meteorites, the moon, and the earth.
CHEM 723 Marine Geochemistry (3) Prerequisite
CHEM 481 or equivalent. The geochemical evolution
of the ocean; composition of sea water, density-
chlorinity-salinity relationship and carbon dioxide sys-
tem The geochemistry of sedimentation with empha-
sis on the chemical stability and inorganic and biologi-
cal production of carbonate, silicate and phosphate
containing minerals.
CHEM 727 Geochemical Differentiation (3) Distribu-
tion of the chemical elements in the earth and the
mechanisms by which the distributions came about.
CHEM 728 Selected Topics in Analytical
Geochemistry (2-3) One or two lectures per week
and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor This course will be subtitled each time it is
offered to indicate the analytical method discussed.
Repeatable for credit to a maximum of nine hours.
Enrollment will be limited.
CHEM 729 Special Topics in Geochemistry (1-3)
One to three lectures per week. A discussion of current
research problems. Subtitles will be given at each
offering. Repeatable for credit to a maximum of six
hours.
CHEM 750 Chemical Evolution (3) Prerequisite:
CHEM 441 or 721; BCHM 462 or ZOOL 446; or BOTN
616 or consent of instructor. The chemical processes
leading to the appearances of life on earth. Theoretical
and experimental considerations related to the
geochemical. organic, and biochemical phenomena ot
chemical evolution.
CHEM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
CHEM 898 Seminar (1)
CHEM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
laboratories in the following areas, transporta-
tion, systems analysis, environmental, hydrau-
lics structures, remote sensing, and soil me-
chanics A UNIVAC 1 106 and a UNIVAC 1 108,
complemented by remote access units located
in the Department and engineering building, are
available.
The Washington and Baltimore Metropoli-
tan Areas are easily accessible for data, field
studies, library access, contacts with national
organizations and attendance at national meet-
ings. The location of the University of Maryland
offers a unique opportunity to obtain an ad-
vanced degree in Civil Engineering.
Financial Assistance
Almost all full-time graduate students receive
financial assistance. Inquiries about financial
assistance and program information should be
directed to the Director of Graduate Studies,
Department of Civil Engineering.
Civil Engineering
Program
Professor and Chairman: Ragan
Professors: Birkner, Carter, Colville, Hems,
McCuen, Sternberg, Witczak
Associate Professors: Aggour, Garber, Piper,
Schelling, Vannoy
Assistant Professors: Alleman, Kavanagn,
Saklas, Schonfeld, Schwartz
The Department of Civil Engineering offers
qraduate work leading to the degrees of Master
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. All pro-
grams are planned on an individual basis by the
student and his advisor to consider the stu-
dent's background and special interests.
Courses and research opportunities are avail-
able in the general areas of transportation and
urban systems, environmental engineering and
water resources, structural engineering, and
geotechnical engineering. In general, emphasis
is on learning sound engineering principles and
applying them, to provide for the needs of man.
Admission and Degree
Information
Applicants for admission should hold a B.S.
degree in Civil Engineering. However, appli-
cants with undergraduate degrees in other dis-
ciplines may be accepted with the stipulation
that deficiencies in prerequisite undergraduate
course work be corrected before enrolling in
graduate courses. There are no entrance ex-
aminations required for the program.
Two options are available for the Master of
Science degree: thesis and non-thesis. The
Department's policies and requirements are the
same as the requirements of the Graduate
School.
The requirements for the Doctor of Philoso-
phy degree are the same as those imposed by
the Graduate School. An individual program of
study to suit the needs of the student is devel-
oped by the student and his advisor. The equiv-
alent of two years of full-time study beyond the
Master of Science degree is the minimum
requirement. The student must pass a qualifying
examination before being admitted to candida-
cy Normally, the qualifying exam is taken one
year after the completion of the M.S. degree.
There is no language requirement for the Ph.D.
degree.
Facilities and Special Resources
The research facilities of the Department are
available to graduate students. These include
Courses
ENCE 410 Advanced Strength of Materials (3) Pre-
requisites: ENES 220, ENCE 350 and MATH 246.
Strength and deformation of deformable bodies, plane
stress and strain. Torsion theory, unsymmetical bend-
ing curved beams. Behavior of beams, columns,
slabs, plates and composite members under load.
Elastic and inelastic stability.
ENCE 411 Experimental Stress Analysis (4) Three
lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
ENES 220 Application of experimental data on materi-
als to design problems. Correlation of analytical and
experimental methods of analysis with design. Electric
strain gages, photoelasticty, brittle laquer methods
and various analogies.
ENCE 420 Basic Civil Engineering Planning I (3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of the instruc-
tor Urban-regional physical planning from the civil
engineering viewpoint. Integration of the planning as-
pects of engineering, environmental, structural, trans-
portation and water resources into a systems ap-
proach to the practice of civil engineering. Also includ-
ed site construction, and engineering materials plan-
ning; engineering economics and evaluation; current
topics.
ENCE 421 Construction Engineering (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
ENCE 340 351, 370 or consent of instructor. The
ordering of engineered construction. Modern tech-
niques of construction planning, estimating, schedul-
ing operation, control. Construction methods. Con-
tract and resource management. Systems approach to
construction management practice.
ENCE 430 Hydraulic Engineering and Open Chan-
nel Flow (4) Three lectures and one laboratory per
week Prerequisite: ENCE 330. Application of basic
principles to the solution of engineering problems:
ideal fluid flow, mechanics of fluid resistance open
channel flow under uniform, gradually varied and rapid-
ly varied conditions, sediment transport, role of model
studies in analysis and design.
ENCE 431 Surface Water Hydrology (3) Prerequi-
sites- ENCE 330 and 360. Study of the physical
processes of the hydrologic cycle. Hydrometeorology
concepts of weather modification, evaporation and
transpiration infiltration studies, runoff computations,
flood routing, reservoir requirements, emphasis on
process simulation as a tool in water resource devel-
opment.
ENCE 432 Ground Water Hydrology (3) Prerequi-
sites- ENCE 330. Concepts related to the development
of the ground water resource, hydrogeology, hydrody-
namics of flow through porous media, hydraulics ot
wells, artificial recharge, sea water intrusion, basin-
wide ground water development.
ENCE 433 Environmental Engineering Analysis (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. The theory
and analytical techniques used in evaluating man s
environment. Emphasis is given to the areas of quanti-
tative physical, electroanalytical and organic chemis-
try as applied to chemical analysis of water.
ENCE 434 Air Pollution (3) Classification of at-
mospheric pollutants and their effects on visibility,
Civil Engineering Program 69
inanimate and animate receptors. Evaluation of source
emissions and principles of air pollution control; mete-
orological factors governing the distribution and re-
moval of air pollutants; air quality measurements and
air pollution control legislation
ENCE 435 Sanitary Engineering Analysis and De-
sign (4) Three lectures and one laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: ENCE 221 and ENCE 330. The applica-
tion of sanitary analysis and fundamental principles to
the design and operation of water and waste water
treatment plants and the control of stream pollution
ENCE 440 Engineering Soil Tests (4) Two lectures
and two laboratory sessions per week Prerequisite:
ENCE 340 or equivalent Critical review of major soil
tests and their interpretation for engineering purposes.
Engineering classification tests (Atterberg limits, grain-
size distribution, specific gravity), permeability and
seepage properties, in-situ and lab density-moisture
tests, soil strength (penetrometers, vane shear, CBR,
unconfined compression, direct shear and triaxial) and
compressibility characteristics.
ENCE 441 Soil-Foundation Systems (3) Prerequi-
site-ENCE 340 or equivalent. Critical review of classi-
cal lateral earth pressure theories, analysis of braced
excavation systems, cantilever and anchored sheet
piling design, bearing capacity of shallow foundations
(footings and mats) design of deep pile foundations to
include pile capacity and pile group action, and seismic
effects upon foundations are treated.
ENCE 442 Highway and Airfield Pavement Design
(3) Prerequisite: ENCE 340 or equivalent. Principles
relative to the design, construction and rehabilitation of
highway and airfield pavement systems. Introduction
to multi-layered elastic and slab theories, properties of
pavement materials and methods of characterization,
stochastic treatment of design variables, economic
principles of design alternates and the effect of envi-
ronment upon pavement performance A critical re-
view of existing rigid and flexible design methods as
well as major fundamentals relative to the rehabilita-
tion of existing pavement systems.
ENCE 450 Design of Steel Structures (3) Prerequi-
sites: ENCE 350 and pre- or corequisite registration in
ENCE 360. Analyses for stresses and deflections in
structures by methods of consistent deformations,
virtual work and internal strain energy. Application to
design of plate girders, indeterminate and continuous
trusses, two hinged arches and other structures. Ele-
ments of plastic analysis and design of steel struc-
tures.
ENCE 451 Design of Concrete Structures (4) Pre-
requisites: ENCE 351 and pre- or corequisite ENCE
360. Three lecture hours and one laboratory per week.
Design of reinforced concrete structures, including
slabs, footings, composite members, building frames,
and retaining walls. Approximate methods of analysis;
code requirements; influence of concrete properties
on strength and deflection; optimum design. Introduc-
tion to prestressed concrete design.
ENCE 460 Modern Techniques for Structural Anal-
ysis (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 360 and pre- or
corequisite: ENCE 351. Two lecture hours and one
laboratory per week. Application of computer-oriented
methods and numerical techniques to analysis and
design of structural systems. Matrix formulation of the
stiffness and flexibility methods for framed structures.
Introduction of numerical techniques to the solution of
selected problems in such topics as plates, structural
stability, and vibrations.
ENCE 461 Analysis of Civil Engineering Systems I
(3) Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of instruc-
tor. Application of the principles of engineering econo-
my and statistics to the solution of civil engineering
problems. Economic comparison of alternatives using
present worth, annual cost, rate of return and cost
benefit analyses. Development and use of simple and
multiple regression models, and statistical decision
theory
ENCE 463 Engineering Economics and System
Analysis (3) Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineer-
ing, or consent of instructor. Development and applica-
tion of the principles of engineering economics to
problems in civil engineering. Evaluation of design
alternatives, depreciation and sensitivity analysis. Use
of systems analysis techniques, including CPM, pert
and decision networks.
ENCE 470 Highway Engineering (4) Three lectures
and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
ENCE 340 Location, design, construction and mainte-
nance of roads and pavements. Introduction to traffic
engineering,
ENCE 473 Air and Water Transportation Engineer-
ing (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 370. Detailed study of the
planning, design, construction, operations and mainte-
nance of airports and waterways, emphasis on design
and operations of transportation facilities.
ENCE 474 Railroad Mass Transportation Engineer-
ing (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 370 Detailed study of the
planning, design, construction, operations, and main-
tenance of railroads and mass transportation systems,
emphasis on design and operations of transportation
facilities.
ENCE 489 Special Problems (3) Prerequisite: Senior
standing. A course arranged to meet the needs of
exceptionally well prepared students for study in a
particular field of civil engineering.
ENCE 600 Advanced Engineering Materials Labo-
ratory (3) Prerequisites: ENES 220, 221 and ENCE
300 or equivalent. Critical examination of the methods
for testing engineering materials and structures under
static, repeated, sustained and impact forces Labora-
tory experiments for the determination of strength and
stiffness of structural alloys, concrete and other con-
struction materials. Critical examination of the effects
of test factors on the determination of engineering
properties.
ENCE 601 Structural Materials and Design (3) Pre-
requisite: ENCE 410 and 41 1 or consent of instructor.
Relation of structural analysis, properties of materials
and laboratory study of the behavior of members to
structural design methods, codes and specifications.
Effects of temperature, loading rates and state of
combined stress on behavior of construction materi-
als.
ENCE 603 Theories of Concrete and Granular
Materials (3) Prerequisites: ENCE 600, or consent of
instructor. Critical reviews of analytical and experimen-
tal investigations of the behavior of concretes under
diverse conditions of loading and environment. Me-
chanics of granular aggregates and the chemistry of
cements. Theories of the design of Portland cement
and field experience.
ENCE 610 Advanced Strength of Materials (3) Pre-
requisites: ENES 220, 221 and ENCE 300, or equiva-
lent. Analysis for stress and deformation in engineer-
ing members by the methods of mechanics of materi-
als and elementary theories of elasticity and plasticity.
Problems in flexure, torison plates and shells, stress
concentrations, indeterminate combinations, residual
stresses, stability.
ENCE 612 Structures Research Methods and
Model Analysis (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and
ENCE 451 or equivalent. Instrumentation, data analy-
sis; states of stress; structural models, structural simili-
tude; analogies, non-destructive testing techniques;
planning research projects, lab studies and reports.
ENCE 620 Urban-Regional Civil Engineering Plan-
ning (3) First semester. Prerequisite: Degree in civil
engineering or consent instructor. Theory and method-
ology for the synthesis of general civil engineering
aspects of urban and regional planning. Integration of
land use conditions and capabilities, population factors
and needs, engineering economics and engineering
technologies. Application to special problems in urban-
regional development Preparation of engineering re-
ports. Presentation methods.
ENCE 621 Civil Engineering Planning (3) Second
semester. Prerequisite: ENCE 620 or equivalent. Gen-
eral to comprehensive planning of complex engineer-
ing facilities such as industrial plants, bridges, utilities
and transportation projects. Planning based on the
synthesis of all applicable factors. Emphasis on gener-
al civil engineering planning including site, structural
and construction planning. Plan evaluation and feasi-
bility.
ENCE 622 Urban and Regional Systems Analysis
(3) Prerequisite or corequisite: ENCE 461 or consent
of instructor. Current applications and research ap-
proaches in land-use forecasting, land-use evaluation,
urban transportation, land-use interrelationships, and
the planning implementation process in a systems
analytic framework.
ENCE 630 Analysis and Design of Water Resource
Systems (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 461 or equivalent
Use of advanced techniques for the design and analy-
sis of complex, multi-purpose water resource systems,
identification of the ob|ectives of design and transla-
tion of the objectives into design criteria, evaluation of
alternate designs and the selection of the best design;
special emphasis on optimization and simulation tech-
niques which are applicable to water resource sys-
tems
ENCE 631 Advanced Hydrologic Analysis (3) Em-
phasis is on the analysis of hydrologic data for the
development of information necessary for design or for
the identification of important processes; eigenvalue
and eigenvector analysis of linear hydrologic systems;
application of multivanant statistical methods; non-
linear least squares.
ENCE 632 Free Surface Flow (3) Prerequisite: ENCE
330 or equivalent Application of fundamentals of fluid
mechanics to problems of free surface flow; computa-
tion of steady and transient water surface profiles;
stratified flows in reservoirs and estuaries; diffusion;
transition structures; sediment transport.
ENCE 633 The Chemistry of Natural Waters (4)
Prerequisite: ENCE 433 or consent of instructor. Three
lectures, one lab a week. Application of principles from
chemical thermodynamics and kinetics to the study
and interpretation of the chemical characteristics of
natural water systems. The chemical composition of
natural waters is rationalized by considering metal ion
solubility controls, Ph, carbonate equilibria, absorption
reactions, redox reactions, and the kinetics of ox-
ygenation reactions which occur in natural water en-
vironments.
ENCE 634 Air Sampling and Analysis (3) Prerequi-
site: ENCE 434 or consent of instructor. Two lectures
and one laboratory a week. The theory and techniques
used in the determination and measurement of chemi-
cal, radiological, and biological pollutants in the atmos-
phere. Discussion of air sampling equipment, analyti-
cal methods and data evaluation
ENCE 635 Design of Water Purification Facilities
(3) Corequisite: ENCE 636 or equivalent. One lecture
and two laboratory periods a week. Application of
basic science and engineering science to design of
water supply and purification processes; design and
economics of unit operations as applied to environ-
mental systems.
ENCE 636 Unit Operations of Environmental Engi-
neering (3) Prerequsite: ENCE 221 or consent of
instructor. Properties and quality criteria of drinking
water as related to health are mterpretated by a
chemical and biological approach. Legal aspects of
water use and handling are considered Theory and
application of aeration, sedimentation, filtration, cen-
trifugation, desalinization. corrosion and corrosion
control are among topics to be considered.
ENCE 637 Biological Principles of Environmental
Engineering (4) Prerequisite: MICB 440 or equivalent.
Three lectures and one lab period a week An exposi-
tion of biological principles directly affecting man and
his environment; assay, control and treatment of bio-
logical and virological agents in water, sewage, and air;
microbiology and biochemistry of aerobic and anerobic
treatment processes lor aqueous wastes.
ENCE 640 Advanced Soil Mechanics (3) Prerequi-
sites: ENCE 340 or equivalent. Introduction to the use
of elastic theory in stress and displacement solutions
to geotechnical engineering (soil and rock mechanics)
The effect of soil moisture (at rest) relative to effective
stress principles, capillary and frost. Exact and numer-
ic techniques for the analysis for soil seepage under
isotropic and anisotropic conditions Classical settle-
ment (consolidation) and compressibility theones. in-
cluding finite difference solution for vertical and radial
drainage.
ENCE 641 Advanced Foundations (3) Prerequisite
ENCE 340 or equivalent Introduction to braced lateral
earth pressure concepts and theones applied to foun-
dations. Analysis of braced excavations, retaining
walls and design of cantilever and anchored sheet
piling systems. Principles of Cofferdam design, bearing
capacity theories related to shallow and deep founda-
tions; soil-foundation interactions for footing and mat
designs and analysis of single pile and pile group
foundations. Exact and numeric solution techniques
ENCE 642 Soil Dynamics (3) Pre- or corequisite
ENCE 640 or consent of instructor Introduction to field
and laboratory methods for determining the dynamic
characterization of soil at both small and large strain
levels Analysis and design of soil foundations sub-
jected to machinery generated vibrations. A critical
review of earthquake causes and their effect upon
70 Communication Arts and Theatre Program
foundations and earth structures relative to earth-
quake resistant design methodologies.
ENCE 643 Stability of Earth Structures (3) Prerequi-
site: ENCE 340 or equivalent. Shear strength of satu-
rated and partially saturated cohesive and cohesion-
less soils incorporating the effects of stress history
and in-situ stress conditions. Fundamentals of lateral
earth pressure and classical methods of analysis.
Integration of basic techniques of subsurface explora-
tion methods (equipment, sampling tubes, and number
of samples) with the above topics to critically analyze
stability of earth structures (landslides, slope stability
and earth dam stability).
ENCE 644 Engineering Soil Problems of North
America (3) Prerequisites: ENCE 340 or equivalent. A
critical review of the distribution of the soils in North
America with respect to engineering design and con-
struction problems. Design factors such as availability
of quality aggregate resouces, soil origin and texture,
high volume change soils, potentially poor subgrade
support conditions, and frost-susceptible soils.
ENCE 651 Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis
(3) Review of basic structural and matrix theory. Devel-
opment of force and displacement methods with em-
phasis on the latter. Discussion of special topics such
as geometric non-linearity, automated and optimum
design non-prismatic members and thin-walled open
sections and sub-division of large structures. Empha-
sis on applications to civil engineering structures.
ENCE 652 Analysis of Plate and Shell Structures (3)
Prerequisites: ENCE 410 and ENCE 381 or equivalent.
Review of theory of elasticity and in-plane forces;
theory of orthotropic plates; approximate methods;
large deflection theory, buckling; general theory of
shells, cylindrical shells, domes.
ENCE 655 Plastic Analysis and Design of Struc-
tures (3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. The
study of the factors effecting the plastic behavior of
steel structures and the criteria necessary for design.
The design of beams, rigid frames and multi-story
braced frames using current specifications. A review of
current research and practice.
ENCE 656 Advanced Steel Design (3) Prerequisite:
ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or equivalent. Interpretation
of specifications and codes for the design of steel
buildings and bridges. Discussion of the behavior of
steel connections, members and structures; the rela-
tionship between behavior and design specifications.
ENCE 657 Theory of Structural Design (3) Prerequi-
site: ENCE 656. Correlation of theory, experience, and
experiments in study of structural behavior, proportion-
ing, and preliminary design. Special design problems
of fatigue, buckling, vibrations, and impact.
ENCE 660 Engineering Analysis (3)
ENCE 661 Finite Element Techniques in Engineer-
ing Analysis (3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
Basic principles and fundamental concepts of the finite
element method. Consideration of geometric and ma-
terial nonlinearities, convergence, mesh gradation and
computational procedures in analysis. Applications to
plane stress and plane strain, plates and shells, eigen-
value problems, axi-symmetric stress analysis, and
other problems in civil engineering.
ENCE 670 Highway Traffic Characteristics and
Measurements (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 470 or con-
sent of instructor. The study of the fundamental traits
and behavior patterns of the road user and his vehicle
in traffic. The basic characteristics of the pedestrian,
the driver, the vehicle, traffic volume and speed,
stream flow and intersection operation, parking, and
accidents.
ENCE 671 Highway Traffic Operations (3) Prerequi-
site: ENCE 470. ENCE 670 or consent of instructor. A
survey of traffic laws and ordinances. The design,
application and operation of traffic control devices and
aids, including traffic signs and signals, pavement
markings, and hazard delineation. Capacity, accident,
and parking analyses.
ENCE 672 Regional Transportation Planning (3)
Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or consent of instructor. Fac-
tors involved and the components of the process for
planning statewide and regional transportation sys-
tems, encompassing all modes. Transportation plan-
ning studies, statewide traffic models, investment mo-
dels, programming and scheduling.
ENCE 673 Urban Transportation (3) Prerequisite:
ENCE 672 or consent of instructor. Relationship of
transportation to the total urban complex, the urban
transportation planning process, the models used to
achieve the various steps in the process and the
relationship of private and public transportation. Con-
sideration of the factors influencing the demand for
transportation and the socio-economic consequences
of transportation.
ENCE 674 Urban Transit Planning and Rail Trans-
portation Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or
consent of instructor. Basic engineering components
of conventional and high speed railroads and of air
cushion and other high speed new technology. The
study of urban rail and bus transit. The characteristics
of the vehicle, the supporting way, and the terminal
requirements will be evaluated with respect to system
performance, capacity, cost, and level of service.
ENCE 675 Airport Planning and Design (3) Prerequi-
site: ENCE 471 or consent of instructor. The planning
and design of airports including site selection, runway
configuration, geometric and structural design of the
landing area, and terminal facilities. Methods of financ-
ing airports, estimates of aeronautical demand, air
traffic control, and airport lighting are also studied.
ENCE 676 Highway Traffic Flow Theory (3) Prereq-
uisite: ENCE 461 . ENCE 462 or consent of the instruc-
tor. An examination of physical and statistical laws that
are used to represent traffic flow phenomena. Deter-
ministic models including heat flow, fluid flow, and
energy-momentum analogies, car following models,
and acceleration noise. Stochastic approaches using
independent and Markov processes, queuing models,
and probability distributions.
ENCE 677 Quantitative Methods in Transportation
Engineering (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 461 or consent of
instructor. Theory, methods and applications relevant
to the study of micro- and macro-scale transportation
systems, in terms of their behavior, design, and evalu-
ation. A selected overview of optimization, multivariate
statistics, stochastic processes and the general sci-
ence of systems decision processes will form the basis
for a selected study of pertinent examples.
ENCE 688 Advanced Topics in Civil Engineering
(1-3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Advanced
topics selected by the faculty from the current litera-
ture of civil engineering to suit the needs and back-
ground of students. May be taken for repeated credit
when identified by topic title.
ENCE 689 Seminar (1-16)
ENCE 731 Advanced Ground Water Hydrology (3)
Prerequisite: ENCE 432 or equivalent. Theory and
application of unsteady flow in porous media. Analysis
of one and two dimensional unsteady flow. Solutions
of non-linear equation of unsteady flow with a free
surface. Development and use of approximate numeri-
cal and graphical methods in the study of ground water
movement.
ENCE 732 Deterministic Models in Surface Water
Hydrology (3) A detained examination of the pro-
cesses controlling the quantity and quality of water-
shed runoff: emphasis is on the development of deter-
ministic mathematical models for process simulation;
role of land-phase processes in flood hydrology; evap-
oration and transpiration; models for urban watershed;
linkage for hydrograph synthesis.
ENCE 733 Applied Water Chemistry (4) Prerequisite:
ENCE 633 or consent of instructor. Three lectures,
one lab a week. A study of the chemistry of both
municipal and industrial water treatment processes.
Among the topics to be considered are water soften-
ing, stabilization, chemical destabilization of colloidal
materials, ion exchange, disinfection, chemical oxida-
tion and oxygenation reactions.
ENCE 734 Aerosol Science and Technology (3)
Prerequisite: ENCE 430 or equivalent. Physical proper-
ties of air-borne particles. Theories of: particle motion
under the action of external forces; coagulation;
Brownian motion and diffusion. Application of aerosols
in atmospheric sciences and industrial processes.
ENCE 735 Design of Municipal and Industrial
Wastes Treatment Facilities (3) Corequisite: ENCE
736 or equivalent. One lecture and two laboratory
periods a week. Application of basic science and
engineering science to design of municipal and indus-
trial waste treatment processes; design and econom-
ics of unit operations as applied to environmental
systems.
ENCE 736 Theory of Aqueous and Solid Waste
Treatment and Disposal (3) Prerequisites: ENCE 221
and fundamentals of microbiology, or consent of in-
structor. Theory and basic principles of treating and
handling waste products; hydraulics of sewers; biologi-
cal oxidation; principles and design criteria of biologi-
cal and physical treatment processes; disposal of
waste sludges and solids.
ENCE 737 Industrial Wastes (3) Corequisite: ENCE
736 or equivalent. A study of the characteristics of
liquid wastes from major industries, and the processes
producing the wastes. The theory and methods of
eliminating or treating the wastes, and their effects
upon municipal sewage-treatment plants, and receiv-
ing waters.
ENCE 738 Selected Topics in Porous Media Flow
(3) Prerequisite: ENCE 731. Analysis of two-liquid
flows for immiscible fluids, simultaneous flow of two
immiscible fluids and miscible fluids. Hydrodynamic
dispersion theories, parameters of dispersion and
solutions of some dispersion problems with emphasis
on migration of pollutants. A maximum of six hours
may be earned in this course.
ENCE 741 Aircraft Remote Sensing in Civil Engi-
neering (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 340 or equivalent or
consent of instructor. Theoretical and practical as-
pects of the use of remote sensing in engineering.
Emphasis on the interpretation of aerial photography
and infrared, radar, multispectral and other sensor
data. The planning of aerial and field remote sensing
missons and the applications of these sensors to
engineering programs including regional inventories,
route locations, environmental surveys and site in-
vestigations. Computer analysis of remote sensing
data is considered.
ENCE 742 Site Investigation (3) Prerequisite: ENCE
340 or equivalent or consent of instructor. A study of
various techniques for evaluating the physical environ-
ment and performing exploration programs for engi-
neering facilities. Methods for using various tech-
niques available for engineering site investigations,
including interpretation of topographic, geological and
agricultural soil maps; and the use of geophysical and
subsurface exploration systems.
ENCE 750 Analysis and Design of Structural Sys-
tems (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or
equivalent. Review of classical determinate and in-
determinate analysis techniques; numerical technique;
multistory buildings; space structures; suspension
bridges and cables structures; arches; long span
bridges.
ENCE 751 Advanced Problems in Structural Be-
havior (3) Prerequisite: ENCE 750 or equivalent. Elas-
tic and inelastic behavior of structural members and
frames; problems in torsion, stability and bending;
open and closed thin-walled sections; curved girders.
ENCE 753 Reinforced Concrete Structures (3) Pre-
requisite: ENCE 450 and 451 or equivalent. The be-
havior and strength of reinforced concrete members
under combined loadings, including the effects of
creep, shrinkage and temperature. Mechanisms of
shear resistance and design procedures for bond,
shear and diagonal tension. Elastic and ultimate
strength analysis and design of slabs. Columns in
multistory frames. Applications to reinforced concrete
strutures.
ENCE 754 Prestressed Concrete Structures (3)
Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and 451 or equivalent. Funda-
mental concepts of prestressed concrete. Analysis
and design of flexural members including composite
and continuous beams with emphasis on load balanc-
ing technique. Ultimate strength design for shear.
Design of post tensioned flat slabs. Various applica-
tions of prestressing including tension members, com-
pression members, circular prestressing, frames and
folded plates.
ENCE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ENCE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Communication Arts and
Theatre Program
Professor and Chairman: Aylward
Professors: Meersman, Pugliese, Wolvin
Associate Professors: Falcione, Freimuth,
Jamieson, Kirkley, Kolker, Linkow, O'Leary,
Weiss, G.S.
Communication Arts and Theatre Program 71
Assistant Professors: Cline, Conger,
duMonceau, Leong, McCaleb, McCleary,
Patterson, Philport, Thompson
Lecturer: Niles
The Department of Communication Arts and
Theatre offers the Master of Arts degree in
each of the three divisions: speech communica-
tion; theatre; radio-television-film. Within each
of these divisions it is possible to concentrate in
specific areas which are described below.
The Department also participates in the
Ph.D. degree in Public Communication, which
embraces all three divisions and the College of
Journalism. Although the Ph.D. program is inter-
disciplinary within the four areas, a student is
free to explore and concentrate in specific
areas such as rhetoric and public address,
organizational and political communication,
governmental communication, broadcast com-
munication, public relations, international com-
munication, science and medical communica-
tion, theatrical theory and aesthetics, theatre
history and cinema history and aesthetics. For
complete information on admission and degree
requirements, see the "Public Communication
Program" entry.
Admission and Degree
Information
For admission to the graduate program in any of
the divisions, the applicant must meet all
requirements of the Graduate School and pro-
vide acceptable Graduate Record Examination
Scores. If an applicant does not have the equiv-
alent of an undergraduate major in his field of
interest, opportunities exist for him to take
course work in preparation for subsequent ad-
mission. An M.A. degree in speech communica-
tion, radio-television-film, or theatre is normally
required for admission to to the doctoral pro-
gram, but will not in itself guarantee admission.
In evaluating applicants for admission, the De-
partment utilizes GRE scores; and in addition,
prospective doctoral students are .required to
submit evidence of scholarly potential.
The Department offers the M.A. degree
with thesis and non-thesis options. Along with
the minimum requirements established by the
Graduate School, each division of CMRT has
special requisites for the completion of its own
program. Graduate assistants are generally
able to complete their 30 hour programs in 18
months, while students without assistantships
most often finish in a calendar year.
Radio-Television-Film
A student in the Radio-Television-Film Division
may either concentrate in a particular area (film
or broadcasting, for example) or elect a more
general program covering the multiple aspects
of electronic and film communication. A student
whose academic goals extend beyond the
Radio-Television-Film Division may, upon ap-
proval of his advisor, take as many as twelve
credit hours in cognate fields in other divisions
or other departments of the University. Exam-
ples of such programs would include education-
al uses of media, broadcast management, and
electronic journalism.
Students may either pursue a traditional
research thesis or complete a production the-
sis. Before a production thesis will be approved,
the student must demonstrate his ability to
complete such a project through the submission
of a portfolio or equivalent evidence.
Speech Communication
Students who elect to pursue a program of
study in the Division of Speech Communication
are encouraged to develop programs reflecting
an understanding of the genesis, the nature,
and the effects of human speech behavior. A
student may concentrate within a specialized
area of Speech Communication (Political Com-
munication or Organizational Communication,
for example) or may elect a more general
course of study. Students in the Speech Com-
munication Division are urged to augment their
program of study with coursework in comple-
mentary disciplines and with communication
internships in the Washington, DC, Metropoli-
tan area.
Theatre
The M.A. program in Theatre is designed to
provide the student with opportunities to en-
hance artistic and creative talents and to devel-
op historical and critical faculties. The student
may pursue a general program or specialize in
such single areas of concentration as history
and criticism, performance, design and techni-
cal direction, children's theatre, musical theatre,
and arts management. The Division of Theatre
offers both the research thesis and the produc-
tion thesis. Before electing a production thesis,
a student must demonstrate proficiency in
his/her chosen area of concentration.
Facilities and Special Resources
The University of Maryland is within a few miles
of the John F. Kennedy Center for the Perform-
ing Arts, Arena Stage, and the National, Ford's
and Folger Theatres, and the Wolf Trap Farm
Park for the Performing Arts. In addition, a
number of Equity and non-Equity dinner the-
atres and semi-professional experimental the-
atres abound in the area.
Two of the greatest libraries in the world.
The Library of Congress and the Folger Shake-
speare Library are in close proximity to Campus.
Likewise, students regularly make use of the
Broadcast Pioneers Library, the Smithsonian
Institution, the National Archives and the more
than 50 specialized libraries and institutions in
the Washington metropolitan area.
The Department has use of the Tawes
Fines Arts Theatre, other smaller theatres on
campus, the Communication Research Center
and audio and video production facilities.
Financial Assistance
The Department is able to offer approximately
one-half of all full-time graduate students teach-
ing or research assistantships. A few additional
students are employed in various divisions of
the Department; these are required to pay their
own tuition and fees.
Additional Information
Descriptions of the Departmental programs and
divisions and other information may be obtained
by writing to Director of Graduate Studies, De-
partment of Communication Arts and Theatre,
University of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20742.
Courses
Radio, Television and Film
RTVF 402 Advanced Sound Production (3) Prereq-
uisite: RTVF 302 and consent of instructor An ad-
vanced sound production methodology in radio drama
and documentaries
RTVF 413 The History of the Film (3) An advanced
survey of the film as an an form Cinema pre-history.
actualities and the Lumiere tradition, Melies. Griffith,
and their contemporaries, the silent film (1920-29):
Germany, Russia, and the USA., screen comedy, the
sound film (1926-present): American and foreign mas-
ter directors, recent and current trends Recom-
mended prior to this course: RTVF 314.
RTVF 414 Contemporary American Cinema (3) Pre-
requisite: RTVF 222. An analysis of the trends and
major social issues in American culture as they are
expressed through the film medium. Emphasis on
'New Wave', experimental, underground, independent,
and cinema vente motion pictures.
RTVF 415 Contemporary European Cinema (3) A
comparative and critical analysis of the European
motion picture both as a distinct art form reflecting the
national character of a particular country and as a
medium for mass communications demonstrating the
universality of the human condition.
RTVF 417 Dramatic Writing for Broadcasting and
Film (3) Prerequisite: RTVF 317 or consent of instruc-
tor. An introduction to the principles, methods and
limitations of writing comedy, drama, and the docu-
mentary for radio, television, and film.
RTVF 418 The Film Auteur (3) The intensive
chronological study of the work of one European or
American film director each semester
RTVF 419 Film Genres (3) The study of one major film
genre each semester The Gangster Film, The West-
ern, Science Fiction and Horror. The Political Film).
Cinema develops formal and thematic conventions
and how, as a medium for reflecting social ideals and
needs. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits
RTVF 420 The Documentary Film (3) Growth, impli-
cation, and the use of the international nonfiction film
as propaganda, public service, promotion, education,
and entertainment. Case studies from representative
documentaries will be analyzed.
RTVF 421 Film Criticism and Theory (3) Critical-
aesthetic approaches to film in order to develop a
vocabulary for film analysis Included will be shot
analysis; montage and deep focus; the Auteur theory;
the role of screenwriter, director of photography, actor:
genre analysis; analysis of film as popular art.
RTVF 425 Television and Politics (3) Critical review
of studies of the effects of political broadcasts; legal
and social issues; surveys and media campaigns
RTVF 440 Television Direction (3) Prerequisites:
RTVF 340 and consent of instructor. Principles of
television direction including elements of composition,
picturization, timing, script notation and program coor-
dination.
RTVF 441 Television Direction II (3) Prerequisite
RTVF 440 or consent of instructor. Advanced theones
of television direction; script analysis and adaptation,
production coordination, casting, blocking, rehearsals
and mixing.
RTVF 449 Television Workshop (3) Two-hour lec-
ture, four-hour laboratory Prerequisites: RTVF 340.
440 and consent of instructor.
RTVF 450 Radio and Television Station Manage-
ment (3) The role of the manager in the modern
broadcasting industry. Station communication factors,
regulation, licensing, personnel functions, sales, pro-
gramming supervision, audience analysis, and station
promotion.
RTVF 451 Broadcast Criticism (3) An analysis of the
professional, historical, social, and psychological criti-
cism of American radio and television, together with
practical application of professional and scholarly criti-
cal methods.
RTVF 452 International and Comparative Broad-
casting Systems (3) A comparative study of interna-
tional broadcasting program policies, economic sys-
tems, control and organization The use of broadcast-
ing in international affairs as an instrument of propa-
ganda, culture and information dissemination Monitor-
ing of overseas broadcasts, television programs and
discussions with representatives of domestic and for-
eign international broadcast agencies
RTVF 453 Broadcast Regulation (3) Prerequisite:
RTVF 223. Legal issues involving radio and television:
freedom, restraints, self-regulation: regulation of pro-
gramming, competition, nghts as seen by the broad-
caster, regulatory agencies and the public
RTVF 454 Cable Television (3) Prerequisite: RTVF
223 History, regulatory development, system designs,
communications capability and franchising of cable
television.
RTVF 466 Film Production III, Synchronized Sound
Film Systems (3) Prerequisites: RTVF 355 and con-
sent of instructor. Synchronized sound and color tech-
nology with emphasis on the 16mm format
72 Communication Arts and Theatre Program
RTVF 467 Film Production IV, Advanced (3) Prereq-
uisites RTVF 464 and consent of instructor. Direction
and production of 16mm, color, synchronized sound
motion picture. Production management, cinematog-
raphy, and sound recording.
RTVF 498 Seminar (3) Prerequisites: Senior standing
and consent of instructor. Present day radio-television-
film research. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
RTVF 600 Introduction to Graduate Study in
Broadcasting (3)
RTVF 601 Visual Communication (3) A theoretical
analysis of aspects of perception, effects of visual
messages in human communication through television
and film.
RTVF 621 Formal Film Analysis (3) The elements
and composition of intensive analysis of selected
narrative films on a shot by shot basis.
RTVF 628 Seminar in Film (3) Studies of various
aspects of film. Subject matter changed each semes-
ter. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.
RTVF 629 Special Problems in Film (3) An experi-
mental course for the development of new ideas in
film. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credits, if
subject is different.
RTVF 640 Advanced Television Direction (3) Pre-
requisite: RATV 440 or consent of instructor. Principles
of television direction as applied to dramatic programs,
together with a consideration of the specific aesthetic
values of the television medium.
RTVF 642 History of Broadcasting (3) Seminar
study of the individuals, technological developments,
and social and economic factors responsible for the
development and direction of the broadcast media in
the United States.
RTVF 648 Seminar in Broadcasting (3) Studies of
various aspects of broadcasting. Subject matter
changed each semester.
RTVF 649 Special Problems in Broadcasting (3) An
experimental course for the development of new ideas
in broadcasting.
RTVF 662 Seminar in Political Broadcasting (3) A
seminar integrating the theory of mass communication
with rhetorical-critical theory in an analysis of major
political uses of the broadcast media.
RTVF 666 Producing and Production Management
for Film (3) Prerequisites: RTVF 357 or equivalent.
Management problems facing independent and or-
ganizational filmmakers, budgeting, production man-
agement, unions, financing, insurance, taxes, and dis-
tribution.
RTVF 699 Independent Study (1-3)
RTVF 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
Speech
SPCH 400 Introduction to Research Methodolo-
gies in Speech Communication (3) Prerequisite:
Speech communication major or minor or consent of
the instructor. An introductory survey of empirical and
historical — critical research methodologies in speech
communication. The course is designed to prepare the
student to understand and to conduct basic research
in the field.
SPCH 420 Advanced Group Discussion (3) Prereq-
uisite: SPCH 220 or consent of the instructor. An
examination of current research and techniques in the
discussion and conference, including extensive prac-
tice in various types of discussions. Emphasis is upon
small group leadership and dynamics.
SPCH 422 Interviewing (3) Prerequisite: Permission
of instructor. Speech principles and practices basic to
recognized types of interview, giving special attention
to behavioral objectives and communication variables
involved in the process of interviewing.
SPCH 423 Communication Processes in Confer-
ences (3) Prerequisite: One course in speech commu-
nication or consent of the instructor. Group participa-
tion in conferences, methods of problem solving, se-
mantic aspects of language, and the function of con-
ferences in business, industry and government
settings
SPCH 424 Business, Industrial and Government
Communication (3) Prerequisite: Permission of the
instructor. Structure, methodology and application ol
communication theory in the industrial setting will be
emphasized.
SPCH 440 Advanced Oral Interpretation (3) Prereq-
uisite: SPCH 240. A study of the advanced theories
and techniques employed in the interpretation of
prose, poetry and drama. Attention is given to selec-
tions, analyses, cuttings, script compilations, and the
planning of programs and performances in oral inter-
pretation.
SPCH 441 Readers Theatre (3) Prerequisite: SPCH
240 or consent of the instructor. Theories and tech-
niques of readers theatre will be analyzed to enhance
the interpreting and directing abilities of students.
Special attention will be given to interpretation and
direction of prose, drama, and script compilation.
SPCH 450 Classical and Medieval Rhetorical Theo-
ry (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of instructor.
The theories of speech-making and speech composi-
tion as propounded by the classical rhetoricians. Spe-
cial attention is given to Plato, Aristotle, Socrates,
Cicero, Ouintlian, and St. Augustine.
SPCH 451 Renaissance and Modern Rhetorical
Theory (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of the
instructor. A study of the development of modern
rhetorical theories in Europe and America with consid-
eration of the application of the theories to public
address. Special attention is given to Thomas
Sheridan, John Walker, George Campbell, Hugh Blair,
Richard Whately, James A. Winans, Charles Woolbert,
I. A. Richards, and Kenneth Burke
SPCH 455 Speechwriting (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 200
or consent of the instructor. Intensive study of rhetori-
cal principles of speech composition through study of
model speeches and through a practicum in speech
writing. Emphasis will be placed on the application of
research in speech writing to various forms and styles
of speeches.
SPCH 460 American Public Address 1635-1900 (3)
Prerequisite, SPCH 200 or consent of major historical
movements and influential spokesmen from 1635-
1900. Emphasis on the reign of theocracy, the Ameri-
can Revolution, the presidential inaugural as a rhetori-
cal type, the Compromise of 1850, the Lincoln-Doug-
las Debates, the Civil War rhetoric and The Populist
Movement.
SPCH 461 American Public Address in the 20th
Century (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of
instructor. Course examines the rhetorical develop-
ment of major historical movements and influential
spokesmen from 1900 to the present. Focus on the
progressive movement the rise of labor, women's
suffrage. McCarthyism and the evolution of pro- and
anti-war rhetoric.
SPCH 462 British Public Address (3) Prerequisite:
SPCH 200 or consent of the instructor. A biographical,
textual and critical-rhetorical study of great british
speakers and their influences. Special attention will be
devoted to the 'Golden Age' of British Oratory and to
the forms and styles of contemporary speakers.
SPCH 470 Listening (3) A study of the listening
process, listening variables, listening levels, and the
development of effective listening behavior.
SPCH 472 Nonverbal Communication (3) Survey of
nonverbal communication in human interaction; theory
and research on proxemics, kinesics and paralin-
guistics as expression of relationship, affect and orien-
tation within and across cultures.
SPCH 474 Communication Theory and Process (3)
A general survey of introductory material in communi-
cation theory.
SPCH 475 Persuasion in Speech (3) Prerequisite:
SPCH 200 or 230. A study of the bases of persuasion
with emphasis on recent experimental developments
in persuasion.
SPCH 476 Foundations of Speech Behavior (3) This
course will provide a study of the acquisition of
speech, the elements that influence speech behavior,
the influences of speech behavior, and a theoretical
framework for the analysis of communication situa-
tions. Students will apply the theory to analysis of
specific communication situations.
SPCH 477 Speech Communication and the Study
of Language Acquisition (3) Survey of language
acquisition and development in human communication
behavior; theory and research on language structure,
syntactic, phonological, and cognitive systems as an
influence of an individual's orientation and develop-
ment within and across cultures.
SPCH 478 Speech Communication Colloquim (1)
Current trends and issues in the field of speech
communication, stressing recent research methods.
Recommended for senior and graduate student maj-
ors and minors in speech communication. Repeatable
to a maximum of 4 hours.
SPCH 482 Intercultural Communication (3) The
major variables of communication in an intercultural
context. Communication problems created by cultural,
racial, and national differences; analysis of stereo-
types, values, and cultural assumptions influencing
verbal and nonverbal communication.
SPCH 483 Urban Communication (3) A study of
communication variations in the urban community,
exploration of strategies for improving communication.
SPCH 488 Speech Communication Internship (1-6)
Registration by permission of adviser only. This inde-
pendent internship is designed to give the speech
communication student practical career experience
with a speech communication professional in the
Washington metropolitan area. Limited to a maximum
of six credits.
SPCH 489 Speech Communication Workshop (1-6)
Workshops devoted to special, in-depth study in
speech communication. Course may be repeatable to
a maximum of six semester hours.
SPCH 498 Seminar (3) Prerequisites: Senior standing
and consent of instructor. Present-day speech re-
search.
SPCH 499 Honors Seminar (3) For honors students
only. Readings, symposiums visiting lectures, discus-
sions.
SPCH 600 Empirical Research in Speech Commu-
nication (3)
SPCH 601 Historical-Critical Research in Speech
Communication (3) Intense study in critical and his-
torical methodology as applicable to research in
speech communication. Emphasis will be placed on
the composition and the evaluation of historical-critical
studies of significance in the field of rhetorical commu-
nication scholarship.
SPCH 628 Organization Communication: Research
and Intervention (3) Prerequisite: SPCH 424 or con-
sent of the instructor. The role of the internal and
external communication consultant as an organization
change agent. Emphasis upon data gathered to facili-
tate the communication development of the organiza-
tion. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.
SPCH 655 Seminar in Speechwriting (3) Theoretical
and practical aspects of speechwritihg at an advanced
level.
SPCH 670 Seminar In Listening Behavior (3) Prereq-
uisite: SPCH 470 or consent of instructor. A study of
research in and measurement of listening behavior.
SPCH 680 Speech Communication Programs in
Education and Training (3) An analysis of instruc-
tional development in speech communication. Instruc-
tional objectives, strategies and evaluation are applied
to educational, corporate and industrial training pro-
grams.
SPCH 688 Speech Communication Field Experi-
ence (1-6) Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
Applications of speech communication principles and
research in professional communication settings.
SPCH 698 Special Problems in Speech Communi-
cation (3)
SPCH 720 Seminar in Small Group Communication
(3) The seminar will explore the variables involved in
small group communication (formation and member-
ship, leadership, functions, and current research prob-
lems). The focus of the course will be two-fold: (1) to
give the student a survey of small group communica-
tion theory, and (2) to provide some in-depth analysis
of current problems in small group communication.
SPCH 724 Seminar in Organizational Communica-
tion (3) Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor.
Theories and problems of human communication with-
in, between, and/or among formal organizations will
be emphasized.
SPCH 755 Seminar in Rhetorical Theory (3) Second
semester. Prerequisite: SPCH 460, 461 or 450. Exami-
nation of selected theories of style drawn from the
fields of rhetoric and literature, and analysis of model
speeches.
SPCH 760 Seminar in Political Communication (3)
Prerequisite: SPCH 601 or consent of the instructor. A
Communication Arts and Theatre Program 73
blend of theory and practice to integrate rheotrical-
cntical theory and empirical methods with politics.
Practitioners in political communication will be drawn
in as resource persons. Students will map the commu-
nication strategy for candidates and analyze actual
campaign strategies.
SPCH 762 Seminar in Public Address (3) An in-depth
study of national and international speakers and is-
sues throughout the history of the spoken word. Em-
phasis will be placed upon the application of rhetorical
principles to the analysis of world speakers and their
speeches
SPCH 775 Seminar in Persuasion and Attitude
Change (3) This seminar will concentrate on the
problem of making message strategy decisions.
Course content will consist of study of both theoretical
and empirical research on attitude and attitude change
in persuasive communication.
SPCH 776 Interpersonal Communication (3) Prob-
lems and processes of symbolic representation in
speech, the effects of language on communication,
semantic redundancy, and interaction between mean-
ing and the structure of oral language
SPCH 798 Independent Study (1-3) Prerequisite:
Consent of instructor An individual course designed
for intensive study or research of problems in any one
of the three areas of drama, general speech, or
radio/TV.
SPCH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
Theatre
THET 420 Styles and Theories of Acting (3) Prereq-
uisites: THET 120. 221. 320 or consent of instructor.
Emphasis on the philosophical basis and techniques
necessary for acting modern realistic drama and acting
period style dramas. In-depth study of Stanislavski
system and application of those techniques toward
performance in scenes. Examination and application
of the techniques necessary for the preparation and
performance of an acting score for performing Shake-
speare. Improvisation. Required attendance at live
theatre productions.
THET 429 Actor's Studio (1-3) Prerequisite: Consent
of instructor. Participation in dramatic roles executed
under faculty supervision in the department's produc-
tions. Eligible students must make commitments and
plan performances with course instructor during pre-
registration. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
THET 430 Advanced Directing tor the Stage (3)
Prerequisite: THET 330 or consent of instructor. Dis-
cussion of the preparation procedures and rehearsal
practices necessary for the presentation of a variety of
theatrical styles and forms. Emphasis on understand-
ing the relationship between the director, the actor, the
script and the audience. A series of student directed
scenes supplemented by attendance at theatre
productions.
THET 440 Children's Dramatics (3) Principles and
methods of creative dramatics as applied in the class-
room or community center for elementary, secondary
and exceptional children. Supervised conducting of
classes in creative dramatics at the University, nearby
community centers or schools.
THET 445 Directing Plays for Children's Theatre (3)
Prerequisite: THET 440. An introduction into the formal
elements of directing plays for children. The organiza-
tion of large groups of children in the framework of
children's theatre. History of children's theatre, script
analysis, and basic directing skills for staging child-
ren's theatre. A final presentation of a short estab-
lished or original children's play is required.
THET 450 American Musical Comedy (3) The evolu-
tion of musical comedy through opera to early Ameri-
can extravaganzas and minstrels to the musicals of
the 1920's and 1930's. The development and high-
lights of the form since 1940 The function and form of
the libretto, music and lyrics, and the roles of the
creative personnel of a musical production Work-
shops in performance skills.
THET 460 Theatre Management I (3) The practical
tools of theatre management: production philosophies,
selecting and balancing a season, tickets and box
office procedures, budgeting, graphic arts production,
advertising, publicity and other promotional devices
THET 461 Theatre Management II (3) Prerequisite
THET 460 or consent of instructor Case studies,
discussions, lectures and proiects concerning ad-
vance theatre management decision making and ad-
ministration, including such areas as personnel rela-
tions, contract negotiations, theatrical unions, fund
raising, touring, audience development and public rela-
tions.
THET 471 Advanced Scenic Design (3) Prerequi-
sites: THET 170, 273. 375 or consent of instructor.
Study of period styles and techniques in scenic design.
Emphasis on individual proiects and multi-use the-
atres.
THET 476 Principles and Theories of Stage Light-
ing (3) Prerequisite: THET 170, recommended THET
273. A study of the theories of electnfication, instru-
ments, design, color, and control for stage and televi-
sion. Brief survey of sound for the theatre. Practical
work on productions.
THET 477 Advanced Lighting Design (3) Prerequi
site: THET 476 Study of history and theory of lighting
design. Design exercises in proscenium, in-the-round,
thrust, outdoor pageant, circus, concert, spectacle,
dance and television lighting. A survey of lighting
companies and equipment and architectural lighting.
THET 479 Theater Workshop (1-3) Prerequisite:
THET 170 and permission of the instructor. Participa-
tion in the technical aspects of theatre production in
selected University and experimental theatre produc-
tions. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
THET 480 Stage Costume Design I (3) Prerequisite:
THET 282. Basic principles of theatre costume design
and introduction to rendering skills. Emphasis on de-
velopment of design conception, unity, character
statement, basic clothing design and period style ad-
aptation.
THET 481 Stage Costume Design II (3) One lecture
and six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
THET 480. An advanced study of costume design and
interpretation leading to understanding and facility in
design of stylized productions. Emphasis on design for
musical comedy, dance theatre, opera and various
non-traditional forms of theatre production.
THET 485 Advanced Makeup (3) Prerequisite: THET
180 or consent of instructor. Advanced techniques and
materials in makeup for the theatre, television and film
Practical work with three-dimensional makeup (pros-
thetic devices), hair pieces, mask-making and sylized
makeup. Opportunity to develop skills in a creative
approach to makeup design
THET 490 History of the Theatre I (3) Evolution of
the theatre from primitive origins, through the early
renaissance with emphasis on playwnghts and plays,
theatre architecture and decor, and significant per-
sonalities. Extensive use of graphic material, play
reading, related theatre-going
THET 491 History of the Theatre II (3) A continuation
of THET 490 beginning with the 16th century and
progressing into the 20th, examining the late Renais-
sance, Elizabethan, Restoration, 1 7th to 19th century
European, and early American theatres Emphasis on
dramatic forms and styles, theatre architecture and
decor, and significant personalities. Extensive use of
graphic material, play reading, related theatre-going
THET 495 History of Theatrical Theory and Criti-
cism (3) The development of theatrical theory and
criticism from the Greeks to the modern theorist. The
philosophical basis of theatre as an art form Important
theorists and the practical application of their theones
in either play scripts or theatrical productions. Re-
quired attendance at selected live theatre productions
THET 499 Independent Study (3) Prerequisite: Per-
mission of instructor. An independent study course in
which each student completes an assigned maior
theatre project under close faculty supervision. Pro-
jects may culminate with term papers, scenic or cos-
tume designs, or a stage production Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits.
THET 600 Introduction to Graduate Study in Thea-
tre (3)
THET 669 Independent Study (1-3)
THET 678 Theory of Visual Design for the Perform-
ing Arts (3) Prerequisite: THET 375 or consent of
instructor. An historical and theoretical study of design
practices in the performing arts.
THET 688 Special Problems in Drama (3) The prepa-
ration of adaptations and other protects in dramaturgy
THET 689 Theories of the Drama (3) Advanced
study of the identification and development of dramat-
ic form from the early Greek drama to contemporary
forms; the aesthetics of theatre arts; and dramatic
criticism.
THET 698 Seminar— Studies in Theatre (3) Re-
search projects adapted to individual back-
grounds and special work.
THET 699 The Theory of Pre-Modern Dramatic
Production (3) An historical survey of production
styles.
THET 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
74
Comparative Literature
Program
Professor and Director: Fuegi
Professors: Barry, Best, Bryer, Freedman,
Goodwyn, Gramberg, Hering, Holton Jones,
MacBain, Panichas, J. Russell, Salmanca,
Whittemore
Associate Professors: Beiken, Coogan,
Demaitre, Fink, Fleck, Greenwood, Mack, C.
Russell
Assistant Professors: Peterson
The Program in Comparative Literature offers
graduate work leading to the degrees of Master
of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy.
The CMLT Program draws on a distin-
guished faculty in several departments and of-
fers concentrated work in Medieval and Renais-
sance studies, and in major movements and
genres of the modern period including the Eigh-
teenth Century. Though the focus of courses
and seminars is usually specifically literary, in-
terdisciplinary work is very much encouraged as
is practical criticsm in the arts. Departments
cooperating in the Program include: American
Studies, Classics, English, French and Italian,
German and Slavic, History, Spanish and Portu-
guese, Dramatic Arts, Radio-Television-Film,
and the Women's Studies Programs.
Admission and Degree
Information
Applicants should have a strong background in
the arts and humanities. Since advanced work
in Comparative Literature is based on the prem-
ise that literature should be read in the original
whenever possible, students are expected to be
able to read at least one language other than
English with a high degree of aesthetic ap-
preciation. Ph.D. students are expected to use
at least two foreign languages actively in their
work, and it is assumed that efforts will be made
to develop an acquaintance with one or two
additional languages. Entrance examinations
are not required, but high scores on GRE litera-
ture and language examinations will add weight
to applications.
Students take courses in CMLT and in two
other departments of literature. The M.A. de-
gree requires thirty hours, either 24 hours of
course work and a thesis, or thirty hours of
course work and a comprehensive examination.
No specific number of hours is required for the
Ph.D., as the number will vary according to the
preparation and goals of the individual student;
the average has been eight to ten courses
beyond the M.A. A Master's degree is a re-
quired step toward the Ph.D. The Ph.D. com-
prehensive examinations cover four major
areas, determined after consultation with the
individual student's committee.
Facilities and Special Resources
The resources of the Kennedy Center, the
Folger Library, the American Film Institute, Ken-
nan Institute, and Dumbarton Oaks are regularly
drawn upon as are internship possibilities in the
greater Washington area and graduate ex-
change programs with European Universities.
Financial Assistance
Various assistantships and general university
fellowships are available. CMLT students may
teach in various departments cooperating in the
CMLT Program and may be considered for a
year abroad as a teacher at cooperating Euro-
pean universities.
Courses
CMLT 401 Introductory Survey of Comparative
Literature (3) Survey of the background of European
literature through study of Greek and Latin literature in
English translations, discussing the debt of modern
literature to the ancients.
CMLT 402 Introductory Survey of Comparative
Literature (3) Study of the medieval and modern
continental literature.
CMLT 411 The Greek Drama (3) The chief works of
Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes in
English translations. Emphasis on the historic back-
ground, on dramatic structure, and on the effect of the
attic drama upon the mind of the civilized world.
CMLT 415 The Old Testament as Literature (3) A
study of sources, development and literary types.
CMLT 416 New Testament as Literature A study of
the books of the New Testament, with attention to the
relevant historical background and to the transmission
of the text. A knowledge of Greek is helpful, but not
essential.
CMLT 421 The Classical Tradition and its Influence
in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance. (3) Em-
phasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek
or Latin required.
CMLT 422 The Classical Tradition and its Influence
in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance. Emphasis
on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin
required.
CMLT 430 Literature of the Middle Ages (3) Narra-
tive, dramatic and lyric literature of the Middle Ages
studied in translation.
CMLT 433 Dante and the Romance Tradition (3) A
reading of the Divine Comedy to enlighten the discov-
ery of reality in western literature.
CMLT 461 Romanticism — Early Stages (3) Empha-
sis on England, France and Germany. Reading knowl-
edge of French or German required.
CMLT 462 Romanticism — Flowering and Influence
(3) Emphasis on England, France and Germany.
Reading knowledge of French or German required.
CMLT 469 The Continental Novel (3) The novel in
translation from Stendhal through the existentialists,
selected from literatures of France, Germany, Italy,
Russia, and Spain.
CMLT 470 Ibsen and the Continental Drama (3)
Emphasis on the major work of Ibsen, with some
attention given to selected predecessors, contempo-
raries and successors.
CMLT 479 Major Contemporary Authors (3)
CMLT 488 Genres (3) A study of a recognized literary
form, such as tragedy, epic, satire, literary criticism,
comedy, tragicomedy, etc. The course may be re-
peated for cumulative credit up to six hours when
different material is presented.
CMLT 489 Major Writers (3) Each semester two
major writers from different cultures and languages will
be studied. Authors will be chosen on the basis of
significant relationships of cultural and aesthetic con-
texts, analogies between their respective works, and
the importance of each writer to his literary tradition.
CMLT 496 Conference Course in Comparative Lit-
erature (3) Second semester A tutorial type discus-
sion course, correlating the courses in various litera-
tures which the student has previously taken with the
primary themes and masterpieces of world literature.
This course is required of undergraduate majors in
comparative literature, but must not be taken until the
final year of the student's program.
CMLT 498 Selected Topics in Comparative Litera-
ture (3)
CMLT 601 Problems in Comparative Literature (3)
CMLT 610 Folklore in Literature (3)
CMLT 631 The Medieval Epic (3)
CMLT 632 The Medieval Romance (3)
CMLT 639 Studies in the Renaissance (3) Repeata-
ble to a maximum of nine hours.
CMLT 640 The Italian Renaissance and its Influ-
ence (3)
CMLT 642 Problems of the Baroque in Literature
(3)
CMLT 649 Studies in Eighteenth Century Literature
(3) Studies in eighteenth century literature: as an-
nounced. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours.
CMLT 658 Studies in Romanticism (3) Studies in
Romanticism: as announced. Repeatable to a maxi-
mum of 9 hours.
CMLT 679 Seminar in Modern and Contemporary
Literature (3) Seminar in modern and contemporary
literature: as announced. Repeatable to a maximum of
9 hours.
CMLT 681 Literary Criticism — Ancient and Medie-
val (3)
CMLT 682 Literary Criticism — Renaissance and
Modern (3)
CMLT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
CMLT 801 Seminar in Themes and Types (3)
CMLT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Computer Science
Program
Professor and Chairman: Yeh
Professors: Atchison, Chu 2 , Edmundson 3 ,
Kanal, Minker 4 , Stewart 4
Associate Professors: Agrawala, Austing,
Basili, Hamlet, Rieger, Shneiderman Zelkowitz
Assistant Professors: Brodie, Dowdy, Gannon,
Gligor, Jacobs, Kim, Nau, O'Leary, Privitera,
Samet, Tripathi, Weiser, Zave
Research Professor: Rosenfeld 1
Adjunct Professor: Mills, H
'joint appointment with Computer Science
Center.
2 joint appointment with Electrical Engineering.
3 joint appointment with Mathematics
4 joint appointment with Insitute for Physical
Science and Technology.
Computer Science Program 75
The Department of Computer Science offers
graduate programs leading to the degrees of
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in
the following areas: applications, artificial intel-
ligence, computer systems, information pro-
cessing, numerical analysis, programming lan-
guages, and theory of computing.
Admission and Degree
Information
Admission and degree requirements specific to
the graduate programs in computer science are
described in a brochure available through the
Departmental Education Office. There are two
options for the master's degree: 24 hours of
course work plus the completion of a thesis: or
33 hours of course work, a comprehensive
examination plus the completion of a scholarly
paper. There is no minimum course requirement
in the doctoral program. The number and varie-
ty of courses offered each semester enables
students and their advisors to plan individual-
ized degree programs.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department maintains a laboratory con-
sisting of several PDP 1 1 /45 computer sys-
tems, display devices, peripheral equipment,
and utilizes the UNIVAC 1108/1140 computer
system maintained by the Computer Science
Center.
Additional Information
For information on degree programs and gradu-
ate assistantships. contact: Dr. Richard H. Aust-
ing, Department of Computer Science.
Courses
CMSC 400 Introduction to Computer Languages
and Systems (3) Prerequisite: MATH 241 or equiva-
lent. A terminal course suitable for non-CMSC majors
with no programming background. Organization and
characteristics of computers. Procedure oriented and
assembly languages Representation of data, charac-
ters and instructions Introduction to logic design and
systems organization Macro definition and generation.
Program segmentation and linkage Extensive use of
the computer to complete proiects illustrating pro-
gramming techniques and machine structure. (CMSC
400 may not be counted for credit in the graduate
program in Computer Science.)
CMSC 411 Computer System Architecture (3) Pre-
requisite: CMSC 31 1 or equivalent. Input/output
processors and techniques. Intra-system communica-
tion, buses, caches. Addressing and memory hierar-
chies. Microprogramming, parallelism, and pipeling.
CMSC 412 Operating Systems (3) Prerequisite:
CMSC 311 or equivalent. An introduction to batch
systems, spooling systems, and third-generation mul-
tiprogramming systems. Description of the parts of an
operating system in terms of function, structure, and
implementation. Basic resource allocation policies.
CMSC 415 Systems Programming (3) Prerequisite:
CMSC 220. 410. Basic algorithms of operating system
software. Memory management using linkage editors
and loaders, dynamic relocation with base registers,
paging. File systems and input/output control. Proces-
sor allocation for multiprogramming, timesharing. The
emphasis of the course is on practical systems pro-
gramming, including projects such as a simple linkage
editor, a stand-alone executive, a die system, etc.
CMSC 420 Data Structures (3) Prerequisite: CMSC
220 or equivalent. Description, properties, and storage
allocation of data structures including lists and trees.
Algorithms for manipulating structures. Applications
from areas such as data processing, information re-
trieval, symbol manipulation, and operating systems.
CMSC 426 Image Processing (3) Prerequisite: CMSC
420 or equivalent. An introduction to basic techniques
of analysis and manipulation of pictorial data by com-
puter. Image input/output devices, image processing
software, enhancement, segmentation, property
measurement, fourier analysis. Computer encoding,
processing, and analysis of curves.
CMSC 430 Theory of Language Translation (3)
Prerequisite: CMSC 120 and 250, or equivalent. CMSC
330 recommended Formal translation of programming
languages, program syntax and semantics Finite state
grammars and recognizers. Context free parsing tech-
niques such as recursive descent, prededence. LL(K).
LR(K) and SLR(K) Machine independent code im-
provement and generation, syntax directed translation
schema Not open to students who have credit for
CMSC 440
CMSC 432 Compiler Writing (3) Prerequisites: CMSC
220, 330. 430 A detailed examination of a compiler for
an algebraic language designed around the writing of a
compiler as the major part of the course. Scanning and
parsing, code generation, optimization and error recov-
ery, and compiler-writing techniques such as boot-
strapping and translator writing systems.
CMSC 435 Software Design and Development (3)
Prerequisite: CMSC 420 and 430. or equivalent State-
of-the-art techniques in software design and develop-
ment. Laboratory experience in applying the tech-
niques covered. Structured design, structured pro-
gramming, top-down design and development, seg-
mentation and modularization techniques, iterative en-
hancement, design and code inspection techniques,
correctness, and chief-programmer teams. The devel-
opment of a large software proiect.
CMSC 450 Elementary Logic and Algorithms (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 240 or consent of instructor. This
is the same course as MATH 444. An elementary
development of propositional logic, predicate logic, set
algebra, and Boolean algebra, with a discussion of
Markov algorithms, turing machines and recursive
functions. Topics include post productions, word prob-
lems, and formal languages.
CMSC 452 Elementary Theory of Computation (3)
Prerequisites: CMSC 120. 250. This course is intended
to serve two purposes: (1) an introduction to the theory
of computation, and (2) a tie between many abstract
results and their concrete counterparts. This course
establishes a theoretical foundation for the proper
understanding of the inherent limitations and actual
power of digital computers. Also, it provides a relatively
uniform way of stating and investigating problems that
arise in connection with the computation of particular
functions and certain classes of functions. Topics
covered include an introductory treatment of classes
of computable functions, computability by register ma-
chines, computability by turing machines, unsolvable
decision problems, concrete computational complexi-
ty, and complexity of loop programs.
CMSC 455 Elementary Formal Language Theory
(3) Prerequisites: CMSC 120, 250. This course is
intended to serve as an introduction to the theory of
formal languages. This theory is encountered in the
study of both programming languages and natural
languages, and consequently will be useful in nu-
merous other courses in Computer Science at the
undergraduate and graduate levels. Topics covered
include the highlights of Chomsky's hierarchy of gram-
mars and Chomsky's hierarchy of languages, a sum-
man/ treatment of acceptors related to these lan-
guages, and a brief introduction to the theory of
transformational grammars.
CMSC 460 Computational Methods (3) Prerequi-
sites: MATH 240, 241. and CMSC 1 10. or equivalent
Basic computational methods for interpolation, least
squares, approximation, numerical quadrature, numeri-
cal solution of polynomial and transcendental equa-
tions, systems of linear equations and initial value
problems for ordinary differential equations. Emphasis
on the methods and their computational properties
rather than on their analytic aspects. (Listed also as
MAPL 460.)
CMSC 470 Numerical Mathematics: Analysis (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 240 and 241. CMSC 110 or
equivalent. This course with MAPL/CMSC 471, forms
a one-year introduction to numerical analysis at the
advanced undergraduate level Interpolation, numeri-
cal differentiation and integration, solution of nonlinear
equations, acceleration of convergence, numencal
treatment of differential equations Topics will be sup-
plemented with programming assignments (Listed
also as MAPL 470.)
CMSC 471 Numerical Mathematics: Linear Algebra
(3) Prerequisites: MATH 240 and 241; CMSC 110 or
equivalent. The course, with MAPL/CMSC 470. lorms
a one-year introduction to numerical analysis at the
advanced undergraduate level Direct solution ol linear
systems, norms, least squares problems, the symmet-
ric eigen-value problem, basic iterative methods. Top-
ics will be supplemented with programming assign-
ments (Listed also as MAPL 471.)
CMSC 475 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 240 and MATH 241 General
Enumeration methods, difference equations, generat-
ing functions Elements of graph theory, matrix
representations of graphs, applications of graph theory
to transport networks, matching theory and graphical
algorithms (Also listed as MATH 475 )
CMSC 477 Optimization (3) Pre-equisites: CMSC 110
and MATH 405 or MATH 474. Linear programming
including the simplex algorithm and dual linear pro-
grams, convex sets and elements of convex pro-
gramming, combinatorial optimization integer pro-
gramming (Listed also as MAPL 477 )
CMSC 480 Simulation of Continuous Systems (3)
Prerequisite CMSC 280 or equivalent Introduction to
digital simulation; simulation by mimic programming;
simulation by fortran programming; simulation by
DSL/90 (or CSMP) programming, logic and construc-
tion of a simulation processor; similanty between digi-
tal simulations of continuous and discrete systems
CMSC 498 Special Problems in Computer Science
(1-3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor An in-
dividualized course designed to allow a student or
students to pursue a specialized topic or proiect under
the supervision of the senior staff Credit according to
work done.
CMSC 612 Computer Systems Theory (3) Prerequi-
site: CMSC 411, CMSC 412. CMSC 250. and STAT
400. or equivalent. Basic theoretical results in comput-
er systems, including synthetic models of system
structure, analytical (probabilistic) models of system
structure, analysis of computer system mechanisms,
analysis of operating system mechanisms, and analy-
sis of resource allocation policies
CMSC 620 Problem Solving Methods in Artificial
Intelligence (3) Prerequisites: CMSC 420 and 450
Underlying theoretical concepts in solving problems by
heunstically guided trial and error search methods.
State-space problem reduction, and first-order predi-
cate calculus representations for solving problems.
Search algorithms and their optimality' proofs.
CMSC 630 Theory of Programming Languages (3)
Prerequisite: CMSC 430 Syntactic and semantic mo-
dels of programming languages Finite state proces-
sors and their application to lexical analysis Context
free languages. LR(K). precedence languages as mo-
dels of programming languages Extensions to context
free grammars such as property grammars, inhented
and synthesized attributes. Van Wijngearden gram-
mars (ALGOL 68), abstract syntax, the Vienna defini-
tion language, graph models. Translator wnting sys-
tems.
CMSC 640 Computability and Automata (3) Intro-
duction to formal treatment of abstract computing
devices and the concept of effective procedure'
Major topics: (1) Finite-state automata. Finite-state
transducers and acceptors, finite-state languages, reg-
ular expressions and sets. (2) Turing machines, com-
putability. and partial recursive functions. The tunng
formalism as a model of the computation process: (3)
Representative models of digital computers
CMSC 660 Algorithmic Numerical Analysis (3) Pre-
requisites. MATH/CMSC 460 or 470. and CMSC 1 10
Detailed study of problems arising in the implementa-
tion of numerical algorithms on a computer Typical
problems include rounding errors, their estimation and
control; numencal stability considerations, stopping
criteria for converging processes; parallel methods
Examples from linear algebra, differential equations.
minimization. (Also listed as MATH 684)
CMSC 700 Translation of Programming Languages
(3) Prerequisites: CMSC 420 and 440 Application of
theoretical concepts developed in formal language
and automata theory to the analytic design of pro-
gramming languages and their processors Theory of
push-down automata, precedence analysis, and
bounded-context syntactic analysis as models of syn-
tactic portion of translator design Design cntena un-
derlying compiler techniques, such as backtracking
and lookahead. Methods for analyzing translator
operation in terms of estimating storage space and
translation time requirements Current version of
Backus-Naur form Associated semamc notations for
specifying the operation of programming language
translators.
76 Counseling and Personnel Services Program
CMSC 710 Simulation of Computers and Software
(3) Prerequisite: CMSC 410 or equivalent. Computer
simulation language, marco and micro simulation,
Boolean translation, software-hardware transforma-
tion, description and simulation of a microprogrammed
computer, construction and simulation of an assem-
bler, project for unified hardware-software design.
CMSC 720 Information Retrieval (3) Prerequisite:
CMSC 420. Designed to introduce the student to
computer techniques for information organization and
retrieval of natural language data. Techniques of sta-
tistical, syntactic and logical analysis of natural lan-
guage for retrieval, and the extent of their success.
Methods of designing systems for use in operational
environments. Applications to both data and document
systems.
CMSC 723 Computational Linguistics (3) Prerequi-
site: CMSC 420. Introductory course on applications of
computational techniques to linguistics and natural-
language processing. Research cycle of corpus selec-
tion, pre-editing, key-punching, processing, post-edit-
ing, and evaluation. General-purpose input, process-
ing, and output routines. Special-purpose programs for
sentence parsing and generation, segmentation, idiom
recognition, paraphrasing, and stylistic and discourse
analysis. Programs for dictionary, thesaurus, and con
cordance compilation, and editing. Systems for auto
matic abstracting, translation, and question-answering
CMSC 725 Mathematical Linguistics (3) Prerequi
sites: CMSC 640 and STAT 400. Introductory course
on applications of mathematics to linguistics. Elemen
tary ideas in phonology, grammar, and semantics
Automata, formal grammars and languages. Chom
sky's theory of transformational grammars, Yngve's
depthhypothesis and syntactic complexity. Markov
chain models of word and sentence generation, Shan
non's information theory, Carnap and Bar-Hillel's se
mantle theory, lexicostatistics and stylostatistics.
Zopf's Law of Frequency and Mandelbrot's Rank
Hypothesis. Mathematical models as theoretical foun-
dation for computational linguistics.
CMSC 730 Artificial Intelligence (3) Prerequisites:
CMSC 620 and STAT 401. Heuristic programming;
tree search procedures. Programs for game playing,
theorem finding and proving, problem solving; multiple-
purpose programs. Conversation with computers;
question-answering programs. Trainable pattern clas-
sifiers-linear, piecewise linear, quadratic, 'O', and mul-
tilayer machines. Statistical decision theory, decision
functions, liklihood ratios; mathematical taxonomy,
cluster detection. Neural models, computational prop-
erties of neural nets, processing of sensory informa-
tion, representative conceptual models of the brain.
CMSC 733 Computer Processing of Pictorial Infor-
mation (3) Prerequisite: CMSC 420. Input, output, and
storage of pictorial information. Pictures as information
sources, efficient encoding sampling, quantization, ap-
proximation. Position-invariant operations on pictures,
digital and optical implementations, the pax language,
applications to matched and spatial frequency filtering.
Picture quality, 'image enhancement' and 'image res-
toration'. Picture properties and pictorial pattern recog-
nition. Processing of complex pictures; 'figure' extrac-
tion, properties of figures. Data structures for pictures
description and manipulation; 'picture languages'.
Graphics systems for alphanumeric and other sym-
bols, line drawings of two- and three-dimensional
objects, cartoons and movies.
CMSC 737 Topics in Information Science (3) Pre-
requisite: Permission of the instructor. This is the same
course as LBSC 721 . Definition of information science,
relation to cybernetics and other sciences, systems
analysis, information, basic constraints on information
systems, processes of communication, classes and
their use. optimalization and mechanization.
CMSC 740 Automata Theory (3) Prerequisite: CMSC
640. This is the same course as ENEE 652. Introduc-
tion to the theory of abstract mathematical machines.
Structural and behavioral classification of automata.
Finite-state automata; theory of regular sets. Push-
down automata. Linear-bounded automata. Finite
transducers. Turing machines; universal turing ma-
chines.
CMSC 745 Theory of Formal Languages (3) Prereq-
uisite: CMSC 640. Formal grammars; syntax and se-
mantics. Post productions; Markov algorithms. Finite-
state languages, parsing, trees, and ambiguity. Theory
of regular sets. Context-free languages; pushdown
automata. Context-sensitive languages; linear-bound-
ed automata. Unrestricted rewriting systems; turing
machines. Closure properties of languages under
operations. Undecidability theorems.
CMSC 750 Theory of Computability (3) Prerequisite
CMSC 640. Algorithms; Church's thesis. Primitive re
cursive functions; Godel numbering. General and par
tial recursive functions. Turing machines; Tunngs' the
sis. Markov algorithms. Church's lamda calculus. Gr
zegorczyk hierarch, Peter hierarchy. Relative recur-
siveness. Word problems, Post's correspondence
problem
CMSC 755 Theories of Information (3) Prerequisite:
CMSC 620 and STAT 401. Mathematical and logical
foundations of existing theories of information. Topics
include Fisher's theory of statistical information, Kull-
back and Leibler's theory of statistical information,
Shannon's theory of selective information, and Carnap
and Bar-Hillel's theory of semantic information. The
similarities and differences of these and other theories
are treated.
CMSC 770 Advanced Linear Numerical Analysis (3)
Prerequisite: MAPL 470. 471 and MATH 405 or MATH
474; or consent of instructor. Advanced topics in
numerical linear algebra, such as dense Eigenvalue
problems, sparse elimination, iterative methods, and
other topics. (Same as MAPL 600.)
CMSC 772 Numerical Solution of Nonlinear Equa-
tions (3) Prerequisite: MAPL 470, 471 and MATH 410;
or consent of instructor. Numerical solution of nonlin-
ear equations in one and several variables. Existence
questions. Minimization methods. Selected applica-
tions. (Same as MAPL 604.)
CMSC 780 Computer Applications to the Physical
Sciences (3) Prerequisites: CMSC 210, STAT 400,
and a graduate course in physical science. Applica-
tions of computers to numerical calculation, data
reduction, and modeling in the physical sciences.
Stress will be laid on the features of the applications
which have required techniques not usually consid-
ered in more general contexts.
CMSC 782 Modeling and Simulation of Physical
Systems (3) Prerequisites: CMSC 210 and STAT 401.
Monte-Carlo and other methods of investigating mo-
dels of interest to physical scientists. Generation and
testing of random numbers. Probabilistic, deterministic
and incomplete models.
CMSC 798 Graduate Seminar in Computer Science
(1-3)
CMSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
CMSC 818 Advanced Topics in Computer Systems
(1-3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Advanced
topics selected by the faculty from the literature of
computer systems to suit the interest and background
of students. May be repeated for credit.
CMSC 828 Advanced Topics in Information Pro-
cessing (1-3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the
literature of information processing to suit the interest
and background of students. May be repeated for
credit.
CMSC 838 Advanced Topics in Programming Lan-
guages (1-3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Advanced topics selected by faculty from the literature
of programming languages to suit the interest and
background of students. May be repeated for credit.
CMSC 840 Advanced Automata Theory (3) Prereq-
uisite: CMSC 740. Advances and innovations in auto-
mata theory. Variants of elementary automata; mul-
titape, multihead, and multidimensional machines.
Counters and stack automata. Wang machines;
Shepherdson-Sturgis machines. Recursive hierar-
chies. Effective computability; relative uncomputability.
Probabilistic automata.
CMSC 858 Advanced Topics in Theory of Comput-
ing (1-3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Ad-
vanced topics selected by the faculty from the litera-
ture of theory of computing to suit the interest and
background of students. May be repeated for credit.
CMSC 878 Advanced Topics in Numerical Methods
(1-3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Advanced
topics selected by the faculty from the literature of
numerical methods to suit the interest and background
of students. May be repeated for credit.
CMSC 898 Advanced Topics in Applications (1-3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Advanced topics
selected by the faculty from the literature of applica-
tions of Computer Science to suit the interest and
background of students. May be repeated for credit.
CMSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
(1-8)
Counseling and
Personnel Services
Program
Professor and Chairman: Marx
Professors: Byrne, Magoon' 2 , Pumroy',
Schlossberg
Associate Professors: Allan, Birk 2 , Greenberg,
Knefelkamp, Lawrence, Leonard Medvene 2 ,
Power, Ray, Rhoads, Westbrook
Assistant Professors: Boyd, Celotta, Dagnato,
Freeman, Hoffman, Libby, McMullan,
Spokane, Teglasi, Thomas,
'Joint appointment with Psychology
2 Joint appointment with Counseling Center.
Historically, the programs of the Department of
Counseling and Personnel Services have been
responsive to societal needs in providing
leadership in the training of specialized person-
nel service workers. The programs are de-
signed for the preparation of professionals who
serve in a variety of social settings including
schools, colleges, rehabilitative agencies, gov-
ernment agencies and other community agen-
cies. These professionals may serve one of
several roles either at the practitioner's level or
at an advanced level of leadership, supervision
and research. Programs of preparation for prac-
titioners are offered at the master's and Ad-
vanced Graduate Specialist level while the ad-
vanced offerings for researchers, supervisors,
and personnel administrators are conducted at
the doctoral level. The master's and Advanced
Graduate Specialist programs are offered
among the following six specialty programs
within the Department.
1) The Elementary School Counseling
Specialty Program prepares the student as a
child development consultant, individual and
group counselor and coordinator of pupil serv-
ices. 2) The Secondary School Counseling Pro-
gram prepares the student to serve as a mem-
ber of a human resources team in individual and
group counseling, as information specialist re-
garding personal, social, educational and voca-
tional matters, and pupil personnel program
coordination. 3) The School Psychology Pro-
gram prepares the student to be certified as a
school psychologist where his principal func-
tions are to assess psychological conditions
and devise intervention strategies to enhance
the learning of pupils. 4) The College Student
Personnel Specialty Program prepares spe-
cialists at the higher education level in two
areas of concentration: college counseling and
Student Personnel Administration which in-
cludes areas such as Student Development,
Student Union, Housing, Admissions, Place-
ment, Deans of Students and Vice Presidents of
Student Affairs. 5) The Community Counseling
Specialty Program provides three emphases
within the program: Career development and
vocational counseling, personal-social counsel-
ing and community mental health consultation,
and adult counseling. 6) The Rehabilitation
Counseling Specialty Program prepares coun-
selors to work with mentally, emotionally, so-
cially and physically handicapped persons in
public and private agencies.
The doctoral programs in Counseling and
Personnel Services are designed to prepare
students to achieve exceptional competence in
the areas of research, theory, and practice
related to personnel services. Graduates typi-
cally assume positions of leadership, research
or supervision of personnel services in public
Counseling and Personnel Services Program 77
units such as large school systems, universities,
or state rehabilitation and community agencies;
as professors in personnel service programs; as
counselors in higher education institutions. The
program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy
degree, has as its major emphasis theory and
research in the behavioral sciences and applied
fields. The primary thrust at the master's and
Advanced Graduate Specialist levels is upon
excellence in practice.
Admission and Degree
Information
Admission to these programs is not only based
on meeting minimum requirements, but is also
competitively based on staff resources avail-
able.
The requirements for the master's and Ad-
vanced Graduate Specialist's diplomas are
spelled out for each of the six specialty areas.
Write or call for the specialty area brochure(s)
which interest you. (301) 454-2026.
The doctoral program of studies is devel-
oped with an advisor. The single required
course is Advanced Statistics. There are no
language requirements for the Ph.D. degree.
Courses
EDCP 410 Introduction to Counseling and Person-
nel Services (3) Presents principles and procedures,
and examines the function of counselors, psycholo-
gists in schools, school social workers, and other
personnel service workers.
EDCP 411 Mental Hygiene (3) The practical applica-
tion of the principles of mental hygiene to classroom
problems
EDCP 413 Behavior Modification (3) Knowledge and
techniques of intervention in a variety of social situa-
tions, including contingency contracting and time out
will be acquired.
EDCP 414 Principles of Behavior (3) Development of
student proficiency in analyzing complex patterns of
behavior on the basis of empirical evidence.
EDCP 415 Behavior Mediation (3) Prerequisite:
EDCP 414. Basic principles of human behavior will be
reviewed and application of these principles will be
implemented under supervision.
EDCP 417 Group Dynamics and Leadership (3) The
nature and property of groups, interaction analysis,
developmental phases, leadership dynamics and
styles, roles of members and interpresonal communi-
cations. Two hours of lecture discussion and two hours
of laboratory per week, laboratory involves experimen-
tal based learning
EDCP 420 Education and Racism (3) Strategy devel-
opment for counselors and educators to deal with
problems of racism.
EDCP 460 Introduction to Rehabilitation Counsel-
ing (3) Introductory course for majors in rehabilitation
counseling, social work, psychology, or education who
desire to work professionally with physically or emo-
tionally handicapped persons.
EDCP 470 Introduction to Student Personnel (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A systematic anal-
ysis of research and theoretical literature on a variety
of major problems in the organization and administra-
tion of student personnel services in higher education.
Included will be discussion of such topics as the
student personnel philosophy in education, counseling
services, discipline, housing, student activities, finan-
cial aid, health, remedial services, etc.
EDCP 489 Field Experience in Counseling and
Personnel Services (1-4) Prerequisites: At least six
semester hours in education at the University of Mary-
land plus such other prerequisites as may be set by the
major area in which the experience is to be taken.
Planned field experience may be provided for selected
students who have had teaching experience and
whose application for such field experience has been
approved by the education faculty Field experience is
offered in a given area to both major and nonmajor
students Note: The total number of credits which a
student may earn in EDCP 489, 888, and 889 is limited
to a maximum of 20 semester hours.
EDCP 498 Special Problems in Counseling and
Personnel Services (1-3) Prerequisite: Consent of
instructor. Available only to major students who have
formal plans for individual study of approved problems.
EDCP 499 Workshops, Clinics, Institutes (1-6) The
maximum number of credits that may be earned under
this course symbol toward any degree is six semester
hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until
six semester hours have been reached. The following
type of educational enterprise may be scheduled
under this course heading: workshops conducted by
the department of counseling and personnel services
(or developed cooperatively with other departments,
colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered
in the present course listing; clinical experiences in
counseling and testing centers, reading clinics, speech
therapy laboratories, and special education centers;
institutues developed around specific topics or prob-
lems and intended for designated groups.
EDCP 605 Issues in Counseling Adults (3) Theoreti-
cal approaches to adult development. The scope and
variety of settings (industry, education, government) in
which programs of adult counseling and guidance take
place, and the nature of such programs.
EDCP 611 Occupational Choice Theory and Infor-
mation (3) Research and theory related to occupa-
tional and educational decisions; programs of related
information and other activities in occupational deci-
sion.
EDCP 614 Personality Theories in Counseling and
Personnel Services (3) Examination of constructs
and research relating to major personality theories
with emphasis on their significance for working with
the behaviors of individuals.
EDCP 615 Cases in Appraisal (3) Prerequisite: EDMS
446 or EDMS 451. Collecting and interpreting non-
standardized pupil appraisal data, synthesis of all
types of data through case study procedures
EDCP 616 Counseling — Theoretical Foundations
and Practice (3) Prerequisite: EDCP 615. Exploration
of learning theories as applied to counseling in school,
and practices which stem from such theories.
EDCP 617 Group Counseling (3) Prerequisite: EDCP
61 6. A survey of theory, research and practice of group
counseling and psychotherapy with an introduction to
growth groups and the laboratory approach, therapeu-
tic factors in groups, composition of therapeutic
groups, problem clients, therapeutic techniques, re-
search methods, theories, ethics and training of group
counselors and therapists.
EDCP 619 Practicum in Counseling (2-6) Prerequi-
sites: EDCP 616 and permission of instructor Se-
quence of supervised counseling experiences of in-
creasing complexity. Limited to eight applicants in
advance. Two hours class plus laboratory.
EDCP 626 Group Counseling Practicum (3) Prereq-
uisite: EDCP 617, EDCP 619, and consent of instruc-
tor. A supervised field experience in group counseling.
EDCP 627 Process Consultation (3) Prerequisite:
Graduate course in group process. Study of case
consultation, systems consultation, mental health con-
sultation and the professional's role in systems inter-
vention strategies.
EDCP 633 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children I (4)
Assessment of development, emotional and learning
problems of children in schools. Practicum experience.
EDCP 634 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children II (4)
Prerequisite: EDCP 633. Assessment of development,
emotional, and learning problems of adolescents in
schools. Practicum experience.
EDCP 635 Therapeutic Techniques and Classroom
Management I (3) Prerequisite: EDCP 414. Diagnosis
and treatment of problems presented by teachers and
parents. Practicum experience.
EDCP 636 Therapeutic Techniques and Classroom
Management II (3) Prerequisite: EDCP 635 The ob-
jective of this course is to understand and to treat
children's problems. The focus is primarily on the older
child in secondary school and the orientation is essen-
tially behavioral Practicum experience will be pro-
vided.
EDCP 645 Counseling in Elementary Schools (3)
Prerequisite: EDCP 61 5 or consent of instructor Coun-
seling theory and practices as related to children
Emphasis will be placed on an awareness of the
child's total behavior as well as on specific methods of
communicating with the child through techniques of
play interviews, observations, and the use of non-
parametric data.
EDCP 655 Organization and Administration of Per-
sonnel Services (2) Prerequisite: EDCP 619 or per-
mission of instructor. Exploration of Personnel serv-
ices programs and implementing personnel services
practices
EDCP 656 Counseling and Personnel Services
Seminar (2) Prerequisite: Advanced standing Exami-
nation of issues that bear on professional issues such
as ethics, interprofessional relationships and research.
EDCP 661 Psycho-Social Aspects of Disability (3)
Prerequisite: EDCP 460 or consent of instructor This
course is part of the core curriculum for rehabilitation
counselors. It is designed to develop an understanding
of the nature and importance of the personal and
psycho-social aspects of adult disability.
EDCP 662 Psychiatric Aspects of Disability I (3)
Prerequisite: EDCP 460 or equivalent and consent of
instructor. Part of core curriculum in rehabilitation
counseling. It is designed to develop an understanding
of the rehabilitation process, clients served, and skills
and attitudes necessary for working effectively with the
physically disabled.
EDCP 663 Psychiatric Aspects of Disability II (3)
Prerequisite: EDCP 460 or equivalent and consent of
instructor. Part of core curriculum in rehabilitation
counseling. The psychiatric rehabilitation client: under-
standing his needs, treatment approaches available.
and society's reaction to the client.
EDCP 668 Special Topics in Rehabilitation (1-6)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Repeatable
to a maximum of six hours.
EDCP 716 Advanced Counseling Theory Seminar
(3) Prerequisite: Master's degree in counseling, or
instructor's permission. Systematic investigation of
methods of theory analysis and their application to
counseling theory.
EDCP 718 Advanced Seminar in Group Processes
(2-6) Prerequisites: EDCP 626 Repeatable to a maxi-
mum of six credits.
EDCP 735 Seminar in Rehabilitation Counseling (2)
This course is part of the core curriculum for rehabilita-
tion counselors. It is designed to provide the advanced
rehabilitation counseling student with a formal seminar
to discuss, evaluate and attempt to reach personal
resolution regarding pertinent professional problems
and issues in the field.
EDCP 771 The College Student (3) A demographic
study of the characteristics of college students as well
as a study of their aspirations, values, and purposes
EDCP 776 Modification of Human Behavior: Labo-
ratory and Practicum (3) Prerequisite: Permission of
instructor. Individual and group supervised introduction
to intake and counseling relationships
EDCP 777 Modification of Human Behavior — Labo-
ratory and Practicum (3) Prerequisite EDCP 776 and
permission of instructor. Continuation of EDCP 776.
Further experience under direct supervision of more
varied forms of counseling relationships.
EDCP 778 Seminar in Student Personnel (2-6) An
intensive study of the various student personnel func-
tions A means to integrate the knowledge from vari-
ous fields as they relate to student personnel adminis-
tration.
EDCP 788 Advanced Practicum in Counseling (1-6)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor, previous prac-
ticum experience Individual supervision of counseling,
and group consultation Repeatable to a maximum of
six credits.
EDCP 789 Advanced Topics in Counseling and
Personnel Services (1-6) Repeatable to a maximum
of 6 credits.
EDCP 798 Special Problems In Counseling and
Personnel Services (1-6) Master s AGS. or doctoral
candidates who desire to pursue special research
problems under the direction of their advisers may
register for credit under this number
EDCP 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) Registra-
tion required to the extent of six hours for master's
thesis
EDCP 888 Apprenticeship in Counseling and Per-
sonnel Services (1-8) Apprenticeships in the maior
area of study are available to selected students whose
78 Criminal Justice and Criminology Program
application for an apprenticeship has been approved
by the education faculty. Each apprentice is assigned
to work for at least a semester full-time or the equiva-
lent with an appropriate staff member of a cooperating
school, school system, or educational institution or
agency. The sponsor of the apprentice maintains a
close working relationship with the apprentice and the
other persons involved. Prerequisites: teaching experi-
ence, a master's degree in education, and at least six
semester hours in education at the University of Mary-
land. Note: The total number of credits which a student
may earn in EDCP 489. 888. and 889 is limited to a
maximum of twenty (20) semester hours.
EDCP 889 Internship in Counseling and Personnel
Services (3-8) Internships in the major area of study
are available to selected students who have teaching
experience. The following groups of students are eligi-
ble: (a) Any student who has been advanced to
candidacy for the doctor's degree; and (b) Any student
who receives special approval by the education faculty
for an internship, provided that prior to taking an
internship, such student shall have completed at least
60 semester hours of graduate work, including at least
six semester hours in education at the University of
Maryland. Each intern is assigned to work on a full-
time basis for at least a semester with an appropriate
staff member in a cooperating school, school system,
or educational institution or agency. The internship
must be taken in a school situation different from the
one where the student is regularly employed. The
intern's sponsor maintains a close working relationship
with the intern and the other persons involved. Note:
The total number of credits which a student may earn
in EDCP 489, 888, and 889 is limited to a maximum of
twenty (20) semester hours.
EDCP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an
Ed.O. project and 1 2-1 8 hours for a Ph.D. dissertation.
Criminal Justice and
Criminology Program
(Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminolo-
gy)
Acting Director: Ingraham
Professor Emeritus: Lejins
Associate Professors: Ingraham, Maida,
Tennyson
Assistant Professors: B. Johnson, McKenzie,
Minor
The Program of graduate study leading to a
Master of Arts and Ph.D. degree in the area of
Criminal Justice and Criminology is intended to
prepare students for research, teaching and
professional employment in the operational
agencies in the field of criminal justice. This
program combines an intensive background in a
social science discipline such as sociology,
psychology, public administration, etc., with
graduate-level study of selected aspects of the
criminal justice field.
Admission and Degree
Information
In addition to the general Graduate School
requirements, special admission requirements
include the Graduate Record Examination Apti-
tude Test, a major in a social science discipline,
and 9 hours of course work in the appropriate
area of criminal justice. For the M.A. applicant,
the undergraduate social science major must
have included at least one course each in
theory, statistics and research methods. The
Ph.D. applicant must have completed two sta-
tistics, two research methods and two theory
courses, one of each being at the master's-
level. Admission to the Ph.D. program presup-
poses completion of the M.A. degree. At the
discretion of the Graduate Admissions Commit-
tee of the Institute, deficiencies in some of the
above areas may be made up by noncredit work
at the beginning of the program.
Students enrolled in the M.A. program have
two options: a Criminology option and a Crimi-
nal Justice option. The general plan of study for
both options, totaling to 30 semester hours, is
as follows: 1) Three social science courses on
an appropriate level in theory, methodology,
and statistics. 2) Three appropriate-level
courses in Criminology or Law Enforcement,
depending upon the option. Two of these must
be at the 600 level or above. One of these
should be a general seminar dealing with the
overall field of criminal justice (LENF 600). 3)
Two elective courses. 4) Tutorial courses may
be taken only as elective courses. 5) The stu-
dent has a choice between: a) an M.A. degree
with an M.A. thesis, b) an M.A. degree without
thesis, but with some additional requirements.
For completion of the Ph.D. degree, in
addition to the general Graduate School Ph.D.
requirements, competence in the theory of at
least one social science discipline, in research
methodology and in quantitative techniques is
expected, as well as competence in the general
theory of the criminal justice field and in the
specialization area selected by the student. The
necessary coursework is determined on the
basis of the student's previous preparation,
needs, and interests. The candidate is required
to pass comprehensive examinations.
Financial Assistance
Graduate teaching assistantships are available
on a competitive basis. Further, graduate re-
search assistantships are sometimes available
for graduate students to participate in research
projects directed by faculty members and fund-
ed by outside sources.
Additional Information
A brochure describing the Institute of Criminal
Justice and Criminology and its programs is
available upon request. Inquiries should be di-
rected to: Graduate Program Coordinator
Courses
Criminology
CRIM 432 Law of Corrections (3) Prerequisite: LENF
230 or 234 and CRIM 220. A review of the law of
criminal corrections from sentencing to final release or
release on parole. Probation, punishments, special
treatments for special offenders, parole and pardon,
and the prisoner's civil rights are also examined.
CRIM 450 Juvenile Delinquency (3) Prerequisite:
SOCY 100. Juvenile delinquency in relation to the
general problem of crime; analysis of factors underly-
ing juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention,
CRIM 451 Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3)
Prerequisites: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of
instructor. Methods and programs in prevention of
crime and delinquency.
CRIM 452 Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents
in the Community (3) Prerequisite: CRIM 220 or
CRIM 450 or consent of instructor. Analysis of the
processes and methods in the modification of criminal
patterns of behavior in a community setting.
CRIM 453 Institutional Treatment of Criminals and
Delinquents (3) Prerequisite: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450
or consent of instructor. History, organization and
functions of penal and correctional institutions for
adults and juveniles.
CRIM 454 Contemporary Criminological Theory (3)
Prerequisite: CRIM 220, CRIM 450, and CRIM 451 or
CRIM 452 or CRIM 453. Brief historical overview of
criminological theory up to the 50's. Deviance. Label-
ing. Typologies. Most recent research in criminalistic
subcultures and middle class delinquency. Recent
proposals for 'decriminalization'.
CRIM 455 Psychology of Criminal Behavior (3)
Prerequisites: CRIM 220 or equivalent and PSYC 331
or equivalent. Psychological, environmental, and per-
sonality factors which influence criminal behavior. Bio-
physiology and crime, stress and crime, maladjust-
ment patterns, psychoses, personality disorders, ag-
gression and violent crime, sex-motivated crime and
sexual deviations, alcohol and drug abuse, and crimi-
nal behavior.
CRIM 498 Selected Topics in Criminology (3) Top-
ics of special interest to advanced undergraduates in
criminology- Such courses will be offered in response
to student request and faculty interest. No more than
six credits may be taken by a student in selected
topics.
CRIM 610 Research Methods in Criminal Justice
and Criminology (3) Prerequisite: Completion of re-
search methods and statistics requirements for the
M.A. degree. Examination of special research prob-
lems and techniques.
CRIM 650 Advanced Criminology (3) First semester.
Survey of the principal issues in contemporary crimino-
logical theory and research.
CRIM 651 Seminar in Criminology (3) Second se-
mester.
CRIM 652 Seminar in Juvenile Delinquency (3) First
semester.
CRIM 653 Crime and Delinquency as a Community
Problem (3) Second semester. An intensive study of
selected problems in adult crime and juvenile delin-
quency in Maryland.
CRIM 654 History of Criminological Thought (3)
Prerequisite: CRIM 454 or its equivalent. A study of the
development of criminological thought from antiquity
to the present.
CRIM 699 Special Criminological Problems (3)
CRIM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
CRIM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Doctoral dissertation research in criminal justice and
criminology.
Law Enforcement
LENF 444 Advanced Law Enforcement Administra-
tion (3) Prerequisite: LENF 340 or consent of instruc-
tor. The structuring of manpower, material, and sys-
tems to accomplish the major goals of social control.
Personnel and systems management. Political con-
trols and limitations on authority and jurisdiction.
LENF 455 Dynamics of Planned Change in Criminal
Justice I (3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. An
examination of conceptual and practical issues related
to planned change in criminal justice. Emphasis on the
development of innovative ideas using a research and
development approach to change.
LENF 456 Dynamics of Planned Change in Criminal
Justice II (3) Prerequisite: LENF 455 or consent of
instructor. An examination of conceptual and practical
issues related to planned change in criminal justice.
Emphasis on change strategies and tactics which are
appropriate for criminal justice personnel in entry level
positions.
LENF 462 Special Problems in Security Administra-
tion (3) Prerequisites: LENF 360 and consent of
instructor. An advanced course for students desiring to
focus on specific concerns in the study of private
security organizations; business intelligence and espi-
onage; vulnerability and criticality analyses in physical
security; transportation, banking, hospital and military
security problems; uniformed security forces; national
defense information; and others.
LENF 498 Selected Topics in Criminal Justice (1-6)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Supervised study
of a selected topic to be announced in the field of
criminal justice. Repeatable to a maximum of six
credits.
LENF 600 Criminal Justice (3) Prerequisites: Admis-
sion to the graduate program in criminal justice or
consent of instructor. Current concept of criminal
justice in relationship to other concepts in the field.
Historical perspective. Criminal |ustice and social con-
trol. Operational implications. Systemic aspects. Is-
sues of evaluation.
LENF 630 Seminar in Criminal Law and Society (3)
Prerequisite: LENF 230 or its equivalent and a course
in introductory criminology. The criminal law is studied
in the context of general studies in the area of the
sociology of law. The evolution and social and psycho-
logical factors affecting the formulation and adminis-
tration of criminal laws are discussed. Also examined
is the impact of criminal laws and their sanctions on
behavior m the light of recent empirical evidence.
LENF 640 Seminar in Criminal Justice Administra-
tion (3) Prerequisites: One course in the theory of
Early Childhood-Elementary Education Program 79
groups or organizations, one course in administration;
or consent of instructor. Examination of external and
internal factors that currently Impact on police adminis-
tration. Intra-organizational relationships and policy
formulation; the conversion of inputs into decisions
and policies. Strategies for formulating, implementing
and assessing administrative decisions
LENF 699 Special Problems in Criminal Justice (1-
3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Supervised
study of a selected problem in the field of criminal
justice. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits.
LENF 720 Criminal Justice System Planning (3)
Prerequisites: One course in criminal justice and one
course in research methodology. System theory and
method; examination of planning methods and models
based primarily on a systems approach to the opera-
tions of the criminal |ustice system.
LENF 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
Early Childhood-
Elementary Education
Program
Visiting Associate Professor and Interim
Chairman: YFF
Professors: Ashlock. Duffey O'Neill. Roderick,
Sublett, Weaver, R. Wilson
Associate Professors: Amershek, Church,
Eley, Heidelbach, Herman, Jantz, Johnson,
Schumaker, Seefeldt, Williams.
Assistant Professors: Cole, Gambrell, Garner,
Heathington Knifong, Lee, Madison, Saracho,
Schumacher
Graduate programs leading to M.A., M.Ed.,
Ed.D., and Ph.D. degrees in the Department of
Early Childhood-Elementary Education are de-
signed to prepare teachers, curriculum spe-
cialists, supervisors, administrators, and higher
education instructors to function effectively in
leadership positions in programs for children.
Students have opportunities to specialize
in any of the following areas: early childhood
education, elementary education, reading sci-
ence education, mathematics education, lan-
guage arts, social studies education, or nursery-
kindergarten education.
Admission and Degree
Information
Masters Degree programs average 30-36 se-
mester hours. Ed.D. and Ph.D. programs aver-
age 90 semester hours, including work at the
master's level. All applicants must submit the
Miller Analogy Test score as prerequisite to
admission.
EDEL 500 and 501, qualifying courses for
which no graduate credit is offered, may be
required of some students.
Programs, particularly at the doctoral level,
are individualized to reflect the students' back-
grounds and to meet their particular career
goals. Regular counseling with an advisor is an
important aspect of each program. An effort is
made to ascertain that graduate programs in-
clude both theory and practicum, professional
work and academic courses.
There is a comprehensive examination
near the completion of work at the master's
level. The Ph.D. program includes a preliminary
examination after approximately 12 semester
hours of work and a comprehensive examina-
tion near the completion of the program.
Facilities and Special Resources
Special facilities for graduate study include the
Reading Center, the Science Teaching Center,
the Arithmetic Center, the Teacher Education
Centers in local schools, and the Center for
Young Children.
Financial Assistance
The Department is able to give financial aid. in
the form of graduate assistantships, to a limited
number of students of proven ability who have
had public school teaching experience.
Courses
EDEL 401 Science in Early Childhood Education (3)
Designed primarily to help in-service teachers. Nursery
School through Grade 3, to acquire general science
understandings and to develop teaching materials for
practical use in classrooms. Includes experiments,
demonstrations, constructions, observations, field
trips and use of audio-visual materials The emphasis
is on content and method related to science units in
common use in Nursery School through Grade 3.
Offered during summer sessions and in off-campus
programs taught through University College. Ordinarily
there is no field placement.
EDEL 402 Science in the Elementary School (3)
Designed primarily to help in-service teachers. Grades
1-6, to acquire general science understandings and to
develop teaching materials for practical use in class-
rooms. Includes experiments, demonstrations, con-
structions, observations, field trips and use of audio-
visual materials. The emphasis is on content and
method related to science units in common use in
Grades 1-6. Offered during summer sessions and in
off-campus programs taught through University Col-
lege Ordinarily there is no field placement.
EDEL 404 Language Arts in Early Childhood Edu-
cation (3) Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and
written expression and creative expression. Designed
primarily for in-service teachers. Nursery School
through Grade 3. Offered during summer sessions and
in off-campus programs taught through University Col-
lege. Ordinarily, there is no field placement.
EDEL 405 Language Arts in the Elementary School
(3) Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written
expression and creative expression. Designed primari-
ly for in-service teachers. Grades 1-6. Offered during
summer sessions and in off-campus programs taught
through University College. Ordinarily there is no field
placement.
EDEL 406 Social Studies in Early Childhood Educa-
tion (3) Consideration given to curriculum, organiza-
tion and methods of teaching, evaluation of newer
materials and utilization of environmental resources.
Designed for in-service teachers, Nursery School
through Grade 3. Offered during summer sessions and
in off-campus programs taught through University Col-
lege. Ordinarily there is no field placement.
EDEL 407 Social Studies in the Elementary School
(3) Consideration given to curriculum, organization and
methods of teaching, evaluation of newer materials
and utilization of environmental resources. Designed
for in-service teachers, Grades 1-6. Offered dunng
summer session and in off-campus programs taught
through University College. Ordinarily there is no field
placement.
EDEL 410 The Child and the Curriculum— Early
Childhood (3) Relationship of the school curriculum.
Nursery School through Grade 3, to child growth and
development. Recent trends in curriculum organiza-
tion; the effect of environment on learning; readiness
to learn; and adapting curriculum content and methods
to maturity levels of children. Designed for in-service
teachers, Nursery School through Grade 3. Offered
during summer sessions and in off-campus programs
taught through University College. Ordinarily there is
no field placement.
EDEL 411 The Child and the Curriculum— Elemen-
tary (3) Relationship of the school curriculum. Grades
1-6, to child growth and development Recent trends
in curriculum organization; the effect of environment
on learning; readiness to learn; and adapting curricu-
lum content and methods to matunty levels of children.
Designed for in-service teachers. Grades 1-6 Offered
during summer sessions and in off-campus programs
taught through University College. Ordinarily there is
no field placement.
EDEL 412 Art in the Elementary School (3) Con-
cerned with art methods and materials for elementary
schools Includes laboratory experiences with maten-
als appropriate for elementary schools.
EDEL 413 Mathematics in Early Childhood Educa-
tion (3) Prerequisite, MATH 210 or equivalent Empha-
sis on materials and procedures which help pupils
sense arithmetic meanings and relationships De-
signed to help in-service teachers, nursery school
through Grade 3. gain a better understanding of the
number system and arithmetical processes Offered
during summer sessions and in off-campus programs
taught through University college Ordinarily there is no
field placement.
EDEL 414 Mathematics in the Elementary School
(3) Prerequisite. MATH 210 or equivalent Emphasis
on materials and procedures which help pupils sense
arithmetic meanings and relationships Designed to
help in-service teachers. Grades 1-6. gam a better
understanding of the number system and arithmetical
processes. Offered during summer sessions and in off-
campus programs taught through University College.
Ordinarily there is no field placement.
EDEL 415 Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning
Disabilities In Mathematics I (3) Prerequisite EDEL
351 or equivalent and approval of instructor. Diagnosis
and treatment of disabilities in mathematics Theoreti-
cal models, specific diagnostic and instructional tech-
niques and materials for working with children in both
clinical and classroom settings. Practice using tech-
niques by conducting case studies with children previ-
ously diagnosed as primarily corrective rather than
serverely disabled. Clinic hours to be arranged.
416 The Mathematics Laboratory (3) Prerequisite
EDEL 351 or equivalent, or consent of the instructor
The definition, design, and uses of an elementary
school mathematics laboratory Laboratory visitations
The design of instructional activities and field-test
activities with children.
EDEL 417 Social Studies and Multiethnic Education
(3) Prerequisites: A preservice social studies methods
course or permission of the instructor. Seminars will be
held relating to general social science principles that
are applicable to multiethnic education as a compo-
nent of social studies instruction Cultural experiences
arranged on an independent basis for each participant
EDEL 424 Literature for Children and Young Peo-
ple, Advanced (3) Development of literary materials
for children and young people. Timeless and ageless
books, and outstanding examples of contemporary
publishing. Evaluation of the contributions of individual
authors and illustrators and children's book awards.
EDEL 425 The Teaching of Reading— Early Child-
hood (3) Concerned with the fundamentals of devel-
opmental reading instruction, including reading readi-
ness, use of expenence stories, procedures in using
basal readers, the improvement of comprehension,
teaching reading in all areas of the curriculum, uses of
children's literature, the program in word analysis, and
procedures for determining individual needs. Designed
for in-service teachers, Nursery School through Grade
3. Offered during summer sessions and in off-campus
programs taught through University College Ordinan-
ly. there is no field placement.
EDEL 426 The Teaching of Reading — Elementary
(3) Concerned with the fundamentals of developmen-
tal reading instruction, including reading readiness,
use of experience stories, procedures in using basal
readers, the improvement of comprehension, teaching
reading in all areas of the curriculum, uses of children's
literature, the program in word analysis, and proce-
dures for determining individual needs Designed tor
in-service teachers, Grades 1-6 Offered dunng sum-
mer sessions and in off-campus programs taught
through University College. Ordinarily, there is no field
placement.
EDEL 430 Corrective-Remedial Reading Instruc-
tion (3) Prerequisite: EDEL/EDSE 427 or equivalent,
and consent of the department For teachers, super-
visors, and administrators who wish to identify and
assist pupils with reading difficulties Concerned with
diagnostic techniques, instructional matenals and
teaching procedures useful in the regular classroom.
EDEL 431 Laboratory Practices in Reading (3)
Prerequisite. EDEL 430 A laboratory course in which
each student has one or more pupils for analysis and
instruction At least one class meeting per week to
diagnose mdivdual cases and to plan instruction
EDEL 488 Special Topics in Elementary Education
(1-3) Prerequisite, Consent ol instructor Special treat-
ment of current topics and issues in Elementary Edu-
cation Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits, provided
content is different
EDEL 489 Field Experience in Education (1-4) Pre-
requisites. At least six semester hours in Education at
80 Early Childhood-Elementary Education Program
the University of Maryland plus such other prerequi-
sites as may be set by the major area in which the
experience is to be taken. Planned tield experience
may be provided for selected students who have had
teaching experience and whose application for such
field experience has been approved by the Education
faculty. Field experience is offered in a given area to
both major and nonmaior students. Note — The total
number of credits which a student may earn in EDEL
489, 888, and 889 is limited to a maximum of 20
semester hours.
EDEL 498 Special Problems in Education (1-3)
Prerequisite, Consent of instructor. Available only to
mature students who have definite plans for individual
study of approved problems.
EDEL 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6)
The maximum number of credits that may be earned
under this course symbol toward any degree is six
semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more
times until six semester hours have been reached. The
following types of educational enterprise may be
scheduled under this course heading: workshops con-
ducted by the College of Education (or developed
cooperatively with other colleges and universities) and
not otherwise covered in the present course listing;
clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading
clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and Special Edu-
cation centers; institutes developed around specific
topics or problems and intended for designated groups
such as school superintendents, principals and super-
visors.
EDEL 500 Education of the Young Child (3) Prereq-
uisites: A baccalaureate degree and consent of the
department. An initial course for persons entering
graduate study in Early Childhood Education, to pro-
vide a foundation for further graduate study or a
supplement to other areas. Intensive study of current
education programs, teacher roles, and planning, staff-
ing, and organizing for children's learning needs. Not
appicable towards graduate degrees.
EDEL 501 Materials and Practices in Early Child-
hood Education (3) Prerequisites: A baccalaureate
degree and consent of the department. An overview of
practices and media available for innovative ap-
proaches in Early Childhood programs, including diag-
nostic and prescriptive techniques. Not applicable
toward graduate degrees.
EDEL 600 Seminar in Elementary Education (3)
Primarily for individuals who wish to write seminar
papers. Prerequisite, At least 12 hours of graduate
work in education.
EDEL 601 Problems in Teaching Science in Ele-
mentary Schools (3) Prerequisite: EDEL 353 or 402
or consent of the instructor. Analysis of the teaching of
science to children through (1) the identification of
problems to teaching science, (2) the investigation and
study of research reports related to the identified
problems, and (3) the hypothesizing of methods for
improving the effectiveness of science education for
children.
EDEL 605 Problems of Teaching Language Arts in
Elementary Schools (3) Prerequisite: EDEL 404 or
approval of instructor. This course is designed to allow
each student an opportunity (1) to analyze current
issues, trends, and problems in language-arts instruc-
tion in terms of research in fundamental educational
theory and the language arts, and (2) to use this
analysis in effecting changes in methods and materials
for classroom instruction.
EDEL 607 Problems of Teaching Social Studies in
Elementary Schools (3) Prerequisite. EDEL 406 or
approval of instructor. An examination of current litera-
ture and research reports in the social sciences and in
social studies curriculum design and instruction, with
an emphasis on federally-sponsored projects as well
as programs designed for urban children.
EDEL 613 Theoretical and Research Foundations
of Elementary School Mathematics (3) Prerequisite:
EDEL 351 or equivalent, or permission of the instruc-
tor. Theoretical and research literature interrelating
mathematics education with psychology, sociology,
philosophy, and history. Evaluation of the influence of
this literature on research, teacher preparation, and
mathematics instruction in schools.
EDEL 614 Elementary School Mathematics Cur-
ricula (3) Prerequisite. EDEL 314 or equivalent and
approval of instructor. Critical evaluation of past and
present curricular projects, experimental programs,
and instructional materials. Design and implementa-
tion of elementary school mathematics curricula.
EDEL 615 Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning
Disabilities in Mathematics II (3) Prerequisite. EDEL
41 5 or equivalent and approval of instructor. Diagnosis
and treatment of severe learning disabilities in elemen-
tary school mathematics. Theoretical models, relevent
research and specific techniques appropriate for ac-
cessing the interaction of subject matter, organismic,
and instructional variables will be developed. Clinic
hours for case study work to be arranged.
EDEL 618 Practium in Diagnoses and Treatment of
Learning Disabilities in Mathematics (3) Prerequi-
site: EDEL 615 or equivalent and approval of instruc-
tor. Supervised clinical research studies with children
experiencing learning difficulties in Mathematics. Ex-
tension of diagnostic treatment and reporting proce-
dures developed in EDEL 41 5 and 61 5. Course may be
repeated to a maximum of 6 hours.
EDEL 620 Teaching Children's Literature in the
Elementary Classroom (3) Issues and trends in child-
ren's literature with emphasis on implications in class-
room settings. Contemporary social conditions and
problems, trends in publishing, advertising, censor-
ship, media adaptation, and reading habits.
EDEL 624 Reading Diagnostic Assessment and
Prescription (3) Prerequisites: 12 credits of graduate
study in Education, or consent of instructor. Survey
course in reading diagnosis and prescription for gradu-
ate students not majoring in Reading. The interpreta-
tion of reading diagnostic techniques with an overview
of various prescriptions based on diagnosis.
EDEL 626 Problems in the Teaching of Reading in
the Elementary School (3) Implications of current
theory and the results of research for the teaching of
reading in the elementary school. Attention is given to
all areas of developmental reading instruction, with
special emphasis on persistent problems.
EDEL 627 Clinical Assessment in Reading (3) Pre-
requisites: EDEL 430. EDEL 626, EDMS 446 and
EDMS 622. Clinical diagnostic techniques and materi-
als useful to the reading specialist in assessing serious
reading difficulties.
EDEL 630 Clinical Remediation of Reading Disabili-
ties (3) Prerequisites: EDEL 430, EDEL 626. EDMS
446 and 622. Remedial procedures and materials
useful to the reading specialist in planning programs of
individual and small group instruction.
EDEL 631 Advanced Laboratory Practices Diagno-
sis (3) Prerequisite: EDEL 630. Diagnostic work with
children in clinic and school situations. Administration,
scoring, interpretation, and prescription via diagnostic
instruments is stressed. Case report writing and con-
ferences are also stressed. EDEL 631 is taken with
EDEL 632.
EDEL 632 Advanced Laboratory Practices (In-
struction) (3) Prerequisite, EDEL 630 Remedial in-
struction with children in clinic and school situations.
Develop competency in various remedial techniques,
diagnostic teaching and evaluation. Development of
the reading resource role is stressed EDEL 632 is
taken with EDEL 631.
EDEL 636 Communications and the School Curric-
ulum (3) Curriculum development based on communi-
cation as the major vehicle for describing the learner's
interactions with persons, knowledge, and materials in
the classroom and school environment.
EDEL 640 Curriculum for Early Childhood Educa-
tion (3) Basic examination of curriculum theory, re-
search and practice in educational settings for children
birth to eight. Primarily for entering master's students
or post-master's students who have not had a basic
graduate curriculum course in early childhood educa-
tion.
EDEL 641 The Young Child in the Community (3)
Analysis of the impact of major social and economic
trends on young children through study and research
of community agencies, commercial enterprises and
social experiences.
EDEL 642 Teaching Strategies in Early Childhood
Education (3) An examination of theory and research
concerning teacher-learner interaction. Analysis of
planning, organization of learning environments, evalu-
ation of learning, general classroom management, and
inter-personal relationships.
EDEL 643 Teacher-Parent Relationships (3) A study
of the methods and materials, trends, and problems in
establishing close home-school relationships.
EDEL 644 Intellectual and Creative Experiences in
Early Childhood Education (3) A critical examination
of theories of intellectual and creative development,
language development, problem solving and critical
thinking.
EDEL 650 Seminar in Early Childhood Education
(3) A problem seminar in Early Childhood Education.
Prerequisites: At least 12 hours of graduate work in
Early Childhood Education.
EDEL 651 Staffing in Early Childhood Programs (3)
Prerequisite: Admission to doctoral programs in early
childhool education or educational administration; ad-
minstrative experience or consent of instructor.
EDEL 652 Education and Group Care of the Infant
and Young Child (3) Prerequisite: EDMS 446 or
consent of the instructor. The historical, theoretical
and empirical basis for the group care and education
of young children with special emphasis on the child
under the age of three.
EDEL 653 Curriculum Innovations in Early Child-
hood-Elementary Science Education (3) Prerequi-
site: Consent of instructor. A study of the most recently
developed curricula in Early Childhood-Elementary
Science Education including the psychological basis of
each science curriculum; analysis of the components
of each curriculum; and interaction with early child-
hood-elementary school children using selected activi-
ties from science curricula.
EDEL 701 Seminar in Research and Development
of Science Education for Children (3) Prerequisites:
EDEL 601 and EDEL 653; or consent of instructor. The
development of science education for children; the
study, description and interpretation of science educa-
tion research reports; the identification and critical
analysis of one specific topic in Early Childhood-
Elementary Science Education; and the development
of a research proposal for an investigation designed to
furr the the student's knowledge of the selected topic
in Early Childhood-Elementary Science Education.
EDEL 707 Elementary School Social Studies Re-
search (3) Prerequisites: EDEL 607, EDMS 446, and
12 graduate hours in the Social Sciences. The in-
dentification of a significant problem in Elementary
School Social Studies, the design and execution of a
research study to resolve the problem. Intended for
advanced graduate students whose concentration is in
Elementary School Social Studies.
EDEL 719 Research Seminar in Teaching and
Learning of Elementary School Mathematics (3)
Prerequisite: EDMS 645 and EDEL 613, or consent of
instructor. Critical evaluation of past and current re-
search, formulation of researchab[e questions, design
and conduct of research in the teaching and learning
of elementary school mathematics. Course may be
repeated to a maximum of 6 credits.
EDEL 726 Research Design in Early Childhood
Education (3) Prerequisites: EDMS 646 or equivalent.
Provides opportunity for designing and conducting
research with children from birth to eight years of age
based on reviews, evaluations and discussions of
significant and relevant early childhood research litera-
ture.
EDEL 729 Theory and Research Seminar in Read-
ing (3) Prerequisite-Consent of instructor. Survey of
the literature in reading and allied fields, an examina-
tion of current research directions and methodologies.
Implications for classroom practice. Repeatable to a
maximum of six credits.
EDEL 788 Special Topics In Elementary Education
(1-3) Prerequisite. Consent of instructor. Special and
intensive treatment of current topics and issues in
Elementary Education. Repeatable to maximum of 6
credits.
EDEL 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6)
Master's AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to
pursue special research problems under the direction
of their advisers may register for credit under this
number. Course card must have the title of the prob-
lem and the name of the faculty member under whom
the work will be done.
EDEL 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) Registra-
tion required to the extent of six hours for master's
thesis.
EDEL 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) Ap-
prenticeships in the major area of study are available
to selected students whose application for an ap-
prenticeship has been approved by the Education
faculty. Each apprentice is assigned to work for at
least a semester full-time or the equivalent with an
appropriate staff member of a cooperating school,
Economics Program 81
school system, or educational institution or agency.
The sponsor ot the apprentice maintains a close
working relationship with the apprentice and the other
persons involved. Prerequisites, Teaching experience,
a Master's degree in Education, and at least six
semester hours in Education at the University of Mary-
land. Note: The total number ol credits which a student
may earn in EDEL 489. 888 and 889 is limited to a
maximum of twenty (20) semester hours.
EDEL 889 Internship In Education (3-8) Internships
in the major area of study are available to selected
students who have teaching experience. The following
groups of students are eligible: (a) Any student who
has been advanced to candidacy for the doctor's
degree; and (b) Any student who receives special
approval by the Education faculty for an internship,
provided that prior to taking an internship, such stu-
dent shall have completed at least 60 semester hours
of graduate work, including at least six semester hours
in Education at the University of Maryland. Each intern
is assigned to work on a full-time basis for at least a
semester with an appropriate staff member in a
cooperating school, school system, or educational
institution or agency. The internship must be taken in a
school situation different from the one where the
student is regularly employed. The intern's sponsor
maintains a close working relationship with the intern
and the other persons involved.
Note: The total number of credits which a student
may earn in EDEL 489, 888, and 889 Is limited to a
maximum of twenty (20) semester hours.
EDEL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an
ED.D. project and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. dissertation.
Economics Program
Professor and Chairman:
Professors: Almon, Bailey, Bergmann
Brechling, Clague, Cumberland, Dillard,
Gruchy, Harris, Kelejian, Marris, McGuire,
Mueller, Oates, O'Connell, Olson, Schultze,
Straszheim, Ulmer, Wonnacott
Associate Professors: Adams, Bennett,
Betancourt, Johnson, Knight, Meyer,
Weinstein.
Assistant Professors: Boner, Brown, Dunson,
Lachler, Mans, Murrell, Panagariya, Pelcovits,
Snower, Swartz, Vavrichek
Programs are ottered leading to the Master of
Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Areas
of specialization include: economic theory, ad-
vanced economic theory, comparative econom-
ic systems and planning, econometrics, eco-
nomic development, economic history, environ-
mental and natural resource economics, history
of economic thought, industrial organization,
institutional economics, international econom-
ics, labor economics, monetary economics,
public finance, regional and urban economics,
and social policy.
Admission and Degree
Information
Applicants should have taken (or should plan to
take immediately) at least one advanced un-
dergraduate course in each of microeconomics,
macroeconomics, statistics, and calculus. In
addition, the Aptitude Test section of the Gradu-
ate Record Examination is required, and the
Advanced Economics Test is strongly recom-
mended. Letters of recommendation from three
persons competent to judge the probability of
the applicant's success in graduate school
should be sent directly to the Director of Gradu-
ate Studies in Economics. Part-time graduate
study is difficult, since few courses are taught at
night.
The Master of Arts degree in Economics
may be taken under either (1) the thesis option
(24 hours plus a thesis) or (2) the non-thesis
option (30 hours, including Economics 621-
622, plus a written examination in Economic
Theory and a research paper). The require-
ments for the non-thesis option for the MA. are
met automatically in the course of the Ph.D.
program in Economics.
The main requirements of the Ph.D. pro-
gram are (1) a written examination in economic
theory, normally taken at the beginning of the
second year of full-time graduate study; (2)
written examinations in two approved optional
fields; (3) a comprehensive oral examination
covering economic theory and the two optional
fields; (4) two courses (ECON 621-622) in
Quantitative Methods in Economics; (5) two
courses (ECON 606, 607) in the History of
Economic Thought; or one in Thought and one
in Economic History (ECON 611 or 613); (6)
foreign language competency or one of several
options; (7) a research paper available to the
faculty at the time of the oral comprehensive
examination; (8) a dissertation and its success-
ful oral defense.
Facilities and Special Resources
The graduate program in Economics is a com-
prehensive one. The department possesses
special strength in the Economics of the Public
Sector and Public Choice. The department has
general strengths in social policy, poverty, natu-
ral resources and the environment, in interna-
tional economics and economic development,
and other applied areas. Special research pro-
jects under the supervision of faculty members
are carried on in the Economics of Environmen-
tal Management, Inter-industry Forecasting,
and other fields.
Financial Assistance
Research assistantships are available in special
projects. Numerous teaching assistantships are
also available. The department can usually help
graduate students find half-time employment in
Federal agencies engaged in economic re-
search. There are a limited number of fellow-
ships available, including several for members
of groups presently underrepresented among
economists.
Additional Information
A complete description of the requirements of
the degrees in economics and the admission
process is available on request from: Director of
Graduate Studies in Economics, Department of
Economics, University of Maryland.
Courses
ECON 401 National Income Analysis (3) Prerequi-
site: ECON 201, 203. Required for economics majors.
Analysis of the determination of national income, em-
ployment, and price levels. Discussion of consump-
tion, investment, inflation, and government fiscal and
monetary policy.
ECON 402 Business Cycles (3) First semester Pre-
requisite: ECON 430 A study of the causes of depres-
sions and unemployment, cyclical and secular instabili-
ty, theories of business cycles, and the problem of
controlling economic instability.
ECON 403 Intermediate Price Theory (3) Prerequi-
site: ECON 201, 203. Required for economics maprs.
An analysis of the theories of consumer behavior and
of the firm, and of general price and distribution theory,
with applications to current economic issues.
ECON 407 Contemporary Economic Thought (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201. 203. and senior standing.
Graduate students should take ECON 705 A survey of
the development of economic thought since 1900 with
special reference to Thorstein Veblin and other pre-
1939 institutionalists and to post- 1945 neo-institu-
tionalists such as J.K Galbraith and Gunnar Myrdal
ECON 415 Introduction to Economic Development
of Underdeveloped Areas (3) Prerequisite: ECON
201 and 203; or 205. An analysis of the economic and
social characteristics of underdeveloped areas Re-
cent theories of economic development, obstacles to
development, policies and planning tor development
ECON 418 Economic Development of Selected
Areas (3) A— Latin America B— Asia C — Africa Pre-
requisite: ECON 415 Institutional characteristics of a
specific area are discussed and alternate strategies
and policies for development are analyzed.
ECON 421 Economic Statistics (3) Prerequisite
MATH 110 or equivalent. Not open to students who
have taken BSAD 230 or BSAD 231 An introduction to
the use of statistics in economics Topics include:
probability, random variables and their distributions,
sampling theory, estimation, hypothesis testing, analy-
sis of variance, regression analysis, correlation
ECON 422 Quantitative Methods in Economics (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201. 203. and 421 (or BSAD
230); or permission of instructor. Emphasizes the
interaction between the economic problems posed by
economists and the assumptions employed in statisti-
cal theory. Deals with the formulation, estimation and
testing of economic models Topics include single
variable and multiple variable regression techniques,
theory of identification, autocorrelation and simultane-
ous equations. Independent work relating the material
in the course to an economic problem chosen by the
student is required.
ECON 425 Mathematical Economics (3) Prerequi-
sites: ECON 401 and 403 and one year of college
mathematics. A course designed to enable economics
majors to understand the simpler aspects of mathe-
matical economics. Those parts of the calculus and
algebra required for economic analysis will be pre-
sented.
ECON 430 Money and Banking (3) Prerequisite
ECON 201, 203. Relation of money and credit to
economic activity and prices; impact of public policy in
financial markets and for goods and services; policies,
structure, and functions of the federal reserve system;
organization, operation, and functions of the commer-
cial banking system, as related particularly to ques-
tions of economic stability and public policy
ECON 431 Theory of Money, Prices and Economic
Activity (3) Prerequisite: ECON 430 A theoretical
treatment of the influence of money and financial
markets on economic activity and prices, and of the
effects of monetary policy on the markets for goods
and services; the role of money in the classical and
Keynesian macro-systems; topics of theoretical inter-
est in monetary policy formation and implementation
ECON 440 International Economics (3) Prerequisite:
ECON 201 , 203. A descriptive and theoretical analysis
of international trade, balance of payments accounts,
the mechanism of international economic adjustment,
comparative costs, economics of customs unions.
ECON 441 International Economic Policies (3) Pre-
requisites: ECON 401, 403, and 440. Contemporary
balance of payments problems; the international liquid-
ity controversy investment, trade and economic devel-
opment; evaluation of arguments for protection.
ECON 450 Introduction to Public Finance (3) Pre-
requisite: ECON 201. 203; or ECON 205 The role of
federal, state, and local governments in meeting public
wants. Analysis of tax theory and policy, expenditure
theory, government budgeting, benefit-cost analysis,
and income redistribution.
ECON 451 Public Choice and Public Policy (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 201. 203. or 205 Analysis of
collective decision making, economic models of gov-
ernment, program budgeting, and policy implementa-
tion; emphasis on models of public choice and institu-
tions which affect decision making.
ECON 454 State and Local Public Finance (3) Pre-
requisite: ECON 201 and 203; or 205 Principles and
problems of governmental finance with special refer-
ence to state and local jurisdictions. Topics to be
covered include taxation, expenditures and inter-
governmental fiscal relations
ECON 460 Industrial Organization (3) Prerequisite:
ECON 201 and 203; or 205 Changing structure of the
American economy, price policies in different industnal
classifications of monopoly and competition in relation
to problems of public policy
ECON 471 Current Problems In Labor Economics
(3) Prerequisite ECON 470 For students who wish to
pursue, in depth, selected topics in the labor field
Issues and topics selected for detailed examination
may include: manpower training and development,
unemployment compensation and social secunty, race
82 Economics Program
and sex discrimination in employment, wage theory,
productivity analysis, the problems of collective bar-
gaining in public employment, wage-price controls and
incomes policy.
ECON 482 Economics of the Soviet Union (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 201 and 203; or 205. An analysis
of the organization, operating principles and perform-
ance of the soviet economy with attention to the
historical and ideological background, planning, re-
sources, industry, agriculture, domestic and foreign
trade, finance, labor, and the structure and growth of
national income.
ECON 484 The Economy of China (3) Prerequisite:
ECON 201 and 203; or 205. Policies and performances
of the Chinese economy since 1949. Will begin with a
survey of modern China's economic history. Empha-
sizes the strategies and institutional innovations that
the Chinese have adopted to overcome the problems
of economic development. Some economic controver-
sies raised during the 'cultural revolution' will be cov-
ered in review of the problems and prospects of the
present Chinese economy.
ECON 486 The Economics of National Planning (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 201 and 203; or 205. An analysis
of the principles and practice of economic planning
with special reference to the planning problems of
West European countries and the United States.
ECON 490 Survey of Urban Economic Problems
and Policies (3) Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 203; or
205. An introduction to the study of urban economics
through the examination of current policy issues. Top-
ics may include suburbanization of jobs and re-
sidences, housing and urban renewal, urban transpor-
tation, development of new tcwns, ghetto economic
development, problems in services such as education
and police.
ECON 491 Economics and Control of Urban
Growth (3) Prerequisite: ECON 490. An analysis of
metropolitan development processes, the conse-
quences of alternative growth patterns, and the evalu-
ation of policies to control growth.
ECON 492 Economics of Location and Regional
Growth (3) Prerequisite: ECON 403, or consent of
instructor. Study of the theories, problems, and poli-
cies of regional economic development and the loca-
tion of economic activity for both rural and metropoli-
tan regions. Methods of regional analysis.
ECON 601 Macro-Economic Analysis (3) First se-
mester of a two-semester sequence, 601 and 602.
Topics normally include general equilibrium theory in
classical, Keynesian. and post-Keynesian treatments;
the demand for money; theories of consumption be-
havior and of inflation.
ECON 602 Economic Growth and Instability (3)
Second semester. A continuation of ECON 601. Major
topics include growth and technological change, in-
vestment, business cycles, and large empirial macro-
economic models. Also included are material on
wages and employment and on international and do-
mestic stability.
ECON 603 Micro-Economic Analysis I (3) Prerequi-
site: A calculus course or concurrent registration in
ECON 621. The first semester of a two-semester
sequence which analyzes the usefulness and short-
comings of prices in solving the basic economic prob-
lem of allocating scarce resources among alternative
uses. The central problem of welfare economics and
general equilibrium as a framework for a detailed
analysis of consumption and production theories in-
cluding linear programming with decisions under un-
certainty.
ECON 604 Micro-Economic Analysis II (3) Prerequi-
site: ECON 603. A continuation of ECON 603. Theory
of capital, interest and wages. Qualifications of the
basic welfare theorem caused by noncompetitive mar-
ket structures, external economies and diseconomies
and secondary constraints. Application of price theory
to public expenditure decisions, investment in human
capital, international trade, and other areas of eco-
nomics.
ECON 605 Welfare Economics (3) First semester.
Prerequisite: ECON 603. The topics covered include
pareto optimality, social welfare funtions, indivisibili-
ties, consumer surplus, output and price policy in
public enterprise, and welfare aspects of the theory of
public expenditures.
ECON 606 History of Economic Thought (3) First
semester. Prerequisite: ECON 403 or consent of the
instructor. A study of the development of economic
thought and theories including the Greeks, Romans,
Canonists, Mercantilists, Physiocrats, Adam Smith,
Malthus, Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic poli-
cy.
ECON 607 Economic Theory in the Nineteenth
Century (3) Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON
606 or consent of the instructor. A study of nineteenth-
century and twentieth-century schools of economic
thought, particularly the Classicists, Neo-Classists,
Austrians, German historical school, American eco-
nomic thought, the Socialists, and Keynes.
ECON 611 Seminar in American Economic Devel-
opment (3)
ECON 613 Origins and Development of Capitalism
(3) Second semester. Studies the transition from feu-
dalism to modern capitalistic economies in Western
Europe. Whenever possible, this economic history is
analyzed with the aid of tools of modern economics,
and in the light of comparisons and contrasts with the
less developed areas of the present day.
ECON 615 Economic Development of Un-
derdeveloped Areas (3) First semester. Prerequisite:
ECON 401 and 403. An analysis of the forces contrib-
uting to and retarding economic progress in un-
derdeveloped areas. Macro and micro-economic as-
pects of development planning and strategy are em-
phasized.
ECON 616 Seminar in Economic Development (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 615 or consent
of instructor. A continuation of ECON 615. Special
emphasis is on the application of economic theory in
the institutional setting of a country or area of particu-
lar interest to the student.
ECON 617 Money and Finance in Economic Devel-
opment (3) First semester Economic theory, strategy
and tactics for mobilizing real and financial resources
to finance and accelerate economic development.
Monetary, fiscal, and tax reform policy and practice by
the government sector to design and implement na-
tional development plans.
ECON 621 Quantitative Economics I (3) First semes-
ter. An introduction to the theory and practice of
statistical inference. Elements of computer pro-
gramming and a review of mathematics germane to
this and other graduate economics courses are includ-
ed.
ECON 622 Quantitative Economics II (3) Second
semester. Prerequisite: ECON 621. Techniques of
estimating relationships among economic variables.
Multiple regression, the analysis of variance and
covariance. and techniques for dealing in time series.
Further topics in mathematics.
ECON 661 Advanced Industrial Organization (3)
First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 401 and 403 or
consent of instructor. Analysis of market structure and
its relation to market performance.
ECON 662 Industrial Organization and Public Poli-
cy (3) Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 661 or
consent of instructor. Analysis of the problems of
public policy in regard to the structure, conduct, and
performance of industry. Examination of anti-trust poli-
cy from the point of view of economic theory.
ECON 671 Seminar in Labor Economics (3) First
semester. Formal models of labor demand, supply,
utilization and price formation. Factors affecting labor
supply; the determination of factor shares in an open
economy; bargaining models, labor resources, trade
union theories as they affect resource allocation.
ECON 672 Selected Topics in Labor Economics (3)
Second semester. The wage-price issue; public policy
with respect to unions, labor-management relations,
and the labor market; institutional aspects of the
American labor movement; manpower development
and training.
ECON 682 Seminar in Economic Development of
the Soviet Union (3) Second semester. Prerequisite:
ECON 482 or consent of instructor. Measurement and
evaluation of soviet economic growth including inter-
pretation and use of Soviet statistics, measurement of
national income, fiscal policies, investment and tech-
nological change, planning and economic administra-
tion, manpower and wage policies, foreign trade and
aid Selected topics in bloc development and reform.
ECON 686 Economic Growth in Mature Economies
(3) A comparative analysis of measures for achieving
economic stability and progress in mature economies
such as the major West European countries and the
United States, including fiscal and monetary policies,
tax incentives, manpower programs, redistributional
efforts, planning procedures and nationalization.
ECON 698 Selected Topics in Economics (3)
ECON 703 Advanced Economic Theory I (3) Prereq-
uisite: Background in calculus and matrix algebra such
as provided by ECON 621 and 622. Optimization
techniques such as Lagrangian multipliers and linear
programming. Mathematical treatment of general equi-
librium, including interindustry analysis, the theory of
production, consumption, and welfare.
ECON 704 Advanced Economic Theory II (3) Pre-
requisite: ECON 703. Multi-sectoral growth models
and questions of optimal growth. Last half of course
consists of presentations of seminar papers.
ECON 705 Seminar in Institutional Economic Theo-
ry (3) Second semester. A study of the recent
developments in the field of institutional economic
theory in the United States and abroad.
ECON 706 Seminar in Institutional Economic Theo-
ry (3)
ECON 721 Econometrics I (3) First semester Special
topics in mathematical statistics necessary for under-
standing econometric theory, with particular emphasis
on multivariate analysis. The estimation of simultane-
ous equation systems, problems involving errors in
variables, distributed lags, and spectral analysis.
ECON 722 Seminar in Quantitative Economics (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 622 or consent
of instructor. Analysis of data sources for economic
research; critical evaluation of previous and current
quantitative economic studies; and class discussion
and criticism of student research projects.
ECON 731 Monetary Theory and Policy (3) First
semester. An adequate knowledge of micro and
macro-economics is assumed. Theory of money, fi-
nancial assets, and economic activity; review of classi-
cal, neo-classical and Keynesian contribution; empha-
sis on post-Keynesian contributions, including those of
Tobin, Patinkin, Gurley-Shaw, Friedman, and others.
ECON 732 Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy
(3) Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 731 or con-
sent of instructor. Theory of the mechanisms through
which central banking affects economic activity and
prices; formation and implementation of of monetary
policy; theoretical topics in monetary policy.
ECON 741 Advanced International Economics I (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 601. The international mechanism
of adjustment: price, exchange rate, and income
changes. The flexible exchange rate system, interna-
tional monetary reform and international investment
and capital flows.
ECON 742 Advanced International Economics II (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 603 and ECON 741. The pure
theory of international trade. Comparative costs, the
Heckscher-Ohlin Theorem, and the effect of trade on
factor prices. Tariff analysis, commercial policy and
customs unions. The gains from trade and ranking of
policy interventions.
ECON 751 Advanced Theory of Public Finance (3)
Review of utility analysis to include the theory of
individual consumer resource allocation and exchange
and welfare implications. Effects of alternative tax and
subsidy techniques upon allocation, exchange, and
welfare outcomes. Theories of public goods, their
production, exchange and consumption. Principles of
benefit-cost analysis for government decisions.
ECON 752 Seminar in Public Finance (3) Second
semester. Theory of taxation and tax policy, with
particular emphasis on income taxation; empirical stu-
dies; the burden of the public debt. Research paper by
each student to be presented to seminar.
ECON 775 Poverty and the Labor Market (3) Prereq-
uisite: ECON 603 and 622, or consent of instructor.
Theories of income distribution and factor shares;
human capital theory, empirical applications, and criti-
cisms; theories and measurement of discrimination;
the operation of labor markets, trade unions, and
minimum wage laws; economic fluctuations and in-
come distribution.
ECON 776 Policies Affecting Income Distribution
(3) Prerequisite: ECON 603 and 622, or consent of
instructor. Ethics of distribution; measures of income,
income distribution, and poverty; incidence of taxation
and public expenditures; the design of distributional
policies, in-kind versus cash assisstance; particular
policy areas, education finance, housing assisstance.
medical care, child care, cash transfer programs.
Electrical Engineering Program 83
ECON 781 Advanced Environmental Economics (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 603 and 621. or consent of
instructor Theory of externalities, microeconomic mo-
dels of pollution damage functions, benefits and costs
of alternative pollution control measures, macroeco-
nomic models of material and energy balance, limits to
economic growth and long-run problems of inter-
generational and interregional efficiency and equity.
ECON 785 Advanced Economics of Natural Re-
sources (3) Prerequisites: ECON 603 and 621, or
consent of instructor. The rate of use of renewable and
non-renewable resources from the normative and pos-
itive points of view, evaluation of alternative uses of
natural environments; irreversibilities, discounting and
intergenerational transfers. Discussion of natural re-
source problems and policies.
ECON 790 Advanced Urban Economics (3) Market
processes and public policies as related to urban
problems and metropolitan change. Employment,
housing, discrimination, transportation and the local
public sector.
ECON 792 Regional and Urban Economics (3) The-
oretical and empirical analysis of the location and
spatial distribution of economic activity. Analysis of
regional growth and development. The study of analyt-
ical methods and forecasting models.
ECON 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-«)
ECON 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Electrical Engineering
Program
Professor and Chairman: Harger
Professors: Chu\ Davisson, DeClaris, Hochuli,
Lee, Ligomenides, Lin Newcomb, Ott 2 ,
Reiser 2 , Taylor. White (part-time)
Associate Professors: Baras, Basham,
Blankenship, Davis, Destler, Emad,
Ephremides, Levine, Pugsley, Rhee, Silio,
Simons, Stnffler, Tretter, Wang, Zajac, Zaki
Assistant Professors: Krishnaprasad
'joint appointment with Computer Science
2 joint appointment with Physics
The Electrical Engineering Department offers
graduate programs leading to the M.S. and
Ph.D. degrees. A diverse offering of courses, as
well as seminars, colloquium series, and thesis
guidance, encompasses a broad spectrum of
topics. Specialization is possible in bioelectncal
engineering (neurophysiology systems, net-
works, and signals), circuits (network analysis
and synthesis, microwave and integrated cir-
cuits, computer-aided design), communications
(random processes; detection, estimation and
coding, information theories; digital signal pro-
cessing, optical communications, communica-
tion networks, remote sensing systems), com-
puters (computer architecture and design,
operating and software systems), control (com-
puter-aided design, nonlinear, sampled data,
and distributed parameter systems, system op-
timization, optimal and stochastic control), and
electrophysics (electromagnetic theory,
charged-particle dynamics, quantum electron-
ics, microwave, antenna, and optical engineer-
ing), lasers, nonlinear optics, and spectroscopy
Joint programs are maintained with the mathe-
matics, physics, and computer science depart-
ments and the material science and transporta-
tion programs. Opportunities for programs of
study in conjunction with many national labora-
tories and technical facilities also exist. The
department has active theoretical research pro-
jects in optical communication, communication
networks, coding theory, traffic control, remote
sensing, solar energy conversion devices, and
many other areas.
Admission and Degree
Information
Present minimum requirement for admission to
the Graduate School as an Electrical Engineer-
ing student is graduation from an ECPD ac-
credited undergraduate program in Electrical
Engineering with an average no lower than B, or
similar undergraduate preparation in mathemat-
ics, computer science, physics, or other areas
of engineering or science.
Requirements for the master's thesis and
nonthesis options are those of the Graduate
School. All requirements must be completed
within 5 years.
Requirements for the Ph.D. degree include
a minimum of 42 semester hours of graduate
approved courses; the Ph.D. qualifying exami-
nation; and completion of all dissertation and
oral examination requirements.
Facilities and Special Resources
There are modern research and project labora-
tories within the department which support a
wide variety of research programs. These labo-
ratories include a laser and electromagnetics
laboratory; a microprocessor development lab-
oratory; a gas laser laboratory (He, Ne, and
C02 laser stability and lifetime and applica-
tions); a solid state laser laboratory (nonlinear
optics); an integrated circuits laboratory (a full-
line facility capable of producing monolithic,
thin-film, and MOS structures); a microwave
circuits laboratory; and an electron-ring acceler-
ator laboratory (ion beam acceleration studies).
The department has a computational facility
with conversational and remote-batch terminals
linked to the University's UNIVAC 1108 digital
computers, as well as PDP-9 and PDP-1 1 digi-
tal computers, and AD-5 analog computer,
microcomputers and minicomputers, and as-
sociated peripherals. A complete engineering
library is housed nearby in conjunction with the
mathematics and physical science collections.
Financial Assistance
Financial aid is available to graduate students in
the form of Graduate Research Assistantships,
Graduate Teaching Assistantships and Fellow-
ships. Applications for Graduate Research and
Teaching Assistantships should be completed
and sent to the Electrical Engineering Office of
Graduate Studies.
Graduate Research Assistantships are
awarded subject to availability of funds and are
renewed subject to satisfactory research prog-
ress. Summer appointments are often available.
Graduate Teaching Assistantships are usu-
ally awarded in April. Preference is given to
United States citizens. Duties may include labo-
ratory teaching assignments, assistance in the
computation facility, or assistance in courses.
Teaching Assistants must register for at least
nine credit hours per semester.
Local industries and government agencies
have work-study programs in which about half
of the Electrical Engineering graduate student
body participates. Application should be made
directly to the agencies.
Additional Information
Special brochures or publications offered by the
Department may be obtained by writing to this
address:
Electrical Engineering Office of
Graduate Studies
University of Maryland
Courses
ENEE 400 Computer Aided Circuit Analysis (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 314. Computer aided analysis of
electronic devices and components. Network topolo-
gy, computer formulation of Kirchhoff laws. Nodal
analysis of linear and non-linear networks, computer
formulation of the state equations, time domain and
frequency domain solution, sensitivity calculations.
ENEE 402 Advanced Pulse Techniques (3) (See
ENEE 403 for optional related laboratory course)
Prerequisite. ENEE 314 or 410 or equivalent Bistable,
monostable, and astable circuits, sweep circuits, syn-
chronization, counting, gates, comparators Magnetic
core circuits, semi-conductor and vacuum-tube cir-
cuits.
ENEE 407 Microwave-Circuits Laboratory (2) Pre-
requisite, Senior standing in electrical engineering or
consent of instructor. One lecture and three lab hours
per week. Experiments concerned with circuits con-
structed from microwave components providing practi-
cal experience in the design, construction and testing
of such circuits. Projects include microwave filters and
S-parameter design with applications of current tech-
nology.
ENEE 410 Electronic Circuits (3) Prerequisite ENEE
300 or equivalent knowledge of circuit theory or con-
sent of the instructor This course is intended for
students in the physical sciences, and for engineering
students requiring additional study of electron circuits
Credit not normally given for this course in an electrical
engineering mapr program. (ENEE 413 may optionally
be taken as an associated laboratory). P-N junctions,
transistors, vacuum tubes, biasing and operating point
stability, switches, large-signal analysis, models, small-
signal analysis, frequency response, feedback and
multistage amplifiers, pulse and digital circuits.
ENEE 412 Telemetry Systems (3) Prerequisite
ENEE 314. Selected digital circuits; frequency division
multiplexing; FM/AM systems, SSB/FM systems; time
division multiplexed systems; pulse amplitude modula-
tion; pulse duration modulation: pulse code modula-
tion: analog to digital converters: multiplexers and CC-
commutators.
ENEE 413 Electronics Laboratory (2) Corequisite:
ENEE 314. One lecture and three lab hours per week.
Provides experience in the specification, design, and
testing of basic electronic circuits and practical inter-
connections. Emphasis on design with discrete solid
state and integrated circuit components for both ana-
log and pulse circuits.
ENEE 414 Network Analysis (3) Prerequisite: ENEE
304 Network properties: linearity, reciprocity, etc.; 2-
port descriptions and generalization: Y. S, hybird matri-
ces; description properties: symmetry, para-unity, etc.;
basic topological analysis; state-space techniques;
computer-aided analysis; sensitivity analysis, approxi-
mation theory.
ENEE 416 Network Synthesis (3) Prerequisite —
ENEE 304. Active and passive components, passivity,
bounded and positive real, re properties and synthesis.
Brune and Darlington synthesis, transfer-voltage and
Y21 synthesis, active feedback configurations, image
parameter design, computer-aided optimization syn-
thesis via the embedding concept
ENEE 418 Projects in Electrical Engineering (1-3)
Hours to be arranged Prerequisites Senior standing
and permission of the instructor May be taken for
repeated credit up to a total of 4 credits, with the
permission of the student's advisor and the instructor.
Theoretical and experimental projects
ENEE 419 Apprenticeship in Electrical Engineering
(2-3) Hours to be arranged Prerequisite Completion of
sophomore courses and permission of an apprentice-
ship director May be taken for repeated credit up to a
total of nine credits A unique opportunity for experi-
ence in experimental research and engmeenng de-
sign A few highly qualified students will be selected as
apprentices in one of the research facilities of the
electrical engmeenng department and will participate
in the current research under the supervision of the
laboratory director In the past, apprenticeships have
been available in the following laboratories: biomedi-
cal, electron nng accelerator, gas laser, integrated
circuits, simulation and computer, and solid state laser
ENEE 420 Communication Systems (3) Prerequisite
ENEE 324. Fourier series. Founer transforms and
linear system analysis, random signals, autocorrelation
functions and power spectral densities, analog com-
munication systems: amplitude modulation, smgle-
sideband modulation, frequency and phase modula-
tion, sampling theorem and pulse-amplitude modula-
tion; digital communication systems pulse-code modu-
lation, phase-shift keying, differential phase shift key-
84 Electrical Engineering Program
ing, frequency shift keying; performance of analog and
digital communication systems in the presence of
noise.
ENEE 421 Information Theory and Coding (3) Pre-
requisite: ENEE 324. Definition of information and
entropy: memoryless and Markov sources; source
coding; Kraft and MacMillan inequalities; Shannon's
First Theorem; Hoffman Codes; channels, mutual in-
formation, and capacity; Shannon's noisy channel
coding theorem; error correcting codes.
ENEE 425 Digital Signal Processing (3) Prerequisite:
ENEE 322. Sampling as a modulation process; alias-
ing; the sampling theorem; the Z-transform and dis-
crete-time system analysis; direct and computer-aided
design of recursive and nonrecursive digital filters; the
discrete Fourier transform (DFT) and fast Fourier
transform (FFT); digital filtering using the FFT; analog-
to-digital and digital-to analog conversion; effects of
quantization and finite-word-length arithmetic.
ENEE 432 Electronics for Life Scientists (4) Three
hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: College algebra and a physics course,
including basic electricity and magnetism. Not accept-
ed for credit in an Electrical Engineering major pro-
gram. The concept of an instrumentation system with
emphasis upon requirements for transducers, am-
plifiers, and recording devices, design criteria and
circuitry of power supplies amplifiers, and pulse equip-
ment, specific instruments used for biological re-
search, problems of shielding against hum and noise
pickup and other interference problems characteristic
of biological systems.
ENEE 433 Electronic Instrumentation for Physical
Science (3) Two hours of lecture and two hours of
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ENEE 300 or 306,
PHYS 271 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. The
concept of instrumentation systems from sensor to
readout; discussions of transducers, system dynamics,
precision and accuracy; measurement of electrical
parameters; direct, differential, and potentiometric
measurements; bridge measurements, time and fre-
quency measurements, waveform generation and dis-
play.
ENEE 434 Introduction to Neural Networks and
Signals (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 204 or 300. Introduc-
tion in the generation and processing of bioelectric
signals including structure and function of the neuron,
membrane theory, generation and propagation of
nerve impulses, synaptic mechanisms, transduction
and neural coding of sensory events, central nervous
system processing of sensory information and corre-
lated electrical signals, control of effector organs,
muscle contraction and mechanics, and models of
neurons and neural networks.
ENEE 435 Electrodes and Electrical Processes in
Biology and Medicine (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 204 or
300. Techniques for recording biological signals such
as brain, muscle and cardial electrical potentials;
membrane theory; half-cell potentials, liquid junction
potentials, polarization of electrodes; biological and
medical instrumentation; and applications in the de-
sign of cardial pacemakers, or a similar case study.
ENEE 438 Topics in Biomedical Engineering (1-3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. May be
taken for repeated credit. The content may vary from
semester to semester Selected topics of current inter-
est from such areas as bioelectric systems, modeling
instrumentation, automated diagnostic, health-care
delivery, etc. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours.
ENEE 442 Software Engineering (3) Prerequisites:
ENES 240; ENEE 250 or equivalent. Architectural
aspects of software engineering. Machine language
and machine structure; assembly language and as-
semblers; macro-language and macro-processors;
loaders and linkers; programming languages and lan-
guage structure; compilers and interpreters; operating
systems.
ENEE 444 Logic Design of Oigital Systems (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 250. Review of switching algebra;
gates and logic modules; map simplification tech-
niques; multiple-output systems; memory elements
and sequential systems; large switching systems;
iterative networks; sample designs, computer oriented
simplification algorithms; state assignment; partition
techniques; sequential system decompositions.
ENEE 445 Computer Laboratory (2) Prerequisite:
ENEE 444. One lecture and three lab hours per week.
Hardware-oriented experiments providing practical ex-
perience in the design, construction, and checkout of
components and interfaces for digital computers and
data transmission systems. Projects include classical
design techniques and applications of current technol-
ogy.
ENEE 446 Digital Computer Design (3) Prerequisite:
ENEE 250. Essential elements of the hardware design
of digital computers Arithmetic and logic units, adders,
multipliers, dividers, logic and shifting operations, float-
ing point arithmetic. Memory organization, design of a
basic computer: instruction set, bus structure, fetch-
execute microoperations, hard-wired control unit,
microprogrammed control unit, index registers, indirect
addressing, interrupt operation, direct memory access.
Organization of commercially available computers. No
student will be allowed credit for both CMSC 410 and
ENEE 446.
ENEE 450 Discrete Structures (3) Prerequisite:
ENES 240 or equivalent. Review of set algebra includ-
ing relations, partial ordering and mappings. Algebraic
structures including semigroups and groups. Graph
theory including trees and weighted graphs. Boolean
algebra and prospositional logic. Applications of these
structures to various areas of Computer Engineering.
ENEE 460 Control Systems (3) Prerequisite: ENEE
322. Mathematical models for control system com-
ponents. Transform and time domain methods for
linear control systems. Introductory stability theory.
Root locus, Bode diagrams and Nyquist plots. Design
specifications in the time and frequency domains.
Compensation design in the time and frequency do-
main. Introduction to sampled data systems. Introduc-
tion to computer aided design of control systems.
ENEE 461 Control Systems Laboratory (2) Prerequi-
site: ENEE 460. One lecture and three lab hours per
week. Projects to enhance the student's understand-
ing of feedback control systems and to familiarize him
with the characteristics and limitations of real control
devices. Students will design, build, and test ser-
vomechanisms, and will conduct analog and hybrid
computer simulations of control systems.
ENEE 462 Systems, Control and Computation (3)
Prerequisites: ENEE 300 or 304, and MATH 246 or
consent of instructor. Matrix algebra, state space
analysis of discrete systems, state space analysis of
continuous systems, computer algorithms for circuit
analysis, optimization and system simulation.
ENEE 472 Transducers and Electrical Machinery
(3) Prerequisite: ENEE 304. Electromechanical trans-
ducers, theory of electromechanical systems, power
and wideband transformers, rotating electrical machin-
ery from the theoretical and performance points of
view.
ENEE 473 Transducers and Electrical Machinery
Laboratory (1) Corequisite: ENEE 472. Experiments
on transformers, synchronous machines, induction
motors, synchros, loudspeakers, other transducers.
ENEE 480 Fundamentals of Solid State Electronics
(3) Prerequisite: ENEE 381. Review of Maxwell's
Equation, electromagnetic properties of dielectrics;
introduction to quantum mechanics and quantum sta-
tistics; classical and quantum theory of metals; theory
of semiconductors and semiconductor devices; princi-
ple of magnetic devices and selected topics.
ENEE 481 Antennas (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 381.
Introduction to the concepts of radiation, generalized
far field formulas; antenna theorems and fundamen-
tals; antenna arrays, linear and planar arrays; aperture
antennas; terminal impedance; propagation.
ENEE 483 Electromagnetic Measurements Labora-
tory (2) Prerequisites: ENEE 305 and ENEE 380. One
lecture and three lab hours per week. Experiments
designed to provide familiarity with a large class of
micro-wave and optical components, techniques for
interconnecting them into useful systems, and tech-
niques of high frequenc" and optical measurements.
ENEE 487 Particle Accelerators, Physical and Engi-
neering Principles (3) Prerequisites: ENEE 380 and
PHYS 420, or consent of the instructor. Sources of
charged particles; methods of acceleration and focus-
ing of ion beams in electromagnetic fields; basic
theory, design, and engineering principles of particle
accelerators.
ENEE 488 Topics in Electrical Engineering (3) Pre-
requisite: Permission of the instructor. May be taken
for repeated credit up to a total of six credits, with the
permission of the student's advisor and the instructor.
ENEE 496 Lasers and Electro-Optic Devices (3)
Pre-or corequisite: ENEE 381. Optical resonators,
Fabry-Perot Etalon. Theory of laser oscillation, rate
equations. Gaseous, solid state, semiconductor and
dye laser systems. Electro-optic effects and paramet-
ric oscillators. Holography.
ENEE 601 Active Network Analysis (3) Prerequisite:
ENEE 406 or equivalent. The complex frequency
plane, conventional feedback and sensitivity, theo-
rems for feedback circuits, stability and physical reada-
bility of electrical networks, Nyquist's and Routh's
criteria for stability, activity and passivity criteria.
ENEE 604 Advanced Electronic Circuit Design (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 312 or consent of the instructor.
Comparison of bipolar and field effect transistors,
detailed frequency response of single and multistage
amplifiers, design of feedback applifiers, D-C coupling
techniques, design of multistage tuned amplifiers.
ENEE 605 Graph Theory and Network Analysis (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 600. Linear graph theory as ap-
plied to electrical networks, cut sets and tie sets,
incidence matrices, trees, branches, and mazes, de-
velopment of network equations by matrix and index
notation, network characteristic equations for natural
circuit behavior, signal-flow-graph theory and Mason-S
rule, stability of active two-part networks.
ENEE 608 Graduate Seminar (1-3) Prerequisite: Con-
sent of instructor. Every semester regular seminars are
held in electrical science and in the six areas of
specialization offered by the electrical engineering
department. They may be taken, by arrangement with
the student's advisor, for repeated credit.
ENEE 609 Projects in Electrical Engineering (1-3)
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Individual pro-
jects on advanced systems in electrical engineering.
May be repeated for credit up to a maximum of three
credits.
ENEE 610 Electrical Network Theory (3) Undergrad-
uate circuit theory or consent of the instructor. Matrix
algebra, network elements, ports, passivity and activi-
ty, geometrical and analytical descriptions of networks,
state variable characterizations, scattering matrices,
signal flow graphs, sensitivity.
ENEE 620 Random Processes in Communication
and Control (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 324 or equivalent.
Introduction to random processes: characterization,
classification, representation; Gaussian and other ex-
amples. Linear operations on random processes, sta-
tionary processes: covanance function and spectral
density. Linear least square waveform estimating Wie-
ner-Kolmogroff filtering, Kalman-Bucy recursive filter-
ing: function space characterization, non-linear opera-
tions on random processes.
ENEE 621 Estimation and Detection Theory (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 620 or equivalent or consent of
instructor. Estimation of unknown parameters, Cra-
mer-Rao lower bound; optimum (map) demodulation;
filtering, amplitude and angle modulation, comparison
with conventional systems; statistical decision theory
Bayes, Minimax. Neyman/Pearson, Criteria-68 simple
and composite hypotheses; application to coherent
and incoherent signal detection; M-ary hypotheses;
application to uncoded and coded digital communica-
tion systems. (Listed also as MAPL 644.)
ENEE 630 Advanced Topics — Radar Signals and
Systems (3) Corequisite: ENEE 620. Review of linear
systems and signals: Fourier transform representation
time bandwidth product, resolution, complex represen-
tation; maximum signal-to-noise ratio criterion receiver
and signal design, radar range equation; statistical
detection theory: probability of error performance; sta-
tistical estimation theory: unknown parameters, range-
Doppler radar, ambiguity problem, asymptotic maxi-
mum likelihood estimation and Cramer-Rao lower
bound; resolution of multiple objects.
ENEE 633 Modeling of Nerves and Muscles with
Applications to Prosthetic Devices (3) Prerequisite:
Undergraduate degree in Engineering or Physics, or
permission of the instructor. Principles and circuit
models for resting and active membrane potentials of
nerves and muscles; synaptic mechanisms including
probabilistic models of neuromuscular transmission;
electrode potentials and reactions; propagation of
biopotentials in a volume conductor; properties, me-
chanical models, and circuit analogs for muscles and
proprioceptors; spinal reflexes in the control of pos-
ture; applications of the above in the design of pros-
thetic and orthotic devices.
ENEE 634 Models of Transduction and Signal Pro-
cessing in Sensory Systems (3) Prerequisite: ENEE
633 or ENEE 435 or permission of the instructor.
General organization of sensory systems, receptor
El ectrical Engineering Program 85
mechanisms; receptor and neural models; statistics ot
neural spike trains, peripheral signal processing in
sensory systems, with emphasis on vision and audi-
tion; introduction to signal processing in the central
nervous system; applications to development of sen-
sory protheses.
ENEE 642 Software System Implementation (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 442 or equivalent. Implementation
aspects of software engineering. Programming lan-
guages; architectural designs; program design; struc-
tured programming; peripheral storage devices; I/O
programming; debugging and evaluation.
ENEE 646 Digital Computer Design (3) Prerequisite:
ENEE 446. Introduction to design techniques for digital
computers; digital arithmetic; logic circuits; digital
memories; design of computer elements; arithmetic
unit; and control unit. A simple digital computer will be
designed.
ENEE 648 Advanced Topics in Electrical Engineer-
ing (3) Every semester courses intended for high
degree of specialization are offered by visiting or
regular electrical engineering faculty members in two
or more of the areas listed in 488. The student should
check with the electrical engineering office of graduate
studies for a list and the description of the topics
offered currently.
ENEE 654 Combinatorial Switching Theory (3) Pre-
requisites: ENEE 450 and ENEE 444 Application of
algebraic techniques to combinatorial switching net-
works; multi-valued systems, symmetries and their
use; optimization algorithms; heuristic techniques; ma-
jority and threshold logic; function decomposition; cel-
lular cascades.
ENEE 655 Structure Theory of Machines (3) Prereq-
uisites: ENEE 450 and ENEE 444, Machine realiza-
tions; partitions and the substitution property; pair
algebras and applications; variable dependence;
decomposition; loop-free structures; set system
decompositions; semigroup realizations.
ENEE 657 Simulation of Dynamic Systems (3) Pre-
requisite: ENEE 443. Mechanistic methods for differ-
ential equation solution; application of analog or hybrid
computers and digital differential analyzers for that
purpose; design and structure of languages for digital-
analog simulation on a general purpose digital comput-
er: mimic language and examples of its use. Class will
run simulation programs on a larger-scale computer.
ENEE 660 Modern Control System Design Method
(3) Prerequisite: ENEE 663 and ENEE 620, or equiva-
lent, or consent of the instructor. Applications of state
space design methods; linear regulator problem and
applications to tracking, stabilization and disturbance
elimination; self-tuning regulators. State estimators.
The second method of Liapunov and applications in
contol systems design. Applications of modern fre-
quency domain methods in control system design;
diagonal dominance. dynamic compensation,
decoupling. Applications of the linear quadratic Gaus-
sian problem in control systems design. Case studies
from industrial, guidance and other engineering control
problems. Analysis of computer algorithms are ana-
lyzed for each of the above four basic design methods
provided. Analysis of interactive computer aided de-
sign methods and validation procedures are extensive-
ly analyzed.
ENEE 661 Nonlinear Control Systems (3) Prerequi-
site: ENEE 460 or consent of instructor State space
methods of stability analysis including second order
systems and the phase plane, linearization and stabili-
ty in the small, stability in the large and Lyapunov's
second method. Frequency domain methods including
the describing function. Popov's method and func-
tional analytic methods. Introduction to Volterra series
representations of nonlinear systems. Applications to
control system design.
ENEE 662 Sampled-Data Control Systems (3) Pre-
requsite: Preparations in linear feedback control theory
or consent of instructor. Z-transform and modified z-
transform method of analysis, root locus and frequen-
cy response methods of analysis, ideal and finite width
sampling, discrete and continuous compensation of
digital control systems, state space equations, control-
lability and observability of discrete systems, stability,
minimum time and minimum energy control, statistical
design and the discrete Kalman filter.
ENEE 663 System Theory (3) General systems mo-
dels. State variables and state spaces. Differential
dynamical systems. Discrete time systems. Linearity
and its implications. Controllability and observability
State space structure and representation Realization
theory and algorithmic solutions Parametenzations of
linear systems; canonical forms. Basic results from
stability theory. Stabilizability. Fine structure of linear
multivariable systems; minimal indices and polynomial
matrices Inverse Nyquist array. Geometric methods in
design Interplay between frequency domain and state
space design methods. Interactive computer-aided
design methods. (Listed also as MAPL 640)
ENEE 664 Optimal Control (3) Prerequisite: ENEE
460 or consent of the instructor. General optimization
and control problems. Static optimization problems
Linear and nonlinear programming methods. Geomet-
ric interpretations. Dynamic optimization problems.
Discrete time maximum principle and applications.
Pontryagin maximum principle in continuous time. Dy-
namic-programming. Feedback realization of solu-
tions. Extensive applications to problems in optimal
design, navigation and guidance, power systems. In-
troduction to state constrained and singular optimal
control problems (Listed also as MAPL 641.)
ENEE 665 Linear System Identification (3) Prerequi-
site: MATH 400 and ENEE 322 or equivalent: ENEE
620 Representations for linear systems Parameter
estimation techniques such as least square and maxi-
mum likelihood. Correlation methods with white noise
inputs Stochastic approximation and gradient al-
gorithms. Applications of quarilinearization and invari-
ant imbedding. Effect of abrevation noise.
ENEE 680 Electromagnetic Theory I (3) Prerequi-
site: ENEE 381 or equivalent. Theoretical analysis and
engineering applications of Maxwell's equations.
Boundary value problems of electrostatics and mag-
netostatics.
ENEE 681 Electromagnetic Theory II (3) Prerequi-
site: ENEE 381 or equivalent. Continuation of ENEE
680. Theoretical analysis and engineering applications
of Maxwell's Equations. The homogeneous wave
equation. Plane wave propgation. The interaction of
plane waves and material media. Retarded potentials.
The Hertz potential. Simple radiating systems
Relativisitic covariance of Maxwell's Equations.
ENEE 686 Charged Particle Dynamics, Electron
and Ion Beams (3) Three hours per week. Prerequi-
site: Consent of instructor. General principles of single-
particle dynamics; mapping of the electric and mag-
netic fields; equation of motion and methods of solu-
tion; production and control of charge particle beams;
electron optics; Liouville's Theorem; space charge
effects in high current beams; design principles of
special electron and ion beam devices.
ENEE 690 Quantum and Wave Phenomena with
Electrical Application (3) Two lectures per week
Prerequisite: ENEE 381 and ENEE 382 or equivalent.
Introduction of quantum and wave phenomena from
electrical engineering point of view. Topics included:
general principles of quantum mechanics, operator
algebra, the microwave resonant cavity and the
analagous potential well problem, harmonic oscillator,
hydrogenic atom. Perturbation method applied to the
transmission line and potential well problems. Periodi-
cally loaded transmission line and Kronig-Penny model
of band theory.
ENEE 696 Integrated and Miowave Electronics (3)
cr Prerequisite: ENEE 310. Registration in ENEE 793
recommended. Active and passive elements used in
semiconductor structures. Design application of linear
and digital integrated circuits.
ENEE 697 Semiconductor Devices and Technolo-
gy (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 496 or equivalent. Registra-
tion in ENEE 793 recommended. The principles, struc-
tures and characteristics of semiconductor devices.
Technology and fabrication of semiconductor devices.
ENEE 700 Network Synthesis (3) Prerequisite: ENEE
605 or equivalent Design of driving-point and transfer
impedance functions with emphasis of the transfer
loss and phase of minimum-phase networks, flow
diagrams, physical network characteristics, including
relations existing between the real and imaginary
components of network functions, modern methods of
network synthesis.
ENEE 701 Network Synthesis (3) Prerequisite: ENEE
700 or equivalent Design of driving-point and transfer
impedance functions with emphasis of the transfer
loss and phase of minimum-phase networks, flow
diagrams, physical network characteristics, including
relations existing between the real and imaginary
components of network functions, modern methods of
network synthesis.
ENEE 703 Semiconductor Device Models (3) Pre-
requisite: ENEE 605 or equivalents. Single-frequency
models for transistors, small-signal and wide-band
models for general non-reciprocal devices. hybnd-PI
and TEE models for transistors: relationship of models
to transistor physics; synthesis of wide-band models
from terminal behavior, computer utilization of models
for other semiconductor devices.
ENEE 721 Information Theory (3) Corequisite: ENEE
620. Prerequisite: STAT 400 or equivalent. Information
measure, entropy, mutual information, source encod-
ing; noiseless coding theorem, noisy coding theorem;
exponential error bounds; introduction to probabilistic
error correcting codes, block and convolutional codes
and error bounds; channels with memory; continuous
channels; rate distortion function. (Same as MAPL
731.)
ENEE 722 Error Correcting Codes (3) Introduction to
linear codes; bounds on the error correction capabili-
ties of codes; convolutional codes with threshold,
sequential and Viterbi decoding; cyclic random error
correcting codes; P-N sequences; cyclic and convolu-
tional burst error correcting codes.
ENEE 724 Digital Signal Processing (3) Prerequisite:
ENEE 620 or consent of instructor Review of z
transforms; correlations functions and power spectral
densities for discrete time stochastic processes: dis-
crete time Wiener filters, methods for designing digital
filters to meet precise frequency domain specification;
effects of truncation, round-off and finite word length
arithmetic on the accuracy and stability of digital filters;
adaptive equalizers for narrow band data channels;
discrete Fourier transform and fast Fourier transform;
homomorphic filtering; Gauss-Markov estimates;
spectral density estimation.
ENEE 728 Advanced Topics in Communication
Theory (3) Topics selected, as announced, from ad-
vanced communication theory and its applications.
ENEE 730 Advanced Topics — Radar Signals and
Systems (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 620 or equivalent
The theory of imaging radar systems. Classifications,
resolution mechanisms, and principles. System design
for additive noise: effects of ambiguity, multiplicative
noise, motion errors, nonlinearities, and scattering
mechanism. System design for ambiguity and mul-
tiplicative noise. Optical processing Application to
synthetic aperture, astronomical, and hologram radar
ENEE 733 Neural Control of Animal Movement (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 633 or 634. Properties of muscles,
proprioceptors, reflexes, and central nervous system
structures; linear and nonlinear models; field potential
analysis and theories of cerebellar function; and the
control and coordination of these structures during
voluntary and involuntary movement in animals.
ENEE 746 Digital Systems Engineering (3) Prerequi-
site: ENEE 646. Systems aspects of digital-computer-
based systems, data flow analysis; system organiza-
tion; control languages; consoles and displays; remote
terminals; software-hardware tradeoff, system evalua-
tion; case studies from selected applications areas
such as data acquisition and reduction information
storage, or the like.
ENEE 748 Topics in Computer Design (1-3) Prereq-
uisite: Permission of the instructor Such topics as
computer arithmetic, computer reliability, and thresh-
old logic will be considered. May be taken for repeated
credit.
ENEE 760 Mathematical Methods in Control Engi-
neering (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 663 or consent of
instructor. Applications of compactness in control and
communication, geometnc methods in optimal control
of lumped and distributed systems and harmonic anal-
ysis of linear systems. Applications to control and
estimation problems (Listed also as MAPL 740.)
ENEE 761 Control of Distributed Parameter Sys-
tems (3) Prerequisite An introductory course in func-
tional analytic methods at the level of ENEE 760. and
background in control and system theory. Study of
systems governed by pantial differential equations
Delay systems Boundary and distributed control.
Lyapunov stability optimal control of systems gov-
erned by pantial differential equations and of delay
systems Applications to continuum mechanics, dis-
tributed networks, biology, economics, and engineer-
ing (Same as MAPL 741.)
ENEE 762 Stochastic Control (3) Prerequisites
ENEE 620 or equivalent; and ENEE 663/MAPL 640; or
consent of the instructor Stochastic control systems,
numerical methods for the Ricatti Equation, the
86 Engineering Materials Program
separation principle, control of linear systems with
Gaussian signals and quadratic cost, non-linear
stochastic control, stochastic stability, introduction to
stochastic games. (Same as MAPL 742.)
ENEE 769 Advanced Topics In Control Theory (3)
Topics selected, as announced, from advanced con-
trol theory and its applications.
ENEE 772 Advanced Methods and Algorithms in
Detection and Filtering (3) Prerequisite: ENEE 621.
Foundations of random processes. Conditional expec-
tations. Markov processes and Martingales. ITO calcu-
lus Detection and estimation of continuous signals
with continuous observations. Jump processes. Detec-
tion and estimation with discontinuous observations.
Discrete-time case. Fast algorithms for digital filtering
problems. (Listed also as MAPL 735.)
ENEE 774 Mathematics of Continuous Networks
(3) Nonoriented systems, ports, linear orientations,
theory of distributions, scattering matrices, operator
theory of networks, activity, invariant embedding, mul-
tivariate PR and BR state-determined systems, syn-
thesis interval functions, tolerance analysis, neuron
networks and models. Manley-Rowe relations, oscilla-
tors and nonlinear subharmonic generation.
ENEE 780 Microwave Engineering (3) Prerequisite:
ENEE 681. Mathematical methods for the solution of
the wave equation, transmission lines and
waveguides, selected topics in the theory of
waveguide structures, surface guides and artificial
dielectrics.
ENEE 781 Optical Engineering (3) Fourier analysis in
two dimensions, diffraction theory, optical imaging
systems, spatial filtering, holography.
ENEE 782 Radio Wave Propagation (3) Two lectures
per week. Prerequisite: ENEE 681. General solutions
of Maxwell's Equations, geometrical optics approxima-
tions, propagation above a plane earth, effects of
surface irregularities and stratified atmospheres, scat-
tering by turbulence.
ENEE 784 Antenna Theory (3) Two lectures per
week. Prerequisite: ENEE 681 or equivalent. Review of
Maxwell's Equations; radiative networks; linear anten-
nas; antenna arrays; aperture antennas; advanced
topics.
ENEE 790 Quantum Electronics I (3) Two lectures
per week. Prerequisite: A knowledge of quantum me-
chanics and electromagnetic theory. Spontaneous
emission, interaction of radiation and matter, masers.
optical resonators, the gas, solid and semi-conductor
lasers, electro-optical effect, propagation in anisotrop-
ic media and light modulation.
ENEE 791 Quantum Electronics II (3) Nonlinear
optical effects and devices, tunable coherent light
sources: optical parametric oscillator; frequency con-
version and dye laser. Ultrashort pulse generation and
measurement, stimulated Raman effect, and applica-
tions. Interaction of acoustic and optical waves, and
holography.
ENEE 793 Solid State Electronics (3) Prerequisite: A
graduate course in quantum mechanics or consent of
instructor. Properties of crystals; energy bands: elec-
tron transport theory; conductivity and hall effect;
statistical distributions; Fermi level: impurities; non-
equilibrium carrier distributions; normal modes of vibra-
tion; effects of high electric fields; P-N junction theory,
avaianche breakdown; tunneling phenomena; surface
properties.
ENEE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ENEE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8)
Engineering Materials
Program
Professor and Acting Director: Dieter 2
Professor and Department Chairman:
Cadman'
Professors: Armstrong 3 , Arsenault',
Adjunct Professor: Kramer
Assistant Professor: Mathers 1
Associate Faculty: Marcinkowski 3 , Park 4
'Chemical and Nuclear Engineering
2 Dean, College of Engineering
3 Mechanical Engineering
■"Physics and Astronomy
The Engineering Materials program is interdisci-
plinary between Chemical and Mechanical En-
gineering. It is administered by the Department
of Chemical and Nuclear Engineering. Special
areas of concentration include diffraction, dislo-
cation and mechanical behavior of materials, x-
ray and electron microscopic techniques, elec-
tronic and magnetic behavior of materials, and
the chemical physics of materials.
Admission and Degree
Information
The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D.
degrees are open to qualified students holding
the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to
students with degrees in any of the engineering
and science areas from accredited programs. In
some cases it may be necessary to require
courses to fulfill the back ground. The candidate
for the M.S. degree has the choice of following
a plan of study with thesis or without thesis. The
equivalent of at least three years of full-time
study beyond the B.S. degree is required for the
Ph.D. degree. All students seeking graduate
degrees in Engineering Materials must enroll in
ENMA 650, 660 and 671. In addition to the
general rules of the Graduate School certain
special degree requirements are set forth by the
Department in their departmental publications.
Facilities and Special Resources
Special equipment available includes a
scanning electron microscope, x-ray diffraction
equipment, crystal growing, sample preparation
and mechanical testing facilities, and high pres-
sure and cryogenic equipment.
Additional Information
Information is available from the Director, Engi-
neering Materials Program, Department of
Chemical and Nuclear Engineering.
Courses
ENMA 462 Deformation of Engineering Materials.
(3) Prerequisites:ENES 230 or consent of instructor.
Relationship of structure to the mechanical properties
of materials. Elastic and plastic deformation, micro-
scopic yield criteria, state of stress and ductility. Ele-
ments of dislocation theory, work hardening, alloy
strengthening, creep, and fracture in terms of disloca-
tion theory.
ENMA 463 Chemical, Liquid and Powder Process-
ing of Engineering Materials. (3) Prerequisites:
ENES 230 or consent of instructor. Methods and
processes used in the production of primary metals.
The detailed basic principles of beneficiation pro-
cesses, pyrometallurgy, hydrometallurgy, elec-
trometallurgy, vapor phase processing and electroplat-
ing. Liquid metal processing including casting, welding,
brazing and soldering. Powder processing and sinter-
ing. Shapes and structures produced in the above
processes.
ENMA 464 Environmental Effects on Engineering
Materials. (3) Prerequisites: ENES 230 or consent of
instructor. Introduction to the phenomena associated
with the resistance of materials to damage under
severe environmental conditions. Oxidation, corrosion,
stress corrosion, corrosion fatigue and radiation dam-
age are examined from the point of view of mechanism
and influence on the properties of materials. Methods
of corrosion protection and criteria for selection of
materials for use in radiation environments.
ENMA 470 Structure and Properties of Engineering
Materials. (3) A comprehensive survey of the atomic
and electronic structure of solids with emphasis on the
relationship of structure to the physical and mechani-
cal properties.
ENMA 471 Physical Chemistry of Engineering
Materials. (3) Equilbnum multicomponent systems
and relationship to the phase diagram. Thermodynam-
ics of polycrystalline and polyphase materials. Diffu-
sion in solids, kinetics of reactions in solids.
ENMA 472 Technology of Engineering Materials.
(3) Relationship of properties of solids to their engi-
neering applications. Criteria for the choice of materi-
als for electronic, mechanical and chemical properties.
Particular emphasis on the relationships between
structure of the solid and its potential engineering
application.
ENMA 473 Processing of Engineering Materials. (3)
The effect of processing on the structure of engineer-
ing materials. Processes considered include refining,
melting and solidification, purification by zone refining,
vapor phase processing, mechanical working and heat
treatments.
ENMA 495 Rheology of Engineering Materials. (3)
Prerequisites: ENES 230 or consent of instructor.
Study of the deformation and flow of engineering
materials and its relationship to structural type. Elastic-
ity viscoelasticity, anelasticity and plasticity of single
phase and multiphase materials. Students who have
credit for ENMA 495 may not take ench 495 for credit.
ENMA 496 Polymeric Engineering Materials. (3)
Prerequisite: ENES 230. A comprehensive summary of
the fundamentals of particular interest in the science
and applications of polymers. Polymer single crystals,
transformations in polymers, fabrication of polymers
as to shape and internal structure. Students who have
credit for ENMA 496 may not take ENCH 496 for
credit.
ENMA 650 Structure of Engineering Materials. (3)
Prerequisite: ENMA 470 or equivalent. The structural
aspects of crystalline and amorphous solids and rela-
tionships to bonding types. Point and space groups.
Summary of diffraction theory and practice. The recip-
rocal lattice, relationships of the microscopically meas-
ured properties to crystal symmetry. Structural aspects
of defects in crystalline solids.
ENMA 651 Electronic Structure of Engineering
Materials. (3) Prerequisite: ENMA 650. Electronic and
magnetic materials in relationship to their applications.
Metallic conductors, resistive alloys, superconducting
materials, semiconductors, hard and soft magnetic
materials, piezo-electnc and piezo-magnetic materials,
optical materials. Emphasis on relationships between
electronic configuration, crystal structure, defect struc-
ture and physical properties.
ENMA 659 Special Topics in Structure of Engineer-
ing Materials. (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
ENMA 660 Chemical Physics of Engineering
Materials. (3) Prerequisite: ENMA 650 Thermodynam-
ics and statistical mechanics of engineering solids.
Cohesion, thermodynamic properties. Theory of solid
solutions. Thermodynamics of mechanical, electrical,
and magnetic phenomena in solids. Chemical ther-
modynamics, phase transitions and thermodynamic
properties of polycrystalline and polyphase materials.
Thermodynamics of defects in solids.
ENMA 661 Kinetics of Reactions In Materials. (3)
Prerequisite: ENMA 660. The theory of thermally ac-
tivated processes in solids as applied to diffusion,
nucleation and interface motion. Cooperative and dif-
fusionless transformations. Applications selected from
processes such as all otropic transformations, precipa-
tion, martensite formation, solidification, ordering, and
corrosion.
ENMA 669 Special Topics in the Chemical Physics
of Materials. (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
ENMA 671 Dislocations In Crystalline Materials. (3)
cr Prerequisite: ENMA 650. The nature and interac-
tions of defects in crystalline solids, with primary
emphasis on dislocations. The elastic and electric
fields associated with dislocations. Effects of imper-
fections on mechanical and physical properties.
ENMA 672 Mechanical Properties of Engineering
Materials. (3) Prerequisite: ENMA 671. The mechani-
cal properties of single crystals, polycrystalline and
polyphase materials. Yield strength, work hardening
fracture, fatigue and creep are considered in terms of
fundamental material properties.
ENMA 679 Special Topics in the Mechanical Behav-
ior of Materials. (3) Prerequisite: consent of instruc-
English Language and Literature Program 87
ENMA 680 Experimental Methods in Materials Sci-
ence. (3) Methods of measuring the structural aspects
ot materials. Optical and electron microscopy. Micro-
scopic analytical techniques. Resonance methods.
Electrical, optical and magnetic measurement tech-
niques. Thermodynamic methods.
ENMA 681 Diffraction Techniques in Materials Sci-
ence. (3) Prerequisite: ENCH 620 Theory of diffrac-
tion of electrons, neutrons and x-rays Strong empha-
sis on diffraction methods as applied to the study of
defects in solids Short range order, thermal vibrations,
stacking faults, microstrain.
ENMA 689 Special Topics in Experimental Tech-
niques in Materials Science. (3) Prerequisite: con-
sent of instructor
ENMA 691 Special Topics in Engineering Materials.
(3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
ENMA 697 Seminar in Engineering Materials. (1)
ENMA 698 Special Problems in Engineering Materi-
als. (1-6)
ENMA 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ENMA 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
English Language and
Literature Program
Professor and Acting Chairman: Patterson
Professors: Bode, Bradley, Bryer, Freedman,
Holton Hovey, Kenny, Kinnaird Isaacs,
Lawson, Lutwack, Mish, Myers, Panichas,
Patterson, Peterson, Russell, Salamanca,
Schoenbaum, Vitzthum Whittemore, Winton,
Wittreich
Associate Professors: Barnes, Barry, Birdsall,
Brown, Coogan, Cooper, Fry, Greenwood, D.
Hamilton, G. Hamilton, Herman, Howard,
Jellema, Kleine, Mack, Ousby, Miller. Smith,
Thorberg, Trousdale, Wilson
Assistant Professors: Burger, Cate, Coletti,
Dunn, James, Rutherford, Van Egmond
The Department of English offers graduate
work leading to the degrees of Master of Arts
and Doctor of Philosophy. Areas of specializa-
tion for the M.A. and Ph.D. include: English
literature, American literature, and folklore. In
addition, candidates for the M.A. degree may
specialize in creative writing, and in linguistics.
Admission and Degree
Information
In addition to the general Graduate School
requirements, applicants to the M.A. program
ordinarily should present a 3.5 GPA in English
and a minimum of 24 hours of upper-level
English courses. Applicants to the Ph.D pro-
gram should present a 3.75 GPA and an M.A.
degree in English.
The Department requires 30 credits for the
M.A. with thesis. These credits include ENGL
601 and a distribution requirement to assure
coverage of the major historical fields. Candi-
dates have a non-thesis option under which
they take 31 credits, submit an independent
research paper, and pass a three-hour written
comprehensive examination.
Departmental requirements for the degree
of Doctor of Philosophy include: (1) a foreign
language requirement; (2) at least three hours
of linguistics; (3) a comprehensive written ex-
amination on three fields (dissertation field and
two additional fields) which may be begun after
nine hours beyond the Master of Arts.
Facilities and Special Resources
In addition to drawing on the cultural and intel-
lectual resources of Washington, D.C., the Eng-
lish department is an active participant in the
Folger Institute of Renaissance and 18th Centu-
ry Studies. Folger Institute fellowships have
been awarded to advanced graduate students
in the English department.
The Department is also a member of South
Atlantic Graduate English (SAGE). Graduate
students from Maryland may take courses at
other SAGE institutions, and the English depart-
ment is eligible for a lecturer of its choice from
another SAGE institution.
Financial Assistance
Financial assistance is available in the form of
fellowships and teaching assistantships. Fel-
lowships are awarded directly by the Graduate
School to nominees from the English depart-
ment. The number of teaching assistantships is
contingent on available funds; currently 96 stu-
dents are teaching assistants.
Additional Information
Additional information on admission, financial
aid, and degree requirements can be obtained
from Calhoun Winton, Director of Graduate Stu-
dies, Department of English, University of Mary-
land.
Courses
ENGLISH
ENGL 402 Chaucer. (3)
ENGL 403 Shakespeare. (3) Early period— histories
and comedies
ENGL 404 Shakespeare. (3) Late periods— tragedies
and romances.
ENGL 407 Literature of the Renaissance. (3)
ENGL 410 Edmund Spenser. (3) cr
ENGL 411 Literature of the Renaissance. (3)
ENGL 412 Literature of the Seventeenth Century,
1600-1660.(3)
ENGL 414 Milton. (3)
ENGL 415 Literature of the Seventeenth Century,
1660-1700.(3)
ENGL 416 Literature of the Eighteenth Century. (3)
Age of Pope and Swift
ENGL 417 Literature of the Eighteenth Century. (3)
Age of Johnson and the preromantics.
ENGL 418 Major British Writers. (3) Two writers
studied intensively each semester.
ENGL 419 Major British Writers. (3) Two writers
studied intensively each semester.
ENGL 420 Literature of the Romantic Period. (3)
First generation: Blake, Wordsworth. Coleridge, et. al.
ENGL 421 Literature of the Romantic Period. (3)
Second generation: Keats, Shelly, Byron, et al.
ENGL 422 Literature of the Victorian Period. (3)
Early years.
ENGL 423 Literature of the Victorian Period. (3)
Middle years.
ENGL 424 Late Victorian and Edwardian Literature.
(3) A study of the literary movements and techniques
which effected the transition from Victorian to modern
literature.
ENGL 425 Modern British Literature. (3) An histon-
cal survey of the major writers and literary movements
in English prose and poetry since 1900
ENGL 430 American Literature, Beginning to 1810.
the Colonial and Federal Periods. (3)
ENGL 431 American Literature, 1810 to 1865, the
American Renaissance. (3)
ENGL 432 American Literature, 1865 to 1914, Real-
Ism and Naturalism. (3)
ENGL 433 American Literature, 1914 to the Pre-
sent, the Modern Period. (3)
ENGL 434 American Drama. (3)
ENGL 435 American Poetry— Beginning to the Pre-
sent. (3)
ENGL 436 The Literature of American Demoacy.
(3) cr
ENGL 437 Contemporary American Literature. (3)
A survey of the poetry, prose, and drama written in
America in the last decade.
ENGL 438 Major American Writers. (3) Two writers
studied intensively each semester
ENGL 439 Major American Writers. (3) Two writers
studied intensively each semester.
ENGL 440 The Novel in America to 1910. (3)
ENGL 441 The Novel in America Since 1910. (3)
ENGL 442 Literature of the South. (3) A historical
survey, from Eighteenth-century beginnings to the
present
ENGL 443 Afro-American Literature. (3) An exami-
nation of the literary expression of the Negro in the
United States, from its beginning to the present.
ENGL 444 Experimental Approaches to Litera-
ture — Emerson and Thoreau. (3) Vanable subiect
matter presented in experimental methods and ap-
proaches. Grading in satisfactory/fail only. Consent of
instructor required for admission.
ENGL 445 Modern British and American Poetry. (3)
Prerequisite: permission of instructor required for stu-
dents with credit in ENGL 345. A study of the formation
of the 'modern tradition' in Bntish and Amencan poet-
ry, exploring the distinctive energy and consciousness
in the poets of the early Twentieth Century (1896-
1930). Special emphasis on Hopkins. Yeats, Pound.
Eliot, and Stevens Collateral readings in essays on
modern poetics, and in other poets of the penod.
ENGL 446 Contemporary British and American
Poetry. (3) Prerequisite permission of instructor re-
quired for students with credit in ENGL 345 A study of
British and American poetry from the depression to the
present. Special emphasis on Auden, Williams. Dylan
Thomas, Theodore Roethke, Robert Lowell A more
general study of the work of some of these: Berryman.
Jarrell, Fuller, Bishop. Wright, Kinnell, Larkin and in-
cluding the Projectivists. the Beats and the present
scene.
ENGL 447 Satire. (3) An introduction to English and
American satire from Chaucer to the present.
ENGL 449 Playwriting. (3)
ENGL450 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama. (3)
Beginnings to Marlowe.
ENGL 451 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama. (3)
Jonson to Webster
ENGL 452 English Drama from 1660 to 1800. (3)
ENGL 453 Literary Criticism. (3)
ENGL 454 Modern Drama. (3) cr
ENGL 455 The English Novel. (3) Eighteenth Centu-
ry.
ENGL 456 The English Novel. (3) Nineteenth Centu-
ry.
ENGL 457 The Modern Novel (3)
ENGL 461 Folk Narrative (3) Studies in legend, tale
and myth Prerequisite: ENGL 460.
ENGL 462 Folksong and Ballad (3) Prerequisite:
ENGL 460.
ENGL 463 American Folklore. (3) Prerequisite: ENGL
460. An examination of Amencan folklore in terms ot
history and regional folk cultures Exploration of collec-
tions of folklore from various areas to reveal the
difference in regional and ethnic groups as witnessed
in their oral and literary traditions.
ENGL 464 Afro-American Folklore and Culture. (3)
An examination of the culture of the Negro in the
United States in terms of history (antebellum to the
present) and social changes (rural to urban) Explora-
tion of aspects of Negro culture and history via oral
and literary traditions and life histones.
ENGL 465 Urban Folklore. (3) Prerequisite ENGL
460 An examination of the folklore currently ongmat-
mg in white, urban. Amencan culture
ENGL 466 Arthurian Legend. (3) Development ot the
Arthunan legend of heroism and love in English litera-
ture from medieval to modem times
ENGL 474 Literature for Children (3) Analysis of
nineteenth and twentieth century classics of the genre
88 Entomology Program
Relation of this literature to the forming of future
literary perceptions.
ENGL 475 Literature for Adolescents. (3) Adoles-
cent themes in contemporary and older literature de-
signed for adolescent and young adult audiences.
ENGL 476 Modern Fantasy and Science Fiction. (3)
Major works of fantasy and science fiction since the
mid-eighteenth century, emphasizing their continuity
and their relationships to philosophical speculation,
scientific discovery, literary history and cultural
change.
ENGL 478 Selected Topics in English and Ameri-
can Literature before 1800. (3)
ENGL 479 Selected Topics in English and Ameri-
can Literature after 1800. (3)
ENGL 481 Introduction to English Grammar. (3) A
brief review of traditional English grammar and an
introduction to structural grammar, including phonolo-
gy, morphology and syntax.
ENGL 482 History of the English Language. (3)
ENGL 483 American English. (3)
ENGL 484 Advanced English Grammar. (3) Credit
may not be granted in both ENGL 484 and LING 402.
ENGL 486 Introduction to Old English. (3) An intro-
duction to the grammar, syntax, and phonology of Old
English. Selected readings from Old English prose and
poetry.
ENGL 489 Special Topics in English Language. (3)
Studies in topics of current interest; repeatable to a
maximum of 9 hours.
ENGL 493 Advanced Expository Writing. (3)
ENGL 498 Creative Writing. (3) cr
ENGL 499 Advanced Creative Writing. (3)
ENGL 601 Bibliography and Methods. (3)
ENGL 602 Middle English. (3)
ENGL 603 Readings in English Language History.
(3) An historical survey of the syntactic, lexical, and
phonological patterns of English from Old English and
its sources in Germanic and Indo-European through
modern English.
ENGL 604 Old English. (3) Grammar, syntax, phonol-
ogy and prosody of Old English, designed to give
graduate students a working knowledge of Old English
and to introduce them to the major Old English texts in
the original.
ENGL 61 1 Approaches to College Composition. (3)
A seminar emphasizing rhetorical and linguistic foun-
dations for the handling of a course in freshman
composition. For graduate assistants (optional to other
graduate students).
ENGL 620 Readings in Medieval English Literature.
(3)
ENGL 621 Readings in Renaissance English Litera-
ture. (3)
ENGL 622 Readings in Seventeenth — Century Eng-
lish Literature. (3)
ENGL 623 Readings Eighteenth-Century English
Literature. (3)
ENGL 624 Readings in English Romantic Litera-
ture. (3)
ENGL 625 Readings in English Victorian Literature.
<3)
ENGL 626 Readings in American Literature before
1865. (3)
ENGL 627 Readings in American Literature since
1865. (3)
ENGL 630 Readings in 20th Century English Litera-
ture. (3)
ENGL 699 Independent Study. (1-3) cr Prerequisite:
departmental approval of research project and con-
sent of the instructor.
ENGL 718 Seminar in Medieval Literature. (3)
ENGL 719 Seminar in Renaissance Literature. (3)
ENGL 728 Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Litera-
ture. (3)
ENGL 729 Seminar in Eighteenth-Century Litera-
ture. (3)
ENGL 738 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Litera-
ture. (3)
ENGL 739 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Litera-
ture. (3)
ENGL 748 Seminar in American Literature. (3) cr
ENGL 749 Studies in Twentieth-Century Literature.
(3)
ENGL 758 Literary Criticism. (3)
ENGL 759 Seminar in Literature and the Other Arts.
(3)
ENGL 768 Studies in Drama. (3)
ENGL 769 Studies in Fiction. (3)
ENGL 778 Seminar in Folklore. (3)
ENGL 788 Studies in the English Language. (3) May
be repeated for credit to a maximum of 9 hours.
ENGL 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
ENGL 819 Seminar in Themes and Types in English
Literature. (3)
ENGL 828 Seminar in Themes and Types in Ameri-
can Literature. (3)
ENGL 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Entomology Program
Professor and Chairman: Steinhauer
Professors: Baker, Batra, Caron, Davidson,
Harrison, Jones, Knutson, Menke, Menzer,
Messersmith, Wirth
Associate Professors: Barbosa, Denno, Miller,
Reichelderfer, Wood
Assistant Professors: Armstrong, Dively,
Grissell, Hellman, Mellors, Nelson Opler
Lecturer: Marsh, Spangler
Professor Emeritus: Bickley
The Department of Entomology offers both the
M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Graduate students
may specialize in physiology and morphology,
toxicology, biosystematics, ecology and behav-
ior, medical entomology, apiculture, insect pa-
thology, economic entomology and pest man-
agement.
Admission and Degree
Information
Students applying for graduate work in entomol-
ogy are expected to have strong backgrounds
in the biological sciences, chemistry and mathe-
matics. Since the Department is particularly
anxious to find strong basic preparation, an
undergraduate major in entomology is not re-
quired for admission to the program. Students
lacking certain specific courses in their un-
dergraduate program may need to extend the
normal period of time required for the degree.
In the M.S. and Ph.D. programs, the stu-
dent is given great latitude in the selection of
the advisory study committee, choice of the
major study areas and supporting course work
and choice of the research program. The M.S.
degree is awarded following the successful
completion of the course requirements and a
satisfactory thesis. A non-thesis M.S. option is
available for those interested in qualifying as
pest management specialists. In this program a
field experience course including a comprehen-
sive report is substituted for the thesis.
Upon admission to the M.S. or Ph.D. pro-
gram, the student is given a written departmen-
tal examination to evaluate general knowledge
of biology and entomology. After passing this
examination the student's study committee sug-
gests a program of course work and approves a
detailed research proposal. Following comple-
tion of most course work and demonstration of
competency in one foreign or computer lan-
guage, the Ph.D. student is given an oral qualify-
ing examination before applying for admission
to candidacy.
Facilities and Special Resources
Facilities are maintained in the Department for
research in all areas of specialization offered,
and in addition, cooperative programs with
other departments in Agricultural and Life Sci-
ences are possible. Cooperative research pro-
grams are often maintained by the Department
with several government agencies, such as the
Beltsville Agricultural Research Center, The
U.S. National Museum of Natural History, and
the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research.
Students may also participate in the Maryland
Center for Sytematic Entomology where coop-
erative guidance toward advanced degrees has
been established between the Department and
scientists in the Insect Identification and Benefi-
cial Insect Introduction Institute, S.E.A.,
U.S.D.A. and the Department of Entomology,
Smithsonian Institution. Specialized facilities
are frequently made available to graduate stu-
dents in these programs. In many instances
graduates of the programs in entomology find
employment in such government agencies be-
cause of the contacts made in these coopera-
tive projects.
Financial Assistance
There are a limited number of teaching and
research assistantships available to entomolo-
gy graduate students on a competitive basis.
Several part-time employment opportunities are
available in governmental and private research
and developemental laboratories in the area.
Additional Information
The Department's "Guidelines for Graduate
Students" gives additional information on the
graduate program, including requirements for
admission, course requirements, examinations,
seminars and research areas and facilities.
Copies are available from the Department of
Entomology, University of Maryland.
Courses
ENTM 407 Entomology for Science Teachers. (4)
Summer. Four lectures and four three-hour laboratory
periods a week. This course will include the elements
of morphology, taxonomy and biology of insects using
examples commonly available to high school teachers.
It will include practice in collecting, preserving, rearing
and experimenting with insects insofar as time will
permit.
ENTM 412 Advanced Apiculture. (3) One lecture and
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequi-
site: ENTM 111. The theory and practice of apiary
management. Designed for the student who wishes to
keep bees or requires a practical knowledge of bee
management.
ENTM 421 Insect Taxonomy and Biology. (4) Two
lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite: ENTM 204. Introduction to the principles
of systematic entomology and the study of all orders
and the important families of insects; immature forms
considered.
ENTM 451 Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops. (4)
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite: ENTM 204. The recognition, biolo-
gy and control of insects injurious to fruit and vegeta-
ble crops, field crops and stored products.
ENTM 452 Insecticides. (2) Prerequisite: consent of
the department. The development and use of contact
and stomach poisons, fumigants and other important
chemicals, with reference to their chemistry, toxic
action, compatability, and host injury. Recent research
emphasized.
ENTM 453 Insect Pests of Ornamentals and Turf.
(3) Prerequisites: ENTM 204 or consent of instructor.
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a
week. The recognition, biology and control of insects
and mites injurious to ornamental shrubs, trees, green-
Family and Community Development Program 89
house crops, and turf. Emphasis on pests of woody
ornamental plants.
ENTM 455 Urban Entomology. (3) Two lectures and
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite:
ENTM 421 or consent of instructor. A study of the
appearance, habits, life cycles and methods of control
of pests of humans, pets and structures in the urban
environment. Field observations of professional pest
control operations and a paper on a selected pest
group are required.
ENTM 472 Medical and Veterinary Entomology. (4)
Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a
week. Prerequisite: ENTM 204 or consent of depart-
ment. A study of the morphology, taxonomy, biology
and control of the arthropod parasites and disease
vectors of man and animals. The ecology and behavior
of vectors in relation to disease transmission will be
emphasized.
ENTM 611 Biological Control of Insects and
Weeds. (3) Biological control of insects and weeds
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per
week. Prerequisite: ENTM 421. A study of the princi-
ples and practices of the biological control of insect
pests and weeds. Systematic laboratory study of en-
tomophagous insects with emphasis on the parasitic
wasps; collection required.
ENTM 612 Insect Ecology. (3) Prerequisite: a course
in general ecology or permission of instructor. An
advanced course in population and community ecolo-
gy, plant-insect interactions, and insect biogeography.
Emphasis on current entomological literature.
ENTM 622 Principles of Systematic Entomology
(3) Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period
a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 421. The principles ol
systematics including traditional classification meth
ods, statistics, and numerical taxonomy. Nomencla
ture, continental drift, and speciation theory. A labora
tory problem in systematics is required.
ENTM 625 Experimental Honey Bee Biology. (2)
First semester. One three-hour lab a week. Fifteen
labs during Semester will include topics such as com
munication, nest construction and organization, be
havior, insect societies and bee and wasp biology
ENTM 631 Insect Anatomy. (3) Two one-hour lee
tures and one three-hour laboratory per week, general
organization and development of insects, the body
well and its derivatives, body regions, sclentes and
segmentation, segmental appendages, head and its
appendages, thorax, legs and wings, the abdomen,
alimentary canal, organs of distribution, respiratory
system, nervous system, sense organs, and the
reproductive organs. Dissections of selected systems
of a grasshopper
ENTM 641 Advances in Insect Physiology. (3) Two
lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: ENTM 322 and BCHM 261 or their
equivalents, or consent of instructor. Lectures and
laboratory exercises on the functioning of insect body
systems, metabolism, neuro-physiology, endocrinolo-
gy, and physiological ecology of insects.
ENTM 653 Toxicology of Insecticides. (4) First
semester. Three lectures and one three-hour laborato-
ry period a week. (Alternate years, not offered 1973-
1974.) Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. A
study of the physical, chemical, and bioligical proper-
ties of insecticides. Emphasis is placed on the relation-
ship of chemical structures to insecticidal activity and
mode of action. Mechanisms of resistance are also
considered.
ENTM 654 Advanced Pest Management. (3) Three
lectures a week Prerequisite: consent of instructor
Current developments in pest management theory and
practice. Emphasis on agro-ecosystem components
and their manipulation. Biological and environmental
monitoring, decision-making, cost-benefit relation-
ships, and pest management modeling in major
cropping systems
ENTM 662 Insect Pathology. (3) Three lectures with
directed independent laboratory study. Prerequisite:
MICB 200. pre- or corequisite: ENTM 641 or consent
of the instructor. An examination of primarily insect
pathogens with special reference to symptomology,
epizootiology and mode of action, and the microbial
control of insect pests.
ENTM 672 Cullcidology. (2) Second semester One
lecture and one three-hour laboratory period a week
(Alternate years.) The classification, distribution, ecol-
ogy, biology, and control of mosquitoes.
ENTM 699 Advanced Entomology. (1-6) Credit and
prerequisites to be determined by the department.
First and second semesters Studies of minor prob-
lems in morphology, physiology, taxonomy and applied
entomology, with particular reference to the prepara-
tion of the student for individual research.
ENTM 722 Biology and Taxonomy of Aquatic In-
sects. (4) Biology and taxonomy of aquatic insects.
One four-hour lecture and laboratory combined per
week. Prerequisite: ENTM 421. Fifteen Saturday labs
per semester will include the morphology, biology, and
taxonomy of adult and immature insects living in water.
ENTM 723 Taxonomy of Larval Insects. (2) Taxono-
my of larval insects. One lecture and one two-hour
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 421 and
consent of instructor. A study of the identification and
biology of larval insects. A collection is required.
ENTM 725 Acarology. (3) Two lectures and one
three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: con-
sent of instructor. Introduction to the taxonomy and
biology of mites and ticks. Emphasis on the recogni-
tion of adult females at the family level Consideration
of adult males and immatures. A collection of slide
mounted specimens is required.
ENTM 728 Advanced Systematics of Selected Or-
ders. (1-3) Advanced systematics of selected orders.
One lecture or one three-hour laboratory a week for
each credit hour. Prerequisite: consent of department.
Lectures and laboratory sessions on the systematics
of selected major insect orders such as coleoptera,
lepidoptera. diptera, and hymenoptera, or groups of
minor orders.
ENTM 743 Aspects of Insect Biochemistry. (2) First
semester Two lectures a week. (Alternate years) One
year of biochemistry, or equivalent, or consent of the
instructor. Lectures and group discussions of the ener-
gy sources of insects. Intermediary metabolism, utiliza-
tion of energy sources, specialized subjects of current
interest, such as light production, insect pigment for-
mation, pheromones, venoms, and chemical defense
mechanisms.
ENTM 788 Entomological Topics. (1-3) One lecture
or one two-hour laboratory period a week for each
credit hour. Prerequisite: consent of department. Lec-
tures, group discussions or laboratory sessions on
selected topics such as: aquatic insects, biological
control of insects, entomological literature, forest ento-
mology, history of entomology, insect biochemistry,
insect embryology, immature insects, insect behavior,
insect communication, principles of entomological re-
search.
ENTM 789 Field Experience in Pest Management.
(1-6) Prerequisite, ENTM 654 or consent of the de-
partment. Involvement in practical problems of pest
management in field situations. The student will be
assigned to a problem area for intensive experience,
usually during the summer. A final written report is
required for each assignment. Repeatable to a maxi-
mum of six credits.
ENTM 798 Topic Seminar. (1) Discussion and pres-
entation of current research and literature.
ENTM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6)
ENTM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
Family and Community
Development Program
Professor and Chairman: Hanna
Professors: Clignet, Gaylln
Associate Professors: Myricks, Rubin, Wilson
Assistant Professors: Churaman, Macklin,
Phillips, Tourigny, Valadez
The Department of Family and Community De-
velopment is devoted to describing, explaining,
and improving the quality of life in urban, subur-
ban, and rural areas by means of interdisciplin-
ary research, education, community outreach,
and public service. The curriculum places spe-
cial emphasis upon the family and the commu-
nity as mediating structures in determining life
quality. The approach is holistic, i.e., human
ecology. Departmental graduate training pre-
pares students for jobs in research centers,
consulting firms, voluntary organizations, feder-
al, state, and local governments, and interna-
tional organizations.
The Department offers a Master of Science
degree with four specializations. Community
Development is concerned with the processes
and methods of local change, as well as individ-
uals or groups as agents of change. Emphases
include neighborhood reritalization. interna-
tional community development, and the im-
provement of services to communities. Man-
agement and Consumer Studies focuses on the
efficient utilization of available family and com-
munity resources, the relationship between
available resources and governmental (and pri-
vate sector) policies, and the development of
expanded resources through citizen action.
Family Studies stresses a working knowledge of
the growth of individuals throughout the life
span, with particular emphases on inter-genera-
tional aspects of family living and the effective
delivery of family-oriented services. A cross-
cultural perspective is employed. Family Thera-
py draws upon knowledge of family dynamics
and change using the clinical techniques of
therapy and consultation.
Admission and Degree
Information
The Department employs the general policies
of the graduate school as the basic criteria for
admission to the Master's program. In addition,
it is required that individuals take the Aptitude
section of the GRE and have adequate un-
dergraduate preparation in one or more of the
following areas: anthropology, economics, ge-
ography, family development, planning, political
science, psychology, public administration, so-
cial work, sociology, or urban studies. A course
in elementary statistics at the undergraduate
level is required.
The Master's program is 30 hours The
student may choose either the thesis or non-
thesis option. A student selecting the thesis
option is required to enroll for six hours of thesis
research. For the non-thesis option, a student
will complete 30 hours of course work and take
oral and written comprehensive examinations.
Financial Assistance
Due to the limited number of available Graduate
Teaching Assistantships, and the high demand,
application for financial aid should be made
prior to April 1st for the Fall semester of the
coming year.
Additional Information
Further information regarding this program
should be obtained by contacting the Depart-
ment directly.
Courses
FMCD 430 Gender Role Development in the Family.
(3) Prerequisite: FMCD 260 The development of mas-
culinity and femininity within the context of the contem-
porary family and the implications for family life
FMCD 431 Family Crises and Rehabilitation. (3)
Deals with various types of family crises situations and
how families cope with the rehabilitation process It
covers issues at various stages of the family cycle
ranging from divorce, teenage runaways, abortion, to
the effect of death on a family Role playing and
interviewing techniques are demonstrated and ways of
helping the family through the enses are emphasized
FMCD 432 Intergenerational Aspects of Family
Living. (3) Prerequisites: FMCD 105, 260 and 332. or
permission of instructor. The historical, cultural, devel-
opmental, and psychosocial experiences of contem-
porary Amencan generations. Interactions among dif-
ferent generations within the family and consequences
for individual development.
FMCD 443 Consumer Problems. (3) Consumer prac-
tices of American families Merchandising practices as
90 Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration Program
they affect the consumer. Organizations and laws in
the interest of the consumer.
FMCD 446 Living Experiences with Families. (3-6)
A— Domestic Intercultural B— International Intercul-
tural Prerequisites: FMCD 330, ANTH 101; FMCD 250;
optional, language competence. An individual experi-
ence in living with families of a sub-culture within the
U.S. or with families of another country, participating in
family and community activities. A foreign student may
participate and live with an American family.
FMCD 447 Home Management for the Disabled. (3)
Application of home management concepts in the use
of resources to promote maintenance of homemaker
independence through physiological and psychologi-
cal adjustments in the family and home environment.
The purpose of this course is to prepare students for
working effectively with disabled homemakers.
FMCD 448 Selected Topics in Home Management.
(3) Seminar format will be used to examine the ways
families set priorities and organize their efforts and
resources to achieve both social and economic goals
Prior registration in FMCD 250, 341, or other courses
in management theory, systems analysis or research
methods is desirable. Repeatable for a maximum of 6
credits provided subject matter is different.
FMCD 453 Family-Community Advocacy. (3) Pre-
requisite: FMCD 201 or permission of instructor. Deci-
sion-making processes at the federal, state and local
levels regarding social policy determination in the
family and community field. The origins and conse-
quences of policies as they affect family and communi-
ty functioning.
FMCD 460 Violence in the Family. (3) Prerequisites:
FMCD 260 or 330 or 332. Violence in the family from
the perspective of interfamilial patterns and systems.
The ways in which societal forces augment, support or
deter violent interchanges.
FMCD 483 Family and Community Service Sys-
tems. (3) Prerequisite: by permission of instructor. The
planning, implementation, administration, and evalua-
tion of human service systems affecting families and
communities. Major organizational theories, manageri-
al styles, administrative techniques, and relevant is-
sues in human service delivery.
FMCD 485 Introduction to Family Counseling. (3)
Provides the fundamental theoretical concepts and
clinical procedures that are unique to marital and
family therapy. These techniques are contrasted with
individually-orientated psychotherapy. Pre-marital,
marital and family, and divorce counseling techniques
are demonstrated and evaluated
FMCD 487 Legal Aspects of Family Problems. (3)
Laws and legal involvement that directly affect specific
aspects of the family: adoption, marriage, estate plan-
ning, property rights, wills, etc. Emphasis will be given
to the involvement of a professional lawyer; principles
and interpretation of the law.
FMCD 499 Special Topics. (1-3) A — Family Studies
B — Community Studies C — Management and Con-
sumer Studies
FMCD 600 Readings in Research and Theory of the
Family. (3) Emphasis is placed on surveying current
research, concepts and theory in marital and family
dynamics. The relationship of the contemporary family
to the society and community are discussed and family
patterns within various social classes and across dif-
ferent cultures are compared. Changes in family func-
tioning throughout the family life cycle and over the
last hundred years are described and analyzed.
FMCD 602 Integrative Aspects of Family and Com-
munity Development (3) Integrative approach to stu-
dying and improving the quality of life, drawing upon
family, consumer, and community studies.
FMCD 605 Community Development in Neighbor-
hoods (3) Exploration of neighborhoods in cities and
suburbs, as well as small towns, including their varying
character, their dynamics of change, and the possibili-
ty of community development.
FMCD 609 Seminar: Current Issues in Family and
Community Development. (1=4) This seminar will
be open to all graduate students for non-credit or
variable credit by prior arrangement. It is considered
an informal vehicle to generate communication and
discussion among all members of the department.
Presentations will include reviews and critiques of
recent articles and books within the field and those
relevant to it. In addition, original informal discussion
papers from faculty and students will be generated for
presentation and discussion. Guest speakers and
discussants will be encouraged when deemed appro-
priate.
FMCD 610 Familimetrics. (3) Prerequisites, FMCD
401 and statistics. The primary focus is on the advan-
tages and limitations of family research procedures
and the degree of correspondence between these
methods. Ways of developing and evaluating ade-
quate research procedures will be emphasized and
recent innovations in the field will be considered.
FMCD 615 Needs Assessment in Family and Com-
munity Development (3) Exploration and application
of needs assessment in family and community pro-
grams. A survey of the theoretical and empirical litera-
ture on needs, the quality of life, and social indicators
is followed by a workshop approach to the problems of
conducting a needs assessment, including instrument
design, implementation, data analysis, and reporting.
FMCD 625 Advanced Consumer Affairs. (3) An
analysis of current consumer behavior found in varous
family life styles and of community processes for
dealing with consumer problems. Emphasis is given to
recent research and theoretical frameworks in the
consuemr area.
FMCD 630 Theory and Research in Human Sexuali-
ty. (3) Prerequisites: PSYC 100, SOCY 100, and HLTH
477, or consent of instructor. Survey of theory and
research in human sexuality and their implications for
contemporary family life.
FMCD 660 Program Planning and Evaluation. (1-6)
Consideration is given to research program develop-
ment and/or evaluation of an existing research pro-
gram in relation to objectives and need. Reporting of
research for publication in a journal and periodicals will
also be stressed.
FMCD 668 Special Topics in Family Life. (1-6)
Individual study or arranged group study.
FMCD 678 Special Topics in Community Develop-
ment 1-3 Individual study or arranged group study.
FMCD 686 Introduction to Family Counseling. (3)
This course gives the fundamental theoretical con-
cepts and clinical procedures that are unique to family
and marital therapy. Family and marital therapy are
contrasted with individually-oriented psychotherapy in
terms of historical development, assumptions and
techniques. Various types of clinical techniques for
marital and family therapists are presented. Premarital,
marital and family, divorce counseling approaches are
considered.
FMCD 688 Special Topics in Management-Consum-
er. (1-3) Individual study or arranged group study.
FMCD 691 Family-Community Consultation. (3) The
improvement of family and community environments
through the process of consultation. Emphasis on
techniques and approaches to consultation including
both the role of the consultant and the needs of
community agencies and family programs. Field expe-
rience with problem-solving methodologies and plan-
ning of consultation programs.
FMCD 695 Practicum in Family and Community
Services. (3) A field experience which provides one of
the following: (1) direct contact with family life styles
different from one's own (2) observation and/or (3)
experience of a professional role in working with
families (consulting, counseling, informal education,
leadership training, community action, case work,
etc.). Observation and/or experience with services,
educational programs or action programs dealing with
a particular type of family problem (financial, consum-
er, help in emergencies, health, housing, homemaker
rehabilitation, family relationships and management)
will be included.
FMCD 698 Special Topics in General Human Ecolo-
gy (1-6) Individual study or arranged group study.
FMCD 799 Masters Thesis Research. (1-6)
Food, Nutrition and
Institution
Administration Program
Professor and Chairman: Prather
Professors: Ahrens, Beaton
Associate Professors: Cox, Williams
Assistant Professors: Axelson, Brady, Moser,
Caliendo,
Adjunct Assistant Professors: Michaelis,
Reynolds, Rinke, Rosebrough
Adjunct Associate Professors: Kelsay, Szepesi
Adjunct Professors: Bodwell, Reiser, Trout
The Department offers a program leading to a
Master of Science degree in each of the follow-
ing major areas: food, nutrition, and institution
administration. The Department participates in
an interdepartmental program for Master of
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in
nutritional science which is described under
that title. The area of food includes study in
experimental foods as well as cultural and con-
sumer aspects of food. Nutrition includes the
science of nutrition as well as the broad area of
community and clinical nutrition. Institution ad-
ministration includes all phases of food service
systems.
Please also check the "Food Science" and ,
"Nutritional Sciences" program entries.
Admission and Degree
Information
In addition to minimum Graduate School
requirements, a satisfactory score on the apti-
tude portion of the Graduate Record Examina-
tion is required. A minimum combination of .
1000 with a minimum of 450 on both the verbal
and quantitative is required for admission.
Thesis and non-thesis options are available
for the Masters of Science degree in food,
nutrition or institution administration.
All students are required to take Seminar,
Research Methods and a statistics course.
Other courses are selected with the guidance of
an advisor and/or a committee. Non-thesis •
option students must prepare a research paper,
present an additional seminar and take a written
comprehensive examination in addition to an
oral examination. An average of three or four
semesters is usually required to complete the
M.S. thesis option and two or three semesters
for the non-thesis option.
Facilities and Special Resources
The Department has special arrangements and
cooperative agreements with laboratories at the
Nutrition Institute, A.R.S., U.S.D.A., the Univer-
sity Affiliated Program in Child Development at
Georgetown University Hospital Clinic, Universi-
ty of Maryland Hospital in Baltimore and Child-
ren's Hospital for students in nutrition and
foods. There are faculty members who have
advanced degrees in the areas of experimental
foods and food chemistry, cultural foods, com-
munity nutrition, clinical nutrition, human and
animal nutrition, and food service systems.
Financial Assistance
There are a limited number of graduate teach-
ing assistantships, traineeships and research
assistantships available.
Additional Information
Copies of a Department mimeograph with addi-
tional information concerning admission
requirements, courses, faculty, facilities, etc.
are available from the Department Chairman.
Courses
FOOD 440 Advanced Food Science. (3) Three lee-
tures per week. Prerequisites: FOOD 250 and CHEM
261 or 461. Chemical and physical properties of food
as related to consumer use in the home and institu-
tions.
FOOD 445 Advanced Food Science Laboratory. (1)
One three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
CHEM 201 and consent of instructor. Chemical deter-
Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration Program 91
mination of selected components in animal and plant
foods
FOOD 450 Experimental Food Science. (3) One
lecture, two laboratories per week. Prerequisite: FOOD
440 or equivalent. Individual and group laboratory
experimentation as an introduction to methods of food
research.
FOOD 480 Food Additives. (3) Prerequisite: FOOD
440 or equivalent. Effects of intentional and incidental
additives on food quality, nutritive value and safety
Current regulatory procedures.
FOOD 490 Special Problems In Foods. (2-3) Prereq-
uisite: FOOD 440 and consent of instructor. Individual
selected problems in the area of food science.
FOOD 498 Special Topics. (1-3) Prerequisite: con-
sent of instructor. Selected current aspects of food.
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if the subject
matter is substantially different.
FOOD 610 Readings In Food. (3) Prerequisite: FOOD
440 or consent of instructor A critical survey of the
literature of recent developments in food research.
FOOD 620 Nutritional and Quality Evaluation of
Food (3) Prerequisite: FOOD 440 or consent of in-
structor. Effects of production, processing, marketing,
storage, and preparation on nutritive value and quality
of foods.
FOOD 640 Food Enzymes. (3) First semester, al-
ternate years. Two lectures and one three-hour labora-
tory. Prerequisite, FOOD 440 or equivalent. The classi-
fication and behavior of naturally occurring and added
enzymes in food; includes the effects of temperature,
pH, radiation, moisture, etc., on enzyme activity.
FOOD 650 Advanced Experimental Food. (3-5)
Second semester. Two lectures and three laboratory
periods a week. Selected readings of literature in
experimental foods. Development of individual prob-
lem.
FOOD 660 Research Methods. (3) Prerequisite: A
statistics course. A study of appropriate research
methodology and theories including experimental de-
sign. Each student is required to develop a specimen
research proposal.
FOOD 678 Special Topics In Foods. (1-6) Individual
or group study in an area of foods.
FOOD 688 Seminar. (1-2) Reports and discussions of
current research in foods
FOOD 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
NUTR 425 International Nutrition. (2) Two lectures
per week. Prerequisite: course in basic nutrition. Nutri-
tional status of world population and local, national
and international programs for improvement.
NUTR 430 Nutritional Biochemistry. (3) Prerequisite:
CHEM 261 or equivalent. Nutritional biochemistry with
special emphasis on the relationship between bio-
chemistry and nutrition.
NUTR 435 History o» Nutrition. (2) Two lectures per
week. Prerequisite: course in basic nutrition. A study of
the development of the knowledge of nutrition and its
interrelationship with social and economic develop-
ments.
NUTR 450 Advanced Human Nutrition. (3) Prerequi-
sites: consent of department; NUTR 300 and CHEM
261 or concurrent registration in CHEM 462. Two
lectures and one two-hour laboratory. A critical study
of the physiological and metabolic influences on nutri-
ent utilization, with particular emphasis on current
problems in human nutrition.
NUTR 460 Therapeutic Human Nutrition. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequi-
sites: NUTR 300, 450. Modifications of the normal
adequate diet to meet human nutritional needs in
pathological conditions.
NUTR 470 Community Nutrition. (3) Prerequisites
NUTR 300. 450. 460 A study of different types of
community nutrition programs, problems and projects.
NUTR 475 Dynamics ot Community Nutrition (3)
Prerequisite: NUTR 470 or consent of instructor. The
practice of community nutrition. Community assess-
ment; nutrition program planning, implementation and
evaluation; nutrition education and counseling; grant-
manship, and the legislative process.
NUTR 480 Clinical Dietetics I. (2) Pre-or corequisite'
NUTR 450. Corequisite: NUTR 460. Open only to
students accepted into the coordinated dietetic pro-
gram. Principles of interviewing and counseling. Appli-
cation of principles of normal and therapeutic nutrition
in medical and surgical care of patients. Thirteen hours
of supervised clinical experience per week is required.
NUTR 485 Clinical Dietetics ii. (4) Prerequisite:
NUTR 480 Open only to students in the coordinated
program in dietetics Continuation of NUTR 480 with
emphasis on development of nutritional care plans and
patient education. Fourteen hours of clinical experi-
ence per week is required One two hour lecture.
NUTR 490 Special Problems In Nutrition. (2-3)
Prerequisites: NUTR 300 and consent of instructor
Individual selected problems in the area of human
nutrition.
NUTR 495 Clinical Dietetics Ml. (4) Prerequisites
NUTR 485. Open only to senior students in the coordi-
nated dietetic program. Clinical practice in dietetics
under supervision of a registered dietician, including
responsiblity for nutritional support and nutritional care
plans for patients, supervision of dietetic personnel
and affiliation with community agencies. Two hundred
eighty hours of clinical practice per semester
NUTR 498 Special Topics. (1-3) Prerequisite: con-
sent of instructor. Selected current aspects of nutri-
tion. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if the
subject matter is substantially different.
NUTR 600 Recent Progress in Human Nutrition. (3)
Recent developments in the science of nutrition with
emphasis on the interpretation of these findings for
application in health and disease.
NUTR 610 Readings In Nutrition. (1-3) Reports and
discussions of signifant nutritional research and in-
vestigation.
NUTR 615 Maternal and Infant Nutrition. (3) prereq-
uisite: NUTR 460 or equivalent, or consent of instruc-
tor. Current literature concerning the importance of
diet during pregnancy and infancy on the health of the
mother and infant. Physiological and biochemical
changes during pregnancy and infancy, current issues
in infant feeding, such as possible effects of diet during
infancy on obesity and degenerative diseases in later
life, and current public health programs designed to
serve pregnant women and infants.
NUTR 620 Nutrition for Community Services. (3)
Application of the principles of nutrition to various
community problems of specific groups of the public.
Students may select specific problems for independ-
ent study
NUTR 625 Nutritional Needs of the Developmen-
tally Disabled (2) An anlysis of the handicapping
conditions resulting from abnormal brain structure,
maturation or function and the effects on nutritional
status. Assessment techniques, requirements and
treatment approaches.
NUTR 630 Nutritional Aspects of Energy Balance.
(3) Prerequisite: CHEM 462 or equivalent, or consent
of instructor The prevalence and basic causes of
caloric imbalance, along with a wide variety of ap-
proaches to weight control.
NUTR 660 Research Methods. (3) Prerequisite: a
statistics course A study of appropriate research
methodology and theories including experimental de-
sign. Each student is required to develop a specimen
research proposal.
NUTR 670 Intermediary Metabolism In Nutrition. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: CHEM 461. 462 or
equivalent. The maior routes of carbohydrate, fat, and
protein metabolism with particular emphasis on meta-
bolic shifts and their detection and significance in
nutrition.
NUTR 678 Special Topics In Nutrition. (1-6) Individ-
ual or Group study in an area of nutrition.
NUTR 680 Human Nutritional Status. (3) First se-
mester, alternate years. Methods of appraisal of
human nutritional status, to include dietary, biochemi-
cal and anthropometric techniques.
NUTR 698 Seminar In Nutrition. (1-3) A study in
depth of a selected phase of nutrition.
NUTR 699 Problems in Nutrition. (1-4) Prerequisite
permission of faculty. Experience in a phase of nutri-
tion of interest to the student Use is made of experi-
mental animals, human studies and extensive, critical
studies of research methods, techniques or data of
specific projects
NUTR 799 Masters Thesis Research. (1-6)
IADM 410 School Food Service. (3) Two lectures and
one morning a week for field experience in a school
food service Prerequisite: FOOD 200. or 240 and 250,
and NUTR 300, or consent of instructor. Study ot
organization and management, menu planning, food
purchasing, preparation, service, and cost control in a
school lunch program.
IADM 440 Food Service Personnel Administration.
(2) Prerequisite: IADM 300. Principles of personnel
administration in food services, emphasis on person-
nel selection, supervision and training. |Ob evaluation,
wage and payroll structure, current labor regulations,
and interpersonal relationships and communications
IADM 450 Food Service Equipment and Planning.
(2) Two lectures a week. Prerequisite: consent of
instructor. Equipment design selection, maintenance
and efficient layout, relation of the physical facility to
production and service.
IADM 455 Manpower Planning and Labor Market In
the Food Service Industry. (3) Prerequisites IADM
440 or BMGT 360 or consent of the instructor. The
labor market with particular reference to human re-
source planning and development, productivity of
workforce and the progress of minority towards equal
employment opportunities. The future needs and impli-
cations indicated by the growth and present dimen-
sions of these and other factors.
IADM 460 Administrative Dietetics I. (2) Corequisite:
IADM 360 Open only to students accepted into the
coordinated dietetic program. Ten hours of supervised
clinical experience per week is required. Application of
management theory through guided experience in all
aspects of hospital dietary services administration.
IADM 470 Administrative Dietetics II. (4) Prerequi-
site: IADM 360, 440 and 460. Open only to senior
students in the coordinated dietetic program. Con-
tinuation of IADM 460 Two hundred eighty hours of
supervised clinical practice per semester required,
including affiliation with a general hospital.
IADM 480 Practlcum in Institution Administration.
(3) Prerequisite: consent of the department. In-service
training and practical experience, totaling at least 120
hours, in an approved food service operation under
direct supervision of practicum advisor.
IADM 488 (1) cr Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
Problems and controversies in food service industry
Review of non-text literature and research findings
pertinent to current problems.
IADM 490 Special Problems In Food Service. (2-3)
Prerequisites: senior standing, five hours in IADM
courses and consent of instructor Individual selected
problems in the area of food service.
IADM 498 Special Topics. (1-3) Prerequisite consent
of instructor. Selected current aspects of Institution
Administration. Repeatable to a maximum of six cred-
its if the subject matter is subtantially different.
IADM 600 Food Service Administration. (3) First or
second semester Principles of organization and man-
agement related to a food system. Control of re-
sources through the use of quantitative methods.
Administrative decision-making, and personnel poli-
cies and practices.
IADM 610 Readings in Food Administration. (3)
Reports and discussion of significant research and
development in the area of Food Administration.
IADM 630 Computer Application in Food Service.
(3) Alternate years. Prerequisite: IADM 600 or equiva-
lent. The use of automatic data processing and pro-
gramming for the procurement and issuing of food
commodities, processing of ingredients, menu selec-
tion, and labor allocations.
IADM 640 Sanitation and Safety in Food Service.
(3) Alternate years Prerequisite: MICB 200 Principles
and practices of sanitation and safety unique to the
production, storage and service of food in quantity:
includes current legislation.
IADM 650 Experimental Quantity Food Production.
(3) Alternate years Two lectures and one three-hour
laboratory Prerequisites: IADM 430 and FOOD 450 or
equivalents Application of experimental methods to
quantity food production, recipe development and
modification: relationship of food quality to production
methods
IADM 660 Research Methods. (3) Prerequisite a
statistics course A study of appropriate research
methodology and theories including expenmental de-
92 Food Science Program
sign. Each student is required to develop a research
proposal.
IADM 670 Control and Analysis of Costs in Food
Service Industries. (3) Prerequisite— consent of the
instructor Principles of controlling and analyzing costs
in food service operations. The effects of these princi-
ples on day-to = day operations.
IADM 678 Special Topics in Institutional Food. (1-
6) Individual or group study in an area of Institutional
Food Service.
IADM 688 Seminar. (1) Reports and discussion of
current research in institution administration. May be
repeated to a maximum of three semester hours of
credit.
IADM 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) First and
second semesters. Credit in proportion to work done
and results accomplished. Investigation in some pha-
ses of institution administration which may form the
basis of a thesis.
Food Science Program
Professor and Chairman: Mattick (Dairy
Science)
Professors: Wheaton (Agricultural
Engineering). Bender (Agricultural and
Resource Economics), Young (Animal
Science), Keeney (Chemistry), Davis and King
(Dairy Science). Kramer, Twigg and Wiley
(Horticulture), Health and Thomas (Poultry
Sci©nc6)
Associate Professors: Stewart (Agricultural
Engineering), Buric (Animal Science),
Westhoff (Dairy Science), Solomos
(Horticulture)
Assistant Professors: Frey (Agricultural
Engineering), Vijay (Dairy Science)
Visiting Lecturers: Bednarczyk, Berry, Cross,
Green
The Food Science Program offers the Master of
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The
Program is interdepartmental with participation
or support from the Departments of Animal
Science, Dairy Science, Horticulture, Poultry
Science, Agricultural Engineering, Chemistry,
and Agricultural and Resource Economics. Pro-
grams of study and research are individually
planned with the student and an appropriate
committee. Areas of study encompass animal,
plant, seafood, and fabricated food products.
Specialization is available in food microbiology
and fermentations, food chemistry and bio-
chemistry, quality assurance, food engineering
and product development, nutritional evalua-
tion, food sanitation, packaging, and distribu-
tion.
Admission and Degree
Information
In addition to minimum Graduate School
requirements, the Aptitude Test of the GRE
Examinations is required. The Food Science
Admissions Committee evaluates and makes
recommendations on all applications based on
academic and professional experience and let-
ters of recommendations (at least 3 required).
When feasible the Committee may conduct a
personal interview. In the absence of a bache-
lor's degree in Food Science or Food Technolo-
gy a strong background in physical and biologi-
cal sciences is recommended. Inadequate pre-
requisites may result in a recommendation to
complete a remedial program as a special stu-
dent, undergraduate status. Program require-
ments are as follows: 1) Food Science; the
equivalent of the following courses: FDSC 412,
413 Principles of Food Processing; FDSC 421,
423 Food Chemistry; FDSC 430, 434 Food
Microbiology; FDSC 431, Food Quality Control.
2) Biochemistry— minimum of 3 hours graduate
credit. 3) Colloquium (seminar). Attendance
each semester and at least 2 presentations for
credit during the program of study. 4) Provi-
sional requirements based on admission must
be satisfied as soon as practical.
For the M.S. degree, a student must com-
plete the program of study as approved by his
committee which will include the minimum
requirements. Students entering the Program
without a background in Food Science will
probably complete about 30 hours of course
work to obtain the M.S. degree. For the M.S.
with thesis, a research proposal must be sub-
mitted to the student's committee for review
and approval by the end of the second semes-
ter of study. Students who for various reasons
or circumstances cannot readily satisfy the the-
sis research may complete an additional 6
hours of courses at the 600 level in addition to
the program requirements above. A scholarly
paper on a subject approved by the committee
must be prepared and presented at a regular
FDSC colloquium. A final comprehensive exam-
ination including defense of the scholarly paper
will be conducted by the student's committee.
Part of this examination will be written. The
above programs should be completed within 3
semesters and a summer session.
For admission to the doctoral program, the
M S. degree is not required but is generally
recommended. Students completing an M.S.
degree in the FDSC Program, UMCP must
receive a favorable recommendation from the
M.S. degree final examining committee. Stu-
dents admitted from outside the FDSC Pro-
gram, UMCP will be examined orally by their
committee as a basis for developing a suitable
program of study. The student must complete a
program of study as approved by the student's
committee including minimum requirements of
the Graduate School and FDSC Program
requirements. There is no required number of
hours of course work. Programs are developed
on an individual basis. There is no language
requirement. A proposal for dissertation re-
search must be presented to the student's
committee for review and approval by the end
of the third semester of study. A comprehensive
oral examination will be conducted by the com-
mittee and other interested faculty members
after substantial completion of the program of
study and usually before the end of the fourth
semester. Satisfactory performance in this ex-
amination is required before recommendation
for admission to candidacy is granted. Each
student will assist in teaching at least one
course regardless of whether employed as a
graduate assistant. The candidate will defend
the dissertation before a committee of at least 5
members appointed by the Dean for Graduate
Studies. The candidate's advisor is usually
chairman of the committee. It is recommended
that the candidate prepare initial drafts of in-
tended publications for review before the final
examination. This program should be complet-
ed in 3 years or less depending on the candi-
date's previous background.
Facilities and Special Resources
The combined resources of the participating
Departments are available for Food Science
research. Laboratories, pilot plants, and equip-
ment are located in the Animal Sciences Cen-
ter, Holzapfel Hall, Turner Laboratory and
Shriver Hall. Facilities are available for the ex-
perimental processing of fruits, vegetables,
poultry, red meat, and dairy products. A seafood
processing facility is located off campus. Labo-
ratories are equipped for microbiological, bio-
chemical, biophysical, and engineering re-
search including facilities for laboratory ani-
mals. Instrumentation includes gas-liquid chro-
matographs, atomic absorption spec-
trophotometers, electron microscope, radioiso-
tope counters, amino acid analyzer, ultracen-
trifuge, fermenters, and controlled environment
incubator. University research farms are avail-
able for both plant and animal production stu-
dies Specialized facilities of nearby govern-
ment and food industry laboratories are regu-
larly made available for graduate student re-
search. The National Agricultural Library is
about 3 miles from the campus. The FDSC
Program has an exchange agreement with the
Food Science Department of the Central Uni-
versity of Venezuela for graduate study and
research.
Financial Assistance
Teaching and research assistantships are
made available by the participating Depart-
ments. Financial support is also available from
contracts and grants and by special arrange-
ments with several nearby government labora-
tories.
Additional Information
A detailed brochure, "Graduate Study in Food
Science," is available in the Program Office and
can be obtained by contacting: Dr. J.F. Mattick,
Coordinator and Chairman, Food Science Pro-
gram, Animal Sciences Center, University of
Maryland. Telephone: 301^154-3928.
Courses
FDSC 412 Principles of Food Processing I. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory per week. A study of the
basic methods by which foods are preserved (unit
operations). Effect of raw product quality and the
various types of processes on yield and quality of the
preserved products.
FDSC 413 Principles of Food Processing II. (3)
Three lectures per week. A detailed study of food
processing with emphasis on line and staff operations,
including physical facilities, utilities, pre-and post-pro-
cessing operations, processing line development and
sanitation.
FDSC 421 Food Chemistry. (3) Three lectures per
week Prerequisites: CHEM 203 and 204. The applica-
tion of basic chemical and physical concepts to the
composition and properties of foods. Emphasis on the
relationship of processing technology, to the keeping
quality, nutritional value, and acceptability of foods.
FDSC 422 Food Product Research and Develop-
ment (3) Two lectures, and one laboratory per week.
Prerequisites. FDSC 413, CHEM 461 , or permission of
instructor. A study of the research and development
function for improvement of existing products and
development of new, economically feasible and mar-
ketable food products. Application of chemical-physi-
cal characteristics of ingredients to produce optimum
quality products, cost reduction, consumer evaluation,
equipment and package development.
FDSC 423 Food Chemistry Laboratory. (2) Pre— or
corequisite: FDSC 421. Two laboratories per week.
Analysis of the major and minor constituents of food
using chemical, physical and instrumental methods in
concordance with current food industry and regulatory
practices. Laboratory exercises coincide lecture sub-
jects in FDSC 421.
FDSC 430 Food Miobiology. (2) cr Two lectures per
week Prerequisite: MICB 200 or equivalent. A study of
microorganisms of major importance to the food indus-
try with emphasis on food-borne outbreaks, public
health significance, bioprocessing of foods and control
of microbial spoilage of foods.
FDSC 431 Food Quality Control. (4) Three lectures
and one laboratory per week. Definition and organiza-
tion of the quality control function in the food industry;
preparation of specifications; statistical methods for
acceptance sampling; in-plant and processed product
inspection. Instrumental and sensory methods for
evaluating sensory quality, identity and wholesome-
ness and their integration into grades and standards of
quality.
FDSC 434 Food Miobiology Laboratory. (2) cr Two
laboratories per week. Pre— or corequisite: FDSC 430.
A study of techniques and procedures used in the
microbiological examination of foods.
French Language and Literature Program 93
FOSC 442 Horticultural Products Processing. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Commer-
cial methods ol canning, freezing, dehydrating, fer-
menting, and chemical preservation of fruit and vege-
table crops.
FDSC 451 Dairy Products Processing. (3) Two lec-
tures and one laboratory per week. Method of produc-
tion of fluid milk, butter, cheese, condensed and
evaporated milk and milk products and ice cream.
FDSC 461 Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry.
(3) Two lectures and one laboratory per week. A study
of the technological factors concerned with the pro-
cessing, storage, and marketing of eggs and poultry
and the factors affecting their quality.
FDSC 471 Meat and Meat Processing. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week Prerequisite,
CHEM 461 or permission of instructor. Physical and
chemical characteristics of meat and meat products,
meat processing, methods of testing and product
development.
FDSC 482 Seafood Products Processing. (3) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite,
CHEM 461 or permission of instructor. The principal
preservation methods for commercial seafood pro-
ducts with particular reference to the invertebrates.
Chemical and microbiological aspects of processing
are emphasized
FDSC 621 Systems Analysis in the Food Industry.
(3) Construction and solution of models for optimizing
feed, product formulations, nutrient-palatability costs
Methods for optimizing processes, inventories, and
transportation systems.
FDSC 631 Advanced Food Miobiology. (2) cr One
lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
FDSC 430 or permission of instructor. An in depth
understanding and working knowledge of a selected
number of problem areas and contemporary topics in
food microbiology.
FDSC 689 Seminar in Food Science. (1-3) A-Upids;
B-Proteins; C-Carbohydratesi D-Organoleptic Proper-
ties; ErFermentation; F-Enzymes and microorgan-
isms; G-Flavor analysis; l-Assays, Studies in depth of
selected phases of food science are frequently best
arranged by employment if a lecturer from outside the
university to teach a specific phase. Flexibility in the
credit offered permits adjustment to the nature of the
course.
FDSC 698 Colloquium in Food Science. (1) First and
second semester Oral reports on special topics or
recently published research in food science and tech-
nology. Distinguished scientists are invited as guest
lecturers. A maximum of three credits allowed for the
M.S.
FDSC 699 Special Problems in Food Science. (1-4)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite CHEM 461
or permission of instructor. Credit according to time
scheduled and magnitude of problem. An experimental
program on a topic other than the student's thesis
problem will be conducted. Four credits shall be the
maximum allowed toward on advanced degree.
FDSC 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
FDSC 811 Advances in Food Technology. (3) First
semester, alternate years. Prerequisite. CHEM 461 or
permission of instructor A systematic review of new
products, processes and management practices in the
food industry
FDSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
French Language and
Literature Program
Professor and Chairman: Therrien
Professors: MacBain
Associate Professors: Demaitre, Fink, Hall,
Meijer, Russell, Tarica
Assistant Professors: Ashby, Black,
Campagna, Felaco, Hage
The Department of French and Italian prepares
students for the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in
French language and literature. The composi-
tion of the Graduate faculty and the variety of
course offerings make it possible for students to
specialize in any period or movement of French
literature or any aspect of the French language,
with the consent of their advisers.
Admission and Degree
Information
Entry into the M.A. program is open to students
having a solid grounding in French language
and literature. All applicants, whether graduates
of the University of Maryland or not. must take
all parts of the G.R.E., including the Advanced
Examination in French.
The students' knowledge of French is
screened at the beginning of their first semester
through a Language Proficiency Examination. In
addition to evidence of independent scholarly
research in the form of a thesis (thesis option)
or a substantial research paper (non-thesis op-
tion), successful completion of the M.A. pro-
gram involves passing a comprehensive exami-
nation (a six-hour written examination followed
by a one-hour oral examination) in French litera-
ture from the Middle Ages to the present. The
M.A. program is generally completed in four
semesters, or less if Summer Session offerings
are utilized.
Entry into the Ph.D. program is open to the
most highly qualified and most highly motivated
candidates, who can show that individual re-
search is their major interest and who give
evidence of strong qualifications to pursue that
interest.
All applicants for the Ph.D. program (ex-
cept M.A. graduates of this Department) must
pass a three-part preliminary examination ad-
ministered at the start of the Fall semester,
consisting of an explication de texte, an essay
and an oral examination, before being fully
admitted to the program. They are then required
to complete a program of seminars related to
their field of interest and to pass five Special
Topic examinations and a Foreign Language
translation examination before being admitted
to candidacy and beginning work on their dis-
sertation.
Facilities and Special Resources
In addition to the University graduate and un-
dergraduate libraries, the Department maintains
a reference library. Area research facilities in-
clude the Library of Congress and the Folger
Library (specializing in 16th and 18th-century
literature).
Financial Assistance
Financial support is available in the form of
assistantships and fellowships; for information
contact the Department of French and Italian.
Additional Information
For complete information concerning the De-
partment's requirements, set forth in the Guide
to Graduate Programs in French, write to the
Department of French and Italian Language
and Literature.
Courses
FREN 400 Applied Linguistics. (3) The nature of
applied linguistics and its contribution to the effective
teaching of foreign languages. Comparative study of
English and French, with emphasis upon points of
divergence. Analysis, evaluation and construction of
related drills.
FREN 401 Introduction to Stylistics. (3) Prerequisite:
FREN 302. or course chairman's consent. Compara-
tive stylistic analysis; detailed grammatical analysis;
translation
FREN 404 Oral Practice for Teachers of French. (3)
Prerequisites: FREN 3 1 1 and FREN 3 1 2, or consent of
the instructor. Development of fluency in French,
stress on correct sentence structure and idiomatic
expression Credit may not be applied toward the
French major
FREN 405 Explication De Textes. (3) Oral and writ-
ten analysis of short literary works, or of excerpts from
longer works chosen for their historical, structural, or
stylistic interest, with the purpose of training the maior
to understand literature in depth and to make mature
esthetic evaluations of it.
FREN 411 Introduction to Medieval Literature. (3)
French literature from the ninth through the fifteenth
centry. La Chanson Epique. le Roman Courtois. le Lai;
la litterature bourgeoise, le Theatre, la poesie lyrique
FREN 412 Introduction to Medieval Literature. (3)
French literature from the ninth through the fifteenth
century La Chanson epique. le Roman courtois. le Lai,
la litterature bourgeoise. le theatre, la poesie lyrique
FREN 421 French Literature of the Sixteenth Cen-
tury. (3) The renaissance in France: Humanism.
Rabelais, Calvin, the Pleiade, Montaigne, baroque
poetry.
FREN 422 French Literature of the Sixteenth Cen-
tury. (3) The Renaissance in France: Humanism,
Rabelais, Calvin, the Pleiade. Montaigne, baroque
poetry.
FREN 431 French Literature of the Seventeenth
Century. (3) Descartes. Pascal, Corneille. Racine; the
remaining great classical writers, with special attention
to Moliere.
FREN 432 French Literature of the Seventeenth
Century. (3) Descartes. Pascal. Corneille. Racine; the
remaining great classical writers, with special attention
to Moliere.
FREN 441 French Literature of the Eighteenth
Century. (3) Development of philosophical and scien-
tific movement; Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot. Rous-
seau.
FREN 442 French Literature of the Eighteenth
Century. (3) Development of philosophical and scien-
tific movement; Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rous-
seau.
FREN 451 French Literature of the Nineteenth
Century. (3) Drama and poetry from romanticism to
symbolism; the major prose writers of the same period.
FREN 452 French Literature of the Nineteenth
Century. (3) Drama and poetry from romanticism to
symbolism; the major prose writers of the same period.
FREN 461 Studies in Twentieth Century Litera-
ture — the Early Years. (3) French poetry, theater and
the novel during the age of Proust and Gide
FREN 462 Studies in Twentieth Century Litera-
ture — Mid-Century Writers. (3) Modern French poet-
ry, theater and the novel, with special emphasis on the
literature of anxiety and existentialism.
FREN 463 Studies in Twentieth Century Litera-
ture — the Contemporary Scene. (3) French writers
and literary movements since about 1950. with special
emphasis on new forms of the novel and theater
FREN 471 French Civilization I. (3) French life,
customs, culture, traditions (800-1750).
FREN 472 French Civilization II. (3) French life,
customs, culture, traditions (1750— present-day
France).
FREN 478 Themes and Movements of French Liter-
ature in Translation. (3) cr Studies treatments of
thematic problems or of literary or historical move-
ments in French literature. Topic to be determined
each semester given in English.
FREN 479 Masterworks of French Literature In
Translation. (3) Treats the works of one or more
major French writers. Topic to be determined each
semester. Given in English.
FREN 488 Pro-Seminar in a Great Literary Figure.
(3) Each semester a specialized study will be made of
one great French writer chosen from some representa-
tive literary period or movement since the middle ages.
Repeatable for a maximum of six credits
FREN 489 Pro-Seminar in Themes or Movements
ot French Literature. (3) Repeatable for a maximum
of six credits
FREN 491 Honors Reading Course, Poetry. (3) H—
Honors. Poetry Supervised readings to be taken nor-
mally only by students admitted to the honors pro-
gram.
FREN 492 Honors Reading Course. Novel. (3) H—
Honors. Novel Supervised readings to be taken nor-
94 Geography Program
mally only by students admitted to the honors pro-
gram.
FREN 493 Honors Reading Course Drama. (3) H—
Honors, Drama supervised readings to be taken nor-
mally only be students admitted to the honors pro-
gram.
FREN 494 Honors Independent Study. (3) H— Hon-
ors Honors independent study involves guided read-
ings based on an honors reading list and tested by a 6
hour written examination. Honors 494 and 495 are
required to fulfill the departmental honors requirement
in addition to two out of the following, 491 h, 492h,
493h. Open only to students admitted to the depart-
mental honors program.
FREN 495 Honors Thesis Research. (3) H— Honors
Honors thesis research involves the writing of a paper
under the direction of a professor in this department
and an oral examination. Honors 494 and 495 are
required to fulfill the departmental honors requirement
in addition to two out of the following, 491 h, 492h,
493h. Open only to students admitted to the depart-
mental honors program.
FREN 498 Special Topics in French Literature. (3)
Repeatable for a maximum of six credits.
FREN 499 Special Topics in French Studies. (3) An
aspect oF french studies, the specific topic to be
announced each time the course is offered. Repeata-
ble for a maximum of 6 credits.
FREN 600 Problems in Bibliography and Research
Methods. (3)
FREN 601 The History of the French Language. (3)
FREN 602 Comparative Romance Linguistics. (3)
Also listed as SPAN 612.
FREN 603 Stylistics. (3) Advanced composition,
translation, stylistic analysis.
FREN 609 Special Topic in the French Language.
(3)
FREN 610 La Chanson de Roland. (3) cr Close
reading of the text, study of epic formulae and early
medieval literary techniques; reading knowledge of old
French desirable.
FREN 619 Special Topic in Medieval French Litera-
ture. (3)
FREN 629 Special Topic in Sixteenth Century
French Literature. (3)
FREN 630 Corneille. (3)
FREN 631 Moliere. (3)
FREN 632 Racine. (3)
FREN 639 Special Topic in Seventeenth Century
French Literature. (3)
FREN 640 Voltaire. (3)
FREN 641 Rousseau. (3)
FREN 642 Diderot. (3)
FREN 649 Special Topic in Eighteenth Century
French Literature. (3)
FREN 650 French Poetry in the Nineteenth Centu-
ry. (3)
FREN 651 French Poetry in the Nineteenth Centu-
ry. (3)
FREN 652 The French Novel in the Nineteenth
Century. (3)
FREN 653 The French Novel in the Nineteenth
Century. (3)
FREN 659 Special Topic in Nineteenth Century
French Literature. (3)
FREN 660 French Poetry in the Twentieth Century.
(3)
FREN 662 The French Novel in the Twentieth
Century. (3)
FREN 663 The French Novel in the Twentieth
Century. (3)
FREN 664 The French Theatre in the Twentieth
Century. (3)
FREN 665 The French Theatre in the Twentieth
Century. (3)
FREN 669 Special Topic in Twentieth Century
French Literature. (3)
FREN 679 The History of Ideas in France. (3)
Analysis of currents of ideas as reflected in different
periods and authors of French literature.
FREN 689 Seminar in a Great Literary Figure. (3)
FREN 699 Seminar. (3) Topic to be Determined Each
Semester.
FREN 702 Structural French Linguistics. (3)
Synchronic description of the phonology, morphology
and syntax of modern spoken French: standard
French in contrast with other varieties.
FREN 709 College Teaching of French. (1) Introduc-
tion to the teaching of French at the college level with
particular emphasis on methodology Seminars in the-
ory, demonstration of different teaching techniques,
supervised practice teaching, training in language lab-
oratory procedures, evaluation of instructional materi-
als. Required of all graduate assistants in French.
Repeatable to a maximum of two credits.
FREN 798 Masters Independent Study. (1-3) Pre-
requisite: permission of the department's Director of
Graduate studies. Repeatable to a maximum of 3
credits.
FREN 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
FREN 818 French Literary Criticism. (3) Analysis
and evaluation of various trends in literary criticism as
a manifestation of the french literary genius. Topic to
be determined each semester.
FREN 898 Doctoral Independent Study. (3) Re-
peatable to a maximum of six credits.
FREN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
ITALIAN
ITAL 410 The Italian Renaissance. (3) A study of
major trends of thought in Renaissance literature,
philosophy, art, and science.
ITAL 498 Special Topics in Italian Literature. (3)
Repeatable for a maximum of six credits.
ITAL 499 Special Topics in Italian Studies. (3) An
aspect of Italian studies, the specific topic to be
announced each time the course is offered. Repeata-
ble for a maximum of 6 credits.
Geography Program
Professor and Chairman: Corey
Professors: Fonaroff, Harper
Associate Professors: Brodsky, Chaves,
Groves, Mitchell, Thompson, Wiedel
Assistant Professors: Christian, Cirrincione,
Petzold, Sawyer
Lecturers: Kearney, Slocum
The programs for both the Master of Arts and
Doctor of Philosophy degrees in the Depart-
ment of Geography are designed to provide the
student with an opportunity for specialization in
several areas.
Considering particular advantages inherent
in the College Park location the Department has
built its graduate program around three major
areas of concentration and has assembled in
each a group of faculty members with comple-
mentary and overlapping interests. The areas
are: 1) Physical geography with emphasis on
physical systems involving the inter-relation-
ships between landforms, climate, and other
environmental elements and their relationship
with man's activities including planning and
management aspects. The University's meteor-
ology program and Water Resources Research
Center and work in agriculture and biology
provide support for this program as do various
Federal Government environmental programs
and the special consortium studying Chesa-
peake Bay and its resources. 2) A cultural-
historical geography area, with particular atten-
tion to tropical settlement and resource utiliza-
tion, health and disease, and various themes of
historical geography of the Americas. This spe-
cialty draws on the incomparable archival mate-
rial in the Washington area, in state historical
agencies, and in Baltimore. 3) The geography of
metropolitan areas and urban systems sup-
ported by affiliation with the University's In-
stitute for Urban Studies and regional and local
planning agencies. There are particular
strengths in social aspects, land use and trans-
portation, and historical geography of urban
areas. 4) Cartography.
Individual faculty members have other in-
terests that enable students to work on special
programs such as human ecology, environmen-
tal problems, medical geography, Latin Ameri-
ca, Africa, and cartography. Students planning
such programs should contact the Department
or appropriate faculty member to determine
their feasibility.
Admission and Degree
Information
While progress in the graduate program is lar-
gely an individual matter, students entering the
M.A. program should consider a two-year pro-
gram normal; those entering the Ph.D. should
think of three years as the norm. The Depart-
ment requires very few particular courses —
students at both levels initiate their own pro-
grams of coursework and submit a plan of study
for approval.
Incoming M.A. students are expected to
have an undergraduate degree in the field or in
a closely related field, with substantial work in
geography. In the latter case, remedial work
may be required prior to admission to the de-
gree program. All graduate applicants should
submit GRE examination results.
Because of the degree of specialization
inherent in Ph.D. training, the Department only
considers applicants whose interests coincide
with departmental staff competence — in gener-
al, the three major areas of geography de-
scribed above. Prospective students who are
unsure whether their interests match those of
the Department are encouraged to submit a
proposal for consideration.
For admission to the doctoral program, the
Department normally requires a grade-point av-
erage higher than 3.0 and an M.A. degree from
a recognized geography department, or compe-
tence in terms of fields of study and level of
achievement comparable to the M.A. degree of
the Department.
A non M.A. — direct Ph.D. program is possi-
ble by petition from the student and upon ap-
proval of a faculty committee appointed by the
Department Chairman.
M.A. students have the choice of either
thesis or non-thesis programs. The non-thesis
option involves the preparation of two substan-
tial research papers and is suited to students
desiring Breadth of study. All M.A. students take
an oral examination defense of a research
proposal prior to work on the thesis or papers
and a final oral examination based either on the
thesis or one of the two research papers.
After completion of formal course-work
requirements for the Ph.D., there is a two-part
qualifying examination. Part One is a written
examination in the student's two major fields of
specialization. Part Two is an oral examination
evaluating the dissertation proposal. Upon sat-
isfactory completion of the dissertation there is
a final oral examination.
Facilities and Special Resources
Departmental research facilities include a carto-
graphic laboratory, a computer graphics and
spatial analysis facility, a self-instruction labora-
tory, and a map and journal collection. A
minicomputer graphics system and numerous
data terminals are housed in the building in
which the Department is located. These new
quarters, to which the Department moved in
January 1979, include two physical laborator-
Geography Program 95
ies, cartographic teaching and production labo-
ratories, and a computational laboratory. Sever-
al faculty members have particular skills in
quantitative methods, computer aided instruc-
tion, and other analytical tools; and the Depart-
ment has its own publication of monographs in
an Occasional Papers series.
Additional Information
More detailed information on the M.A. and
Ph.D. programs can be obtained from the De-
partment which has available a booklet on the
graduate programs.
Courses
GEOG 400 Geography of North America. (3) An
examination of the contemporary patterns of American
and Candian life from a regional viewpoint. Major
topics include: the significance of the physical environ-
ment, resource use. the political framework, economic
activities, demographic and socio-cultural charac-
teristics, regional identification, and regional problems.
GEOG 402 Geography of Maryland and Adjacent
Areas. (3) An analysis of the physical environment,
natural resources, and population in relation to agricul-
ture, industry, transport, and trade in the state of
Maryland and adiacent areas.
GEOG 406 Historical Geography of North America
before 1800. (3) An analysis of the changing geogra-
phy of the U.S. and Canada from pre-Columbian times
to the end of the 18th century. Emphasis on areal
variations and changes in the settlements and econo-
mies of indian and colonial populations. Areal speciali-
zation and the changing patterns of agriculture, indus-
try, trade, and transportation. Population growth, com-
position and interior expansion. Regionalization.
GEOG 407 Historical Geography of North America
after 1800. (3) An analysis of the changing geography
of the U.S. and Canada from 1800 to the 1920's.
Emphasis on the settlement expansion and socio-
economic development of the U.S., and comparisons
with Canadian experience. Immigration, economic ac-
tivities, industrialization, transportation and urbaniza-
tion.
GEOG 410 Geography of Europe. (3) Agricultural
and industrial development of Europe and present-day
problems in relation to the physical and cultural setting
of the continent and its natural resources.
GEOG 411 Historical Geography of Europe after
1500. (3) An analysis of the changing geography of
Europe from the Columbian discoveries until the early
20th Century with particular emphasis on western
Europe, the medieval legacy, the impact of overseas
expansion, and changing patterns of population, agri-
culture, industry, trade, and transportation. Attention to
the development of the nation-state and to agricultural
and industrial revolutions.
GEOG 415 Economic Resources and Development
of Africa. (3) The natural resources of Africa in
relation to agricultural and mineral production; the
various stages of economic development and the
potentialities of the future.
GEOG 420 Geography of Asia. (3) Lands, climates,
natural resources, and major economic activities in
Asia (except Soviet Asia) Outstanding differences
between major regions.
GEOG 421 Economic and Political Geography of
Eastern Asia. (3) Study of China. Korea, Japan, the
Philippines: physical geographic setting, population,
economic and political geography. Potentialities of
major regions and recent developments.
GEOG 422 Cultural Geography of China and Japan.
(3) Survey of geographical distribution and interpreta-
tion of cultural patterns of China and Japan, emphasis
on basic cultural institutions, outlook on life, unique
characteristics of various groups. Trends of cultural
change and contemporary problems.
GEOG 423 Economic and Political Geography of
South and Southeast Asia. (3) Study of the Indian
subcontinent. Farther India, Indonesia; physical geo-
graphic setting, population, economic and political
geography. Potentialities of various countries and re-
gions and their role in present Asia.
GEOG 431 Economic and Cultural Geography of
Caribbean America. (3) An analysis of the physical
framework, broad economic and historical trends, cul-
tural patterns, and regional diversification of Mexico,
Central America, the West Indies.
GEOG 432 Economic and Cultural Geography of
South America. (3) A survey of natural environment
and resources, economic development and cultural
deversity of the South American republics, with em-
phasis upon problems and prospects of the countries
GEOG 434 Historical Geography of the Hispanic
World. (3) An examination of the social, economic,
political and cultural geography of the countries of the
Iberian peninsula and Latin America in the past with
concentration on specific time periods of special signif-
icance in the development of these countries.
GEOG 435 Geography of the Soviet Union. (3) The
natural environment and its regional diversity. Geo-
graphical factors in the expansion of the Russian state
The geography of agricultural and industrial production
in relation to available resources, transportation prob-
lems, and diversity of population
GEOG 437 Introduction to Regional Methods. (3)
Inquiry into the evolution of regional methodology with
specific reference to geographic problems Critical
analysis and evaluation of past and contemporary
theories and a thorough examination of alternate re-
gional methodologies. Application of quantitative and
qualitative techniques of regional analysis and synthe-
sis to traditional and modern regional geography em-
phasizing principles of regionalization.
GEOG 440 Process Geomorphology. (3) Study of
the maior processes involved in the development of
landforms, especially weathering, wasting, and fluvial
erosion. Evaluation of models of slope and landscape
evolution.
GEOG 441 Geomorphological Environment. (3)
Prerequisite: GEOG 440. An examination of environ-
ments, coastal, glacial, lithologic, etc., which lead to
the spatial differentiation of landforms.
GEOG 441 Geomorphological Environment. (3)
GEOG 445 Climatology. (3) The geographic aspects
of climate with emphasis on energy-moisture budgets,
steady-state and non-steady-state climatology, and
climatic variations at both macro and micro-scales.
GEOG 446 Applied Climatology. (3) Prerequisite:
GEOG 445 or consent of instructor. An in-depth analy-
sis of the components of the earth's radiation balance
and energy budgets: radiation, soil heat flux, and the
evaporation process. Measurement and estimation
techniques. Practical applications of microclimatologi-
cal theory and techniques.
GEOG 447 The Physical Environment of Urban
Areas (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 201 or consent of
instructor. An analysis of the constraints imposed upon
urban land use by such environmental factors as
geology, geomorphology and hydrology. The effects of
urban land use upon climatology, soils, earth pro-
cesses, water movement and vegetation will be in-
vestigated.
GEOG 450 Cultural Geography. (3) Prerequisite:
GEOG 201. 202, or consent of instructor An analysis
of the impact of man through his ideas and technology
on the evolution of geographic landscapes. Major
themes in the relationships between cultures and
environments.
GEOG 451 Political Geography. (3) Geographical
factors in national power and international relations; an
analysis of the role of 'geopolitics' and 'geostrategy,'
with special reference to the current world scene.
GEOG 452 Cultural Ecology. (3) Basic issues con-
cerning the natural history of man from the perspective
of the geographer. Basic components of selected
behavioral and natural systems their evolution and
adaptation, and survival strategies.
GEOG 453 Population Geography. (3) Prerequisite:
GEOG 202 or consent of instructor. Emphasis on the
spatial characteristics of population distribution and
growth, migration, fertility and mortality from a global
perspective. Basic population-environmental relation-
ships; carrying capacity, derfsity, relationships to na-
tional development.
GEOG 455 Urban Geography. (3) Origins of cities,
followed by a study of elements of site and location
with reference to cities. The patterns and functions of
some major world cities will be analyzed. Theories of
land use differentiation within cities will be appraised.
GEOG 456 The Social Geography of Metropolitan
Areas. (3) A socio-spatial approach to man's interac-
tion with his urban environment; the ways people
perceive, define, behave in. and structure their cities
and metropolitan areas Spatial patterns ol social
activities as formed by the distribution and interaction
of people and social institutions.
GEOG 457 Historical Geography of Cities. (3) The
course is concerned with the urbanization of the
United States and Canada prior to 1920. Both the
evolution of the urban system across the countries and
the spatial distribution of activities within cities will be
considered. Special attention is given to the process of
industrialization and the concurrent structuring of resi-
dential patterns among ethnic groups.
GEOG 459 Proseminar in Urban Geography (3) A
problems-oriented course for students with a back-
ground in urban geography using a discussion/lecture
format It will focus on a particular sub-field within
urban geography each time it is taught taking ad-
vantage of the special interests of the instructor
GEOG 460 Advanced Economic Geography I—
Agricultural Resources. (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 201
or 203. The nature of agricultural resources, the maior
types of agricultural exploitation in the world and the
geographic conditions. Main problems of conserva-
tion.
GEOG 461 Geographic Aspects of Environmental
Quality. (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 202 or consent of
instructor. Basic issues of human — environment in-
teractions. Reactions of natural systems to human
intervention. Examination of the geographic charac-
teristics of environmental disruptions.
GEOG 462 Water Resources and Water Resource
Planning. (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 201 or 203, or
permission of instructor. Water as a component of the
human environment. A systematic examination of van-
ous aspects of water, including problems of domestic
and industrial water supply, irrigation, hydroelectric
power, fisheries, navigation, flood damage reduction
and recreation.
GEOG 463 Geographic Aspects of Pollution. (3)
The impact of man on his environment and resultant
problems. Examination of the spatial aspects of physi-
cal and socio-economic factors in air, water, and land
pollution.
GEOG 465 Geography of Transportation. (3) The
distribution of transport routes on the earth's surface,
patterns of transport routes, the adjustment of trans-
port routes and media to conditions of the natural
environment, population centers and their distribution.
GEOG 466 Industrial Localization. (3) Factors and
trends in the geographic distribution of the manufactur-
ing industries of the world, analyzed with reference to
theories of industrial location.
GEOG 470 History and Theory of Cartography. (3)
The development of maps throughout history. Geo-
graphical orientation, coordinates and map scales.
Map projections, their nature, use and limitations.
Principles of representation of features on physical
and cultural maps. Modern uses of maps and relation-
ships between characteristics of maps and use types.
GEOG 471 Cartography and Graphics Practicum.
(3)
GEOG 472 Problems of Cartographic Representa-
tion and Procedure. (3) Two hours lecture and two
hours laboratory a week. Study of cartographic compi-
lation methods. Principles and problems of symboliza-
tion, classification and representation of map data
Problems of representation of features at different
scales and for different purposes. Place-name selec-
tion and lettering, stick-up and map composition
GEOG 473 Problems of Map Evaluation. (3) Two
hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week
Schools of topographic concepts and practices Theo-
retical and practical means of determining map relia-
bility, map utility, and source materials Nature, status
and problems of topographic mapping in different
parts of the world. Non-topographic special use maps
Criteria of usefulness for purposes concerned and of
reliability
GEOG 490 Geographic Concepts and Source
Materials. (3) A comprehensive and systematic survey
of geographic concepts designed exclusively for
teachers Stress will be placed upon the philosophy ol
geography in relation to the social and physical sci-
ences, the use of the primary tools of geography,
source materials, and the problems of presenting
geographic pnnciples.
GEOG 498 Topical Investigations. (1-3) Independent
study under individual guidance. Restricted to ad-
96 German Language and Literature Program
vanced undergraduate students with credit for at least
24 hours in geography and to graduate students. Any
exception should have the approval of the head of the
department.
GEOG 499 Undergraduate Research. (3) Directed
regional or systematic study involving several subfields
of geography, including cartographic presentation, and
usually requiring field work, and leading to an un-
dergraduate thesis.
GEOG 600 Introduction to Graduate Study in Ge-
ography. (3) Introduces the student both to research
procedures needed in graduate work and to current
trends and developments in geographic research. Lec-
tures by various staff members form basis for discus-
sion. Research paper required.
GEOG 601 Field Course. (3)
GEOG 605 Quantitative Spatial Analysis. (3) This
course will provide students with a working knowledge
of various tools of multivariate analysis in the context
of scientific geographic methodology rather than from
the statistical theory viewpoint. Emphasis is on the
application of statistical tools and a working knowl-
edge of them will be a basis for evaluation of profes-
sional literature in the various fields of geography using
quantitative techniques. Students should gain a back-
ground suitable for using the techniques in research.
GEOG 610 Seminar in Geographic Methodology.
(3) The seminar will emphasize an intensive survey of
the basic concepts of geography, a critical evaluation
of major approaches to the study of geography, and a
detailed analysis of the principal methodological prob-
lems both theoretical and practical confronting geog-
raphy today.
GEOG 615 Geomorphology. (3) cr
GEOG 618 Seminar in Geomorphology. (3) Study
and discussion of empirical and theoretical research
methods applied to geomorphological problems in-
cluding review of pertinent literature.
GEOG 625 Advanced Climatology. (3) Prerequisite:
GEOG 445 or consent of the instructor. Advanced
study of elements and controls of the earth's climates.
Analysis of the energy and water balances at the
earth's surface and their importance and application to
life on this planet: radiation, soil heat flux, evaporation
and evaportranspiration.
GEOG 626 Applied Climatology. (3) Second semes-
ter. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Study of princi-
ples, techniques, and data of micro-climatology, physi-
cal and regional climatology relating to such problems
and fields as transportation, agriculture, industry,
urban planning, human comfort, and regional geo-
graphic analysis.
GEOG 628 Seminar in Meteorology and Climatolo-
gy. (3) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Selected
topics in meteorology and climatology chosen to fit the
individual needs of advanced students. Repeatable to
a maximum of six credits.
GEOG 638 Seminar in Physical Geography. (3)
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An examination of
themes and problems in the field of physical geogra-
phy. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
GEOG 640 Theory and Practice in Cultural Geogra-
phy. (3) An introductory survey of the basic structure
and recent trends in the field of cultural geography.
Emphasis on theoretical principles and ar alytical pro-
cedures employed in investigating cultural problems
and on literature which has resulted from this research.
GEOG 648 Seminar in Cultural Geography. (3) Pre-
requisite: GEOG 450 or consent of instructor. An
examination of themes and problems in the field of
economic geography. Repeatable to a maximum of six
credits.
GEOG 655 Theory and Method in Historical Geog-
raphy. (3) The philosophical and methodological is-
sues associated with historical approaches to human
geography. Introduction to the use and interpretation
of sources for the study of the North American past.
Emphasis on incorporation of time in geographic stu-
dies, on the evaluation of traditional approaches to
past geographies and on present theoretical, analyti-
cal, and empirical procedures employed in historical
inquiry.
GEOG 658 Seminar in Historical Geography. (3) An
examination of themes and problems in historical
geography with reference to selected areas. Prerequi-
site: consent of instructor.
GEOG 668 Seminar in Economic Geography. (3)
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An examination of
themes and problems in the field of economic geogra-
phy. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
GEOG 670 Theory and Method in Urban Geogra-
phy. (3) Introductory survey of the structure and recent
trends in urban geography. Emphasis on concepts in
urban geography using a problem solving approach.
Urban literature, data sources, urban information sys-
tems, and survey research and sampling.
GEOG 678 Seminar in Political Geography. (3) Be-
ginning with a review of contemporary advanced theo-
ry, the seminar will turn to problems such as the spatial
consequences of political behavior, the political sys-
tem and the organization of space including perceived
space, the organization of political space. Repeatable
to a maximum of six semester hours.
GEOG 679 Seminar in Urban Geography. (3) Flexi-
ble in format to allow adaptation to particular topic
being considered, this seminar is for advanced stu-
dents in the department's metropolitan areas speciali-
ty. Students normally will have had the seminar in
economic geography. Possible topics include: metro-
politan systems, the impact of migrants and im-
migrants on the internal structure of the city, the
development of black ghettos, the use of particular
techniques in urban geographical research.
GEOG 698 Seminar In Cartography. (1-6)
GEOG 718 Seminar in the Geography of Europe
and Africa. (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 410, 415 or con-
sent of instructor. Analysis of special problems con-
cerning the resources and development of Europe and
Africa. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
GEOG 738 Seminar in the Geography of EAst Asia.
(3) Analysis of problems concerning the geography of
East Asia with emphasis on special research methods
and techniques applicable to the problems of this area.
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits.
GEOG 748 Seminar in the Geography of Latin
America. (3) Prerequisite: GEOG 431, 432 or consent
of instructor, an analysis of recent changes and trends
in industrial development, exploitation of mineral re-
sources and land utilization. Repeatable to a maximum
of six credits.
GEOG 758 Seminar in the Geography of the
U.S.S.R. (3) Prerequisite: reading knowledge of Rus-
sian and GEOG 435 or consent of instructor. Investiga-
tion of special aspects of Soviet geography. Emphasis
on the use of Soviet materials. Repeatable to a maxi-
mum of six credits.
GEOG 768 Seminar in the Geography of the Near
East. (3)
GEOG 788 Selected Topics in Geography. (1-3)
Readings and discussion on selected topics in the field
of geography. To be taken only with the joint consent
of advisor and head of the department of geography.
GEOG 789 Independent Readings. (1-3) Independ-
ent reading as arranged between a graduate faculty
member and student. Repeatable to a maximum of six
credits.
GEOG 790 Internship in Geography. (3) Field experi-
ence in the student's specialty in a federal, state, or
local agency or private business. A research paper
required.
GEOG 798 Independent Study. (1-6) Open only to
students in the non-thesis M.A. option.
GEOG 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6) cr
GEOG 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
German Language and
Literature Program
Professor and Chairman: Brecht
Professors: Best, Jones, Hering
Associate Professors: Fleck, Beicken, Pfister
Assistant Professors: Bilik, Fletcher,
Frederiksen, Mehl, Walker
The Germanic Section of the Department of
Germanic and Slavic Languages and Litera-
tures offers programs of study leading to the
M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. Specialization includes
the following areas: Language Pedagogy and
Applied Linguistics; Germanic Philology; Medie-
val Literature and Culture; Literature of the
German Speaking Countries from the Renais-
sance to the Present.
Admission and Degree
Information
In addition to the Graduate School require-
ments, candidates must have a bachelor's de-
gree with an undergraduate major in German
language and literature or the equivalent, and
fluency in the written and spoken language.
Candidates for the doctorate must have a mas-
ter's degree in Germanic Studies or in a related
discipline, for example: German, Scandinavian
Studies, Language Education, Medieval Stu-
dies, etc.
Degree requirements for the M.A. (thesis op-
tion) are; 24 hours of coursework, the thesis,
and a written comprehensive examination. The
M.A. (non-thesis option) requires 30 hours of
coursework, a mini-thesis with oral defense,
and a written comprehensive examination. For
both options the comprehensives consist of
four two-hour examinations based on the cour-
sework and the M.A. Reading List.
Degree requirements for the Ph.D. are as
follows: 1) completion of at least 30 hours of
coursework beyond the master's degree, over a
period of residency at the University of Mary-
land of at least one year, and a further 12 hours
of dissertation research; 2) a reading skill exam-
ination in a language other than English or
German, which may be another Germanic lan-
guage or a language related to the candidate's
research; 3) comprehensive written examina-
tions; 4) presentation of the dissertation topic to
the Germanic Section graduate faculty before
the topic is approved; 5) the dissertation; 6) oral
dissertation defense. The doctoral comprehen-
sives consist of six three-hour examinations.
The candidate has considerable freedom in
choosing the subject to be covered in three of
the examinations; the other three being the
required fields of philology or applied linguistics,
medieval literature, and modern literature. Can-
didates who opt for all three selected topics in
German literature will choose subjects in the
following periods: 16th and 17th centuries, 18th
century, 19th century, 20th century; in which
case the required modern literature examina-
tion will require interpretation of a text. Candi-
dates who select topics from other fields such
as philology, Scandinavian Studies, medieval
studies, etc., will take a general examination in
the modern literature required exam.
Facilities and Special Resources
In addition to its course offerings listed below,
the Germanic Section of the Department of
Germanic and Slavic Languages and Litera-
tures sponsors the German Club, the University
of Maryland Chapter of Delta Phi Alpha (the
national German language honors society). Dis-
tinguished scholars and lecturers, as well as
visiting professors, visit the metropolitan area
and campus regularly. College Park's closeness
to Washington, D.C. facilitates participation in
the many cultural functions of the capital with its
wealth of German and Scandinavian social
groups and national societies.
Financial Assistance
The Germanic Section is able to contribute to
the financial support of its graduate students in
the form of teaching and non-teaching
assistantships as well as several fellowships.
German Language and Literature Program 97
Additional Information
For further information write to: Director of
Graduate Studies, Department of Germanic and
Slavic Languages and Literature.
Courses
GERM 001 Elementary German for Graduate Stu-
dents. (3) Intensive elementary course in the German
language designed particularly for graduate students
who wish to acquire a reading knowledge This course
does not carry credit towards any degree at the
university.
GERM 401 Advanced Conversation. (3) Prerequi-
site: GERM 302 or equivalent. Development of fluency
in spoken German. Discussion of contemporary is-
sues.
GERM 403 Advanced Composition (3) Prerequisite:
GERM 302 or equivalent. Advanced instruction in
writing skills.
GERM 405 Stylistics (3) Prerequisite: GERM 302 or
equivalent. Stylistic analysis of oral and written Ger-
man both literary and non-literary. Intensive study of
vocabulary and syntax Dictionary and composition
exercises.
GERM 409 Selected Topics in German Language
Study. (3) Prerequisite: GERM 302 and permission of
instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if
subject matter is different.
GERM 410 Structure of the German Language. (3)
Prerequisite: GERM 302 or equivalent. An introduction
to applied linguistics suited to the needs of the ad-
vanced student and/or teacher of German. Structural
analysis of the phonetics, phonology, morphology,
syntax and vocabulary of modern German contrasted
with the structure of modern English. Instruction in
English.
GERM 415 German/English Translation I (3) An
intensive presentation of german grammar limited ex-
clusively to reading skill; graded readings in the arts
and sciences. Instruction in English; can not be used to
satisfy the Arts and Humanities foreign language
reauirement. May not be taken for credit by students
who have completed GERM 111-115 and/or GERM
301/302.
GERM 416 German/English Translation II (3) Pre-
requisites: GERM 302, GERM 415 or equivalent. Writ-
ten translation of materials from the student's field of
study. Discussion of basic problems of German-to-
English translation, with examples from students' pro-
jects, instruction in English. Cannot be used to satisfy
the Arts and Humanities foreign language requirement.
GERM 418 Practicum in german/english transla-
tion (3) Prerequisite: GERM 416 or equivalent. Prob-
lems of professional translating from german into
english; translation of literary and technical texts; the
assembling and use of a specialized translator's refer-
ence library. May be repeated up to a maximum of six
credits.
GERM 420 Methodology, Bibliography and Re-
search Methods. (3) Prerequisite: GERM 115 or
equivalent. Principles of literary criticism. Use of Ger-
man bibliographies, catalogs, and reference works.
Techniques of conducting and documenting research.
Instruction in German.
GERM 421 Literature of the Middle Ages. (3) Pre-
requisites: GERM 321 and 322, or permission of
instructor. German literature from the 8th through the
1 5th Centuries Readings include old high German
texts; the German heroic, courtly and popular epic;
Minnesang, Meistersang, the late medieval epic: folk
literature of the late middle ages. Read in modern
German translation.
GERM 422 From the Reformation through the Ba-
roque (3) Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 322. or per-
mission of instructor. Readings of representative au-
thors from the Reformation and the Period of Human-
ism through the Baroque (CA. 1517—1720) Readings
and instruction in German
GERM 423 From Enlightenment through Storm and
Stress (3) Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 322, or
permission of instructor. Readings of representative
authors from the Enlightenment (1720 — 1785). the
Age of Sentimentalism (1740—1780). and Storm and
Stress (1767—1785) Readings and instruction in Ger-
man.
GERM 424 Classicism (3) Prerequisites: GERM 321
and 322, or permission of instructor Readings of
representative authors from the Age of Classicism
(1786 — 1832). Readings and instruction in German
GERM 431 Romanticism and Biedermeier (3) Pre-
requisites: GERM 321 and 322 or permission of in-
structor Readings of representative authors from the
periods of Romanticism (1798 — 1835) and Biedermei-
er (1820 — 1850). Readings and instruction in German.
GERM 432 Junges Deutschland and Realism (3)
Prerequisite: GERM 321 and 322, or permission of
instructor Readings of representative authors from the
periods of Junges Deutschland (1830 — 1850) and
Realism (1850 — 1890). Readings and instruction in
German.
GERM 433 Naturalism and its Counter Currents. (3)
Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 322 or permission of
instructor. The periods of Naturalism, Impressionism.
Neoromanticism and Neoclassicism. Readings include
such authors as Anzengruber, Holz, Sudermann.
Hauptmann, George, Wedekind, Hofmannsthal.
Schnitzler, Rilke. Heinnch Mann, Hesse. Readings and
instruction in German.
GERM 438 German Literature In Translation. (3)
Different movements, genres, or other special topics
will be treated each semester. Repeatable up to a
maximum of six credits if subject matter is different.
May not be counted in fulfillment of German mapr
requirement for German literature. Readings and in-
struction in English.
GERM 439 Proseminar In German Literature. (3)
Prerequisites: GERM 321 and 322, or permission of
instructor. Specialized study of an author, school,
genre, or theme. Repeatable to a maximum of six
credits if subject matter is different. Readings and
instruction in German.
GERM 448 Yiddish Literature in Translation (3)
Study of an important Yiddish author, period or theme,
readings and instruction in English. Repeatable to a
maximum of 6 credits if subject matter is different
GERM 449 Selected Topics in Yiddish Studies (3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Study of a lin-
guistic, literary or cultural topic in Yiddish studies.
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits if subject matter
is different.
GERM 461 Reading Swedish. Danish and Norwe-
gian I (3) Develops reading facility in three languages
in one semester. Texts read include Bergman's Sev-
enth Seal. Tales by H.C Andersen, excerpts from
works by Ibsen and Hamsun, and selected folk litera-
ture. No foreign language prerequisite Not available
for credit to students who have taken GERM 164 or
GERM 165.
GERM 462 Reading Swedish, Danish and Norwe-
gian II (3) Prerequisite: GERM 461 or permission of
instructor. Further development of reading facility.
GERM 463 The Icelandic Family Saga (3) Analysis of
the old Norse sage as historiography, literature, and
folklore. Readings and instruction in english.
Germ 464 The Fantastic and Historic Saga (3) My
thological/heroic sagas, translation of chivalnc materi-
als from the continent, and the histories of the Norwe-
gian kings, the Viking Colonies' and the settlement of
Iceland contrasted with the classical structure of the
family saga, chivalnc models, and other national histo-
ries by Germanic writers of the middle ages. Readings
and instruction in English.
GERM 468 Scandinavian Literature in Translation
(3) Study of a maior Scandinavian author, genre,
period or theme Readings and instruction in English
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits il subiect matter
is different.
GERM 469 Selected Topics in Scandinavian Stu-
dies (3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Study of
a linguistic, literary or cultural topic in Scandinavian
studies. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits if
subject matter is different.
GERM 471 Introduction to Indo-European Philolo-
gy (3) Basic principles of historical language study
terminology of phonetics and morphology, language
families, writing systems. Reconstructed Indo-Europe-
an and surveys of the most important ancient Indo-
European languages: Sanskrit, old church Slavonic,
Lithuanian, Classic Greek. Latin. Gothic. Instruction in
English, no knowledge of German required
GERM 472 Introduction to Germanic Philology. (3)
Prerequisites: GERM 115 and GERM 471, or equiva-
lent Reconstructed Proto-Germanic and surveys of
Gothic, old Norse, old English, old Saxon. The devel-
opment of high German from the old high German
period through middle high German to modern Ger-
man; a short introduction to modern German dialectol-
ogy. Instruction in English
GERM 475 Old Norse. (3) The language of the old
Icelandic saga, the Eddas and Skaldic poetry. Reading
of texts m the original; historical development of old
Norse and its role in the Germanic language family. No
knowledge of German or a Scandinavian language
required, instruction in English
GERM 479 Selected Topics in Germanic Philology
(3) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Selected topics
such as comparative Germanic studies, old Norse
language or readings in old Norse literature, modern
German dialectology Repeatable to a maximum of six
credits if subject matter is different
GERM 481 The Viking Era (3) An introduction to the
lifestyle of northern Europe in the 9th to 1 1 th centuries
Reading and instruction in English.
GERM 482 The Age of Chivalry (3) An introduction to
the lifestyle of northern Europe in the 12th to 14th
centuries Reading and instruction in English.
GERM 489 Selected Topics in Germanic Area Stu-
dies (3) Selected topics in the cultural and intellectual
history of the German and Germanic language areas
In English, repeatable to a maximum of six credits if
subject matter is different.
GERM 499 Directed Study (1-3) Prerequisite: Per-
mission of instructor. For advanced students, by per-
mission of department chairman and/or undergradu-
ate advisor Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits if
subject matter is different
GERM 61 1 College Teaching of German. (3) Instruc-
tion, demonstration and classroom practice under su-
pervision of modern procedures in the presentation of
elementary German courses to college age students
GERM 621 Medieval Narrative. (3) An introduction to
the form and structure of the medieval narrative,
treatment of the most important authors and works of
the period.
GERM 631 German Lyric Poetry. (3) An exposition of
the genre of lync poetry, its metrical and aesthetic
background, illustrated by charactenstic examples
from the middle ages to the present.
GERM 641 German Novelle. (3) Study of the develop-
ment of the genre from the 18th century to the present
GERM 651 German Novel. (3) The theory and struc-
ture of the German novel from the baroque to the
present.
GERM 661 German Drama. (3) An introduction to the
theory and structure of the German drama from the
baroque to the present with extensive interpretation of
characteristic works.
GERM 671 Gothic, Old High German, Middle High
German I. (3) The first semester of a two-semester
practicum in reading gothic. old and middle high Ger-
man, with emphasis on linguistic analysis
GERM 672 Gothic. Old High German. Middle High
German II. (3) Prerequisite GERM 671 Continuation
of German 671.
GERM 799 Master's Thesis Research. (1-6)
GERM 819 Individual Study. (1-3) Prerequisite: con-
sent of instructor May be repeated to a maximum of
six credits if content differs
GERM 829 Seminar in German Literature of the
Middle Ages. (3) Exhaustive study of one or more
representative authors or works of the middle ages
May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits if
content differs.
GERM 839 Seminar in 16th and 17th Century Liter-
ature. (3) The German literature of the Humanists, the
reformation and the baroque is illustrated by study of
one or more authors of the 16th or 1 7th Centunes May
be repeated up to a total of nine credits when content
differs
GERM 849 Seminar in 18th Century Literature. (3)
In depth study of one or more authors from the penods
Englightenment, Sentimentalism or Storm and Stress
or Classicism May be repeated up to a total of nine
credits when content differs
GERM 859 Seminar in 19th Century Literature. (3)
Comprehensive coverage from one or more authors of
98 Government and Politics Program
Romanticism, Biedermeier, young Germany or Real-
ism. May be repeated for a total of up to nine credits
when content differs.
GERM 869 Seminar in 20th Century Literature (3)
Concentrated investigation of a literary movement or
of one or more authors from the period of Naturalism
to the present. May be repeated to a maximum of nine
credits if the content is different.
GERM 879 Seminar in Germanic Philology. (3) In
depth study of a topic in Germanic or Indoeuropean
philogy; comparative Germanic grammar, runology,
dialect geography, Eddie or Skaidic poetry, Indoeu-
ropean studies. May be repeated to a maximum of nine
credits if content differs.
GERM 889 Seminar in Germanic Area Studies. (3)
Comprehensive study of a selected topic in German or
Germanic Area studies: history of ideas, cultural histo-
ry, Germanic literatures other than German, folk litera-
ture and folklore. May be repeated to a maximum of
nine credits if content differs.
GERM 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research. (1-8)
RUSSIAN
RUSS 001 Elementary Russian for Graduate Stu-
dents. (3) Intensive elementary course in the Russian
language designed particularly for graduate students
who wish to acquire reading knowledge. This course
does not carry credit towards any degree at the
university.
RUSS 401 Advanced Composition. (3)
RUSS 402 Advanced Composition. (3)
RUSS 421 Russian Civilization (in Russian) I. (3) An
historical survey of Russian civilization, emphasizing
architecture, painting, sculpture, music, ballet and the
theater to the beginning of the 19th Century pointing
out the inter-relationship of all with literary movements.
Taught in Russian.
RUSS 422 Russian Civilization (in Russian) II. (3) An
historical survey of Russian Civilization emphasizing
architecture, painting, sculpture, music, ballet, and the
theater, from the beginning of the 19th Century to the
present pointing out the inter-relationships of all with
literary movements. Taught in Russian.
RUSS 441 Russian Literature of the Eighteenth
Century. (3)
RUSS 451 Russian Literature of the Nineteenth
Century. (3)
RUSS 452 Russian Literature of the Nineteenth
Century. (3)
RUSS 461 Soviet Russian Literature. (3)
RUSS 462 Soviet Russian Literature. (3)
RUSS 465 Modern Russian Poetry. (3)
RUSS 466 Modern Russian Drama. (3)
RUSS 467 Modern Russian Fiction. (3)
RUSS 468 19th Century Russian Literature in
Translation. (3) Development of Russian literary
thought in the Russian novel and short prose of the
19th Century. Influence of western literatures and
philosophies considered. Repeatable to a maximum of
six credits when content differs.
RUSS 470 Applied Linguistics. (3) The nature of
applied linguistics and its contributions to the effective
teaching of foreign languages. Comparative study of
English and Russian, with emphasis upon points of
divergence. Analysis, evaluation and construction of
related drills.
RUSS 471 Comparative Slavic Linguistics. (3) Com-
parative Slavic linguistics and, especially, a concept of
the place of the Russian language in the world of
Slavic culture through the reading of selected texts
illustrating common Slavic relationships and dis-
similarities.
RUSS 478 Soviet Literature in Translation. (3) Rus-
sian literature since 1917, both as a continuation of
prerevolutionary traditions and as a reflection of Soviet
ideology. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits
when content differs.
Government and Politics
Program
Professor and Acting Chairman: Phillips
Professors: Anderson, Bobrow, Claude,
Hathorn Hsueh, McNelly, Piper, Segal, Young
Associate Professors: Butterworth, Conway,
Devine, Elkin, Glass, Glendening, Hardin,
Heisler, Koury, Oppenheimer, Pirages, Ranald,
Reeves, Stone, Terchek, Uslaner, Wilkenfeld
Assistant Professors: Afford, Christensen,
Hunter, Lanning, McCarrick, Nzuwah, Oliver,
Peroff, Postbrief, Werbos, Woolpert
The Department of Government and Politics
offers programs leading to the degrees of Mas-
ter of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. Areas of
specialization include American politics, com-
parative politics, international politics, political
behavior, political theory, public administration,
and public policy.
Admission and Degree
Information
Master's degree candidates may select a thesis
or a non-thesis option, both of which require six
semester hours of research methods and statis-
tics, six semester hours of political theory, and a
comprehensive examination in one field of polti-
cal science. Both options require a total of 30
semester hours of credit.
The doctoral program is designed for
completion within five years and involves semi-
nars, directed research and opportunities for
teaching experience. A minimum of at least 36
semester hours of course work at the 600-800
level is required. All students must complete
nine hours of research methods and statistics,
nine hours of normative, and/or empirical,
and/or formal political theory, and a com-
prehensive examination in two fields of political
science. The examination fields are defined by
each student in consultation with an advisor
and may cut across traditional departmental
and disciplinary boundaries.
Financial Assistance
In addition to teaching assistantships, the De-
partment also has a government internship pro-
gram for students interested in public adminis-
tration and a limited and variable number of
research positions with research grants.
Additional Information
Further information and a manual on graduate
study can be secured from the Department's
Office of the Director of Graduate Studies.
Courses
GVPT 401 Problems of World Politics. (3) Prerequi-
site, GVPT 1 70. A study of governmental problems of
international scope, such as causes of war, problems
of neutrality, and propaganda. Students are required to
report on readings from current literature.
GVPT 402 International Law. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT
170. A study of the basic character, general principles
and specific rules of international law, with emphasis
on recent and contemporary trends in the field and its
relation to other aspects of international affairs.
GVPT 41 1 Public Personnel Administration. (3) Pre-
requisite: GVPT 410 or BMGT 360. A survey of public
personnel administration, including the development
of merit civil service, the personnel agency, classifica-
tion, recruitment, examination techniques, promotion,
service ratings, training, discipline, employee relations,
and retirement.
GVPT 412 Public Financial Administration. (3) Pre-
requisite, GVPT 41 or ECON 450. A survey of govern-
mental financial procedures, including processes of
current and capital budgeting, the administration of
public borrowing, the techniques of public purchasing,
and the machinery of control through pre-audit and
post-audit.
GVPT 413 Governmental Organization and Man-
agement. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 410. A study of the
theories of organization and management in american
government with emphasis on new trends, experi-
ments and reorganizations.
GVPT 414 Administrative Law. (3) Prerequisite.
GVPT 170. A study of the discretion exercised by
administrative agencies, including analysis of their
functions, their powers over persons and property,
their procedures, and judical sanctions and controls.
GVPT 417 Comparative Study of Public Adminis-
tration. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 280 or 410, or consent
of instructor. An introduction to the study of govern-
mental administrative systems viewed from the stand-
point of comparative typologies and theoretical
schemes useful in cross-national comparisons and
empirical studies of the politics of the administrative
process in several nations. Both western and non-
western countries are included.
GVPT 422 Quantitative Political Analysis. (3) Pre-
requisite. GVPT 220, or consent of instructor. Introduc-
tion to quantitative methods of data analysis, including
selected statistical methods, block analysis, content
analysis, and scale construction.
GVPT 426 Public Opinion. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT
170. An examination of public opinion and its effect on
political action, with emphasis on opinion formation
and measurement, propaganda and pressure groups.
GVPT 427 Political Sociology. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT
220, or consent of instructor. A study of the societal
aspects of political life including selected aspects of
the sociology of group formation and group dynamics,
political association, community integration and politi-
cal behavior presented in the context of the societal
environments of political systems.
GVPT 429 Problems in Political Behavior (3) Prereq-
uisite, GVPT 170. The problem approach to political
behavior with emphasis on theoretical and empirical
studies on selected aspects of the political process.
GVPT 431 Introduction to Constitutional Law. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A systematic inquiry into the
general principles of the Americal constitutional sys-
tem, with special reference to the role of the judiciary
in the interpretation and enforcement of the federal
constitution.
GVPT 432 Civil Rights and the Constitution. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 431. A study of civil rights in the
American constitutional context, emphasizing freedom
of religion, freedom of expression, minority discrimina-
tion, and the rights of defendants.
GVPT 433 The Judicial Process. (3) Prerequisite,
GVPT 170. An examination of judicial organization in
the united states at all levels of government, with some
emphasis on legal reasoning, legal research and court
procedures.
GVPT 434 Race Relations and Public Law. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A political and legal examina-
tion of the constitutionally protected rights affecting
racial minorities and of the constitutional power of the
federal courts, congress, and the executive to define,
protect and extend these rights.
GVPT 435 Judicial Behavior. (3) A study of judicial
decision making at the state and national levels,
drawing primarily on the more recent quantitative and
behavioral literature.
GVPT 436 The Legal Status of Women. (3) An
examination of judicial interpretation and application of
common, statutory, and constitutional law as these
affect the status of women in American society.
GVPT 441 History of Political Theory — Ancient and
Medieval. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 1 70. A survey of the
principal political theories set forth in the works of
writers before Machiavelli.
GVPT 442 History of Political Theory — Modern and
Recent. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT 1 70. A survey of the
principal political theories set forth in the works of
writers from Machiavelli to J. S. Mill.
GVPT 443 Contemporary Political Theory. (3) Pre-
requisite, GVPT 441 or 442. A survey of the principal
political theories and ideologies from Karl Marx to the
present.
GVPT 444 American Political Theory. (3) Prerequi-
site, GVPT 170. A study of the development and
Government and Politics Program 99
growth of amencan political concepts from the colonial
period to the present.
GVPT 445 Russian Political Thought. (3) Prerequi-
site, GVPT 170. A survey and analysis of political ideas
In Russia and the Soviet Union from early times to the
present.
GVPT 448 Non-Western Political Thought. (3) Politi-
cal thought originating in Asia, the Middle East, and
Africa. This is not a survey of all non-western political
thought, but a course to be limited by the professor
with each offering. When repeated by a student,
consent of instructor is required.
GVPT 450 Comparative Study of Foreign Policy
Formation. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 280 or 300, or
consent of instructor. An introduction to the compara-
tive study of foreign policy formation structures and
processes followed by a survey of the domestic
sources of policy for major states A conspectus of
substantive patterns of foreign policy in analytically
salient types of systems is presented. Domestic and
global systemic sources of foreign policy are com-
pared.
GVPT 451 Foreign Policy of the U.S.S.R. (3) Prereq-
uisite. GVPT 1 70. A study of the development of the
foreign policy of the Soviet Union, with attention paid
to the forces and conditions that make for continuities
and changes from tsarist policies.
GVPT 452 Inter-American Relations. (3) Prerequi-
site, GVPT 170. An analytical and historical study of
the Latin-American policies of the United States and of
problems in our relations with individual countries, with
emphasis on recent developments.
GVPT 453 Recent East Asian Politics. (3) Prerequi-
site: GVPT 170 The background and interpretation of
recent political events in East Asia and their influence
on world politics
GVPT 454 Contemporary African Politics. (3) Pre-
requisite, GVPT 1 70. A survey of contemporary devel-
opment in the international politics of Africa, with
special emphasis on the role of an emerging Africa in
world affairs.
GVPT 455 Contemporary Middle Eastern Politics.
(3) Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A survey of contemporary
development in the international politics of the Middle
East, with special emphasis on the role of emerging
Middle East nations in world affairs.
GVPT 457 American Foreign Relations. (3) Prerequi-
site, GVPT 1 70. The principles and machinery of the
conduct of American foreign relations, with emphasis
on the department of state and the foreign service, and
an analysis of the major foreign policies of the United
States
GVPT 460 State and Local Administration. (3) Pre-
requisite, GVPT 170. A study of the administrative
structure, procedures and policies of state and local
governments with special emphasis on the state level
and on intergovernmental relationships, and with illus-
trations from Maryland governmental arrangements.
GVPT 461 Metropolitan Administration. (3) Prereq-
uisite, GVPT 170. An examination of administrative
problems relating to public services, planning and
coordination in a metropolitan environment.
GVPT 462 Urban Politics. (3) Urban political process
and institutions considered in the light of changing
social and economic conditions.
GVPT 471 Women and Politics (3) Prerequisite:
GVPT 170 or permission of instructor. An examination
of patterns of political participation among women and
of problems of public policy especially relevant to
women.
GVPT 473 Legislatures and Legislation. (3) Prereq-
uisite, GVPT 1 70. A comprehensive study of legislative
organization procedure and problems. The course
includes opportunities for student contact with con-
gress and with the legislature of Maryland.
GVPT 474 Political Parties. (3) Prerequisite. GVPT
1 70. A descriptive and analytical examination of Ameri-
can political parties, nominations, elections, and politi-
cal leadership.
GVPT 475 The Presidency and the Executive
Branch. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 1 70. An examination
of the executive, legislative and party roles of the
president in the political process.
GVPT 479 Problems of American Public Policy. (3)
Prerequisite, GVPT 1 70. The background and interpre-
tation of various factors which affect the formation and
execution of American public policy.
GVPT 480 Comparative Political Systems. (3) Pre-
requisite. GVPT 280 and at least one other course in
comparative government. A study, along functional
lines, of major political institutions, such as legisla-
tures, executives, courts, bureaucracies, public or-
ganizations, and political parties.
GVPT 481 Government and Administration of the
Soviet Union. (3) Prerequisite, GVPT 170. A study of
the adoption of the communist philosophy by the
Soviet Union, of its gove 
TVNews
OpenLibrary